Volume 5: Environmental Safeguards

Technical Assistance Consultant’s Report

Project Number: 39295 July 2014

Bangladesh: Preparing the Third Urban Governance and Infrastructure Improvement (Sector) Project

Prepared by

Hifab International AB, Sweden BETS Consulting Services Ltd., Bangladesh KS Consultants Ltd., Bangladesh

For

Local Government Division Local Government Engineering Department Government of the People’s Republic of Bangladesh

This consultant’s report does not necessarily reflect the views of ADB or the Government concerned, and ADB and the Government cannot be held liable for its contents. For project preparatory technical assistance: All views expressed herein may not be incorporated into the proposed project’s design.

Volume 5: Environmental Safeguards

*

TA-8339 BAN Volume 5: Environmental

Safeguard Report

Joint Venture of

Asian Development Bank Government of the People’s Republic of Bangladesh Local Government Division

Local Government Engineering Department

Consultancy Services for Preparing Urban Governance and Infrastructure Improvement - UGIIP III (39295-032 BAN)

Hifab International AB, Sweden BETS Consulting Services Ltd., Bangladesh

KS Consultants Ltd., Bangladesh

20 April 2014

F I N A L P R O J E C T R E P O R T

TA-8339 BAN: Preparing Third Urban Governance and Infrastructure Improvement Project – FR Vol. 5: Environment

i

PREPARING THIRD URBAN GOVERNANCE AND INFRASTRUCTURE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT PPTA - TA-8339 BAN

FINAL REPORT

VOLUME 5: ENVIRONMENTAL SAFEGUARDS

List of Contents

Abbreviations Glossary of Bangladeshi Terms Acronyms Location Map

Environmental Assessment and Review Framework Draft Initial Environmental Examination: Lalmonirhat Roads Draft Initial Environmental Examination: Lalmonirhat Water Supply Draft Initial Environmental Examination: Naogaon Drainage Draft Initial Environmental Examination: Magura Kitchen Markets Draft Initial Environmental Examination: Magura Solid Waste Management


ii

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

ADB: Asian Development Bank ADD: Average Daily Demand (water supply) ARV: Annual Rental Value AP: Affected Person (Resettlement) BBS: Bangladesh Bureau of Statistics BC: Bituminous Carpeting BDT: Bangladesh Taka BMD: Bangladesh Meteorological Department BMDF: Bangladesh Municipal Development Fund BME: Benefit Monitoring and Evaluation BRAC: Bangladesh Rural Advancement Committee BRM: Bangladesh Resident Mission (ADB) BT: Bitumen Topped (Road) BUET: Bangladesh University of Engineering and Technology CBO: Community Based Organization CCA: Climate Change Adaptation CDTA: Capacity Development Technical Assistance CEO: Chief Executive Officer CPS: Country Partnership Strategy (ADB) CTEIP: Coastal Towns Environment Improvement Project DANIDA: Danish International Development Agency DFID: Department for International Development (UK) DMF: Design and Monitoring Framework DPHE: Department of Public Health Engineering DPP: Development Project Proforma


iii

DWASA: Dhaka Water Supply and Sanitation Authority EA: Executing Agency EARF: Environmental Assessment Review Framework EIA: Environmental Impact Analysis EIRR: Economic Internal Rate of Return EMP: Environmental Management Plan ESSIS: Environmental, Sanitation and Slum Improvement Section EU: European Union FWC: Female Ward Councilor FGD: Focus Group Discussion FS: Feasibility Study FY: Fiscal Year GAP: Gender Action Plan GC: Gender Committee GICD: Governance Improvement and Capacity Development GDPA: Gender Development & Poverty Alleviation GIZ: Deutsche Gesellschaft für Internationale Zusammenarbeit (German Agency for Technical Cooperation) GoB: Government of Bangladesh GPD: Governance Program Development HBB: HBB roads. There are typically three alternative treatments used on feeder roads in Bangladesh. These are: earth, Herring Bone Brick (HBB), and Bituminous treatment on HBB1 HH: Household HIES: Household Income and Expenditure Survey IA: Implementing Agency ICB procurement: International Competitive Bidding procurement IEC: Information, Education and Communication

1 http://www.transport-links.org/transport_links/filearea/documentstore/122_interim%20report.pdf


iv

IEE: Initial Environmental Examination IIS: Infrastructure Improvement Section IRP: Iron Removal plant ISC: Inter Ministerial Steering Committee IWA: International Water Association JICA: Japan International Cooperation Agency KfW: German Development Funding Agency KAP: Knowledge, Attitude and Practices LGD: Local Government Division LGED: Local Government Engineering Department MDS: Management Design and Supervision MDG: Millennium Development Goals MGD: Million Gallons Per Day M&E: Monitoring and Evaluation MFF: Multitranche Financing Facility (ADB) MIDP: Municipal Infrastructure Development Plan MOF: Ministry of Finance MOU: Memorandum of Understanding MPRC: Municipal Performance Review Committee MST: Mobile Support Teams MTS: Model Tax Schedule, 2003 NPSWSS: National Policy for Safe Water Supply and Sanitation NCB procurement: National Competitive Bidding procurement NGO: Non-Governmental organization NSAPR: National Strategy for Accelerated Poverty Reduction NRW: Non-revenue Water O&M: Operations and Maintenance


v

PAM: Project Administration Manual (ADB) PD: Project Director PDP: Pourashava Development Plan PIU: Project Implementation Unit / Pourashava Implementation Unit PMO: Project Management Office PME: Performance Monitoring and Evaluation PPP: Public-Private Partnership PPTA: Project Preparatory Technical Assistance PRAP: Poverty Reduction Action Plan PRSP: Poverty Reduction Strategy Paper PS: Pourashava (plural: PSs) PTW: Production Tube Wells PWSS: Pourashava Water Supply System RAJUK: Rajdhani Unnayan Katripakkha QCBS: Quality- and Cost-based Selection RUMSU: Regional Management Support Unit SDP: Sector Development Program SEWTP survey: Socio-economic and Willingness-to-Pay survey SFYP: 6th Five Year Plan SIC: Slum Improvement Committee SIDA: Swedish International Development Agency SPs: Sample pourashavas (Naogaon, Lalmonirhat, Magura) STWSSP: ADB-funded Secondary Towns Water Supply and Sanitation Project SWM: Solid Waste Management TA: Technical Assistance TLCC: Town Level Coordination Committee TLWS&SCC: Town Level Water Supply and Sanitation Coordination Committee TNA: Training Needs Assessment


vi

TOR: Terms of Reference TPP: Technical Project Proforma TOT: Training-of-Trainers UGIAP: Urban Governance Implementation Action Plan UGIS: Urban Governance Improvement Section ULB: Urban Local Body UMSU: Urban Management Support Unit UPPRP: Urban Partnership Poverty Reduction Project funded by UNDP WACC: Weighted Average Cost of Capital WB: World Bank WHO: World Health Organization WLCC: Ward Level Coordination Committee WTP: Willingness-to-Pay WWC: Women Ward Councilor


vii

GLOSSARY OF THE BANGLA TERMS USED IN THIS REPORT

Crore: 10 million (= 100 lakh)

Ghat: Boat landing area along a river

Hat, hut, or haat: Market (bazaar) operating certain afternoons during the week when sellers establish temporary shops. There are also some permanent shops in a Hat. Markets usually represent a significant source of income for municipalities

Hartal: General strike

Khal: Drainage ditch/canal

Khas or khash: land/property belonging to government

Kutcha, katchha or kacca: Structures built without bricks and mortar or without concrete

Lakh or lac: 100,000

Moholla or mohalla: Sub-division of a ward

Mouza: Government-recognized land area

Mouza map: Cadastral map of mouza showing plots and their numbers

Nasiman: A 3-wheeler motorized vehicle

Parshad: Councilor

Pourashava or Pourashava: Municipality

Pucca or Puccha: Structures built with bricks and mortar or concrete

Semi-pucca or semi-puccha: Structures built partly with bricks and mortar or concrete

Thana: Police station

Upazila: Administrative unit below the district level. A district is called a Zila


viii

Figure 0-1: Geographic Location of he UGIIP III Target Pourashavas


ix

Figure 0-2: UGIIP III Target Pourashavas and Land Contours


x

Figure 0-3: UGIIP III Target Pourashavas and Poverty Map

1

Environmental Assessment and Review Framework April 2014

BAN: Third Urban Governance and Infrastructure Improvement Project Prepared by Local Government Engineering Department, Government of Bangladesh, for the Asian Development Bank.

2

CURRENCY EQUIVALENTS (as of December 2013)

Currency Unit = Tk Tk1.00 = $0.0125

$1.00 = Tk80

ABBREVIATIONS

ADB – Asian Development Bank AP – affected person DoE – Department of Environment DPHE – Department of Public Health Engineering EARF – environmental assessment and review framework ECA – Environmental Conservation Act ECC – environmental clearance certificate ECR – Environmental Conservation Rules EIA – environmental impact assessment EMP – environmental management plan ETP – effluent treatment plant GRC – grievance redressal cell GRM – grievance redress Mechanism IEE – initial environmental examination LCC – location clearance certificate LGED – Local Government Engineering Department MDS – Management Design Supervision MLGRDC – Ministry of Local Government, Rural Development, and Cooperatives O&M – operations and maintenance PMO – project management office PPTA – project preparatory technical assistance REA – rapid environmental assessment RP – resettlement plan SPS – Safeguard Policy Statement ToR – terms of reference

NOTE In this report, "$" refers to US dollars.

This environmental assessment and review framework is a document of the borrower. The views expressed herein do not necessarily represent those of ADB's Board of Directors, Management, or staff, and may be preliminary in nature. In preparing any country program or strategy, financing any project, or by making any designation of or reference to a particular territory or geographic area in this document, ADB does not intend to make any judgments as to the legal or other status of any territory or area.

3

Table of Content I. INTRODUCTION _____________________________________________________ 4

A. Overview ____________________________________________________ 4 B. Purpose of EARF______________________________________________ 4 C. Environmental Categorization ____________________________________ 5

II. ASSESSMENT OF LEGAL FRAMEWORK AND INSTITUTIONAL CAPACITY ______ 6 A. Environmental Legislation _______________________________________ 6 B. Government of Bangladesh Environmental Assessment Procedures_______ 7 C. Institutional Capacity __________________________________________ 10

III. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS______________________________ 11 IV. ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT FOR SUBPROJECTS AND/OR COMPONENTS 12

A. Environmental Guidelines for Project Selection ______________________ 12 B. Environmental Assessment Procedures for Projects __________________ 15 C. Review of Environmental Assessment Reports ______________________ 17

V. CONSULTATION, INFORMATION DISCLOSURE, AND GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM __________________________________________________________ 19

A. Public Consultation and Information Disclosure ______________________ 19 B. Information Disclosure _________________________________________ 20 C. Grievance Redress Mechanism __________________________________ 20

VI. INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENT AND RESPONSIBILITIES _________________ 23 A. Safeguard Implementation Arrangement ___________________________ 23 B. Institutional Capacity Development Program for the Implementation of EMP 26 C. Staffing Requirement and Budget ________________________________ 27

VII. MONITORING AND REPORTING _______________________________________ 30 APPENDIX 1: RELEVANT GOVERNMENT OF BANGLADESH ENVIRONMENTAL LEGISLATIONS ________________________________________________________ 31 APPENDIX 2: ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS AND APPLICATION FEES__________ 33 APPENDIX 3: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS DUE TO PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION _____________________________________________________ 35 APPENDIX 4: TYPICAL SLAUGHTERHOUSE DESIGN _________________________ 37 APPENDIX 5: RAPID ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT CHECKLISTS ____________ 39 APPENDIX 6: OUTLINE OF AN ADB ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT (EIA) OR INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL EXAMINATION (IEE) REPORT ______________________ 48 APPENDIX 7: SAMPLE GRIEVANCE REGISTRATION FORM ____________________ 49 APPENDIX 8: SAMPLE SEMI-ANNUAL ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING REPORT TEMPLATE____________________________________________________________ 50 List of Figures Figure 1: Map showing UGIIP-3 Pourashavas___________________________________ 6 Figure 2: Map showing Protected Areas and UGIIP-3 Pourashavas _________________ 11 Figure 3: Project Grievance Redress Mechanism _______________________________ 23 Figure 4: Safeguards Implementation Arrangement _____________________________ 26 List of Tables Table1: Applicable Government of Bangladesh Environmental Legislations ____________ 7 Table2: Likely Government of Bangladesh Classification of Subproject Components _____ 8 Table3: Environmental Criteria for Subproject Selection __________________________ 12 Table 4: Environmental Procedures for Project Processing________________________ 17 Table5: Proposed Institutional Capacity Building Training Program _________________ 26 Table 6: Indicative Cost of EARF Implementation _______________________________ 27

4

I. INTRODUCTION

A. Overview 1. After the successful implementation of Urban Governance and Infrastructure Improvement Projects (UGIIP I and II)1 in the selected pourashavas, Local Government Engineering Department (LGED) with the financial assistance of Asian Development Bank (ADB) have planned to implement a similar project (UGIIP-3) in selected thirty pourashavas over a period of 6 years (2014 to 2020). 2. The impact will be improved living environment in project towns. The outcome will be improved municipal service delivery and urban governance in project towns. Project towns are pre-selected 30 towns to be supported in an integrated manner under the project.. UGIIP-3 will improve existing and provide new municipal infrastructures including (i) roads; (ii) drainages; (iii) water supply system; (iv) solid waste management facilities; (v) slaughterhouses; (vi) markets, community center/auditorium, bus and truck terminals and river ghats; (vii) public toilets; and (viii) others such as provision for street lighting and improvement of slums. 3. A sector-lending approach will be used for the project as it has been well established and successfully practiced in the UGIIP I and II. 4. The Local Government Engineering Department (LGED) and the Department of Public Health Engineering (DPHE), both under the Local Government Division (LGD) of the Ministry of Local Government, Rural Development and Cooperatives (MLGRD&C) and having extensive experience in managing urban and water supply projects financed by ADB, will be the executing agencies of the project. The participating pourashavas are the implementing agencies. In accordance with ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS), 2009 requires the preparation of an Environmental Assessment and Review Framework (EARF). B. Purpose of EARF 5. The EARF aims to provide guidance on safeguard screening, assessment, institutional arrangements, and processes to be followed for components of the project, where design takes place after ADB Board approval. The subproject selection will be in accordance with the environmental project selection criteria as outlined in this EARF. The executing agency will agree with ADB on screening and categorization, environmental assessment, preparation and implementation, monitoring, and updating existing safeguard plans for the subprojects to facilitate compliance with the requirements specified in ADB Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS, 2009) and government rules and laws. The IEEs prepared as part of the project preparation study outlined mitigation measures for some minor potential negative environmental impacts, and monitoring plans for both construction and post-project maintenance phases. It is expected that the EARF will support the integration of these measures and practices in the project design.

1The Government of Bangladesh with the assistance of ADB has introduced a system whereby funds/loans for development are disbursed in a phased manner based on the successful accomplishment by the recipient pourashavas of a set of performance-criteria in the area of urban governance. UGIIP I and II reflect this approach that aims to incentivize participating pourashavas to become well-managed and maintained towns in a sustainable way through systems of governance ensuring citizen’s participation and inclusion of women, poor and the minority groups in pourashava activities. UGIIP I targeted for 27 and UGIIP II for 47 pourashavas. The subprojects were (i) water supply (ii) sanitation, (iii) solid waste management, (iv) urban drainage, (v) urban transport & communication and (vi) public use facilities.

5

6. This EARF (i) describes the project and its components; (ii) explains the general anticipated environmental impacts and mitigation measures for the subprojects, which will be financed under the project after ADB Board approval; (iii) specifies the requirements that will be followed in relation to screening and categorization, assessment, and planning, including arrangements for meaningful consultation with affected people and other stakeholders and information disclosure requirements; (iv) assesses the capability of the project proponents to implement national laws and ADB’s requirements, and identifies needs for capacity building; (v) specifies implementation procedures, institutional arrangements, and capacity development requirements; and (vi) specifies monitoring and reporting requirements. 7. The EARF ensures that all subprojects, in the entirety of their project cycle, will not deteriorate or interfere with the environmental sensitivity of a project area, but rather improve environmental quality.

C. Environmental Categorization 8. The scope of the project includes 13 infrastructure categories: (i) roads, (ii) drains, (iii) street lighting, (iv) river bank and ghat, (v) community center/auditorium, (vi) bus terminals, (vii) truck terminals, (viii) slaughterhouse, (ix) slums, (x) markets, (xi) public toilets, (xii) water supply, and (xiii) solid waste management. The target pourashavas are shown in Figure 1. 9. As part of the project preparatory technical assistance (PPTA 39295-032 BAN), environmental assessment for three sample pourashavas2 was conducted and 5 sample initial environmental examination (IEE) reports3with environmental management plans (EMPs) were prepared in accordance with requirements of ADB SPS. The IEEs concluded that the project will have only low-scale, localized impacts on the environment which are readily mitigated. The potential adverse environmental impacts are mainly related to the construction period which can be minimized by the mitigating measures and environmentally-sound engineering and construction practices. Therefore, the project has been classified into environmental category B. It is likely that future subprojects will seek to replicate the sample subprojects in other pourashavas, and are thus expected to be category B due to the low-impact nature of such works. No category A type of works (with significant impacts) are anticipated.

2 The three sample pourashavas include Naogaon, Lalmonirhat and Magura 3 Five draft initial environmental examinations (IEEs) with environmental management plans (EMPs) were prepared for the following sample subprojects in accordance with ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS), 2009, and government laws: (i) roads in Lalmonirhat (ii) drains in Naogaon; (iii) water supply in Lalmonirhat; (iv) markets in Magura; and (v) solid waste management in Magura. The criteria for selection of sample subprojects includedscope in terms of preliminary cost estimates, location of proposed components, and potential for significant environmental impacts. The sample IEEs prepared will provide a good sample, which can be followed for preparation of environmental assessments in subsequent subprojects.

6

Figure 1: Map showing UGIIP-3 Pourashavas

II. ASSESSMENT OF LEGAL FRAMEWORK AND INSTITUTIONAL CAPACITY

A. Environmental Legislation 10. Under the project, the implementation of all subprojects will be governed by the environmental acts, rules, policies, and regulations of the Government of Bangladesh. These regulations impose restrictions on the activities to minimize/mitigate likely impacts on the environment. Many of these are cross-sectoral and several of them are directly related to environmental issues. Of these the most important ones are the Environment Conservation Act, 1995 (ECA, 1995), and the Environment Conservation Rules (ECR, 1997).

7

11. In addition to the ECA, 1995 and ECR, 1997 there are a number of other policies, plans and strategies which deal with the sectors the proposed subprojects fall in. Table1 provides salient features and applicability of the legislations to the project. Appendix1 presents relevant Government of Bangladesh environmental legislations. Appendix2 provides the environmental standards for air, surface water, groundwater, drinking water, emissions, noise and vehicular exhaust those relevant to the environmental issues expected to be triggered out of the construction works of the subprojects.

Table1: Applicable Government of Bangladesh Environmental Legislations Legislation Requirements for the Project 1. Environmental Conservation Act

of 1995 and amendments in 2000, 2002 and 20104

- Restriction on operation and process, which can be continued or cannot be initiated in the ecologically critical areas - Regulation on vehicles emitting smoke harmful to the environment - Remedial measures for injuries to ecosystems - Standards for quality of air, water, noise and soil for different areas for various purposes and limits for discharging and emitting waste - Environmental guidelines

2. Environmental Conservation Rules of 1997 and amendments in 2002 and 2003

- Environmental clearances - Compliance to environmental quality standards

3. Forest Act of 1927 and amendments in 2000

- Clearance for any project within the forest areas (Figure 2) - Clearance for any felling, extraction, and transport of forest produce

4. Bangladesh Climate Change Strategy and Action Plan of 2009

- Enhance the capacity government ministries, civil society and private sector to meet the challenge of climate change

6. National Safe Drinking Water Supply and Sanitation Policy of 1998

- Pourashavas and water and sanitation authorities (WASAs) will take actions to prevent wastage of water. In addition, they will take necessary steps to increase public awareness to prevent misuse of water. - Sanitation systems shall be self- sufficient and self- sustaining. - Pourashavas shall be responsible for solid waste collection, disposal and their management. DOE shall be consulted on solid waste management. - Where WASAs exists, they shall be responsible for sewerage and storm water drainage systems.

7. Bangladesh Labor Law of 2006 - Compliance to the provisions on employment standards, occupational safety and health, welfare and social protection, labor relations and social dialogue, and enforcement - Prohibition of employment of children and adolescent

8. Bangladesh Pure Food (Amendment) Act 2005

- Compliance on the provision on modern slaughterhouses with hygienic facilities - Compliance on the process of animal slaughtering

9. Guideline for Sanitary Slaughtering of Animals in City Corporations and Municipalities

- Guidance on sanitary slaughtering of animals to ensure healthy living environment; - Requirement for proper waste management system incorporating measures for the handling, recycling, treating, and disposing of slaughterhouse wastes (liquid and solid).

B. Government of Bangladesh Environmental Assessment Procedures 12. Under ECR, 1997 industrial units and projects are classified into four categories according to “their site and impact on the environment,” and each category (green, orange-A, orange-B, and red) requires a different level of environmental assessment as a prerequisite for granting the environmental clearance certificate (ECC) that allows the project

4ECA Amendment 2000 focuses on ascertaining responsibility for compensation in cases of damage to ecosystems, increased provision of punitive measures for both fines and imprisonment and the authority to take cognizance of offences. ECA Amendment 2002 elaborates restrictions on polluting automobiles; restrictions on the sale, production of environmentally harmful items like polythene bags; assistance from law enforcement agencies for environmental actions; break up of punitive measures; and authority to try environmental cases. In ECA Amendment 2010, no individual or institution (government or semi-government/non-government/self-governing can cut any hill or hillock; fill-up or changed any remarked water body however in case of national interest; the mentioned activities can be done after getting clearance from respective the departments.

8

to proceed. The ECA indicates that all industrial units or projects must obtain a location clearance certificate (LCC) and ECC from the Department of Environment (DoE). 13. Schedule 1 of the law provides a classification for industrial projects and types of development that are common in Bangladesh. Table2 indicates subproject components that are likely to be classified in green, orange, or red categories. The likely categorization of the other components not mentioned is deduced from similar developments, and from their likely impacts.

Table2: Likely Government of Bangladesh Classification of Subproject Components Subproject Component Equivalent in Schedule I of

ECR DoE Classification

Road provisions (include new road, road resurfacing, roadside footpath, roadside drains, road signs, road/pavement markings, intersection improvement, or high mast lighting)

Construction, re-construction and extension of road (feeder road, local road)

Orange–B

Construction, re-construction and extension of bridge (length below 100 meters)

Orange–B Bridges

Construction, re-construction and extension of bridge (length above 100 meters)

Red

1. Road improvement (roads, bridges and culverts)

Culverts No similar facility Orange–B (because impacts likely to be similar to roads and bridges less than 100 m)

Primary network (includes domestic connections or primary drains) Secondary network (includes secondary drains)

2. Drainage improvement

Tertiary network (includes main drains and drainage outfalls)

Engineering works (up to 10 hundred thousand taka capital)

Red

3. Improvement of street lighting

Installation of electric poles, electric lines and electric bulbs

No similar facility Orange-B

River bank protection works 4. River bank and ghat development Construction of boat landing

jetties

Engineering works (up to 10 hundred thousand Taka capital)

Orange-B

5. Community center/ auditorium

Construction of community building

No similar facility Orange-B (because impacts similar to hotel, multi-storied commercial and apartment building which is Orange-B as per ECR,1997)

6. Bus/truck terminals

New or refurbishment of bus/truck terminals

Engineering works (up to 10 hundred thousand Taka capital

Orange-B

Construction of shed Drains

7. Slaughterhouse

Animal waste disposal and treatment

No similar facility Orange-B5

8. Slum Improvement

Construction of footpath, low-cost toilets, community toilets, tube wells, drains, dustbins, etc.


Orange-B5

5 As per consultation with Department of Environment on 31 March 2014.

9

Subproject Component Equivalent in Schedule I of ECR

DoE Classification

9. Market development

Construction of sheds, internal roads, drains, toilets, solid waste management systems, etc.

No similar facility Red (because engineering works up to 10 hundred thousand taka capital)

Toilet facilities and latrines No similar facility Orange-B 10. Sanitation Sewage/septage treatment facility

Sewage treatment plant Red

Source augmentation (includes tube wells, surface water intake, overhead or ground reservoir, pumps and pump house, water treatment plant [WTP] or chlorination facility)

Engineering works (up to 10 hundred thousand taka capital)

Red

Water transmission (includes pumping main, overhead reservoir, or pumps and pump houses)

11. Water supply

Network improvements (include ring main, distribution/ carrier mains, bulk valves and flow meter, household connections or household meters)

Water, power and gas distribution line laying/relaying/extension.

Red

Community storage bins Secondary transfer station

No similar facility Green (because bins and STS are small and unlikely to have major impacts)

Medical wastes treatment facilities

Medical wastes treatment facilities

Red

12. Solid waste management

Waste disposal (includes sanitary landfill, composting site, or access road)

Land-filling by industrial, household and commercial wastes

Red

14. Rule 7 of the ECR indicates that the application for ECC must be made to the relevant DoE divisional officer, and the application will include the following: Green category projects:

(i) completed application for ECC, and the appropriate fee (shown in Schedule 13); (ii) general information about the project; (iii) exact description of the raw materials to be used, and the product to be manufactured (where relevant); and (iv) no-objection certificate from the local authority.

Orange-A category projects:

Same requirements as green category projects, plus the following: (i) process flow diagram; (ii) layout plan (showing location of effluent treatment plant or ETP); (iii) effluent discharge arrangement; and (iv) outlines of the plan for relocation and rehabilitation (if applicable).

Orange-B category projects:

(i) completed Application for ECC, and the appropriate fee; (ii) report on the feasibility of the project;

10

(iii) report on the IEE for the project, plus process flow diagram, and in the case of an industrial project, layout plan (showing ETP) and ETP design; (iv) report on the environmental management plan (EMP); (v) no objection certificate from the local authority; (vi) emergency plan relating to adverse environmental impact and plan for mitigation of the effect of pollution; and (vii) outline of the relocation and rehabilitation plan (where applicable).

Red category projects:

Same requirements as Orange Category B, except that Item 3 (IEE) is amended to read as follows: (iii) report on the IEE for the project, and terms of reference for the EIA; or EIA report prepared on the basis of ToR previously approved by DoE, plus (in the case of an industrial project), layout plan showing location of ETP, process flow diagram, design, and time schedule of the ETP.

15. Under the ECR, DoE has 60 days to respond to receipt of the ECC application for a red category project, and 30 days for an orange-B category project. C. Institutional Capacity 16. The executing and implementing agencies are responsible for preparation of EIAs/IEEs and monitoring of safeguards issues for (i) roads, (ii) drainage, (iii) street lighting, (iv) river bank and ghats, (v) community centers and auditoriums, (vi) bus and truck terminals, (vii) markets, (viii) slaughterhouses, and (ix) solid waste management subprojects. The executing agency will also be responsible for providing support and guidance to pourashavas concerning performance criteria and pourashava development planning. 17. The executing agency have successfully ensured environmental management and monitoring under ongoing locally and foreign funded infrastructure improvement projects in Bangladesh. However, responsibility for environmental monitoring is generally fragmented and overlapping between different units within the implementing and executing agencies, and there does not appear to be a unified database or consistent monitoring and reporting procedures. The pourashavas require assistance in implementing environmental management and monitoring. 18. Therefore, the executing and implementing agencies of the project require capacity building measures (i) for a better understanding of the project-related environmental issues; and (ii) to strengthen their role in implementation of mitigation measures and subsequent monitoring. Trainings and awareness workshops are included in the project, with the primary focus of enabling the executing and implementing agencies, and pourashava staffs to conduct impact assessments, carry out environmental monitoring, and implement the EMPs. After participating in such activities, the participants will be able to make environmental assessments for subsequent subprojects, conduct monitoring of EMPs, understand government and ADB requirements for environmental assessment, management, and monitoring (short- and long-term), and incorporate environmental features into future project designs, specifications, and tender/contract documents, and carry out necessary checks and balances during project implementation.

11

Figure 2: Map showing Protected Areas and UGIIP-3 Pourashavas

III. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS

19. Preliminary lists of subprojects have been identified and environmental impacts during design, pre-construction, construction, and operation will be reviewed and assessed for each project. During project construction and implementation, impacts on the physical

12

environment such as water, air, soil, and noise; on the biological environment, like flora and fauna; and on the socioeconomic environment will be carefully assessed by the project environmental specialists. 20. As the subprojects will be of small scale and often involve improvement or rehabilitation of the existing system and facilities, it is anticipated that impacts will be temporary and of short duration. In such cases, mitigation measures - i.e., control of air and dust pollution, checking of water and noise pollution, and protection of biological environment - can address adverse impacts. Other measures, such as preparation and implementation of traffic management plans during pipe-laying, will also be done in coordination with the consultant teams, local police, contractors, and the public. Occupational and community health and safety measures and other health and hygienic conditions, including careful handling of public utilities along with social aspects, will be considered, and impacts and mitigation measures elaborated on in the EMPs. 21. Anticipated environmental impacts for the assessed subprojects are provided in the IEE reports. For subsequent subprojects to be funded by the project, anticipated impacts during design, construction, and operation are identified in Appendix 3. IV. ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT FOR SUBPROJECTS AND/OR COMPONENTS A. Environmental Guidelines for Project Selection 22. Climate Change Resilient Infrastructure. In order to strengthen urban climate resilience, urban drainage designs will accommodate additional flow caused by more intense rainfall, and key facilities such as water treatment plants, landfill sites, and production tube-wells will be built with freeboard above the highest recorded flood level.. 23. The following criteria will be used for excluding sites which might have significant negative environmental impacts:

(i) ecologically sensitive area such as reserved forests critical wetlands etc.; (ii) encroachment on cultural features like places of worship, cultural heritage sites, graves/cemeteries, historical monuments, etc. (no such encroachments are envisaged).

24. Guidelines for project selection in Table3 provide further guidance to avoid or minimize adverse impacts during the identification and finalization of subprojects.

Table3: Environmental Criteria for Subproject Selection Environmental Selection Guidelines Remarks

1. Overall selection guideline (applicable to all components) i. Comply with all requirements of relevant national and local laws, rules, and guidelines.

See Section II of this EARF

ii. Avoid/minimize where possible locations in protected areas, including notified reserved forests or biodiversity conservation hotspots (wetlands, national reserves, forest reserves, and sanctuaries).

Approval from concerned authority if unavoidable

iii. Avoid possible locations that will result in destruction/disturbance to historical and cultural places/values.

Provide for the use of “chance find” procedures in the EMP that include a pre-approved management and conservation approach for materials that may be discovered during project implementation.

iv. Avoid tree-cutting where possible. Retain mature roadside trees which are important/valuable or historically significant. If any trees have to be removed, plant two new trees for every one that is lost.

Approval from Department of Environment

v. Ensure all planning and design interventions and decisions are made in consultation with local

All consultations should be documented and concerns expressed by public addressed in IEEs.

13

Environmental Selection Guidelines Remarks communities and include women. Reflect inputs from public consultation and disclosure for site selection. vi. Synchronize all road improvement and pipe laying works (to extent possible) to minimize disturbance and optimize use of resources (e.g., water pipes laid prior to road improvements).

Coordinate planning of works with pourashava.

2. Roads improvement i. Include the provision of new or improved storm water drainage to remove the increased runoff caused by increasing the road surface area

ii. Include tree planting alongside roads to provide a natural barrier to noise and visual impacts, and include additional man-made barriers where suitable for public safety.

3. Drainage improvement i. Outfalls should be to suitable drainage areas

(nallas, canals, etc.) and avoid flooding to adjacent private lands.

ii. Include measures to ensure the safe disposal of canal dredge (e.g., to dumpsite or landfill) without causing an environmental hazard.

4. Improvement of street lighting i. Include measures that during installation of the electric poles no or minimal disturbances happen to traffic movement on the roads.

ii. Install adequate safety measures to avoid being electrified during and after the installation of electric lines.

5. Community centre/ auditorium i. Ensure community centres/auditorium are provided with potable water supply and sanitation facilities combined with improvements in wastewater and drainage to deal with the increased discharge of domestic wastewater. Ensure that water and waste disposal in constructed community centre/auditorium are designed to comply with the national standards.

6. Slaughter houses i. A new slaughterhouse should not be located in a residential area. Location will be reviewed depending on site availability, buffer zone planning, and sufficient area for basic facilities.

See Appendix 4 of this EARF for sample layout. Refer to Ministry LGD guidelines on sanitary slaughter of animals.

ii. Provide adequate facilities for good water supply, electricity supply, sewage disposal by providing underground drainage and handling, recycling, treating, and disposing of solid and liquid waste. Include in the slaughterhouse design all of the elements necessary to provide a sanitary facility and maintain high standards of: (a) animal welfare; (b) workers’ health and safety; (c) meat hygiene; and (d) waste management. Hot and cold water supply is necessary.

See Appendix 4 of this EARF for sample layout

iii. There should be a reasonable relationship between the size of slaughter facilities and the number of animals to be killed.

iv. Provide air circulation to minimize dust and insects entering the abattoir. Proper effective ventilation with entry of fresh air and removal of obnoxious odour, heat and moisture has to be provided.

v. Include facilities for the re-use of waste products (e.g. blood and offal). Unopened stomachs and intestines should be removed by sanitary means to a separate room for cleaning. There should be adequate measures for immediate separation and disposal of condemned materials. Fat should be

14

Environmental Selection Guidelines Remarks collected separately and converted into tallow or lard by using wet and dry rendering processes. vi. For the safe disposal of liquid and solid waste, the following action should be taken: (i) separation of blood; (ii) screening of solids; and (iii) trapping of grease. Disposal of effluent without treatment should not be allowed.

vii. Ensure that waste and wastewater disposal in constructed slaughterhouses are designed to national standards.


7. Market development i. Ensure markets are provided with improvements in solid waste management, wastewater, and drainage to deal with increased generation of waste materials and discharge of wastewater. Ensure that waste and wastewater disposal in constructed markets are designed to national standards.

8. Solid waste management i. Ensure small (secondary) transfer stations are not located within 30 m of residences, schools, places of worship (such as churches, temples or mosques), and historical and cultural places.

Special design measures to be adopted if this cannot be adhered to.

ii. Ensure all new landfills and secondary transfer stations are not constructed in areas where the groundwater table is less than 2 meters below ground level.


iii. Locate all new landfills at least 250 m from habitation, sensitive receptors, shops, or any other premises used by people, thus establishing a buffer zone to reduce the effects of noise and dust and the visual appearance of the site.

Distance restriction may be reviewed depending on site availability, buffer zone planning, and leachate technology.

iv. Locate all new facilities/buildings at sites where there is low risk of flooding or other hazards that might impair functioning of, or present a risk of damage to the facilities, or their environs.

Flood data of the project area needs to be reviewed. Location restriction may be reviewed depending on site availability, and flood or other hazards control planning.

v. Ensure no new landfills are constructed within or near water supply wells, and at least 500 m of any groundwater wells.

Locational clearance from Department of Environment needed.

vi. Ensure a buffer zone is provided around the landfill with the distance agreed upon with the regulatory agencies

vii. Ensure designs and operations of new landfills are done as per norms of modern sanitary facilities and to include all essential elements necessary to prevent environmental pollution and to ensure safe handling of waste during construction and operation.

Landfills to include the following: liner system to prevent leachate, leachate collection system and control facility, gas vent system, final cover system, surface water drainage system, environmental monitoring system for air, water, soil, odour, and gas. Operations and maintenance manual (O&M) shall include closure and post-closure plan.

viii. For medical waste treatment facilities comply with Medical Waste Rules, 2008

Incinerators will not be considered in UGIIP-3

ix. Locate new medical waste treatment facility at least 50 m away from nearest habitation.


x. Ensure a separate receiving and sorting area for medical wastes

xi. Provide back-up power source for medical treatment facility to ensure uninterrupted operations

9. Water supply i. Utilize water sources at sustainable levels of abstraction only (i.e. without significant reductions in the quantity or quality of the source overall).


ii. Avoid using water sources that may be polluted by upstream users.

iii. Avoid water-use conflicts by not abstracting water that is used for other purposes (e.g. irrigation).

Obtain No Objection Certificate (NOC) from Irrigation Department and/or Bangladesh Water Development

15

Environmental Selection Guidelines Remarks Board

iv. Locate all new facilities/buildings at sites where there is low risk of flooding or other hazards that might impair functioning of, or present a risk of damage to water treatment plants, tanks/reservoirs, or their environs.

Flood statistics data of the project area needs to be reviewed. Location restriction may be reviewed depending on site availability, and flood or other hazards control planning.

v. Avoid all usage of pipes that are manufactured from asbestos concrete, and avoid disturbance to existing asbestos concrete pipes (keep in the ground)

vi. Ensure water to be supplied to consumers will meet national drinking water standards at all times.

vii. Include measures to address additional sewage/domestic wastewater due to improved/new water supply system

10. Sanitation i. Ensure sanitation facilities are provided with electric power and water supply. Ensure that water and waste disposal in constructed facilities are designed to national standards.

ii. Ensure no immediate drinking water intakes downstream of discharge point of effluent from sanitation facilities

Include design measures and consider relocating existing deep tube wells.

iii. Locate sanitation facilities (public toilets and latrines) and septage/sludge treatment plants preferably (a) 20 m from any source of water supply; (b) 30 m from drainage lines and (c) 100 m to a designated waterway.

Distance restriction may be reviewed depending on the technology adopted for the sanitation facilities and treatment of septage, site plant availability, and buffer zone planning.

iv. Locate septage/sludge treatment plants preferably 50 m from any inhabited areas, in locations where no urban expansion is expected in the next 20 years, so that people are not affected by odor or other nuisance from the septage treatment plant.

Distance restriction may be reviewed depending on the technology adopted for the treatment of wastewater, site plant availability, and buffer zone planning.

v. Locate at sites septage/sludge treatment plant where there is a suitable means of disposal for the treated wastewater effluent and bio-solids.

Include design measures and follow guidelines to ensure the safe disposal of bio-solids without causing environmental hazards, and if possible to promote its safe and beneficial use as an agricultural fertilizer. Any wastewater and bio-solids reuse shall be to improve soil properties and sustain soil fertility and avoid any contamination risks.

B. Environmental Assessment Procedures for Projects 1. Screening and Classification/Categorization 25. As soon as sufficient information on a subproject is available, the Management Design and Supervision Consultants (MDSC) regional environment specialist will conduct screening to determine the works’ environmental category by completing ADB’s rapid environmental assessment (REA) checklists in Appendix56 and submitting this for review to the project management unit (PMO), which will determine if the component would require environmental assessment and/or environmental clearance as per national requirements. If required, PMO will contact DoE for necessary endorsement and issuance of terms of reference for the environmental impact assessment study. 26. PMO will submit completed REA checklist to ADB for review as part of the semiannual monitoring reports. To ensure that the project meets ADB's environmental safeguard requirements, as stipulated in the SPS 2009, projects will be reviewed, and the 6 REA forms are for 13 subproject categories: (i) road improvement, (ii) drainage improvement (iii) improvement of street lighting (iv) river bank and ghat development (v) community center/auditorium (vi) bus terminals (vii) truck terminals (viii) market development (ix) slaughterhouse (x) solid waste management (xi) improved water supply (xii) slum improvement and (xiii) sanitation/public toilets).

16

level of environmental assessment required (EIA/IEE) determined. It is anticipated that most eligible projects will fall under either category B or C, as projects will be of small scale and often involve improvement or rehabilitation of the existing system/facilities. While category C projects will not require an environmental assessment, environmental implications will be reviewed. 2. Preparation of Environmental Assessment Report 27. Environmental assessment documents prepared under the project will, to the extent possible, meet both ADB and Government of Bangladesh requirements in order to streamline the environmental procedures required by both ADB and government. 28. For projects projected to have potentially significant adverse environmental impacts (categorized as A), an EIA will be prepared and submitted to ADB for review. For projects with some adverse environmental impacts, but which are expected to be less significant than those of category A projects, an IEE is required. Appendix 1 of ADB’s SPS, 2009 provides the specific outlines and contents to be followed while preparing EIAs/IEEs. Appendix 6provides the outline of an ADB EIA or IEE report. Also, the sample IEEs prepared during project preparation provide a good sample which can be followed for preparation of environmental assessments in subsequent subprojects. 29. Issues regarding natural and critical habitats will be covered in the EIA/IEE report. In case of subprojects located within these areas, a review of management plans and consultation with concerned management staff, local communities, and key stakeholders will be undertaken. Pollution prevention for conservation of resources, particularly technology for management of process wastes and occupational and community health and safety, will be addressed. The EIA/IEE will also reflect meaningful consultation and disclosure process with a provision for grievance redress mechanism. 30. ADB requires that an EMP must be developed as part of the EIA/IEE. The EMP will outline specific mitigation measures, environmental monitoring requirements, and related institutional arrangements, including budget requirements for implementation. Where impacts and risks cannot be avoided or prevented, mitigation measures and actions will be identified so that the subproject is designed, constructed, and operated in compliance with applicable laws and regulations, and meets the requirements specified in the EMP. The level of detail and complexity of the EMP and the priority of the identified measures and actions will be commensurate with the subproject’s impacts and risks. Key considerations include mitigation of potential adverse impacts to the level of “no significant harm to third parties,” the “polluter pays” principle, the precautionary approach, and adaptive management. A template for environmental management process and monitoring plan is provided in Appendix 6 as a guide for preparing a robust EMP. 31. If some residual impacts are likely to remain significant after mitigation, the EMP will also include appropriate compensatory measures (offset) that aim to ensure that the project does not cause significant net degradation to the environment. Such measures may relate, for instance, to conservation of habitat and biodiversity, preservation of ambient conditions, and greenhouse gas emissions. Monetary compensation in lieu of offset is acceptable in exceptional circumstances, provided that the compensation is used to provide environmental benefits of the same nature and is commensurate with the project’s residual impact. 32. All EIAs/IEEs will be conducted and EMPs prepared prior to the award of construction contracts. The bid documents will include the requirement to incorporate necessary resources to implement the EMP. The EMP will form part of the contract document, and, if required, will need to be further updated during the construction phase of a subproject.

17

3. Environmental Audit of Existing Facilities 33. For subprojects involving facilities and/or business activities that already exist or are under construction, the executing and implementing agencies will undertake an environment audit, including on-site assessment, to identify past or present concerns related to impacts on the environment. The objective of the compliance audit is to determine whether actions were in accordance with ADB’s safeguard principles and requirements for borrowers/clients, and to identify and plan appropriate measures to address outstanding compliance issues. Where noncompliance is identified, a corrective action plan agreed on by ADB and the implementing agencies will be prepared. The plan will define necessary remedial actions, the budget for such actions, and the time frame for resolution of noncompliance. The audit report (including corrective action plan, if any) will be made available to the public in accordance with the information disclosure requirements of ADB SPS, 2009. For environment category A projects involving facilities and/or business activities that already exist or are under construction, the implementing agency will submit the audit report to ADB to disclose on ADB's website. If a project involves an upgrade or expansion of existing facilities that has potential impacts on the environment, the requirements for environmental assessments and planning specified in ADB SPS, 2009 will apply in addition to compliance audit. C. Review of Environmental Assessment Reports 34. EIAs/IEEs will be reviewed initially by PMO. In case an environmental clearance is required, the EIAs/IEEs are to be forwarded to the DoE for approval. 35. Under a sector loan, the borrower or the executing agency is primarily responsible for identifying, prioritizing, formulating, appraising, approving, and implementing subprojects in accordance with technical, financial, and economic appraisal criteria, including social and environmental criteria, mutually agreed upon between ADB and the borrower/executing agency. ADB will be minimally involved in processing subprojects, except that in the initial phase, if deemed necessary, a few subprojects may be appraised by ADB to serve as models. ADB will review IEEs for the first two subprojects (feasibility studies, if necessary detailed design too) of each sub-sector (water supply, road, drainage etc). 36. LGED will forward the all EIAs for Category A projects, but this type of project is not foreseen under the project. ADB will review draft final reports of: (i) IEEs for the first two subprojects of each sub-sector (water supply, road, drainage etc).; and (ii) EIAs of any new subproject classified as category A. 37. For subproject processing, the steps to be followed are shown in Table 4. It is the responsibility of the executing and implementing agencies to ensure subprojects are consistent with the legal framework, whether national or municipal/local. Compliance is required in all stages of the project, including design, construction, and operation and maintenance. Stricter requirements apply in case the result of ADB’s classification is different from that of the government's ECR, 1997.

Table 4: Environmental Procedures for Project Processing Project Stage EARF Procedure Government of Bangladesh Procedure

Subproject identification

REA checklist Categorization according to schedule and general/specific conditions in the government’s ECR 1997

Categorization (A/B/C): PMO to review the REA checklists and reconfirm the categorization

ECC application involves the completion and submission of an application form available from the DoE website. This provides basic information on the project, such as the location, construction program, raw materials,

18

Project Stage EARF Procedure Government of Bangladesh Procedure water use, etc. The proponent is also required to submit an application fee prescribed in Schedule 13 of the Rules, plus various supporting documents.

Detailed design Preparation of EIA/IEE Updating of sample IEEs based on detailed design

DoE to issue scoping and terms of reference (TOR) for the EIA/IEE

For projects involving facilities and/or business activities that already exist or are under construction, the borrower/client will undertake an environment and/or social compliance audit, including on-site assessment, to identify past or present concerns related to impacts on the environment, and involuntary resettlement. Where non-compliance is identified, a corrective action plan agreed on by ADB and the borrower/client will be prepared.7

Preparation of draft EIA/IEE as per TOR

Public consultation will be carried out in a manner commensurate with the impacts of affected communities. The consultation process and its results are to be documented and reflected in the EIA/IEE.

There is no mention of public consultation and disclosure in the ECR, so the requirements for these activities will also be clarified with DoE. Given the importance attached to these issues by ADB, it is likely that activities conducted to comply with ADB policy may satisfy DoE requirements.

Disclosure: For category A: Disclosure on ADB’s website of a draft full EIA (including the draft EMP) at least 120 days prior to the ADB Board consideration, and/or EARF before project appraisal where applicable; the final EIA; updated EIAs and corrective action plans; and environmental monitoring reports. For category B: Disclosure on ADB’s website of the final IEE; updated IEEs and corrective action plans; and environmental monitoring reports. In addition, for all categories, environmental information will be in an accessible place and in a form or language understandable to affected people and other stakeholders. For illiterate people, other suitable communication methods will be used.

Mitigation measures specified in EIA/IEE study incorporated in project design

Mitigation measures specified in EIA/IEE study incorporated in project design

Identify and incorporate environmental mitigation and monitoring measures (including the EMP) into bid/contract documents

Appraisal EMP and other environmental covenants are incorporated into the facility framework agreement, loan/project agreement, and project administration memorandum (PAM)

Approval ADB will review draft final reports of: (i) IEEs for the first two subprojects of each subsector (Water supply, road, drainage

Determination of ECC application. Within 15 days (green), 30 days (orange), and 60 days (red) of receipt of the application and

7The plan will define necessary remedial actions, the budget for such actions, and the period for resolution of noncompliance. The audit report (including corrective action plan, if any) will be made available to the public in accordance with the information disclosure requirements of Safeguard Requirements 1–3.

19

Project Stage EARF Procedure Government of Bangladesh Procedure etc).; and (ii) EIAs of any new subproject classified as category A..

accompanying documents, DoE will issue the location clearance certificate (LCC), or will reject the application, giving reasons for its decision.

Contract award Obtain necessary environmental clearances, consents, and no-objection certificates (NOCs) prior to contract award. Implementation of EMP, including monitoring plans based on EIA/IEE findings to be incorporated into civil works contracts.

On receipt of the LCC, the proponent is permitted to undertake land preparation and install machinery, but he/she must then submit the EIA report and apply for the ECC. Within a further 60-day period, DoE will approve the EIA and issue the ECC or reject the application with reasons. Once the ECC is granted, construction may begin.

Implementation Submission of semi-annual monitoring report to ADB, including corrective action plan where non-compliance is identified

Post-environmental clearance monitoring: There is no requirement for post-ECC monitoring or reporting in the Environmental Conservation Rules, but this may be stipulated by DoE as a condition of ECC approval. Certificate renewal: For orange and red category projects, the ECC must be renewed every year, for which the fee is 25% of the original application.

V. CONSULTATION, INFORMATION DISCLOSURE, AND GRIEVANCE REDRESS

MECHANISM A. Public Consultation and Information Disclosure 38. Meaningful stakeholder consultation and participation is part of the project preparation and implementation strategy. A consultation and participation program has been prepared for the project, and will be implemented with the assistance of consultants. By addressing stakeholder needs, there is greater awareness of the benefits and “ownership” of the project among stakeholders, which in turn contribute to sustainability. 39. Consultation, participation, and disclosure will ensure that information is provided and feedback on proposed project design is sought early, right from the project preparation phase, so that the views/preferences of stakeholders, including potential beneficiaries and affected people, can be adequately considered in project design, and continue at each stage of project preparation, processing, and implementation. 40. Project-affected persons (APs) will be consulted at various stages in the project cycle to ensure: (i) incorporation of views/concerns of APs on compensation/resettlement assistance and environmental impacts and mitigation measures; (ii) inclusion of vulnerable groups in project benefits; (iii) identification of help required by APs during rehabilitation, if any; and (iv) avoidance of potential conflicts for smooth project implementation. It will also provide adequate opportunities for consultation and participation to all stakeholders and inclusion of the poor, vulnerable, marginalized, and project-affected persons in the project process. Relevant information about any major changes to project scope will be shared with beneficiaries, affected persons, vulnerable groups, and other stakeholders. 41. A variety of approaches will be adopted. At minimum, stakeholders will be consulted regarding the scope of the environmental and social impact study before work commences, and they will be informed of the likely impacts of the project and proposed mitigation once the draft EIA/IEE and resettlement plan reports are prepared. The reports will record the views of stakeholders and indicate how these have been taken into account in project development. Consultations will be held with a special focus on vulnerable groups.

20

42. The key stakeholders to be consulted during project preparation, EMP implementation, and project implementation include:

(i) beneficiaries; (ii) elected representatives, community leaders, religious leaders, and representatives of community-based organizations; (iii) local NGOs; (iv) local government and relevant government agency representatives, including local authorities responsible for land acquisition, protection, and conservation of forests and environment, archaeological sites, religious sites, and other relevant government departments; (v) residents, shopkeepers, and business people who live and work alongside the roads where pipes will be laid, and near sites where facilities will be built; custodians and users of socially and culturally important buildings; (vi) PMO staff and consultants; and (v) ADB and the Government of Bangladesh.

B. Information Disclosure 43. Information is disclosed through public consultation and making relevant documents available in public locations. The following documents will be submitted to ADB for disclosure on its website:

(i) For category A projects: a. draft EIA (including the draft EMP) at least 120 days prior to management

approval of the periodic financing request report; b. final EIA; c. a new or updated EIA and corrective action plan prepared during project

implementation, if any; d. environmental monitoring reports; and e. forprojects involving facilities and/or business activities that already exist

or are under construction, environmental audit report. (ii) For category B projects:

a. final IEE; b. a new or updated IEE and corrective action plan prepared during project

implementation, if any; and c. environmental monitoring reports.

44. LGED will send written endorsement to ADB for disclosing these documents on ADB’s website. LGED will also provide relevant safeguards information in a timely manner, in an accessible place and in a form and languages understandable to affected people and other stakeholders. For illiterate people, other suitable communication methods will be used. C. Grievance Redress Mechanism 45. A project-specific grievance redress mechanism (GRM) will be established to receive, evaluate, and facilitate the resolution of AP’s concerns, complaints, and grievances about the social and environmental performance at the level of the project. The GRM will aim to provide a time-bound and transparent mechanism to voice and resolve social and environmental concerns linked to the project. 37. Common GRM. A common GRM will be in place for social, environmental, or any other grievances related to the project; the resettlement plans (RPs) and IEEs will follow the GRM described below, which is developed in consultation with key stakeholders. The GRM will provide an accessible and trusted platform for receiving and facilitating resolution of

21

affected persons’ grievances related to the project. The multi-tier GRM for the project is outlined below, each tier having time-bound schedules and with responsible persons identified to address grievances and seek appropriate persons’ advice at each stage, as required. 38. Pourashava-wide public awareness campaigns will ensure that awareness on grievance redress procedures is generated through the campaign. The project implementation unit (PIU) designated safeguard focal person and governance improvement and capacity development consultants (GICDC) will conduct pourashava-wide awareness campaigns to ensure that poor and vulnerable households are made aware of grievance redress procedures and entitlements, and will work with the PMO and management, design and supervision consultants (MDSC) to help ensure that their grievances are addressed. 39. Affected persons (APs) will have the flexibility of conveying grievances/suggestions by dropping grievance redress/suggestion forms in complaints/suggestion boxes that have already been installed by project pourashavas or through telephone hotlines at accessible locations, by e-mail, by post, or by writing in a complaints register in pourashava offices. Appendix 7has the sample grievance registration form. Careful documentation of the name of the complainant, date of receipt of the complaint, address/contact details of the person, location of the problem area, and how the problem was resolved will be undertaken. The project management office (PMO) safeguard officer will have the overall responsibility for timely grievance redressal on environmental and social safeguards issues and for registration of grievances, related disclosure, and communication with the aggrieved party through the PIU designated safeguard focal person. 40. Grievance redress process. In case of grievances that are immediate and urgent in the perception of the complainant, the contractor and MDSC on-site personnel will provide the most easily accessible or first level of contact for quick resolution of grievances. Contact phone numbers and names of the concerned PIU safeguard focal person and contractors, will be posted at all construction sites at visible locations.

i. 1st Level Grievance. The phone number of the PIU office should be made available at the construction site signboards. The contractors and PIU safeguard focal person can immediately resolve on-site in consultation with each other, and will be required to do so within 7days of receipt of a complaint/grievance.

ii. 2nd Level Grievance. All grievances that cannot be redressed within 7days at field/ward level will be reviewed by the grievance redress cell (GRC) headed by Panel Mayor of the pourashava with support from PIU designated safeguard focal person and MDSC regional environment and resettlement specialists. GRC will attempt to resolve them within 15 days.8 The PIU designated safeguard focal person will be responsible to see through the process of redressal of each grievance.

iii. 3rd Level Grievance.The PIU designated safeguard focal person will refer any unresolved or major issues to the PMO safeguard officer and MDSC national environmental and resettlement specialists. The PMO in consultation with these officers/specialists will resolve them within 30days.

8 Grievance redress committees (GRC) will have been formed at Pourashava-level. For example in Lalmonirhat pourashava, the GRC comprises Panel Mayor as Chairperson, and 1 councilor, the pourashava Executive Engineer, Secretary pourashava and pourashava administrative officer, as members. All pourashava-level GRCs shall have at least one-woman member/chairperson and AP representative or independent NGO as committee member. In addition, for project-related grievances, representatives of APs, community-based organizations (CBOs), and eminent citizens must be invited as observers in GRC meetings.

22

41. Despite the project GRM, an aggrieved person shall have access to the country's legal system at any stage, and accessing the country's legal system can run parallel to accessing the GRM and is not dependent on the negative outcome of the GRM. 42. In the event that the established GRM is not in a position to resolve the issue, the affected person also can use the ADB Accountability Mechanism (AM) through directly contacting (in writing) the Complaint Receiving Officer (CRO) at ADB headquarters or the ADB Bangladesh Resident Mission (BRM). The complaint can be submitted in any of the official languages of ADB’s DMCs. The ADB Accountability Mechanism information will be included in the PID to be distributed to the affected communities, as part of the project GRM. 43. Recordkeeping. Records of all grievances received, including contact details of complainant, date the complaint was received, nature of grievance, agreed corrective actions and the date these were effected and final outcome will be kept by PIU. The number of grievances recorded and resolved and the outcomes will be displayed/disclosed in the PMO office, pourashava office, and on the web, as well as reported in monitoring reports submitted to ADB on a semi-annual basis. 44. Periodic review and documentation of lessons learned. The PMO safeguard officer will periodically review the functioning of the GRM in each pourashava and record information on the effectiveness of the mechanism, especially on the project’s ability to prevent and address grievances. 45. Costs. All costs involved in resolving the complaints (meetings, consultations, communication and reporting/information dissemination) will be borne by the concerned PIU at pourashava-level; while costs related to escalated grievances will be met by the PMO. Cost estimates for grievance redress are included in resettlement cost estimates.

Field/ward level Contractor and PIU designated safeguard focal person

Pourashava level (GRC) PIU designated safeguard focal person, MDSC regional environmental and resettlement specialists

PMO level PMO Safeguard Officer and MDSC national environmental and resettlement specialists

Affected person

1st Level Grievance

3rdLevel Grievance

2nd Level Grievance

No

Yes within 7 days

Grievance redressed and record keeping



Yes within 15 days

Yes within 30 days

No

Note: GRC = Grievance Redressal Committee; GICDC = Governance Improvement and capacity Development Consultants; PIU = Project Implementation Unit; MDSC = Management. Design and Supervision Consultants; PMO = Project Management Office; WLCC = Ward Level Coordination Committee

23

Figure 3: Project Grievance Redress Mechanism

VI. INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENT AND RESPONSIBILITIES 46. Executing and implementing agencies. The Local Government Engineering Department (LGED) and the Department of Public Health Engineering (DPHE), both under the Local Government Division (LGD) of the Ministry of Local Government, Rural Development and Cooperatives (MLGRD&C) and having extensive experience in managing urban and water supply projects financed by ADB, will be the executing agencies of the project. The participating pourashavas will be the implementing agencies. A. Safeguard Implementation Arrangement 47. Project management office. A PMO will be established for the overall management of the project. The PMO will be headed by Project Director (PD) supported by officials including three project managers in charge of (i) municipal infrastructure (excluding water supply and sanitation), (ii) water supply and sanitation, and (iii) governance improvement and capacity development, respectively. The PMO will receive support from national environmental specialist and national resettlement specialist on the MDSC team. Key tasks and responsibilities of the PMO safeguard (environment) officer are as follows:

i. confirm existing IEEs/EMPs are updated based on detailed designs, and that new IEEs/EMPs are prepared in accordance with the EARF and subproject selection criteria related to safeguards; (i) confirm whether IEEs/EMPs are included in bidding documents and civil works contracts; (ii) provide oversight on environmental management aspects of subprojects and ensure EMPs are implemented by project implementation unit (PIU) and contractors; (iii) establish a system to monitor environmental safeguards of the project, including monitoring the indicators set out in the monitoring plan of the EMP; (iv) facilitate and confirm overall compliance with all government rules and regulations regarding site and environmental clearances, as well as any other environmental requirements (e.g., location clearance certificates, environmental clearance certificates, etc.), as relevant; (v) supervise and provide guidance to the PIUs to properly carry out the environmental monitoring and assessments as per the EARF; (vi) review, monitor, and evaluate the effectiveness with which the EMPs are implemented, and recommend necessary corrective actions to be taken as necessary; (vii) consolidate monthly environmental monitoring reports from PIUs and submit semi-annual monitoring reports to ADB; (viii) ensure timely disclosure of final IEEs/EMPs in locations and form accessible to the public; and (ix) address any grievances brought about through the grievance redress mechanism in a timely manner.

46. Project implementation unit. The participating pourashavas will establish a PIU within the pourashava structure. The PIUs will (i) be responsible for land acquisition; (ii) take necessary action for obtaining rights of way; (iii) plan, implement and monitor public relations activities, gender mainstreaming initiatives and community participation activities at pourashava level; (iv) disseminate information related to the project to the public and media; (v) ensure compliance with loan covenants concerning safeguards measures; and (vi) facilitate implementation of safeguards plans. The PIUs will each designate a safeguard

24

focal person9 and will receive assistance from the assigned MDSC regional environmental specialist to:

(i) update IEEs/EMPs during detailed design stage and prepare new IEEs/EMPs in accordance with the EARF; (ii) conduct environmental compliance audit of existing facilities as per Item F, Appendix 6 of ADB SPS, 2009; (iii) include IEEs/EMPs in bidding documents and civil works contracts; (iv) comply with all government rules and regulations; (v) take necessary action for obtaining rights of way; (vi) oversee implementation of EMPs including environmental monitoring by contractors; (vii) take corrective actions when necessary to ensure no environmental impacts; (viii) submit monthly environmental monitoring reports to PMO, (ix) conduct continuous public consultation and awareness; (x) address any grievances brought about through the Grievance Redress Mechanism in a timely manner as per the IEEs; and (xi) organize an induction course for the training of contractors preparing them on EMP implementation, environmental monitoring requirements related to mitigation measures; and taking immediate actions to remedy unexpected adverse impacts or ineffective mitigation measures found during the course of implementation.

47. Project Management, Design and Supervision Consultants (MDSC). MDSC will be engaged to work closely with and advise the PMO, to be involved in project supervision including monitoring during construction phase. The MDSC will have one national environmental specialist and three regional environmental specialist as well as one national resettlement specialist and three regional resettlement specialist. The MDSC national environmental specialist will, but not limited to:

i. work under the general supervision of the team leader and the deputy team leader;

ii. review the environmental guidelines and requirement of the government of Bangladesh and ADB SPS, 2009, environmental subproject selection guidelines and EARF;

iii. Guide the implementation of future subprojects; iv. provide technical support to the PMO and PIUs including review and update

of EARF and guidelines for specific type of subprojects and assist in preparing terms of reference for environmental assessment;

v. assist and guide the MDSC regional environmental specialists to provide support to environmental management functions including updating subproject IEEs in respect to EMP;

vi. assist in preparing IEEs and in monitoring impact and mitigation measures associated with subprojects;

vii. assist PIUs and MDSC regional environmental specialists working in the steps for preparing the EIA/IEE, capacity building and training, preparation of guidelines and procedure and subproject specific guidance;

viii. provide support and guidance to PIUs in undertaking environmental monitoring

ix. supportPMU in submitting semi-annual environmental monitoring reports to ADB;

x. facilitate in grievance redress and corrective actions; xi. train PIU officials regarding environmental requirement and issues; and

9 It is recommended that existing pourashava health officer or executive engineer will also work as safeguard officer in addition to his/her regular responsibilities within the pourashava.

25

xii. perform any other task assigned by the team leader, deputy team leader and the project director.

48. The MDSC regional environmental specialists will, but not limited to:

i. work under the supervision and guidance of the team leader, deputy team leader and MDSC national environmental specialist;

ii. assist PIUs in preparing and updating IEEs including EMPs in accordance with the EARF, and assist in monitoring impact and mitigation measures associated with subprojects including implementation of EMPs by contractors;

iii. assist in preparation of IEEs and in the environmental review of subproject consisting of screening at pourashava level by PIU through a committee formed with municipal mayor as chairman and representatives from DOE, LGED and other relevant district office as members;

iv. assist PIUs in the steps for preparing EIA/IEE, capacity building and training, preparation of guidelines and procedure and subproject specific guidance;

v. support PIU in environmental monitoring and submit monitoring reports to PMU as inputs into the semi-annual monitoring report submitted to ADB;

vi. undertake mitigation measures and other specific measures in the construction contract;

vii. facilitate in grievance redress and corrective actions; viii. follow subproject selection guidelines and EARF to ensure compliance with

the environmental guidelines and requirement of the Government of Bangladesh and ADB SPS, 2009;

ix. support PMO and MDSC national environment specialist by providing data, information and all other requested assistance;

x. train PIU officials regarding environmental issues xi. perform any other task assigned by MDSC national environment specialist,

team leader, deputy team leader and the project director. 49. Civil works contracts and contractors. EMPs are to be included in bidding and contract documents and verified by the PIUs and PMO. The contractor will be required to designate an environmental supervisor to (i) coordinate with MDSC on updating the IEE/EMP based on detailed designs, and (ii) ensure implementation of EMP during civil works. Contractors are to carry out all environmental mitigation and monitoring measures outlined in their contract. 50. Governance Improvement and Capacity Development Consultants (GICDC). The PMO and PIUs will require support on a range of activities related to governance improvement and capacity development of pourashavas. The GICDC will support PMO and PIUs in implementing urban government improvement action plan (UGIAP) by providing capacity development, community mobilization and other facilitation services. There will be 4 GICDC regional offices consisting of 4 regional coordinators at each regional office. There will be 2community mobilizers in each project pourashava. The regional coordinators will assist pourashavas and the community mobilizers in the activities related to community participation and inclusive development. The community mobilizers will be posted at the pourashava and will (i) have to work maintaining close liaison with the mayor, councilors, pourashava staffs and communities, (ii) provide assistance and support to PIU regarding planning and implementation of citizen awareness and participation activities, urban planning, equity and inclusiveness of women and urban poor. The GICDC will also have a training specialist who will be responsible for identifying and coordinating capacity building activities at pourashava level.

26

Figure 4: Safeguards Implementation Arrangement B. Institutional Capacity Development Program for the Implementation of EMP 48. The MDSC national and regional environmental specialists will be responsible for trainings on environmental awareness and management in accordance with both ADB and government requirements. Specific modules customized for the available skill set will be devised after assessing the capabilities of the target participants and the requirements of the project. Typical modules would be as follows: (i) sensitization; (ii) introduction to environment and environmental considerations in water supply and wastewater projects; (iii) review of IEEs and integration into the project detailed design; (iv) improved coordination within nodal departments; and (v) monitoring and reporting system. The contractors will be required to conduct environmental awareness and orientation of workers prior to deployment to work sites. The proposed training project along with the frequency of sessions is presented in Table 5.

Table5: Proposed Institutional Capacity Building Training Program Description Contents Schedule Participants

Pre-construction stage Orientation workshop Module 1 – Orientation

ADB Safeguards Policy Statement Government of Bangladesh Environmental Laws and Regulations Module 2 – Environmental Assessment Process ADB environmental process, identification of impacts and mitigation measures, formulation of an environmental management plan (EMP), implementation, and monitoring requirements Review of environmental assessment report to comply with ADB requirements Incorporation of EMP into the project design and contracts

1 day LGED, DPHE, PMO, and PIUs officials involved in the project implementation

Construction stage Orientation program/ workshop for contractors and supervisory staff

Roles and responsibilities of officials/contractors/ consultants towards protection of environment Environmental issues during construction Implementation of EMP Monitoring of EMP implementation

1 day PMO PIUs Contractors

PMO Safeguard (Environment) Officer

PIU (each pourashava) Designated Safeguard

Focal Person

To be assisted by MDSC national environmental specialist (1)

To be assisted by MDSC regional environmental specialists (3)

Capacity building activities to be assisted by GICDC regional coordinators (4) and 2 community mobilizers

(each pourashava)

27

Description Contents Schedule Participants Reporting requirements

Experiences and best practices sharing

Experiences on EMP implementation – issues and challenges Best practices followed

1 day on a regular period to be determined by PMU, PIUs, and PMSC

PMO PIUs Contractors

C. Staffing Requirement and Budget 51. Costs required for implementing the EARF will cover the following activities:

(i) updating IEE, preparing and submitting reports and public consultation and disclosure; (ii) application for environmental clearances; and (iii) implementation of EMP, environmental monitoring program and long-term

surveys. 52. For budgeting purposes, it is assumed that all new subprojects will be classified by ADB as category B (requiring IEE), and that the report will be deemed satisfactory by DoE. Some subprojects may require a simpler environmental review, but this is discounted for budgeting purposes. LGED and DPHE will aim to produce a single document that is acceptable to both ADB and DoE to avoid duplication of effort, and the documents produced by the PPTA will be used as a guide. 53. Each of the IEEs prepared to date involved approximately 2 weeks of effort by an experienced environmental specialist conducting the following activities: (i) site visit to assess environmental conditions and potential impacts of the scheme; (ii) liaison with the city corporation and others to obtain any environmental/social data that might be available locally (e.g. population figures, designated sites, etc.); (iii) consultation with the local community to inform them about the scheme and identify their views and concerns; (iv) assessment of impacts and development of mitigation; and (v) desk study and report preparation. 54. The infrastructure involved in each scheme is generally straightforward and will take between 3 and 9 months to build. Environmental monitoring during construction will also be straightforward and will involve periodic site observations and interviews with workers and others, plus checks of reports and other documents. This will be conducted by MDSC regional environment specialists under supervision of PMO safeguard officer and MDSC national environment specialist. Therefore no separate budget required for MDSC environment management specialist. 55. The cost of mitigation measures and surveys during construction stage will be incorporated into the contractor’s costs, which will be binding on him for implementation. The surveys will be conducted by the contractors. 56. The operation phase mitigation measures are again of good operating practices, which will be the responsibility of the PIUs. All monitoring during the operation and maintenance (O&M) phase will be conducted by LGED and PIUs, therefore, there are no additional costs. 57. The indicative costs of EARF implementation are shown in Table 6.

Table 6: Indicative Cost of EARF Implementation Particulars Stages Unit Total

Number Rate (Taka)

Cost (Taka)

Cost covered by

A. Consultants Costs 1. MDSC national Responsible for person 60 320,000 1,280,000 Remuneration

28

Particulars Stages Unit Total Number

Rate (Taka)

Cost (Taka)

Cost covered by

environmental specialist (1 person)

environmental safeguards of the project

months (spread over entire project implementation period)

person months

per person month

and budget for travel covered in the MDSC contract

2. MDSC regional environmental specialists (3 persons)

Responsible for environmental safeguards of the project

person months (spread over entire project implementation period)

60 each = 180 person-months

320,000 per person-month

57,600,000 Remuneration and budget for travel covered in the MDSC contract

B. Mitigation Measures

1. Pre-construction phase

- Air quality monitoring

Pre-construction Per pourashava

30 10,000 300,000 Civil works contract

- Noise level monitoring

Pre-construction Per pourashava


- Inventory of trees Pre-construction Per pourashava

30 10,000 300,000 Remuneration and budget for travel covered in the MDSC contract as part of update of IEE during detailed design and preparation of IEEs for ensuing subprojects

Construction phase

Compensatory plantation measures

Construction Per tree 100 2,000 200,000 Civil works contract

Air quality monitoring

Construction Per location 30 10,000 300,000 Civil works contract

2.

Noise levels monitoring

Construction Per location 30 10,000 300,000 Civil works contract

3. O&M phase Leachate monitoring (SWM subprojects)

O&M lump sum per year (to be updated during detailed design stage as per ECC and O&M manual)

200,000 200,000 Pourashava

Compost quality monitoring (SWM subprojects)


100,000 100,000 Pourashava

Water quality monitoring


100,000 100,000 Pourashava

C Capacity Building 1. (i) Orientation Module 1 – lump sum Module 1 90,000 Covered

29


Rate (Taka)

Cost (Taka)

Cost covered by

workshop for officials involved in the project implementation on ADB Safeguards Policy Statement, Government of Bangladesh environmental laws and regulations, and environmental assessment process; (ii) induction course contractors, preparing them on EMP implementation and environmental monitoring requirements related to mitigation measures; and taking immediate action to remedy unexpected adverse impacts or ineffective mitigation measures found during the course of implementation; and (iii) lessons learned information sharing

immediately upon engagement of the MDSC environmental specialists Module 2 – prior to award of civil works contracts (twice a year for 4 years) Module 3 – prior to start of Phase 2 and upon completion of the project

– 30,000 Module 2 – 30,000 Module 3 – 30,000

under MDSC contract

D. Administrative Costs

Permit for excavation, tree-cutting permits, etc.

Lump sum 50,000 50,000 These consents are to be obtained by contractor at his own expense.

1. Legislation, permits, and agreements

Environmental assessment and environmental clearances as per ECA and ECR requirements Obtaining right of way clearances with related national agencies.

Lump sum 100,000 100,000 LGED DPD cost for municipal infrastructures

E. Other Costs 1. Public consultations

and information disclosure

Information disclosure and consultations during preconstruction and construction phase, including public awareness campaign through media

As per requirement

Lump sum

1,000,000 Covered under MDSC contract

2. GRM implementation

Costs involved in resolving complaints (meetings, consultations, communication, and reporting/information dissemination)

Lump sum

1,000,000 PMO cost

3. Any unanticipated impact due to project

Mitigation of any unanticipated impact arising during

Lump sum

Contractor’s liability

As per insurance requiremen

Civil works contract – contractor’s

30


Rate (Taka)

Cost (Taka)

Cost covered by

implementation construction phase and defect liability period

t insurance

VII. MONITORING AND REPORTING

49. PMO will monitor and measure the progress of EMP implementation. The monitoring activities will correspond with the project’s risks and impacts, and will be identified in the IEEs for the subprojects. In addition to recording information on the work and deviation of work components from original scope PMO, PIUs, and MDSC will undertake site inspections and document review to verify compliance with the EMP and progress toward the final outcome. DPD-Safeguard on behalf of PMO will work as the focal person to communicate with ADB regarding safeguard issues including environment. 50. MDSC will submit monthly monitoring and implementation reports to PMO, who will take follow-up actions, if necessary. PMO will submit semi-annual monitoring reports to ADB. The suggested monitoring report format is in Appendix8. Subproject budgets will reflect the costs of monitoring and reporting requirements. For subprojects likely to have significant adverse environmental impacts during operation, reporting will continue at the minimum on an annual basis. Monitoring reports will be posted in a location accessible to the public. 51. For subprojects likely to have significant adverse environmental impacts, LGED and DPHE will retain qualified and experienced external experts to verify its monitoring information. LGED and DPHE will document monitoring results, identify the necessary corrective actions, reflect them in a corrective action plan, and for each quarter, will study the compliance with the action plan developed in the previous quarter. Compliance with loan covenants will be screened by the Local Government Division (LGD) of the Ministry of Local Government, Rural Development, and Cooperatives (MLGRDC). 52. ADB will review project performance against the MLGRDC’s commitments as agreed in the legal documents. The extent of ADB's monitoring and supervision activities will be commensurate with the project’s risks and impacts. Monitoring and supervising of social and environmental safeguards will be integrated into the project performance management system. ADB will monitor projects on an ongoing basis until a project completion report is issued. ADB will carry out the following monitoring actions to supervise project implementation:

i. conduct periodic site visits for projects with adverse environmental or social impacts;

ii. conduct supervision missions with detailed review by ADB’s safeguard specialists/officers or consultants for projects with significant adverse social or environmental impacts;

iii. review the periodic monitoring reports submitted by EAs to ensure that adverse impacts and risks are mitigated, as planned and as agreed with ADB;

iv. work with EAs to rectify to the extent possible any failures to comply with their safeguard commitments, as covenanted in the legal agreements, and exercise remedies to re-establish compliance as appropriate; and

v. prepare a project completion report that assesses whether the objective and desired outcomes of the safeguard plans have been achieved, taking into account the baseline conditions and the results of monitoring.

31

APPENDIX 1: RELEVANT GOVERNMENT OF BANGLADESH ENVIRONMENTAL

LEGISLATIONS Legislation Description Regulatory Body Applicable Requirements

for the Project 1. Environmental

Conservation Act of 1995 and amendments in 2000, 2002 and 2010 10

Restriction on operation and process, which can be continued or cannot be initiated in the ecologically critical areas Regulation on vehicles emitting smoke harmful to the environment Remedial measures for injuries to ecosystems Standards for quality of air, water, noise, and soil for different areas for various purposes Standard limit for discharging and emitting waste Environmental guidelines


Provide, among others items, standards and guidelines for: (i) categorization of industries and development projects; (ii) requirement for undertaking IEE and EIA, as well as formulating an EMP according to categories of industries/development projects/activities; (iii) procedure for obtaining environmental clearance; and (iv) environmental quality standards for air, surface water, groundwater, drinking water, industrial effluents, emissions, noise, and vehicular exhaust Specify which activities are permissible and which are restricted in ecologically critical areas11

Department of Environment (DOE) under the Ministry of Environment and Forest (MoEF)

Environmental clearances Compliance to environmental quality standards

3. Forest Act of 1927 and amendments (2000)

Emphasis is on the protection of reserved forest: (i) all rights or claims over forest lands have been settled at the time of the reservation and prohibits the grant of any new rights of any kind to individuals or communities; (ii) any activity within the forest reserves is prohibited, unless permitted by the Forest Department; (iii) most of the violations may result in court cases; and (iv) empowers the Forest Department to regulate the use of water-courses within reserve forests.

Forest Department

Clearance for any felling, extraction, and transport of forest produce


A comprehensive strategy to address climate change challenges built around the following six themes: (i) food security, social protection, and health; (ii) comprehensive disaster management; (iii)

Climate Change Unit of MoEF

Ensure existing assets (e.g., coastal and river embankments) are well maintained and fit for purpose, and that urgently needed infrastructures (cyclone shelters and urban

10ECA Amendment, 2000 focuses on ascertaining responsibility for compensation in cases of damage to ecosystems, increased provision of punitive measures for both fines and imprisonment, and the authority to take cognizance of offenses. ECA Amendment, 2002 elaborates restrictions on polluting automobiles; restrictions on the sale and production of environmentally harmful items like polythene bags; assistance from law enforcement agencies for environmental actions; breakdown of punitive measures; and authority to try environmental cases. In ECA Amendment, 2010, no individual or institution (government or semi-government/non-government/self-governing can cut any hill or hillock or fill up or change any remarkable water body. However, in case of national interest, the mentioned activities can be done after getting clearance from the respective departments. 11Sunderban, Cox's Bazar-Tekhnaf Sea Shore, Saint Martin Island, SonadiaIsland,HakalukiHaor, YanguarHaor, MarzatBaor, and Gulshan-Baridhara Lake

32

Legislation Description Regulatory Body Applicable Requirements for the Project

infrastructure; (iv) research and knowledge management; (v) mitigation and low carbon development; and (vi) capacity building and Institutional strengthening

drainage) are put in place to deal with the likely impacts of climate change. Enhance the capacity of government ministries, civil society, and private sector to meet the challenge of climate change

5. National Water Policy of1999

All agencies and departments entrusted with water resource management responsibilities (regulation, planning, construction, operation and maintenance) will have to enhance environmental amenities and ensure that environmental resources are protected and restored while executing their activities. The policy has several clauses related to the protection and conservation of the natural environment to ensure sustainable development.

Water Resources Planning Organization (WARPO) under the National Water Resources Council of the Ministry of Water Resources

EIA for water development projects and increase surface water flow Pre-screening of IEEs/EIAs for water sector projects by WARPO, in advance of submission to DOE for final clearance. Augmentation for dry season water flow Awareness-raising in consumptive use of surface and groundwater for irrigation - Structural and non-structural mitigation (early warning and flood proofing)

6. National Safe Drinking Water Supply and Sanitation Policy of 1998

Basic framework for the improvement of public health quality and to ensure an improved environment, together with a set of broad sectoral action guidelines

Department of Public Health Engineering (DPHE)

Pourashavas and WASAs will take actions to prevent wastage of water. In addition, they will take necessary steps to increase public awareness to prevent misuse of water. Sanitation systems shall be self- sufficient and self- sustaining. Pourashavas shall be responsible for solid waste collection, disposal, and management. DOE shall be consulted on solid waste management. Where WASAs exists, they shall be responsible for sewerage and storm water drainage systems.

33

APPENDIX 2: ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS AND APPLICATION FEES

The standards for air, water, sound, odor, and other components of the environment applicable to the project shall be determined in accordance with the standards specified in Schedules 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 8 of ECR, 1997. Standards ECR, 1997 (Rule 12)

http://www.moef.gov.bd/html/laws/env_law/178-189.pdf

1. Air Schedule 2 Inland surface water 2. Drinking water

Schedule 3

3. Sound Schedule 4 4. Sound originating from motor vehicles or

mechanized vessels Schedule 5

5. Emission from motor vehicles Schedule 6 7. Odor Schedule 8 The standard limits of discharge of liquid waste and gaseous emissions applicable to the project shall be determined in accordance with the standards specified in Schedule 9 and 10.

Environmental Component ECR, 1997 (Rule 13) http://www.moef.gov.bd/html/laws/env_law/178-189.pdf

1. Sewage discharge Schedule 9 2. Waste from industrial units or

project waste (see discharge to inland surface water and irrigated land)

Schedule 10

The fees for issuance of environmental clearance certificate and its renewal shall be payable in accordance with Schedule 13. The fees for analysis of samples of water, liquid waste, air, and sound, and also the information or data derived from such analysis, are described in Schedule 14.

Fees ECR, 1997 (Rule 14 and 15) http://www.moef.gov.bd/html/laws/env_law/178-189.pdf

1. Environmental clearance certificate or renewal

Schedule 13

2. Supplying various analytical information, data, or test results of samples of water, effluent, air, and sound

Schedule 14

34

35

APPENDIX 3: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS DUE TO PROJECT

IMPLEMENTATION Impact Field Anticipated Impact on the Environment Design phase Environmental clearances Environmental clearances, consents, and permits are required (Section II of the

EARF) in order to implement the project. If not pursued on time, this can delay the project. Necessary environmental clearances and permits have to be obtained and must follow the guidelines issued by the authorities.

Construction phase Air quality Emissions from construction vehicles, equipment, and machinery used for

excavation and construction, resulting in dust and increase in concentration of vehicle-related pollutants such as carbon monoxide, sulfur oxides, particulate matter, nitrous oxides, and hydrocarbons

Surface water quality Mobilization of settled silt materials, runoff from stockpiled materials, and chemical contamination from fuels and lubricants during construction works can contaminate downstream surface water quality.

Noise levels Increase in noise level due to earth moving and excavation equipment and the transportation of equipment, materials, and people. Operation of heavy equipment and machines in the nighttime can cause nuisance to the surrounding environment/ people.

Ecological resources Felling of the trees affects terrestrial ecological balance. Sources of materials Extraction of materials can disrupt natural land contours and vegetation, resulting

in accelerated erosion, disturbance in natural drainage patterns, ponding and waterlogging, and water pollution.

Existing infrastructure, facilities, and utilities

Telephone lines, electric poles and wires, and water pipes (old) existing within right-of-way (RoW) require shifting without disruption to services. Health risk due to closure of existing water supply, such as community tanks, water stations, and privately-owned small water pipes

Construction work camps, hot mix plants, stockpile areas, storage areas, and disposal areas

Locations may cause encroachment/impact either directly or indirectly on adjacent environments. It may also include impacts on the people who might lose their homes or livelihoods due to the project activities. Temporary air and noise pollution from machine operation, and water pollution from storage and use of fuels, oils, solvents, and lubricants. This may cause conflict with residents and problem of waste disposal and disruptions to residents.

Construction waste Excavation works, cleaning of drainages, and trenching will produce additional amounts of waste soil. Accumulation of debris waste materials and stockpiling can cause environmental visual pollution.

Social and cultural resources

Sites of social/cultural importance (schools, hospitals, religious places, tourism sites) may be disturbed by noise, dust, vibration, and impeded access. Ground disturbance can uncover and damage archaeological and historical remains.

Landscape and aesthetics Solid wastes as well as excess construction materials create unacceptable aesthetic conditions.

Traffic Traffic flow will be disrupted if routes for delivery of construction materials and temporary blockages during construction activities are not planned and coordinated.

Accessibility Traffic problems and conflicts in RoW. Repeated trenching may disturb roads, people, and businesses.

Income Impede the access of residents and customers to nearby shops. Shops may lose business temporarily.

Occupational health and safety

Occupational hazards can arise during construction (e.g., trenching, falling objects, etc.).

Community health and safety

Community hazards can arise during construction (e.g., open trenches, air quality, noise, falling objects, etc.). Trenching on concrete roads using pneumatic drills will cause noise and air pollution. Traffic accidents and vehicle collision with pedestrians during material and waste transportation

Post-construction phase Clean-up operations, restoration and rehabilitation

Impacts on social or sensitive receptors when post-construction requirements are not undertaken, e.g. proper closure of camp, disposal of solid waste, and restoration of land after project construction.

Operation and maintenance phase Environmental clearance certificate renewal

For orange and red category projects, the ECC must be renewed every year, for which the fee is 25% of the original application.

General maintenance Maintenance activities may cause disturbance to sensitive receptors, dust, and

36

Impact Field Anticipated Impact on the Environment increase in noise level.

Economic development Impediments to residents and businesses during routine maintenance Biodiversity fauna and flora The proposed development is situated within an existing built-up area where the

wastewater infrastructures already exist. No areas of ecological diversity occur within the project location. Due to the nature and locality of the project, there is unlikely to be any significant impacts on biodiversity within the area during maintenance works. The use of fertilizers and herbicides in maintenance of newly planted trees, landscape and vegetation may affect the environment.

Health and safety Danger of operations and maintenance-related injuries Safety of workers and public must be ensured. Poor waste management practices and unhygienic conditions at the improved facilities can breed diseases. Standing water due to inadequate storm water drainage systems and inadequate waste management practices pose a health hazard by providing breeding grounds for disease vectors such as mosquitoes, flies, and rats.

Solid waste Solid waste residuals that may be generated during operations and maintenance activities. Sludge will be generated from water treatment plants. Bio solids will be generated from septage treatment plants.

Hazardous chemicals Water treatment involves the use of chemicals for coagulation, disinfection, and water conditioning.

37

APPENDIX 4: TYPICAL SLAUGHTERHOUSE DESIGN

This is a typical design for a slaughter house accommodating 20 cows and 15 goats at a time per day. The design will have the minimum facilities as below; however the design will fit in an area according to its site specifications: Overall slaughter house: The overall shed will be of a tin-roof supported by a truss made of angle iron bars on RCC columns. The height of the structure will be 12 ft from the plinth level and the structure will be surrounded by a 3ft height brick wall to allow sufficient air flow and natural light. The floor will be of RCC (Reinforced Cement Concrete) work with a minimum reinforcement for temperature shrinkage. Cow waiting shed: The design (Fig.1) is for accommodating 20 cows at a time in the shed. Slaughter shed: A slaughter shed of 25ftx15ft is for slaughtering 4 cows at a time. The floor-slope will be maintained towards a drain in front of the blood tank. Processing shed: For a processing of four cows at a time. Blood tank: Underground circular shape RCC well to receive only bloods from 20 cows and 15 goats in a day. The blood tank will be emptied manually everyday for use in the next day. Goat waiting shed: A goat waiting shed to receive 15 goats in a day. Office building: A office room for use by the sanitary inspector of a Pourashava for his official work such as inspecting animals, stamping on animals, tax collection and issuing receipts, etc. Water pump for cleaning purpose and waste water drain: There will be a hand tube well in the slaughter house. A low-capacity (5 hp) electricity driven pump will be there with a sufficient length of hose pipe that will wash the whole slaughter house after completion of slaughtering and processing of all animals or as per requirement. The wastewater from the slaughter house will enter a drain (small drain of 6 inch x 6 inch) to be constructed around the slaughter house. The waste water so received will enter either the nearby existing drain, or the low-lowing land/ditches, if any. In case there is no such drain/low-lying land/ditch, a soak pit (covered with a RCC slab) will be constricted for receiving waste water. Table: land requirements for slaughter house for 20 cows and 15 goats (area in m2 and volume in m3) Number of cows and goats

Cow waiting shed

Goat waiting shed

Animal processing shed

Blood tank

Animal wastes (cow dung etc),

Internal road

Treatment unit

Office room

Summed space

Others/ free space

Total

Cow=20, Goat=1512

78 9 35 1 4 65 23 11 226 108 334

Cow=15 Goat=1013

59 6 26 0.6 3 45 15 11 166 8314 249

Cow=10 Goat=5

39 3 18 0.5 2 32 10 11 116 58 173

Cow=5 Goat=3

20 2 9 0.5 1 16 5 11 65 32 97

Note: With the total required space calculated in the table, the number of animals to be slaughtered can be increased by 20%. 12 Based on figure 1 13 Based on projections on the basis of the calculation from Figure 1 as shown in the table. 14 Free space is assumed to be roughly 50% of the summed space as calculated from Figure 1.

38

Figure-1: Typical slaughter house accommodating 20 cows and 15 cows

Slaughtering shed (25 ft x 15 ft)

Cow dung 5’x8’x4

Bones etc. 3’x3’x4’

RCC Blood tank 3’ dia and 4’ depth

Slaughtered animal Processing shed 25’x15’

Goat waiting shed 12’x8’

Office room 12’x10’

Cow waiting shed 35’x24’

5 ft wide road

8 ft wide road

Treatment unit if required (25’x10’)

60’

Wastewater Drain 6”x6”

60’

39

APPENDIX 5: RAPID ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT CHECKLISTS

1. Roads Screening Questions Yes No Remarks A. Project Siting Is the project area adjacent to or within any of the following environmentally sensitive areas?

Cultural heritage site Protected Area Wetland Mangrove Estuarine Buffer zone of protected area Special area for protecting biodiversity B. Potential Environmental Impacts Will the Project cause…

encroachment on historical/cultural areas; disfiguration of landscape by road embankments, cuts, fills, and quarries?

encroachment on precious ecology (e.g. sensitive or protected areas)?

alteration of surface water hydrology of waterways crossed by roads, resulting in increased sediment in streams affected by increased soil erosion at construction site?

deterioration of surface water quality due to silt runoff and sanitary wastes from worker-based camps and chemicals used in construction?

increased local air pollution due to rock crushing, cutting and filling works, and chemicals from asphalt processing?

risks and vulnerabilities related to occupational health and safety due to physical, chemical, biological, and radiological hazards during project construction and operation during project construction and operation?

noise and vibration due to blasting and other civil works? dislocation or involuntary resettlement of people? dislocation and compulsory resettlement of people living in right-of-way?

disproportionate impacts on the poor, women and children, Indigenous Peoples or other vulnerable groups?

other social concerns relating to inconveniences in living conditions in the project areas that may trigger cases of upper respiratory problems and stress?

hazardous driving conditions where construction interferes with pre-existing roads?

poor sanitation and solid waste disposal in construction camps and work sites, and possible transmission of communicable diseases (such as STI's and HIV/AIDS) from workers to local populations?

creation of temporary breeding habitats for diseases such as those transmitted by mosquitoes and rodents?

accident risks associated with increased vehicular traffic, leading to accidental spills of toxic materials?

increased noise and air pollution resulting from traffic volume?

increased risk of water pollution from oil, grease and fuel spills, and other materials from vehicles using the road?

social conflicts if workers from other regions or countries are hired?

large population influx during project construction and operation that causes increased burden on social infrastructure and services (such as water supply and sanitation systems)?

risks to community health and safety due to the transport, storage, and use and/or disposal of materials such as explosives, fuel and other chemicals during construction and operation?

40

Screening Questions Yes No Remarks community safety risks due to both accidental and natural causes, especially where the structural elements or components of the project are accessible to members of the affected community or where their failure could result in injury to the community throughout project construction, operation and decommissioning.

Climate Change and Disaster Risk Questions The following questions are not for environmental categorization. They are included in this checklist to help identify potential climate and disaster risks.

Yes No Remarks

Is the Project area subject to hazards such as earthquakes, floods, landslides, tropical cyclone winds, storm surges, tsunami or volcanic eruptions and climate changes?

Could changes in temperature, precipitation, or extreme events patterns over the project lifespan affect technical or financial sustainability (e.g., increased erosion or landslides could increase maintenance costs, permafrost melting or increased soil moisture content could affect sub-grade)?

Are there any demographic or socio-economic aspects of the Project area that are already vulnerable (e.g., high incidence of marginalized populations, rural-urban migrants, illegal settlements, ethnic minorities, women or children)?

Could the Project potentially increase the climate or disaster vulnerability of the surrounding area (e.g., by encouraging settlement in areas that will be more affected by floods in the future, or encouraging settlement in earthquake zones)?

Note: Hazards are potentially damaging physical events. 2. Drainage Screening questions Yes No Remarks A. Project sitting Is the project area adjacent to or within any of the following environmentally sensitive areas?

Cultural heritage site Protected area Wetland Mangrove Estuarine Buffer zone of protected area Special area for protecting biodiversity B. Potential environmental impacts Will the project cause…

impacts on the sustainability of associated sanitation and solid waste disposal systems and their interactions with other urban services.

deterioration of surrounding environmental conditions due to rapid urban population growth, commercial and industrial activity, and increased waste generation to the point that both manmade and natural systems are overloaded and the capacities to manage these systems are overwhelmed?

degradation of land and ecosystems (e.g. loss of wetlands and wild lands, coastal zones, watersheds and forests)?

dislocation or involuntary resettlement of people? disproportionate impacts on the poor, women and children, Indigenous Peoples or other vulnerable group?

degradation of cultural property, and loss of cultural heritage and tourism revenues?

occupation of low-lying lands, floodplains and steep hillsides by squatters and low-income groups, and their exposure to increased health hazards and risks due to pollutive industries?

water resource problems (e.g. depletion/degradation of available water supply, deterioration for surface and ground water quality, and pollution of receiving waters?

air pollution due to urban emissions?

41

Screening questions Yes No Remarks risks and vulnerabilities related to occupational health and safety due to physical, chemical and biological hazards during project construction and operation?

road blocking and temporary flooding due to land excavation during rainy season?

noise and dust from construction activities? traffic disturbances due to construction material transport and wastes?

temporary silt runoff due to construction? hazards to public health due to ambient, household and occupational pollution, thermal inversion, and smog formation?

water depletion and/or degradation? overpaying of ground water, leading to land subsidence, lowered ground water table, and salinization?

contamination of surface and ground waters due to improper waste disposal?

pollution of receiving waters resulting in amenity losses, fisheries and marine resource depletion, and health problems?



risks to community health and safety due to the transport, storage, and use and/or disposal of materials such as explosives, fuel and other chemicals during operation and construction?

community safety risks due to both accidental and natural hazards, especially where the structural elements or components of the project are accessible to members of the affected community or where their failure could result in injury to the community throughout project construction, operation and decommissioning?


Yes No Remarks

Is the project area subject to hazards such as earthquakes, floods, landslides, tropical cyclone winds, storm surges, tsunami or volcanic eruptions and climate changes?




Note: Hazards are potentially damaging physical events. 3. Urban Development (streetlights, boat landings, markets, bus terminals, truck terminals, community center/auditorium, slums, slaughterhouse) Screening questions Yes No Remarks A. Project siting Is the project area adjacent to or within any of the following environmentally sensitive areas?

Cultural heritage site Protected area

42

Screening questions Yes No Remarks Wetland Mangrove Estuarine Buffer zone of protected area Special area for protecting biodiversity B. Potential environmental impacts Will the project cause…

impacts on the sustainability of associated sanitation and solid waste disposal systems and their interactions with other urban services.

deterioration of surrounding environmental conditions due to rapid urban population growth, commercial and industrial activity, and increased waste generation to the point that both manmade and natural systems are overloaded and the capacities to manage these systems are overwhelmed?

degradation of land and ecosystems (e.g. loss of wetlands and wild lands, coastal zones, watersheds and forests)?

dislocation or involuntary resettlement of people? disproportionate impacts on the poor, women and children, Indigenous Peoples or other vulnerable group?

degradation of cultural property, and loss of cultural heritage and tourism revenues?

occupation of low-lying lands, floodplains and steep hillsides by squatters and low-income groups, and their exposure to increased health hazards and risks due to pollutive industries?

water resource problems (e.g. depletion/degradation of available water supply, deterioration for surface and ground water quality , and pollution of receiving waters?

air pollution due to urban emissions? risks and vulnerabilities related to occupational health and safety due to physical, chemical and biological hazards during project construction and operation?

road blocking and temporary flooding due to land excavation during rainy season?


temporary silt runoff due to construction? hazards to public health due to ambient, household and occupational pollution, thermal inversion, and smog formation?

water depletion and/or degradation? overpaying of ground water, leading to land subsidence, lowered ground water table, and salinization?

contamination of surface and ground waters due to improper waste disposal?

pollution of receiving waters resulting in amenity losses, fisheries and marine resource depletion, and health problems?



risks to community health and safety due to the transport, storage, and use and/or disposal of materials such as explosives, fuel and other chemicals during operation and construction?

community safety risks due to both accidental and natural hazards, especially where the structural elements or components of the project are accessible to members of the affected community or where their failure could result in injury to the community throughout project construction, operation and decommissioning?

Climate Change and Disaster Risk Questions The following questions are not for environmental categorization.

Yes No Remarks

43

Screening questions Yes No Remarks They are included in this checklist to help identify potential climate and disaster risks. Is the project area subject to hazards such as earthquakes, floods, landslides, tropical cyclone winds, storm surges, tsunami or volcanic eruptions and climate changes?




Note: Hazards are potentially damaging physical events. 4. Solid Waste Management Screening Questions Yes No Remarks A. Project Siting Is the project area adjacent to or within any of the following environmentally sensitive areas?

Cultural heritage site Protected Area Wetland Mangrove Estuarine Buffer zone of protected area Special area for protecting biodiversity C. Potential Environmental Impacts Will the Project cause…

impacts associated with transport of wastes to the disposal site or treatment facility

impairment of historical/cultural monuments/areas and loss/damage to these sites?

degradation of aesthetic and property value loss? nuisance to neighbouring areas due to foul odor and influx of insects, rodents, etc.?

dislocation or involuntary resettlement of people? disproportionate impacts on the poor, women and children, Indigenous Peoples or other vulnerable groups?

risks and vulnerabilities related occupational health and safety due to physical, chemical, biological, and radiological hazards during project construction and operation?

public health hazards from odor, smoke from fire, and diseases transmitted by flies, insects, birds and rats?

deterioration of water quality as a result of contamination of receiving waters by leacheate from land disposal system?

contamination of ground and/or surface water by leach ate from land disposal system?

land use conflicts? pollution of surface and ground water from leach ate coming from sanitary landfill sites or methane gas produced from decomposition of solid wastes in the absence of air, which could enter the aquifer or escape through soil fissures at places far from the landfill site?

inadequate buffer zone around landfill site to alleviate nuisances?

road blocking and/or increased traffic during construction of facilities?

44

Screening Questions Yes No Remarks noise and dust from construction activities? temporary silt runoff due to construction? hazards to public health due to inadequate management of landfill site caused by inadequate institutional and financial capabilities for the management of the landfill operation?

emission of potentially toxic volatile organics from land disposal site?

surface and ground water pollution from leach ate and methane gas migration?

loss of deep-rooted vegetation (e.g. tress) from landfill gas?

explosion of toxic response from accumulated landfill gas in buildings?

contamination of air quality from incineration? public health hazards from odor, smoke from fire, and diseases transmitted by flies, rodents, insects and birds, etc.?

health and safety hazards to workers from toxic gases and hazardous materials in the site?



risks to community health and safety due to the transport, storage, and use and/or disposal of materials such as explosives, fuel and other chemicals during construction and operation?

community safety risks due to both accidental and natural hazards, especially where the structural elements or components (e.g., landfill or incinerator) of the project are accessible to members of the affected community or where their failure could result in injury to the community throughout project construction, operation and decommissioning?






Note: Hazards are potentially damaging physical events. 5. Water Supply Screening questions Yes No Remarks A. Project siting Is the project area adjacent to or within any environmentally sensitive areas?

Densely populated? Heavy with development activities? Cultural heritage site

45

Screening questions Yes No Remarks Protected area Wetland Mangrove Estuarine Buffer zone of protected area Special area for protecting biodiversity Bay B. Potential environmental impacts Will the project cause…

Pollution of raw water supply from upstream wastewater discharge from communities, industries, agriculture, and soil erosion runoff?

Impairment of historical/cultural monuments/areas and loss/damage to these sites?

Hazard of land subsidence caused by excessive ground water pumping?

Social conflicts arising from displacement of communities?

Conflicts in abstraction of raw water for water supply with other beneficial water uses for surface and ground waters?

Unsatisfactory raw water supply (e.g. excessive pathogens or mineral constituents)?

Delivery of unsafe water to distribution system? Inadequate protection of intake works or wells, leading to pollution of water supply?

Over pumping of ground water, leading to salinization and ground subsidence?

Excessive algal growth in storage reservoir? Increase in production of sewage beyond capabilities of community facilities?

Inadequate disposal of sludge from water treatment plants?

Inadequate buffer zone around pumping and treatment plants to alleviate noise and other possible nuisances and protect facilities?

Impairments associated with transmission lines and access roads?

Health hazards arising from inadequate design of facilities for receiving, storing, and handling of chlorine and other hazardous chemicals.

Health and safety hazards to workers from handling and management of chlorine used for disinfection, other contaminants, and biological and physical hazards during project construction and operation?

Dislocation or involuntary resettlement of people? Disproportionate impacts on the poor, women and children, indigenous peoples or other vulnerable groups?

Noise and dust from construction activities? Increased road traffic due to interference of construction activities?

Continuing soil erosion/silt runoff from construction operations?

Delivery of unsafe water due to poor O&M treatment processes (especially mud accumulations in filters) and inadequate chlorination due to lack of adequate monitoring of chlorine residuals in distribution systems?

Delivery of water to distribution system, which is corrosive due to inadequate attention to feeding of corrective chemicals?

Accidental leakage of chlorine gas? Excessive abstraction of water affecting downstream water users?

Competing uses of water? Increased volume of sullage (wastewater from cooking

46

Screening questions Yes No Remarks and washing) and sludge from wastewater treatment plant Large population influx during project construction and operation that causes increased burden on social infrastructure and services (such as water supply and sanitation systems)?

Social conflicts if workers from other regions or countries are hired?

Risks to community health and safety due to the transport, storage, and use and/or disposal of materials such as explosives, fuel and other chemicals during operation and construction?

Community safety risks due to both accidental and natural hazards, especially where the structural elements or components of the project are accessible to members of the affected community or where their failure could result in injury to the community throughout project construction, operation and decommissioning?


Yes No Remarks





Note: Hazards are potentially damaging physical events. 6. Sanitation SCREENING QUESTIONS YES NO REMARKS A. Project Siting Is the project area….

Densely populated? Heavy with development activities? Adjacent to or within any environmentally sensitive areas?

Cultural heritage site Protected Area Wetland Mangrove Estuarine Buffer zone of protected area Special area for protecting biodiversity Bay

B. Potential Environmental Impacts Will the Project cause…

impairment of historical/cultural monuments/areas and loss/damage to these sites?

interference with other utilities and blocking of access to buildings; nuisance to neighboring areas due to noise, smell, and influx of insects, rodents, etc.?

dislocation or involuntary resettlement of people impairment of downstream water quality due to

47

SCREENING QUESTIONS YES NO REMARKS inadequate sewage treatment or release of untreated sewage? overflows and flooding of neighboring properties with raw sewage?

environmental pollution due to inadequate sludge disposal or industrial waste discharges illegally disposed in sewers?

noise and vibration due to blasting and other civil works? discharge of hazardous materials into sewers, resulting in damage to sewer system and danger to workers?

Inadequate buffer zone around pumping and treatment plants to alleviate noise and other possible nuisances, and protect facilities

social conflicts between construction workers from other areas and community workers?

road blocking and temporary flooding due to land excavation during the rainy season?


temporary silt runoff due to construction? hazards to public health due to overflow flooding, and groundwater pollution due to failure of sewerage system?

deterioration of water quality due to inadequate sludge disposal or direct discharge of untreated sewage water?

contamination of surface and ground waters due to sludge disposal on land?

health and safety hazards to workers from toxic gases and hazardous materials that maybe contained in sewage flow and exposure to pathogens in sewage and sludge?

Note: Hazards are potentially damaging physical events.

48

APPENDIX 6: OUTLINE OF AN ADB ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT (EIA)

OR INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL EXAMINATION (IEE) REPORT Executive Summary 1. Introduction 2. Policy and Legislative Framework 3. Analysis of Alternatives 4. Proposed Description

4.1 The Study Area 4.2 Description of Site and Surroundings 4.3 The Proposal

5. Assessment of Environmental Impacts and Safeguards 5.1 Existing Environment

5.1.1 Landforms, Geology and Soils 5.1.2 Climatic Condition 5.1.3 Water Quality 5.1.4 Air Quality 5.1.5 Acoustic Environment 5.1.6 Biodiversity 5.1.7 Physical and Cultural Heritage 5.1.8 Socio-economic Conditions

5.2 Impacts and Mitigation Measures 5.2.1 Erosion Hazards

5.2.1.1 Mitigation Measures 5.2.2 Impacts on Water Quality

5.2.2.1 Mitigation Measures 5.2.3 Impacts on Air Quality

5.2.3.1 Mitigation Measures 5.2.4 Noise and Vibration Impacts

5.2.4.1 Mitigation Measures 5.2.5 Impacts on Flora and Fauna

5.2.5.1 Mitigation Measures 5.2.6 Impacts on Physical Cultural Resources

5.2.6.1 Mitigation Measures 5.2.7 Impact due to Waste Generation 5.2.8 Impacts on Occupational and Community Health and Safety 5.2.9 Greenhouse Gas Emissions (GHG) 5.2.10 Cumulative Impacts

6. Information Disclosure, Consultation, and Participation 7. Grievance Redress Mechanism 8. Environmental Management 9. Conclusion and Recommendations

49

APPENDIX 7: SAMPLE GRIEVANCE REGISTRATION FORM

(To be available in Bangla and English) The _____________________________________Project welcomes complaints, suggestions, queries, and comments regarding project implementation. We encourage persons with grievance to provide their name and contact information to enable us to get in touch with you for clarification and feedback. Should you choose to include your personal details but want that information to remain confidential, please inform us by writing/typing *(CONFIDENTIAL)* above your name. Thank you.

Date Place of registration

Contact information/personal details Name Gender * Male

* Female Age

Home address Place Phone no. E-mail Complaint/suggestion/comment/question Please provide the details (who, what, where, and how) of your grievance below: If included as attachment/note/letter, please tick here: How do you want us to reach you for feedback or update on your comment/grievance?

FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Registered by: (Name of official registering grievance) Mode of communication: Note/letter E-mail Verbal/telephonic Reviewed by: (Names/positions of officials reviewing grievance) Action taken: Whether action taken disclosed:

Yes No

Means of disclosure:

50

APPENDIX 8: SAMPLE SEMI-ANNUAL ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING REPORT

TEMPLATE This template must be included as an appendix in the EIA/IEE that will be prepared for the project. It can be adapted to the specific project as necessary. I. Introduction Overall project description and objectives Description of subprojects Environmental category of the subprojects Details of site personnel and/or consultants responsible for environmental monitoring Overall project and subproject progress and status

Status of Subproject No. Subproject

Name Design Pre-construction Construction Operational

Phase

List of Works

Progress of Works

II. Compliance status with national/state/local statutory environmental requirements No. Subproject Name Statutory Environmental

Requirements Status of

Compliance Action Required

III. Compliance status with environmental loan covenants No. (List Schedule and Paragraph Number of Loan Agreement)

Covenant Status of Compliance Action Required

IV. COMPLIANCE STATUS WITH THE ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT AND MONITORING PLAN Provide the monitoring results as per the parameters outlined in the EMP. Append supporting documents where applicable, including environmental site inspection reports. There should be reporting on the following items that can be incorporated in the checklist of routine environmental site inspection reports, followed with a summary in the semi-annual report send to ADB. Visual assessment and review of relevant site documentation during routine site inspection need to note and record the following: what are the dust suppression techniques followed for site, and if any dust was noted to escape the site boundaries; if muddy water was escaping site boundaries, or muddy tracks were seen on adjacent roads; adequacy of type of erosion and sediment control measures installed on-site, condition of erosion and sediment control measures, including if these were intact following heavy rain; are there designated areas for concrete works and refueling; are there spill kits on site, and if there are site procedure for handling emergencies; is there any chemical stored on site and what is the storage condition; are there any dewatering activities, if yes, where is the water being discharged; how are the stockpiles being managed; how are solid and liquid waste being handled on-site; review of the complaint management system; and checking if there are any, activities being undertaken outside of working hours, and how that is being managed.

51

Summary Monitoring Table Impacts (List from IEE)

Mitigation Measures (List from IEE)

Parameters Monitored (As a minimum, those identified in the IEE

should be monitored) Method of Monitoring

Location of Monitoring

Date of Monitoring Conducted

Name of Person Who Conducted the

Monitoring Design Phase Pre-construction Phase Construction Phase Operational Phase Overall Compliance with EMP

No. Subproject Name EMP Part of Contract Documents (Y/N)

EMP Being Implemented (Y/N)

Status of Implementation (Excellent/ Satisfactory/ Partially Satisfactory/ Below

Satisfactory)

Action Proposed and Additional Measures

Required V. APPROACH AND METHODOLOGY FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING OF THE PROJECT Brief description on the approach and methodology used for environmental monitoring of each subproject VI. MONITORING OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS ON PROJECT SURROUNDINGS (AMBIENT AIR, WATER QUALITY, AND NOISE LEVELS) Brief discussion on the basis for monitoring Indicate type and location of environmental parameters to be monitored Indicate the method of monitoring and equipment to be used Provide monitoring results and an analysis of results in relation to baseline data and statutory requirements As a minimum, the results should be presented as per the tables below.

52

Air Quality Results Parameters (Government Standards) Site No. Date of Testing Site Location PM10 µg/m3 SO2 µg/m3 NO2 µg/m3

Parameters (Monitoring Results) Site No. Date of Testing Site Location PM10 µg/m3 SO2 µg/m3 NO2 µg/m3 Water Quality Results

Parameters (Government Standards) Site No. Date of Sampling Site Location pH Conductivity

µS/cm BOD mg/l TSS mg/l TN mg/l TP mg/l

Parameters (Monitoring Results) Site No. Date of Sampling Site Location pH Conductivity

µS/cm BOD mg/l TSS mg/l TN mg/l TP mg/l

Noise Quality Results

LAeq (dBA) (Government Standard) Site No. Date of Testing Site Location Daytime Nighttime

LAeq (dBA) (Monitoring Results) Site No. Date of Testing Site Location Daytime Nighttime

53

VII. SUMMARY OF KEY ISSUES AND REMEDIAL ACTIONS Summary of follow up time-bound actions to be taken within a set timeframe. APPENDIXES Photos Summary of consultations Copies of environmental clearances and permits Sample of environmental site inspection report Other SAMPLE ENVIRONMENTAL SITE INSPECTION REPORT Project Name Contract Number NAME: _____________________________________________ DATE: __________________________ TITLE: _____________________________________________ DMA: ___________________________ LOCATION: _________________________________________ GROUP: ________________________ WEATHER CONDITION: ____________________________________________________________________________________ INITIAL SITE CONDITION: _____________________________________________________________ CONCLUDING SITE CONDITION: Satisfactory ______ Unsatisfactory ______ Incident ______ Resolved _______ Unresolved ______ INCIDENT: Nature of incident: ____________________________________________________________________________________ Intervention steps: ____________________________________________________________________________________ Incident issues:

Survey

Design

Implementation

Pre-commissioning

Project activity stage

Guarantee period

Inspection Emissions Waste minimization

Air quality Reuse and recycling

Noise pollution Dust and litter control

Hazardous substances Trees and vegetation Site restored to original condition Yes No No Signature _______________________________________ Sign off _______________________________ ________________________________ Name Name Position Position

Resolution

Draft Initial Environmental Examination April 2014 BAN: Third Urban Governance and Infrastructure Improvement (Sector) Project - Lalmonirhat Roads Subproject (Phase 1)

Prepared by the Local Government Engineering Department, Government of Bangladesh for the Asian Development Bank.

55


Currency Unit = BDT BDT1.00 = $0.0125

$1.00 = BDT80

ABRREVIATIONS ADB – Asian Development Bank AP – affected person DoE – Department of Environment DPHE – Department of Public Health Engineering EARF – environmental assessment and review framework ECA – Environmental Conservation Act ECC – environmental clearance certificate ECR – Environmental Conservation Rules EIA – environmental impact assessment EMP – environmental management plan ETP – effluent treatment plant GRC – grievance redressal cell GRM – grievance redress Mechanism IEE – initial environmental examination LCC – location clearance certificate LGED – Local Government Engineering Department MLGRDC – Ministry of Local Government, Rural Development, and Cooperatives O&M – operations and maintenance PMO – project management office PPTA – project preparatory technical assistance REA – rapid environmental assessment RP – resettlement plan SPS – Safeguard Policy Statement ToR – terms of reference

GLOSSARY OF BANGLADESHI TERMS crore – 10 million (= 100 lakh) ghat – boat landing station hartal – nationwide strike/demonstration called by opposition parties khal – drainage ditch/canal khas, khash – belongs to government (e.g. land) katcha – poor quality, poorly built lakh, lac – 100,000 madrasha – Islamic college mahalla – community area mouza – government-recognized land area parashad – authority (pourashava) pourashava – municipality pucca – good quality, well built, solid thana – police station upazila – sub district

56

WEIGHTS AND MEASURES

ha – hectare km – kilometer m – meter mm – millimeter

NOTES

(i) In this report, "$" refers to US dollars. (ii) ―BDT refers to Bangladeshi Taka

This initial environmental examination is a document of the borrower. The views expressed herein do not necessarily represent those of ADB's Board of Directors, Management, or staff, and may be preliminary in nature. In preparing any country program or strategy, financing any project, or by making any designation of or reference to a particular territory or geographic area in this document, the Asian Development Bank does not intend to make any judgments as to the legal or other status of any territory or area.

57

CONTENTS EXECUTIVE SUMMARY .................................................................................................... 58 I. INTRODUCTION..................................................................................................... 61 II. POLICY, LEGAL, AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK.................................... 62

A. ADB Policy..................................................................................................... 62 B. National Laws ................................................................................................ 62 C. Government of Bangladesh Environmental Assessment Procedures............. 63

III. DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT ........................................................................ 64 A. The Study Area.............................................................................................. 64 B. Existing Condition and Need for the Project................................................... 65 C. Proposed Components .................................................................................. 65 D. Implementation Schedule............................................................................... 67

IV. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT............................................................... 71 A. Methodology Used for the Baseline Study ..................................................... 71 B. Physical Characteristics................................................................................. 72 C. Biological Characteristics............................................................................... 73 D. Socioeconomic Characteristics ...................................................................... 73 E. Historical, Cultural and Archaeological Characteristics........................................ 75

V. ASSESSMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND SAFEGUARDS ...................... 75 A. Methodology .................................................................................................. 75 B. Screening out Areas of No Significant Impact ................................................ 75 C. Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – Planning and Design Phase. 76 D. Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – Construction Phase.............. 78 E. Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – Operations and Maintenance Phase...................................................................................................................... 84 F. Cumulative Impact Assessment .......................................................................... 86

VI. INFORMATION DISCLOSURE, CONSULTATION, AND PARTICIPATION ................. 88 A. Public Consultation Conducted ........................................................................... 88 B. Future Consultation and Disclosure..................................................................... 88

VII. GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM ....................................................................... 89 VIII. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ................................................................ 89

A. Institutional Arrangement ............................................................................... 91 B. Safeguard Implementation Arrangement............................................................ 92 C. Institutional Capacity Development Program..................................................... 119 D. Staffing Requirement and Budget ..................................................................... 119

IX. MONITORING AND REPORTING ........................................................................ 124 X. CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS ............................................................... 124 APPENDIX 1: RAPID ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT CHECKLIST ......................... 126 APPENDIX 2: ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS AND APPLICATION FEES................. 128 APPENDIX 3: LEVELS OF SERVICE FOR PROPOSED INTERVENTIONS – ROADS... 130 APPENDIX 4: SAMPLE OUTLINE SPOILS MANAGEMENT PLAN................................ 131 APPENDIX 5: SAMPLE OUTLINE TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PLAN.............................. 132 APPENDIX 6: RECORDS OF PUBLIC CONSULTATIONS AND FGDS.......................... 142 APPENDIX 7: SAMPLE GRIEVANCE REGISTRATION FORM....................................... 146 APPENDIX 8: SAMPLE SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTING FORMAT.................................... 147

58

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

1. After the successful implementation of the First and Second Urban Governance and Infrastructure Improvement Projects (UGIIP I and II)1 in 74 selected pourashavas, the Local Government Engineering Department (LGED) within the Ministry of Local Government, Rural Development and Cooperatives (MLGRDC) with the financial assistance of Asian Development Bank (ADB) have planned to implement the third phase of the project titled the Third Urban Governance and Infrastructure Improvement Project (UGIIP-3) in selected 30 pourashavas over a period of 6 years (2014 to 2020). 2. The impact will be improved living environment in project towns. The outcome will be improved municipal service delivery and urban governance in project towns. Project towns are pre-selected 30 towns to be supported in an integrated manner under the project.. 3. A sector-lending approach will be used for the project as it has been well established and successfully practiced in the UGIIP I and II. 4. The Local Government Engineering Department (LGED) and the Department of Public Health Engineering (DPHE), both under the Local Government Division (LGD) of the Ministry of Local Government, Rural Development and Cooperatives (MLGRD&C) and having extensive experience in managing urban and water supply projects financed by ADB, will be the executing agencies of the project. 5. The Lalmonirhat roads subproject is one of the subprojects proposed under UGIIP-3. ADB requires the consideration of environmental issues in all aspects of the Bank’s operations, and the requirements for environmental assessment are described in ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS), 2009. This is the draft initial environmental examination (IEE) based on the feasibility study and preliminary engineering designs prepared during project preparation. This IEE will be finalized during detailed design stage to reflect any changes and latest subproject designs. 6. Categorization. An environmental assessment using ADB’s Rapid Environmental Assessment (REA) checklist for roads (Appendix 1) was conducted and results of the assessment show that the subproject is unlikely to cause significant adverse impacts. Lalmonirhat roads subproject is classified as environmental category B as per ADB SPS. This initial environmental examination (IEE) has been prepared in accordance with ADB SPS’s requirements for environment category B projects and provides mitigation and monitoring measures to ensure no significant impacts as a result of the subproject. 7. As per Government of Bangladesh Environment Conservation Act, 1995 (ECA, 1995) and Environment Conservation Rules (ECR, 1997), Lalmonirhat roads subproject is categorized as “Orange-B” and location clearance certificate (LCC) and environmental clearance certificate (ECC) must be obtained from the DoE.

1The Government of Bangladesh with the assistance of ADB has introduced a system whereby funds/loans for development are disbursed in a phased manner based on the successful accomplishment by the recipient pourashavas of a set of performance-criteria in the area of urban governance. UGIIP I and II reflect this approach which aims to incentivize participating pourashavas to become well-managed and maintained towns in a sustainable way through systems of governance ensuring citizen’s participation and inclusion of women, poor and the minority groups in pourashava activities. UGIIP I targeted for 27 and UGIIP II for 47pourashavas. The subprojects were (i) water supply (ii) sanitation, (iii) solid waste management, (iv) urban drainage, (v) urban transport & communication and (vi) public use facilities.

59

8. Subproject scope. Phase 1 implementation will involve improvement of 16.295 km of existing roads. 9. Implementation arrangements. Local Government Engineering Department (LGED) and Department of Public Health Engineering (DPHE) are the executing agencies (EA). LGED is responsible for providing support and guidance to pourashavas concerning performance criteria and pourashava development planning. Department of Public Health Engineering (DPHE) will provide support in water supply and sanitation schemes. Implementation activities will be overseen by a Project Management Office (PMO). The participating pourashavas are the implementing agencies, with a project implementation unit (PIU) within the pourashava structure. Consultant teams2 are responsible for (i) detailed engineering design, contract documents preparation and safeguards facilitation; (ii) project management and administration support; (iii) assistance in supervising construction; (iii) strengthening of local governance, conducting required studies/surveys and (iv) awareness raising on behavioral change in water, sanitation and solid waste management activities. 10. Description of the environment. Subproject components are located in Lalmonirhat urban area or in its immediate surroundings which were developed into urban land uses. The subproject sites are located in existing right of ways (ROWs) and government-owned land. There are no protected areas, wetlands, mangroves, or estuaries in or near the subproject location. There are no forest areas within or near Lalmonirhat. 11. Environmental management. An environmental management plan (EMP) is included as part of this IEE, which includes (i) mitigation measures for environmental impacts during implementation; (ii) an environmental monitoring program, and the responsible entities for mitigating, monitoring, and reporting; (iii) public consultation and information disclosure; and (iv) a grievance redress mechanism. A number of impacts and their significance were reduced through mitigation measures in the preliminary design stage. The EMP will form part of the civil work bidding and contract documents. 12. Locations and siting of the proposed infrastructures were considered to further reduce impacts. The concepts considered in design of the Lalmonirhat roads subproject are: (i) locating facilities on government-owned land to avoid the need for land acquisition and relocation of people; (ii) prioritizing rehabilitation over new construction using public right of ways (ROWs), and taking all possible measures in design and selection of site or alignment to avoid resettlement impacts; (iii) avoiding where possible locations that will result in destruction/disturbance to historical and cultural places/values; (iv) avoiding tree-cutting where possible; (v) ensuring all planning and design interventions and decisions are made in consultation with local communities and reflecting inputs from public consultation and disclosure for site selection. 13. During the construction phase, impacts mainly arise from (i) disturbance of residents, businesses, and traffic; (ii) need to manage excess construction materials and spoils; and (iii) community and workers health and safety. These are common impacts of construction in urban areas, and there are well developed methods for their mitigation. Measures such as conducting work in lean season and minimizing inconvenience by best construction methods will be employed. Traffic management will be necessary during excavation works on busy roads. In the operational phase, all facilities and infrastructure will operate with routine maintenance, which should not affect the environment. Facilities will need to be repaired from time to time, but environmental impacts will be much less than those of the construction period as the work will be infrequent, affecting small areas only. 2 Consultant teams are composed of Management Design and Supervision Consultants (MDSC) and

Governance Improvement and Capacity Development Consultants (GICDC).

60

14. Mitigation measures have been developed to reduce all negative impacts to acceptable levels and will be assured through a program of environmental monitoring. The monitoring program will include observations on- and off-site, document checks, and interviews with workers and beneficiaries. The PMO will submit semi-annual monitoring reports to ADB which will include a detailed review of EMP implementation, including corrective actions taken. 15. Consultation, disclosure and grievance redress. The stakeholders were involved in developing the IEE through discussions on-site and public consultation, after which views expressed were incorporated into the IEE and in the planning and development of the subproject. The IEE will be made available at public locations in the pourashava and will be disclosed to a wider audience via the ADB and LGED project websites. The consultation process will be continued and expanded during project implementation to ensure that stakeholders are fully engaged in the project and have the opportunity to participate in its development and implementation. A grievance redress mechanism is described within the IEE to ensure any public grievances are addressed quickly. 16. Monitoring and reporting. The PMO, PIU (Lalmonirhat pourashava), and Management Design and Supervision Consultants (MDSC) will be responsible for safeguard monitoring. TheMDSC will submit monthly monitoring reports to PMO, and the PMO will send semi-annual monitoring reports to ADB. ADB will post the semi-annual environmental monitoring reports on its website as part of its disclosure requirements. 17. Conclusions and recommendations. The citizens of Lalmonirhat will be the major beneficiaries of this subproject. The proposed subproject is unlikely to cause significant adverse impacts and net environmental benefits to citizens of Lalmonirhat will be positive. The potential impacts that are associated with design, construction and operation can be mitigated to standard levels without difficulty through proper engineering design and the incorporation or application of recommended mitigation measures and procedures. 18. Based on the findings of the IEE, there are no significant impacts and the classification of the subproject as Category “B” is confirmed. No further special study or detailed environmental impact assessment (EIA) needs to be undertaken to comply with ADB SPS, 2009.

61

I. INTRODUCTION 1. After the successful implementation of the First and Second Urban Governance and Infrastructure Improvement Projects (UGIIP I and II)3 in 74 selected pourashavas, the Local Government Engineering Department (LGED) within the Ministry of Local Government, Rural Development and Cooperatives (MLGRDC) with the financial assistance of Asian Development Bank (ADB) have planned to implement the third phase of the project titled the Third Urban Governance and Infrastructure Improvement Project (UGIIP-3) in selected 30 pourashavas over a period of 6 years (2014 to 2020). 2. The impact will be improved living environment in project towns. The outcome will be improved municipal service delivery and urban governance in project towns. Project towns are pre-selected 30 towns to be supported in an integrated manner under the project. UGIIP-3 will improve existing and provide new municipal infrastructures including (i) roads; (ii) drainages; (iii) water supply system; (iv) solid waste management facilities; (v) slaughterhouses; (vi) markets, community center/auditorium, bus and truck terminals and river ghats; (vii) public toilets; and (viii) others such as provision for street lighting and improvement of slums. 3. A sector-lending approach will be used for the project as it has been well established and successfully practiced in the UGIIP I and II. 4. The Local Government Engineering Department (LGED) and the Department of Public Health Engineering (DPHE), both under the Local Government Division (LGD) of the Ministry of Local Government, Rural Development and Cooperatives (MLGRD&C) and having extensive experience in managing urban and water supply projects financed by ADB, will be the executing agencies of the project. 5. Lalmonirhat roads subproject is one of the subprojects proposed under UGIIP-3. ADB requires the consideration of environmental issues in all aspects of the Bank’s operations, and the requirements for environmental assessment are described in ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS), 2009. 6. Categorization. An environmental assessment using ADB’s Rapid Environmental Assessment (REA) checklist for roads (Appendix 1) was conducted and results of the assessment show that the subproject is unlikely to cause significant adverse impacts. Lalmonirhat roads subproject is classified as environmental category B as per ADB SPS. This initial environmental examination (IEE) has been prepared in accordance with ADB SPS’s requirements for environment category B projects and provides mitigation and monitoring measures to ensure no significant impacts as a result of the subproject.


62

II. POLICY, LEGAL, AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK A. ADB Policy 7. ADB requires the consideration of environmental issues in all aspects of ADB’s operations, and the requirements for environmental assessment are described in ADB SPS, 2009. This states that ADB requires environmental assessment of all ADB investments. 8. Screening and categorization. The nature of the environmental assessment required for a project depends on the significance of its environmental impacts, which are related to the type and location of the project; the sensitivity, scale, nature, and magnitude of its potential impacts; and the availability of cost-effective mitigation measures. Projects are screened for their expected environmental impacts, and are assigned to one of the following four categories:

(i) Category A. Projects could have significant adverse environmental impacts. An EIA is required to address significant impacts.

(ii) Category B. Projects could have some adverse environmental impacts, but of lesser degree or significance than those in category A. An IEE is required to determine whether significant environmental impacts warranting an EIA are likely. If an EIA is not needed, the IEE is regarded as the final environmental assessment report.

(iii) Category C. Projects are unlikely to have adverse environmental impacts. No EIA or IEE is required, although environmental implications are reviewed.

(iv) Category FI. Projects involve a credit line through a financial intermediary or an equity investment in a financial intermediary. The financial intermediary must apply an environmental management system, unless all projects will result in insignificant impacts.

9. This draft IEE for the Lalmonirhat roads subproject is based on the feasibility study and preliminary engineering designs prepared during project preparation. This IEE will be finalized during detailed design stage to reflect any changes and latest subproject designs.

10. Environmental management plan. An EMP, which addresses the potential impacts and risks identified by the environmental assessment, shall be prepared. The level of detail and complexity of the EMP and the priority of the identified measures and actions will be commensurate with the project’s impact and risks. 11. Public disclosure. ADB will post the following safeguard documents on its website. Relevant information from these documents will also be disclosed in local communities in a form and language understandable and accessible to the public. :

(i) for environmental category A projects, draft EIA report at least 120 days before Board consideration;

(ii) final or updated EIA and/or IEE upon receipt; and (iii) environmental monitoring reports submitted by the Project Management

Office (PMO) during project implementation upon receipt. B. National Laws 12. Implementation of all subprojects will be governed by the environmental acts, rules, policies, and regulations of the Government of Bangladesh. These regulations impose restrictions on the activities to minimize/mitigate likely impacts on the environment. Many of these are cross-sectoral and several of them are directly related to environmental issues. The most important of these are the Environment Conservation Act, 1995 (ECA, 1995), and the Environment Conservation Rules (ECR, 1997).

63

13. Table 1 presents specific requirements for the Lalmonirhat roads subproject. Appendix 2 provides the environmental standards for air, surface water, groundwater, drinking water, emissions, noise and vehicular exhaust.

Table 1: Applicable Government of Bangladesh Environmental Legislations Legislation Requirements for the Project Relevance

1. Environmental Conservation Act of 1995 and amendments in 2000, 2002 and 2010 4

Restriction on operation and process, which can be continued or cannot be initiated in the ecologically critical areas

Regulation on vehicles emitting smoke harmful to the environment

Remedial measures for injuries to ecosystems

Standards for quality of air, water, noise and soil for different areas for various purposes and limits for discharging and emitting waste

Environmental guidelines

The provisions of the act apply to the entire subproject in the construction and operation and maintenance (O&M) phases.


Environmental clearances Compliance to environmental

quality standards

The subproject is categorized as Orange-B and requires locational clearance certificate (LCC) and environmental clearance certificate (ECC). All requisite clearances from DoE shall be obtained prior to commencement of civil works.



Considered in subproject preparation and implementation.


Ensure existing assets is put in place to deal with the likely impacts of climate change.

Enhance the capacity government ministries, civil society and private sector to meet the challenge of climate change


5. Bangladesh Labor Law of 2006

Compliance to the provisions on employment standards, occupational safety and health, welfare and social protection, labor relations and social dialogue, and enforcement

Prohibition of employment of children and adolescent

Considered in the EMP.

C. Government of Bangladesh Environmental Assessment Procedures 14. Under ECA, 1995 and ECR, 1997 industrial units and projects are classified into four categories according to “their site and impact on the environment” and size of investment,

4ECA Amendment 2000 focuses on ascertaining responsibility for compensation in cases of damage to

ecosystems, increased provision of punitive measures both for fines and imprisonment and the authority to take cognizance of offences. ECA Amendment 2002 elaborates restrictions on polluting automobiles; restrictions on the sale, production of environmentally harmful items like polythene bags; assistance from law enforcement agencies for environmental actions; break up of punitive measures; and authority to try environmental cases. In ECA Amendment 2010, no individual or institution (government or semi-government/non-government/self-governing can cut any hill or hillock; fill-up or changed any remarked water body however in case of national interest; the mentioned activities can be done after getting clearance from respective the departments.

64

and each category (Green, Orange-A, Orange-B and Red) requires a different level of environmental assessment as a prerequisite for the Department of Environment (DoE) in granting the LCC and ECC that allow the project to proceed. 15. As per Schedule 1 of ECA, 1995Lalmonirhat roads subproject is likely to be classified as Orange-B category (Table 2). Thus ECC is required from the DoE prior to commencement of the subproject.

Table 2: Likely Government of Bangladesh Classification of Lalmonirhat Roads Subproject

Subproject Component Equivalent in Schedule I of ECR

DoE Classification

1. Roads, and culverts

Road provisions (include new road, road resurfacing, roadside footpath, roadside drains, road signs, road/pavement markings, intersection improvement, or high mast lighting)

Construction, re-construction and extension of road (feeder road, local road)

Orange – B

16. Rule 7 of the ECR, 1997 indicates that the application for ECC must be made to the relevant DoE Divisional Officer, and the application for Orange-B category projects will include the following:

i. Completed Application for ECC, and the appropriate fee; ii. Report on the feasibility of the project; iii. Report on the IEE for the project; iv. Report on the environmental management plan (EMP); v. No objection certificate from the local authority; vi. Emergency plan relating to adverse environmental impact and plan for

mitigation of the effect of pollution; and vii. Outline of the relocation and rehabilitation plan (where applicable).

17. DoE has 30 days to respond to receipt of the ECC application for an Orange-B category project. 18. This draft IEE will serve the basis for the ECC application and will be supplemented to fulfill any additional government requirements.

III. DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT A. The Study Area 19. Lalmonirhat is a district of Rangpur division in the north of Bangladesh and lies between 25º46´ and 26º33´ north latitudes and between 89º01´ and 89º36´ east longitudes. The area of the Lalmonirhat Pourashava is 17.60 sq.km and its total population as of 2011 is 60,322. 20. Subproject components are located in Lalmonirhat urban area or in its immediate surroundings which were converted into urban use for many years ago, and there is no natural habitat left at these sites. The subproject sites are located in existing right of way (RoWs) and government-owned land. There are no protected areas, wetlands, mangroves, or estuaries in or near the subproject location. There are no forest areas within or near Lalmonirhat. The location map is shown as Figure 1.

65

B. Existing Condition and Need for the Project 21. The total length of the roads in Lalmonirhat is 114.72km and generally fall into two categories: kutcha (earthen) construction and pukka (formed) roads. 22. Formed roads are mainly black-topped (BT) asphalt roads with some concrete (bituminous carpeting [BC] and cement concreting [CC]) roads in a few places for main roads, while minor roads may also be brick-on-edge soling, known locally as herring bone bond (HBB). Existing road conditions in Lalmonirhat are given in Table 3.

Table 3: Existing Road Conditions of Lalmonirhat Pourashava Road type Length in km Present conditions

1. BC and CC Roads 73.60 Around 30% in good condition 2. Herring bone bond (HBB) roads 4.09 Nearly 60% in good condition 3. WBM Roads 6.80 Not in good condition 4. Earthen Roads 30.23 35% in good condition Total 114.72 Source: PPTA Consultant. Note: BC = bituminous carpet; BT = black-topped; CC = cement concrete; HBB = herring bone bond 23. Most of the roads are no more than 3 meters (m) in width and in some cases smaller, hence cannot accommodate the present traffic flow. Besides, there is little or no footpath at all, so they are inconvenient for pedestrians and minor accidents are commonplace. Maintenance of the roads are largely poor and inadequate. 24. Mostly appropriate road designs may not been followed while building these roads so they remain vulnerable to damage and decay well before the normal design life. Roads mostly lack side drainages with consequent stagnation and water logging affecting the shearing parameters of these roads that shortens the road life. C. Proposed Components 25. Figure 2 shows the locations of the proposed roads in the pourashava. 26. Roads necessary for improvement/rehabilitation were surveyed by the project preparatory technical assistance (PPTA) consultants during the project preparation stage and an inventory of required works was conducted with the assistance of the pourashava engineers considering (i) all necessary issues and findings such as existing conditions, type, formation level (rise), widening, shoulder/footpath, side-drain, cross-drain/culvert, etc; (ii) roads with high target beneficiaries; and (iii) strategically important roads that have good linkage in the development of road communication networks. The identified roads were finalized through the workshop organized in the pourashava in the presence of the mayor, councilors, engineers; PPTA team and invited officials from relevant organizations. 27. To accommodate climate change related inundation and annual floods, each road was assessed against whether: (i) existing crest level is 600 millimeters (mm) above existing normal flood level; (ii) road embankments are protected against annual floods; and (iii) drainage is adequate to accommodate rainfall runoff. Appendix 3 outlines proposed standards and additional climate change measures for level of service for proposed roads. 28. The major considerations adopted for preliminary design were as follows: (i) LGED’s road design manual and standards followed. The road design type 6 for BC pavement was considered, with some modifications; (ii) guidelines on climate change resilience and adaptation measures (Appendix 3) were studied and accommodated as necessary; and (iii) existing bitumen finished surface (BFS) and HBB roads were considered for improvement with CC or reinforced cement concrete (RCC)pavement where necessary, with modified

66

design standard. In general, the following are the major features of the roads and design guidelines:

i. The roads lying on low level of lands are vulnerable to flood water and/or rainwater and hence require CC/RCC surface instead of asphalt surface. Roads lying on low-lands with heavy traffic loads will be improved with RCC surface works. ii. The roads with poor quality of side drains will be improved along with side drain improvement by replacing the existing brick-drains with RCC drains to withstand heavy traffic loads.

29. Table 4 presents the proposed roads for rehabilitation in Lalmonirhat. Figures 3 to 5 show the typical sections of different types of roads that may be used in the subproject. This IEE covers seven roads with total length of 16.295 km (Table 5) to be rehabilitated under Phase 1 (see implementation schedule). This IEE will be updated with the final road designs to be prepared during the detailed design phase.5

Table 4:Proposed Roads for Rehabilitation in Lalmonirhat Road ID No. Name of Road Length (km)

R-1* Maintenance and Improvement work of road from MazaparaMondir to KarziparaMondir via NabintariMondir

1.975

R-2 Maintenance work of road from Chadni bazar Bahadurmoar via bate moar and link Bata moar to BDR Gate.

2.560

R-3* Maintenance work of road from BDR Gate to Shakoarmoar via Syodmoar 2.125 R-4* Maintenance work of road from Thana moar to east side Moni Master/Puran para

moar 2.970

R-5 Maintenance and Improvementworkof road from HanifPaglarmoar to ThakurerMalli via MotiarChatal

2.800

R-6* Maintenance work of road from Matia Mosque to Saker bazar and link SaponChatal to X - Mayor House

2.990

R-7* Maintenance work of road from Bangabandhu colony to wirless colony 0.925 R-8* Maintenance and Improvement work of road from BaniarBighi to north side Hala

Bat tal and link Hala Bat Tal to Kasurtari. 2.610

R-9* Maintenance work of road from Nasaria Madrasa to north side end of poura area via putimaridola and link MohammadpurBarktari road

2.700

R-10 Maintenance work of road Central Mosque to mogol Hat road via Central Grave yard

1.770

R-11 Maintenance work of road from Batrishazarimoar to BanvasaRoad 1.400 R-12 Maintenance work of road from JummaparaKalibarimoar to putimariDola via H/O

Councilor Salam 1.150

R-13 Maintenance work of road from X-MP Abul Hossain oil dipo to west side Safortari 1.770 R-14 Maintenance work of road from North BengalMoar to Moghol Hat road via Kuratari 1.525 R-15 Maintenance work of road from Dalpattimoar to Banavashamoar link road

Nabinagor Mosque road 1.780

R-16 Maintenance work of road from NayaGajiMazar to south side BDR hat road 1.050 R-17 Improvement work of road from Chadni Bazar to Abason Project 0.800 R-18 Maintenance work of road from Stadium to north side R & H road via A.C land

office 0.770

R-19 Maintenance work of road from in front of Pourashava to east side HanifPaglarmoar

0.310

R-20 Maintenance work of road from near Commerce college H/O Jabed to north side H/O Rahman via H/O Aminur master at Talipara.

1.000

R-21 Maintenance work of road from H/O Saidul to end of paura area via Safor member 0.700 R-22 Maintenance work of road from BDR Canteen to T&T Office 0.460 R-23 Construction work of CC road from Krishi Office to inside of Surki Mill. &

Maintenance work of road from Sahorawardy field to super colony 0.535

R-24 Construction work of road from R&H Road to more of Faizar& H/O Sabder to rail line.

1.235

5 A new IEE will need to be prepared for each phase, which would require a simple updating of this IEE, as follows: Lalmonirhat Roads (Phase II) IEE and Lalmonirhat Roads (Phase III) IEE

67

Road ID No. Name of Road Length (km) R-25 Maintenance work of road from infront of PDB office to H/O Jibon 0.855 R-26 Maintenance work of road from Paura Office road to Janata Bank More via

BabuparaEidgah field 0.870

R-27 Maintenance work of road from KalibariMondir to R&H Road via High School field. 0.485 R-28 Maintenance work of road from Ujjalchatal to thana road 0.240 R-29 Maintenance work of road from shop of Foolchan to nabintarimondir 0.460 R-30 Maintenance work of road from R&H road to kuratari road via modina para 0.670 R-31 Maintenance work of road from Chatal of Sirajul to H/O Taleb Gard & H/O Nanto

to end of Paura Area. 1.340

R-32 Maintenance work of road from R&H road to putimaridola via Chatal of Sattar 0.560 R-33 Construction work of road from Pourashava road to samsan with two side

palisading. 0.185

R-34 Maintenance work of road from Pourashava office to thana road 0.690 R-35 Maintenance work of road from Golden Bazar to H/O Samsul Vander 0.850 R-36 Maintenance work of road from R&H road to station road via to fazlalkarim high

school. 0.360

R-37 Maintenance work of road from R&H road to H/o Abdullah & H/o Makbul to BaitusSujut Mosque & R&H to H/o Montu Master.

0.890

R-38 Maintenance work of road from R&H road to Dhonitari More 0.620 R-39 Maintenance work of road from infront of pourashava Water supply office road to

PS office road via Refugee colony. 1.030

R-40 Maintenance work of road at Driver para colony. 0.450 Total 48.65

* - to be implemented in UGIIP-3 Phase 1 Source: PPTA Consultants

Table 5: Proposed Roads to be rehabilitated under Phase 1 Implementation - Lalmonirhat

Road ID No. Name of Road Length (km) R-1 Maintenance and Improvement work of road from MazaparaMondir to

KarziparaMondir via NabintariMondir 1.975

R-3 Maintenance work of road from BDR Gate to Shakoarmoar via Syodmoar 2.125 R-4 Maintenance work of road from Thana moar to east side Moni Master/Puran para

moar 2.970

R-6 Maintenance work of road from Matia Mosque to Saker bazar and link SaponChatal to X - Mayor House

2.990

R-7 Maintenance work of road from Bangabandhu colony to wireless colony 0.925 R-8 Maintenance and Improvement work of road from BaniarBighi to north side Hala

Bat tal and link Hala Bat Tal to Kasurtari. 2.610

R-9 Maintenance work of road from Nasaria Madrasa to north side end of poura area via putimaridola and link MohammadpurBarktari road

2.700

Total 16.295 Source: PPTA Consultants D. Implementation Schedule 30. Implementation of UGIIP-3is split up into 3 phases: (i) 1st phase = 18 months or 1.5 years; (ii) 2nd phase = 30 months or 2.5 years; and (iii) 3rd phase = 24 months or 2 years 31. Seven existing roads (total 16.295 km)6 will be implemented under Phase 1, while the remaining 33 roads will be implemented in the succeeding phases. Preliminary design of Phase 1 roads has been done by the PPTA and will finalized during detailed design stage. It is estimated that construction period for Phase 1 implementation will cover 18 months. 32. The final detailed implementation schedule will be provided in the updated IEE once the detailed design phase is completed.

6 Road ID Numbers R-1, R-3, R-4, R-6, R-7, R-8, and R-9.

68

Figure 1: Location Map

69

Figure 2: Proposed Road Works in Lalmonirhat Pourashava

Figure 3: Cross-section of Bituminous Carpeting Road for Low Traffic Volume (Less

than or Equal to 100 Commercial Vehicles per Day)

Figure 4: Cross-section of Bituminous Carpeting Road for Low Traffic

Volume (More than 100 but less than 200 Commercial Vehicles per Day)

71

Figure 5: Typical Cross-section of Cement Concrete Road

IV. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

A. Methodology Used for the Baseline Study 33. Data collection and stakeholder consultations. Data for this study has been primarily collected through comprehensive literature survey, discussion with stakeholder agencies, and field visits to the proposed subproject sites. The literature survey broadly covered the following:

(i) subproject details, reports, maps, and other documents available with the ADB and PPTA consultants, LGED, and Lalmonirhat pourashava;

(ii) relevant acts and extraordinary gazettes, and guidelines issued by Government of Bangladesh agencies; and

(iv) literature on land use, soil, geology, hydrology, climate, socioeconomic profiles, and environmental planning documents collected from Government of Bangladesh agencies and websites.

34. Several visits to the subproject sites were made during the PPTA stages to assess the existing environment (physical, biological, and socioeconomic) and gather information with regard to the proposed sites and scale of the proposed subproject. A separate socioeconomic study was conducted to determine the demographic information, archeological and religious places, densely populated pockets, and settlements. 35. Data analysis and interpretation. The data collected was analyzed and interpretations made to assess the physical, biological, and socioeconomic features of the project area. The relevant information is presented in the succeeding paragraphs.

72

36. Updating during detailed design phase. The IEE including specific description of the environment and corridor of impact will be updated as necessary based on the final roads design and alignments. B. Physical Characteristics 37. Topography. Lalmonirhat is a land with mixed topography. The topographical condition of the Lalmonirhat is relatively plain, with areas higher in level along the northern and western parts and lower in the eastern and western parts. Urban development is mainly concentrated in the center of the Lalmonirhat which is relatively higher than the rest of the pourashava. 38. Lalmonirhat pourashava is not normally affected by annual floods in the core area by the overflow of the rivers the Teesta and the Dharala forming the floodplains of the district except the low lying fringe areas of the east and south of the pourashava. But the total pourashava area is affected by water logging regularly due to drainage congestion of the present poor drainage system. 39. Climatic conditions. The climate of the pourashava area is moderate with the maximum and minimum mean monthly temperature being 32oC and 23.2oC, respectively observed in August and January. Mean annual rainfall is 2314 mm, with most of it occurring during five months of monsoon, between May to September, which is around 86% of the aggregate precipitation. In the winter months of December-January, at times, temperature comes down substantially that at times adds to the woe of the dwellers. 40. Surface water and other bodies of water. There are large number of ponds, ditches, low lying agricultural lands as low pockets in Lalmonirhat which act as retention basin to delay the maximum floods in the monsoon. However the PPTA study identified there are no existing natural or man-made bodies of water adjacent or within the corridors of impact of the subproject. Any water bodies to be identified during detailed design phase will be assessed and reported in the updated IEE. 41. Air quality. As there are no major industries in Lalmonirhat the main sources of air pollution are vehicles and non-point sources such as open burning. There are currently no air quality monitoring stations are in operation within the pourashava limit. The baseline air quality will be measured by the subproject contractors prior to commencement of work. The results will be provided in the updated IEE and all other measurements during implementation will be reported as part of EMP implementation. 42. Acoustic environment. Subproject components are in the built-up part of Lalmonirhat, with residential, commercial, and institutional establishments. The volume of traffic that passes through these sections is not significant and traffic jams are not frequent. However vehicular movement can be considered as major cause of noise pollution. The baseline noise level will be measured by the subproject contractors prior to commencement of work. The results will be provided in the updated IEE and all other measurements during implementation will be reported as part of EMP implementation. 43. Water logged areas. There are mainly six scattered water logged areas in the Lalmonirhat which are inundated by storm water mainly due to drainage congestion. The total area of these water logged drainage congested areas is about 9 hectares (ha). The areas are located near the bus stand area, Batarmour area, area behind the church, near the food go-down, beside the maternity hospital and the Shahjahan colony area. The depth of inundation of these areas is about 0.20 to 0.25 m and the duration of inundation is 4 to 10 hours after a heavy shower. The reasons of stagnation in the town are technical, social and institutional. Inundation in the town is caused due to inadequate drainage from the unplanned and uncoordinated development of the town.

73

44. In 1998, Lalmonirhat encountered the most serious flooding. The highest flood level reached above the ground level causing shallow flooding and substantial inconvenience to the people. C. Biological Characteristics 45. Flora and fauna. Subproject components are located in Lalmonirhat urban area or in its immediate surroundings which were converted into urban use for years ago, and there is no natural habitat left at these sites. Animals and plants in the subproject area are those commonly found in urban and built-up areas. No endangered/protected species of either flora or fauna are found in the pourashava or its immediate surroundings. 46. Protected areas. There are no protected forests, wetlands, mangroves, or estuaries in or near the subproject area. D. Socioeconomic Characteristics 47. Area and population. The pourashava with an area of 17.6km2 lies within the center of Lalmonirhat upazilla. Information about the total number of households, with average size, and population of Lalmonirhat pourashava is presented in Table 6.

Table 6: Population of Lalmonirhat Pourashava

Administrative Unit

Area (sq. km)

Households (nos.)

Total Population

Average Household

Size

Density (per sq.km)

Lalmonirhat Pourashava

17.61 13,897 60,322 4.34 3,425

Ward No - 01 2.06 1876 8271 4.40 4,015 Ward No - 02 1.94 1717 7663 4.46 3,950 Ward No - 03 1.66 1665 7436 4.46 4,479 Ward No - 04 2.35 1889 7913 4.18 3,367 Ward No - 05 2.71 1630 6928 4.25 2,556 Ward No - 06 2.22 1570 6678 4.25 3,008 Ward No - 07 1.62 1038 4463 4.29 2,754 Ward No - 08 1.46 1070 4759 4.44 3,259 Ward No - 09 1.59 1442 6211 4.30 3,906 (Source: BBS Community Report, Zilla: Lalmonirhat, 2011) 48. Land use. Lalmonirhat has a mixed land use and predominantly consists of agricultural lands and residential lands, and the rest include commercial, industrial, administrative, educational, places of worship, health, recreational, restricted, transportation, miscellaneous, mixed uses, graveyard, open spaces, and water bodies. While the heart of the pourashava is of high commercial, residential and administrative areas, the fringe areas include mainly low-lying agricultural lands with scattered villages for human settlement. 49. Literacy. Lalmonirhat Sadar has an average literacy rate of 27.7% (7+ years), and the national average of 32.4% literate. (BBS, 2011) 50. Water supply and water quality. The pourashava’s water supply system comprises of 5 production tube wells, 790 privately owned tube wells, 2,034 water connections, 40 km of transmission and distribution mains. The system operates 10 to 12 hours a day. The supplied water is free of iron and arsenic and hence does not require any treatment. The current demand is 80 liters capita per day and only 50% of the population is served. The non-revenue water is estimated at 25%.

74

51. Roads, existing provisions for pedestrians, and transport-related facilities. Lalmonirhat roads (total of 114.7 km) generally fall into two categories: kutcha (earthen) construction and pukka (formed) roads. Formed roads are mainly BT asphalt roads with CC roads in a few places for main roads, while minor roads may also be brick-on-edge soling, known locally as HBB. Nearly all roads are built above the existing ground level, not only to avoid inundation during storms, but as the silty loam and alluvial soils typical of the area compact easily, roads need a supporting base layer that is often built up to around one meter above ground level. There are no provisions for pedestrians (e.g. footpaths) along the roads. There are no public or private bus services available. There is no designated authority for the management of traffic. 52. Lalmonirhat has only 1 medium-sized bus terminal built under UGIIP I. It has requisite facilities including toilets for women. It can accommodate around 50 to 60 buses if parked in an organized manner, where around 150 buses can be accommodated. And if put to full use, an average 2,000 to 3,000 passengers, both short and long haul, may conveniently use the terminal. However the bus terminal is sporadically used. Instead, often, it is found that buses are parked away from the existing terminal and largely along the road side. 53. Drainage. At present, the drainage system of Lalmonirhat includes 17.31 km of pucca drains (6.91 km secondary drains and 10.40 km tertiary drains). In addition, there are 5.60 km of katcha drains and 4.00 km of kutchakhal. PPTA study shows that there is less than 1 km of pucca drain per sq km of the pourashava area which indicates a somewhat poor spectacle of the drainage system in Lalmonirhat. Urban dwellers in most areas reported that the present drainage system is inadequate is inadequate. 54. Sanitation. The existing sanitary condition in Lalmonirhat is relatively poor. As per Bangladesh Bureau of Statistics data for 2011, 36.7% of the pourashava population have water sealed latrines, 21% have latrines that are not water-sealed, 30.7% of the population have non-sanitary facilities while the remaining 11.6% have no toilets. Lalmonirhat has no sewerage system and disposal/treatment facilities. 55. There are few public toilets in Lalmonirhat but these are in worse conditions as the pits, septic tanks and superstructures are mostly damaged. There is no arrangement for electricity and water supply. There is no separate provisions for women. 56. Sanitation facilities in schools (primary and secondary) are found not in bad conditions. There is no huge demand of toilets in schools contrary to the findings of the PPTA study which identified school toilets to be constructed in schools visited. 57. Solid waste management. Solid waste management in Lalmonirhat consists of collection, transportation and dumping of wastes. There are 61 fixed dustbins located in different parts of the pourashava along with 25 to 30 temporary secondary collection points. There are 2 old open trucks and 1 new dump tipper but the tipping arrangement is not functioning and spare parts are not available. The pourashava employs 76 road sweepers, 20 drain cleaners and 10 truck loaders. The pourashava currently does not have its own solid waste disposal site. Wastes are dumped in vacant low lands, commonly requested by private land owners to reclaim/increase the level of the land. 58. Lalmonirhat generates about 22 metric tons per day computed based on 0.3 kilograms (kg) per capita per day. Segregation at source is not practiced resulting to mixed wastes from households, commercial establishments, hospitals, institutions and others. There is no regular public awareness and public relation activities in the pourashava. Community involvement is absent. Informal sector is prominent in recyclable collection and recycling.

75

59. Other existing amenities for community welfare. The pourashava has 5 kitchen markets (2 are pucca and 3 kutcha), of which three are owned by private and the rest two by the pourashava. PPTA study estimated 4,000 people use to meet their daily needs. The kitchen markets lack in adequate number of waste bins and do not have arrangement for waste collection. Generally, there is no arrangement for drainage within the markets. The PPTA team noted Lalmonirhat has one well-designed and built kitchen market with 10 sheds along with a slaughterhouse however the pourashava sparsely use the facility. The pourashava could not provide plausible answer to their not being used. 60. There are 1 graveyard, 1 burning crematorium, 1 government hospital, 10 government primary schools, 9 high schools, 2 girls’ schools, 4 Colleges, and 1 polytechnic Institute. Apart from these, there are madrasas (community based religious institutes) established with private initiatives and operated and managed privately. E. Historical, Cultural and Archaeological Characteristics 61. Lalmonirhat was an important junction railway station in the British period and had connection with Assam of India through Lalmonirhat-Mogulhat railway line. After partition in 1947, its importance as a junction station was diminished. Lalmonirhat wields substantial locational importance as it is a gateway to India through Burimari land port and border point. 62. Archaeological Heritage and Relics: SubadarMonsur Khan Mosque (known as Nidaria Mosque), Sindhumatidighi, Hussain Sarabor (dry pond), Harano (lost) Mosque (8th century AH), Dharla Bridge at Mughalhat, TusharbandharZamindar Bari, Ijaradar Mosque, KakinaRajbari, Kabi Bari (house and collections of poet Sheikh Fazlul Karim), the tomb of Hazrat Shah Sufi Muhammad Fazlur Rahman (known as Blind Hafez). 63. Historical Events: During the War of Liberationthe headquarters of Sector 6 was located at Burimari of Lalmonirhat zila. Lalmonirhat was liberated on 6 December 1971. 64. Marks of War of Liberation: Mass grave 8, memorial 7, mass killing site 7. 65. It has been noted during the PPTA study road alignments and corridors of impact are not within nor adjacent to these sites.

V. ASSESSMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND SAFEGUARDS A. Methodology 66. Issues for consideration have been raised by the following means: (i) input from interested and affected parties; (ii) desktop research of information relevant to the proposed subproject; (iii) site visits; and (iv) evaluation of proposed design scope as per PPTA study and potential impacts. 67. The corridors of impact considered include: (i) existing alignment and width of roads to be rehabilitated; and (ii) existing ROWs. No additional land is required beyond the ROWs. Categorization of the subproject and formulation of mitigation measures have been guided by ADB’s REA Checklist for Roads (Appendix 1) and ADB SPS, 2009. B. Screening out Areas of No Significant Impact 68. From the preliminary design and results of the rapid environmental assessment, it is clear that implementation of Lalmonirhat roads subproject will not have major negative impacts because activities will be localized/site-specific and short in duration. Moreover, the corridors of impact of the subproject will be on existing public ROWs, and construction will be conducted within a relatively small area. Because of these there are several aspects of

76

the environment that are not expected to be affected by the subproject (Table 7) and thus can be screened out of the assessment at this stage but will be assessed again during detailed design stage and before implementation.

Table 7: Fields in Which the Subproject Is Not expected to have Significant Impacts Field Rationale A. Physical Characteristics Topography, landforms, geology and soils

Required amount of materials will not cause alteration of topography, landforms, geology and soils. Erosion hazard is insignificant as trenching and excavation works will be conducted only during construction stage (short-term) and specific to sites along public ROWs.

Climatic conditions Short-term production of dust is the only effect on atmosphere. However, impact is short-term, site-specific and within a relatively small area. There are well developed methods for mitigation.

B. Biological Characteristics Biodiversity Activities being located in the built-up area of Lalmonirhat pourashava will not

cause direct impact on biodiversity values as identified flora and fauna are those commonly found in built up areas. The construction activities do not anticipate any cutting of trees.

C. Socioeconomic Characteristics Land use No alteration on land use. Rehabilitation of existing roads and is prioritized over

new construction, using vacant government land and ROWs. Type of community spread

No alteration on type of community spread.

Socio-economic status There is no requirement for land acquisition. Affected persons and structures will be addressed separately in the resettlement plan developed as per Government of Bangladesh laws and ADB SPS, 2009. Manpower will be required during the construction stage, this can result to generation of contractual employment and increase in local revenue.

D. Historical, Cultural, and Archaeological Characteristics Physical and cultural heritage

The subproject components are not located in or near and excavation works will not be conducted in the vicinities of identified historical sites.

C. Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – Planning and Design Phase 69. Subproject selection criteria. The project environmental assessment and review framework specifies environmental criteria to avoid or minimize adverse impacts during the identification and finalization of road subproject. Table 8 summarizes site and design considerations as per preliminary design.

Table 8: Site and Design Considerations to Meet EARF Environmental Criteria Components Environmental Selection Guidelines Remarks

i. Comply with all requirements of relevant national and local laws, rules, and guidelines.

- Requisite LCC and ECC to be obtained prior to commencement of works


- Not present in Lalmonirhat pourashava


-- Use of “chance find” procedures in the EMP that include a pre-approved management and conservation approach for materials that may be discovered during project implementation.

1. Overall selection guideline


- Permit for tree-cutting to be obtained by contractor/s prior to commencement of work - Compensatory plantation for trees lost at a rate of 2 trees for every tree cut, in addition to tree plantation as specified in the design, will be implemented by the contractor, who will also maintain the

77

Components Environmental Selection Guidelines Remarks saplings for the duration of his contract.

v. Ensure all planning and design interventions and decisions are made in consultation with local communities and include women. Reflect inputs from public consultation and disclosure for site selection.

- All consultations during project preparation are documented and concerns expressed by public addressed in the IEE.

vi. Synchronize all road improvement and pipe laying works (to extent possible) to minimize disturbance and optimize use of resources (e.g., water pipes laid prior to road improvements).

- Considered in the preliminary design

i. Include the provision of new or improved storm water drainage to remove the increased runoff caused by increasing the road surface area

- Considered in the preliminary design 2. Roads improvement

ii. Include tree planting alongside roads to provide a natural barrier to noise and visual impacts, and include additional man-made barriers where suitable for public safety.

-included in the EMP

70. Land acquisition and resettlement. The proposed roads will be located in public ROWs. Involuntary resettlement impacts on encroachers along ROWs will be addressed by the resettlement plan prepared for the subproject as per ADB SPS, 2009 and applicable Bangladesh laws. Cutting of trees will not be required as per preliminary design. This will be reassessed during detailed design stage and if cutting of trees will be required, compensatory plantation for trees lost at a rate of 2 trees for every tree cut will be implemented by the contractor, who will also maintain the saplings for the duration of his contract. 71. Planning principles and design considerations have been reviewed and incorporated into the site planning process whenever possible. Locations and sitting of the proposed infrastructures were considered to further reduce impacts. The subproject will be in properties held by the pourashava and access to the subproject sites is through public ROW and existing roads hence, land acquisition and encroachment on private property will not occur. 72. The concepts considered in design of the Lalmonirhat road subproject are: (i) locating components on public ROW to avoid the need for land acquisition and relocation of people; (ii) taking all possible measures in design and selection of site or alignment to avoid resettlement impacts; (iii) avoiding where possible locations that will result in destruction/disturbance to historical and cultural places/values; (iv) avoiding tree-cutting where possible; (v) ensuring all planning and design interventions and decisions are made in consultation with local communities and reflecting inputs from public consultation and disclosure for site selection. 73. Preliminary designs integrate a number of measures (Table 9), both structural and non-structural, to mainstream climate resilience into the Lalmonirhat roads subproject, including: (i) road level rise as required; (ii) increase of bitumen carpeting thickness; (iii) proper compaction; (iv) prefer cement concrete (CC) pavement where there are threats of inundation; (v) temperature reinforcement in CC pavement where there are threats of inundation; (vi) cross-drains as required; (vii) for CC roads, guide wall to protect erosion and sliding; and (vii) turf and tree plantation along the roads. As a result, some measures have already been included in the subproject designs. This means that the impacts and their significance have already been reduced.

78

Table 9: Possible Actions to Mitigate against Projected Effects of Climate Change and Improve Climate Resilience for Roads and

Mitigation Measures A. Climate Change Effect 1. Increased rainfall quantity

and runoff Increased frequency of storms

Improve O&M, organizational capacity, resource allocation, etc. Work with relevant stakeholders to manage water use and flood

discharges more effectively Improve collection and disposal of solid waste Control encroachments Improve public behavior through active and prolonged information,

education and communication campaigns to reduce uncontrolled solid waste disposal, encroachments, damage to infrastructure, unregulated development in key areas, etc., supported by enforcement.

Guide wall to protect erosion and sliding for roads with adjacent water bodies/ponds

B. Impact Factor 1. Construction materials’

quality Choose most durable materials possible, even if higher cost, e.g.

concrete, high quality bricks. Monitor and control construction quality

2. Rising temperatures Execute works during most favorable times of year and day. Monitor and control preparing, placing and curing concrete and mortar, to

ensure placement, etc., during most favorable times. Use plain high-quality un-rendered brickwork and high quality cement

mortar in preference to rendered low-grade bricks Use sulphate resisting cement in vulnerable locations (higher heat gain

during curing) or cement containing fly-ash (less heat gain, so preferred). 3. Runoff Use trapezoidal section side drains with small low-flow section (cunette)

for low flows Line side drains to achieve higher discharge velocities without increasing

risk of scour, etc. Source: PPTA Consultant. D. Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – Construction Phase 74. In the case of this subproject (i) most of the individual elements are relatively small and involve straightforward construction, so impacts will be mainly localized and not greatly significant; (ii) most of the predicted impacts are associated with the construction process, and are produced because that process is invasive, involving excavation and earth movements; and (iii) being located in the built-up area of the pourashava, will not cause direct impact on biodiversity values. 36. Construction method. Trenches will be dug by backhoe digger, supplemented by manual digging where necessary. Excavated soil will be placed nearby, and the materials (brought to site on trucks and stored on unused land nearby) will be placed in the trench by crane or using a small rig. The infrastructures will be constructed manually according to design specifications. Any excavated road will be reinstated. 75. There is sufficient space for a staging area, construction equipment, and stockpiling of materials. However, the contractor will need to remove all construction and demolition wastes on a daily basis. 76. Although construction of these project components involves quite simple techniques of civil work, the invasive nature of excavation and the project sites in built-up areas of Lalmonirhat where there are a variety of human activities, will result to impacts to the environment and sensitive receptors such as residents, businesses, and the community in general. These anticipated impacts are short-term, site-specific and within a relatively small area. There are no impacts that are significant or complex in nature, or that need an in-depth study to assess the impact. Thus, Lalmonirhat road subproject is unlikely to cause significant adverse impacts. The potential adverse impacts that are associated with construction

79

activities can be mitigated to acceptable levels with the following mitigation measures (Table 10). Table 10: Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – Construction Phase

Field Impacts Mitigation Measures A. Physical Characteristics Topography, landforms, geology and soils

Significant amount of gravel, sand, asphalt and cement will be required for this subproject. Extraction of construction materials may cause localized changes in topography and landforms. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

Utilize readily available sources of materials. If contractor procures materials from existing burrow pits and quarries, ensure these conform to all relevant regulatory requirements.

Borrow areas and quarries (If these are being opened up exclusively for the subproject) must comply with environmental requirements, as applicable. No activity will be allowed until formal agreement is signed between PIU, landowner and contractor.

Water quality Trenching and excavation, run-off from stockpiled materials, and chemical contamination from fuels and lubricants may result to silt-laden runoff during rainfall which may cause siltation and reduction in the quality of adjacent bodies of water. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

Prepare and implement a spoil management plan (see Appendix 4 for outline).

Prioritize re-use of excess spoils and materials in construction activities. If spoils will be disposed, consult with Lalmonirhat local authority on designated disposal areas.

All earthworks must be conducted during dry season to maximum extent possible to avoid the difficult working conditions that prevail during monsoon season such as problems from runoff.

Location for stockyards for construction materials shall be identified at least 300m away from watercourses. Place storage areas for fuels and lubricants away from any drainage leading to water bodies.

Take all precautions to minimize the wastage of water in the construction activities.

Take all precautions to prevent entering of wastewater into streams, watercourses, or irrigation system. Install temporary silt traps or sedimentation basins along the drainage leading to the water bodies.

Ensure diverting storm water flow during construction shall not lead to inundation and other nuisances in low lying areas.

While working across or close to any water body, the flow of water must not be obstructed. Ensure no construction materials like earth, stone, or appendage are disposed of in a manner that may block the flow of water of any watercourse and cross drainage channels.

Monitor water quality according to the environmental management plan.

Air quality Conducting works at dry season and moving large quantity of materials may create dusts and increase in concentration of vehicle-related pollutants (such as carbon monoxide, sulfur oxides, particulate matter, nitrous oxides, and hydrocarbons) which will affect people who live and work near the sites. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

Damp down exposed soil and any sand stockpiled on site by spraying with water when necessary during dry weather;

Use tarpaulins to cover soils, sand and other loose material when transported by trucks.

Unpaved surfaces used for haulage of materials within settlements shall be maintained dust-free.

Arrangements to control dust through provision of windscreens, water sprinklers, and dust extraction systems shall be provided at all hot-mix plants, batching plants and crushers (if these establishments are being set up exclusively for the subproject).

Monitor air quality.

Acoustic environment

Construction activities will be on settlements, along and near schools, and areas with small-

Involve the community in planning the work program so that any particularly noisy or otherwise invasive activities can be scheduled to avoid sensitive times.

80

Field Impacts Mitigation Measures scale businesses. Temporary increase in noise level and vibrations may be caused by excavation equipment, and the transportation of equipment, materials, and people. However, the proposed subproject will follow existing ROW alignment and impact is short-term, site-specific and within a relatively small area. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

Plan activities in consultation with Lalmonirhat local authority so that activities with the greatest potential to generate noise are conducted during periods of the day which will result in least disturbance.

Use of high noise generating equipment shall be stopped during night time.

Horns should not be used unless it is necessary to warn other road users or animals of the vehicle’s approach;

Utilize modern vehicles and machinery with the requisite adaptations to limit noise and exhaust emissions, and ensure that these are maintained to manufacturers’ specifications at all times.

All vehicles and equipment used in construction shall be fitted with exhaust silencers. Use silent-type generators (if required).

Monitor noise levels. Maintain maximum sound levels not exceeding 80 decibels (dBA) when measured at a distance of 10 m or more from the vehicle/s.

If it is not practicable to reduce noise levels to or below noise exposure limits, the contractor must post warning signs in the noise hazard areas. Workers in a posted noise hazard area must wear hearing protection.

Identify any buildings at risk from vibration damage and avoiding any use of pneumatic drills or heavy vehicles in the vicinity. Complete work in these areas quickly.

Aesthetics The construction activities do not anticipate any cutting of trees but will produce excess excavated earth (spoils), excess construction materials, and solid waste such as removed concrete, wood, packaging materials, empty containers, spoils, oils, lubricants, and other similar items. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

Prepare the Debris Disposal Plan Remove all construction and demolition wastes on a

daily basis. Coordinate with Lalmonirhat local authority for

beneficial uses of excess excavated soils or immediately dispose to designated areas Avoid stockpiling of any excess spoils

Suitably dispose of collected materials from drainages, unutilized materials and debris either through filling up of pits/wasteland or at pre-designated disposal locations.

All vehicles delivering fine materials to the site and carrying waste debris for disposal shall be covered to avoid spillage of materials. All existing roads used by vehicles of the contractor, shall be kept clear of all dust/mud or other extraneous materials dropped by such vehicles.

Lighting on construction sites shall be pointed downwards and away from oncoming traffic and nearby houses.

In areas where the visual environment is particularly important or privacy concerns for surrounding buildings exist, the site may require screening. This could be in the form of shade cloth, temporary walls, or other suitable materials prior to the beginning of construction.

The site must be kept clean to minimize the visual impact of the site. Manage solid waste according to the following preference hierarchy: reuse, recycling and disposal to designated areas;

B. Biological Characteristics Biodiversity Activities being located in the

built-up area of Lalmonirhat pourashava. There are no protected areas in or around subproject sites, and no known areas of ecological interest. There are no trees along ROWs that need to be removed.

Check if tree-cutting will be required during detailed design stage. No trees, shrubs, or groundcover may be removed or vegetation stripped without the prior permission of project management office (PMO).

If during detailed design cutting of tress will be required, compensatory plantation for trees lost at a rate of 2 trees for every tree cut, in addition to tree plantation as specified in the design, will be implemented by the contractor, who will also maintain the saplings for the duration of his contract.

81

Field Impacts Mitigation Measures All efforts shall be made to preserve trees by evaluation

of minor design adjustments/ alternatives (as applicable) to save trees.

Special attention shall be given for protecting giant trees and locally-important trees (with religious importance) during implementation.

Prevent workers or any other person from removing and damaging any flora (plant/vegetation) and fauna (animal) including fishing in any water body in the subproject vicinity.

Prohibit employees from poaching wildlife and cutting of trees for firewood.

C. Socioeconomic Characteristics Existing provisions for pedestrians and other forms of transport

Road closure is anticipated. Hauling of construction materials and operation of equipment on-site can cause traffic problems. However, the proposed subproject will follow existing ROW alignment. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

Prepare and implement a Traffic Management Plan (see Appendix 5 for sample)

Plan transportation routes so that heavy vehicles do not use narrow local roads, except in the immediate vicinity of delivery sites.

Maintain safe passage for vehicles and pedestrians throughout the construction period.

Schedule truck deliveries of construction materials during periods of low traffic volume.

Erect and maintain barricades, including signs, markings, flags and flagmen informing diversions and alternative routes when required.

Notify affected sensitive receptors by providing sign boards informing nature and duration of construction activities and contact numbers for concerns/complaints.

Leave spaces for access between mounds of soil. Provide walkways and metal sheets where required to

maintain access across for people and vehicles. Increase workforce in front of critical areas such as

institutions, place of worship, business establishment, hospitals, and schools.

Consult businesses and institutions regarding operating hours and factoring this in work schedules. Ensure there is provision of alternate access to businesses and institutions during construction activities, so that there is no closure of these shops or any loss of clientage.

Ensure any damage to properties and utilities will be restored or compensated to pre-work conditions.

Socio-economic status

Subproject components will be located in government land and existing ROWs thus there is no requirement for land acquisition or any resettlements. Manpower will be required during the 24-month construction stage. This can result in generation of contractual employment and increase in local revenue. Thus potential impact is positive and long-term.

Employ at least 50% of labor force from communities in the vicinity of the site. This will have the added benefit of avoiding social problems that sometimes occur when workers are imported into host communities, and avoiding environmental and social problems from workers housed in poorly serviced camp accommodation.

Secure construction materials from local market.

Other existing amenities for community welfare

Although construction of subproject components involves quite simple techniques of civil work, the invasive nature of excavation and the subproject sites being in built-up areas of Lalmonirhat pourashava where there are a variety of human activities, will result in impacts to the sensitive receptors such as residents, businesses, and the

Obtain details from pourashava nature and location of all existing infrastructure, and plan excavation carefully to avoid any such sites to maximum extent possible;

Integrate construction of the various infrastructure subprojects to be conducted in Lalmonirhat (roads, water supply, etc.) so that different infrastructure is located on opposite sides of the road where feasible and roads and inhabitants are not subjected to repeated disturbance by construction in the same area at different times for different purposes.

Consult with local community to inform them of the nature, duration and likely effects of the construction

82

Field Impacts Mitigation Measures community in general. Excavation may also damage existing infrastructure (such as water distribution pipes, electricity pylons, etc) located alongside the roads. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

work, and to identify any local concerns so that these can be addressed.

Existing infrastructure (such as water distribution pipes, electricity pylons, etc.) shall be relocated before construction starts at the subproject sites.

Prior permission shall be obtained from respective local authority for use of water for construction. Use of water for construction works shall not disturb local water users.

If construction work is expected to disrupt users of community water bodies, notice to the affected community shall be served 7 days in advance and again 1 day prior to start of construction.



Construction works will impede the access of residents and businesses in limited cases. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures. Poor safety signage and lack of barriers at work site and trenches will create hazard to pedestrians and children.

Provide safety signage at all sites visible to public Provide safety barriers near any trenches, and cover

trenches with planks during non work hours. Contractor’s activities and movement of staff will be

restricted to designated construction areas. Locations of hot-mix plants, batching plants and

crushers (if these establishments are being set up exclusively for the subproject) shall be located at least 100 m away from the nearest dwelling preferably in the downwind direction.

Consult with Lalmonirhat local authority on the designated areas for stockpiling of, soils, gravel, and other construction materials.

If the contractor chooses to locate the work camp/storage area on private land, he must get prior permission from the environment management specialist and landowner.

Use small mechanical excavators to attain faster trenching progress. For rock and concrete breaking, use non-explosive blasting chemicals, silent rock cracking chemicals, and concrete breaking chemicals.7

Under no circumstances may open areas or the surrounding bushes be used as a toilet facility.

Recycling and the provision of separate waste receptacles for different types of waste shall be encouraged.

A general regard for the social and ecological well-being of the site and adjacent areas is expected of the site staff. Workers need to be made aware of the following general rules: (i) no alcohol/drugs on site; (ii) prevent excessive noise; (iii) construction staff are to make use of the facilities provided for them, as opposed to ad hoc alternatives (e.g. fires for cooking, the use of surrounding bushes as a toilet facility); (iv) no fires permitted on site except if needed for the construction works; (v) trespassing on private/commercial properties adjoining the site is forbidden; (vi) other than pre-approved security staff, no workers shall be permitted to live on the construction site; and (vii) no worker may be forced to do work that is potentially dangerous or that he/she is not trained to do.

Interested and affected parties need to be made aware of the existence of the complaints book and the methods of communication available to them. The contractor must address queries and complaints by: (i) documenting details of such communications; (ii)

7These products come in powder forms, and once mixed with water (being the catalyst) simply expand, and crack

the rock from hole to hole. This product is environmentally friendly and can be washed away after it has been used.

83

Field Impacts Mitigation Measures submitting these for inclusion in complaints register; (iii) bringing issues to the national/regional environmental specialist’s attention immediately; and (iv) taking remedial action as per national/regional environment specialist’s instruction.

The contractor shall immediately take the necessary remedial action on any complaint/grievance received by him and forward the details of the grievance along with the action taken to the national/regional environmental specialist within 48 hours of receipt of such complaint/grievance.

Workers health and safety

There is invariably a safety risk when construction works such as excavation and earthmoving are conducted in urban areas. Workers need to be mindful of the occupational hazards which can arise from working in height and excavation works. Potential impacts are negative and long-term but reversible by mitigation measures.

Comply with requirements of Government of Bangladesh Labor Law of 2006 and all applicable laws and standards on workers health and safety (H&S).

Ensure that all site personnel have a basic level of environmental awareness training. If necessary, the national/regional environmental specialist and/or a translator shall be called to the sites to further explain aspects of environmental or social behavior that are unclear.

Produce and implement a site H&S plan which include measures as: (i) excluding the public from worksites; (ii) ensuring all workers are provided with and required to use personal protective equipment (reflectorized vests, footwear, gloves, goggles and masks) at all times; (iii) providing H&S training8 for all site personnel; (iv) documenting procedures to be followed for all site activities; and (v) maintaining accident reports and records.

Arrange for readily available first aid unit including an adequate supply of sterilized dressing materials and appliances

Maintain necessary living accommodation and ancillary facilities in functional and hygienic manner in work camps. Ensure (i) uncontaminated water for drinking, cooking and washing, (ii) clean eating areas where workers are not exposed to hazardous or noxious substances; and (iii) sanitation facilities are available at all times.

Provide medical insurance coverage for workers; Provide H&S orientation training to all new workers to

ensure that they are apprised of the basic site rules of work at the site, personal protective protection, and preventing injuring to fellow workers;

Provide visitor orientation if visitors to the site can gain access to areas where hazardous conditions or substances may be present. Ensure also that visitor/s do not enter hazard areas unescorted;

Ensure the visibility of workers through their use of high visibility vests when working in or walking through heavy equipment operating areas;

Ensure moving equipment is outfitted with audible back-up alarms;

Mark and provide sign boards for hazardous areas such as energized electrical devices and lines, service

8Some of the key areas that may be covered during training as they relate to the primary causes of accidents

include (i) slips, trips and falls; (ii) personal protective equipment; (iii) ergonomics, repetitive motion, and manual handling; (iv) workplace transport; and (v) legislation and responsibilities. Training can provide the foundations of competence but it does not necessarily result in a competent worker. Therefore, it is essential to assess staff competence to ensure that the training provided is relevant and effective. Supervision and monitoring arrangements shall be in place to ensure that training has been effective and the worker is competent at their job. The level of supervision and monitoring required is a management decision that shall be based on the risks associated with the job, the level of competence required, the experience of the individual and whether the worker works as part of a team or is a lone worker.

84

Field Impacts Mitigation Measures rooms housing high voltage equipment, and areas for storage and disposal. Signage shall be in accordance with international standards and be well known to, and easily understood by workers, visitors, and the general public as appropriate; and

Disallow worker exposure to noise level greater than 85 dBA for a duration of more than 8 hours per day without hearing protection. The use of hearing protection shall be enforced actively.


Construction works will be on existing roads and in built-up areas of Lalmonirhat thus risk for chance finds is low.

All fossils, coins, articles of value of antiquity, structures and other remains of archaeological interest discovered on the site shall be the property of the government.

Prevent workers or any other persons from removing and damaging any fossils, coins, articles of value of antiquity, structures and other remains of archaeological interest.

Stop work immediately to allow further investigation if any finds are suspected.

E. Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – Operations and Maintenance Phase 77. In the operations and maintenance (O&M) phase, the roads will operate with routine maintenance, which should not affect the environment. Routine repairs and unblocking of side drains will be very small in scale, to conducted manually by small teams of men with simple equipment (shovels, wheelbarrows, etc.) and works will be very short in duration, thus will not cause significant physical impacts. Traffic may be interrupted temporarily but this work will be very small in scale, infrequent, and short in duration, so there will be no economic or other implications. The infrastructures will need to be repaired from time to time, but environmental impacts will be much less than those of the construction period as the work will be infrequent, affecting small areas only. O&M will be the responsibility of Lalmonirhat local authority, which will be given training by this project. 78. To maintain the safety of workers and road-users, such work should be coordinated with the local police department so that adequate warning signs and traffic diversions can be set up when necessary. Debris/sediments from drainages need to be collected and disposed at a designated site such as the landfill. It is important that the designated disposal site’s base is of a non-permeable membrane in order to prevent leachate that can contaminate the soil and groundwater. The potential adverse impacts that are associated with O&M activities can be mitigated to acceptable levels with the following mitigation measures (Table 11).

Table 11: Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – O&M Phase Field Impacts Mitigation Measures

A. Physical Characteristics Water quality Run-off from stockpiled

debris/sediments from drainages which may cause siltation and reduction in the quality of adjacent bodies of water. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

Take all precautions to prevent run-off into streams, watercourses, or irrigation system. Install temporary silt traps or sedimentation basins along drainage leading to the water bodies.

Remove all debris/sediments immediately. Dispose debris/sediments at a designated site such as

landfill.

Air quality Moving debris/sediments may create dusts during dry season. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation

Use tarpaulins to cover soils, sand and other loose material.

85

Field Impacts Mitigation Measures measures.


Temporary increase in noise level and vibrations. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.



B. Biological Characteristics Biodiversity Activities in the built-up area of

Lalmonirhat pourashava. There are no protected areas in or around subproject sites, and no known areas of ecological interest.

No trees, shrubs, or groundcover may be removed or vegetation stripped without the prior permission.

Prevent workers or any other person from removing and damaging any flora (plant/vegetation) and fauna (animal).


Road closure is not anticipated. Traffic may be interrupted temporarily. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

Maintain safe passage for vehicles and pedestrians during maintenance activities.


Notify affected sensitive receptors by providing sign boards informing nature and duration of maintenance activities and contact numbers for concerns/complaints.




Consult businesses and institutions regarding operating hours and factoring this in work schedules.



Workers need to be mindful of the occupational hazards working in confined spaces such as closed drains. Potential impacts are negative and long-term but reversible by mitigation measures.

Comply with requirements of Government of Bangladesh Labor Law of 2006 and all applicable laws and standards on workers H&S.

Ensure that all site personnel have a basic level of H&S training.

Produce and implement a O&M health and safety (H&S) plan which include measures as: (i) excluding the public from worksites; (ii) ensuring all workers are provided with and required to use personal protective equipment (reflectorized vests, footwear, gloves, goggles and masks) at all times; (iii) providing (H&S) training9 for all site personnel; (iv) documenting procedures to be followed for all site activities; and (v) maintaining accident reports and records.


Provide H&S orientation training to all new workers to ensure that they are apprised of the basic site rules of work at the site, personal protective protection, and preventing injuring to fellow workers;



86

Field Impacts Mitigation Measures Ensure the visibility of workers through their use of high

visibility vests when working in or walking through heavy equipment operating areas;

Mark and provide sign boards. Signage shall be in accordance with international standards and be well known to, and easily understood by workers, visitors, and the general public as appropriate.



Construction works will be on existing drainages and built-up areas of Lalmonirhat thus risk for chance finds is low.




F. Cumulative Impact Assessment 79. The cumulative impact assessment examined the interaction between the subproject’s residual effects (i.e., those effects that remain after mitigation measures have been applied) and those associated with other past, existing, and reasonably foreseeable future projects or activities. The interaction of residual effects associated with multiple projects and/or activities can result in cumulative impacts, both positive and negative. The project’s potential cumulative effects were considered with respect to valued components in environmental and socioeconomic categories, in four areas:

(i) of any potential residual project effects that may occur incrementally over time;

(ii) consideration of other known relevant projects or activities within the specified study area boundaries, even if not directly related to the project;

(iii) potential overlapping impacts that may occur due to other developments, even if not directly related to the proposed subproject; and

(iv) future developments that are reasonably foreseeable and sufficiently certain to proceed.

80. The project has identified the valued components as air quality, acoustic environment, socioeconomic and socio-community components, and human health and safety. There are no foreseeable projects that will overlap with the subproject. The spatial boundary of the subproject is the area along the corridor of impact (alignment and width of the roads and ROWs) and the temporal boundary can be considered as the whole Lalmonirhat pourashava. 81. It is recommended that infrastructures be (i) designed to the current best practice standard and notified Government of Bangladesh codes; (ii) built that the floods do not damage them; and (iii) side drains are to be kept free from wastes and siltation. Short-term negative impacts are the same with or without climate change measures except that with climate change measures there are increased demand for construction materials and more time to complete the works. No negative cumulative impact and the potential long-term environmental impacts are positive; including mainstreaming climate risk reduction into infrastructure development ensures subprojects infrastructure are less vulnerable to floods, storm surge, landslides and impacts of other extreme weather events.

87

82. Air quality. Emissions of common air contaminants and fugitive dust may be elevated in proximity to active work sites during construction and O&M phases, these impacts will be short-term and localized to the immediate vicinity of roads and . Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions may increase as a result of the subproject activities (i.e., vehicle and equipment operation, concrete production, disposal of excavated material, land-filling of residual wastes). Given the subproject’s relatively minor contribution to common air contaminants and GHG emissions during construction, the overall significance rating of both these potential residual effects is considered to be negligible. 83. Acoustic environment. Noise levels during construction and O&M activities in immediate proximity of work sites are expected to increase. The duration of exposure will be relatively brief and imperceptible. The exposure represents a temporary, localized, adverse residual effect of low significance for affected receptors. While building damage due to ground vibrations is unlikely, there may be annoyance to spatially located receptors during construction and O&M activities. The overall significance rating of potential residual effects is considered to be negligible. 84. Socioeconomic and socio-community. Concerns on existing provisions for pedestrians and other forms of transport will occur spatially during construction and O&M activities. Traffic movement along the roads will be improved once the activities are completed. Since the subproject will be improvement of existing infrastructures, it will not conflict with existing or planned land use. However, following improvement in infrastructures and services, added residential developments, commercial, and business facilities and increased densities are expected to develop and enhance Lalmonirhat pourashava. This can be considered a long-term cumulative benefit of the subproject. 85. Given the scale of the project it is likely that local people will obtain at least temporary socio-economic benefits, by gaining employment in the construction workforce, and thus raising their levels of income. These benefits can bring wider social gains if they are directed at vulnerable10 groups. 86. Upon completion of the project, the socio-community will be the major beneficiaries of this subproject. The citizens, businesses, and communities in Lalmonirhat will be provided with reliable and climate-resilient roads resulting to enhanced safety, cost savings, and economic growth. Benefits for all Lalmonirhat citizens include: safer travel, reduced congestion, reduced fuel usage, reduced vehicle maintenance costs, job creation and related positive economic impact, and improved quality of life. These are considered a long-term cumulative benefit. 87. Community and workers health and safety. No adverse residual effects to human health will occur as a result of construction or O&M activities, and mitigation measures are in place to ensure public and worker safety, and will be closely monitored. While exposure to elevated noise levels, fugitive dust and common air pollutants will occur in proximity to work sites, due to their short-term and localized nature, these effects are expected to be minor and insignificant with no measurable effects on human health. 88. Therefore the project will benefit the general public by contributing to the long-term improvement of municipal services and community livability in Lalmonirhat pourashava.

10Vulnerable groups as those without legal title to land and other assets; households headed by single earner

females, the elderly or disabled; indigenous peoples (based on ADB OM); and households with incomes that are below the poverty line.

88

VI. INFORMATION DISCLOSURE, CONSULTATION, AND PARTICIPATION A. Public Consultation Conducted 89. The public participation process included (i) identifying interested and affected parties (stakeholders); (ii) informing and providing the stakeholders with sufficient background and technical information regarding the proposed development; (iii) creating opportunities and mechanisms whereby they can participate and raise their viewpoints (issues, comments, and concerns) with regard to the proposed development; (iv) giving the stakeholders feedback on process findings and recommendations; and (v) ensuring compliance to process requirements with regards to the environmental and related legislation. 90. Public consultations and focus group discussions (FGDs) were conducted by PPTA team on 12 to 13 January, 2014. The objective of the meetings was to appraise the stakeholders about environmental and social impacts of the proposed subproject and safeguards to mitigate the same. A questionnaire was designed and environmental information was collected. Key respondents included project-affected persons, who may suffer temporary access disruptions during construction activities, shopkeepers/businessmen from the subproject area, and daily commuters consulted randomly. Issues discussed and feedback received along with details of date, time, location, and list of participants are given in Appendix 6. The environmental concerns and suggestions made by the participants were listed, and discussed, and suggestions accordingly incorporated in the EMP. These include speedy construction works to ensure low impacts to community during road closures and local employment. B. Future Consultation and Disclosure 91. This IEE and other relevant documents will be made available at public locations in the pourashava and posted on the websites of executing agencies and ADB. The consultation process will be continued and expanded during the project implementation to ensure stakeholders participate fully in project execution, as well as to implement comprehensive information, education, and communication plan. 92. The public consultation and disclosure program with all interested and affected partied will remain a continuous process throughout the project implementation, and shall include the following:

(i) Consultations during construction phase: (a) public meetings with affected communities to discuss and plan work programs and allow issues to be raised and addressed once construction has started; and (b) smaller-scale meetings to discuss and plan construction work with individual communities to reduce disturbance and other impacts, and to provide a mechanism through which stakeholders can participate in project monitoring and evaluation.

(ii) Project disclosure: (a) public information campaigns (via newspaper, flyers, and media) to explain the project to the wider city population and prepare them for disruptions they may experience once construction is underway; (b) public disclosure meetings at key project stages to inform the public of progress and future plans, and to provide copies of summary documents in local language; (c) formal disclosure of completed project reports by making copies available at convenient locations in the study areas, and informing the public of their availability; and (d) providing a mechanism through which comments can be made.

93. For the benefit of the community, relevant information from the IEE will be translated in the local language and made available at (i) offices of executing and implementing agencies, (ii) area offices, (iii) consultant teams’ offices; and (iv) contractor’s campsites. It

89

will be ensured that the hard copies of IEE are kept at places which are conveniently accessible to people, as a means to disclose the document and at the same time creating wider public awareness. An electronic version of the IEE will be placed in the official website of executing and implementing agencies and the ADB website after approval of the IEE by ADB.

VII. GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM 94. A project-specific grievance redress mechanism (GRM) will be established to receive, evaluate, and facilitate the resolution of AP’s concerns, complaints, and grievances about the social and environmental performance at the level of the project. The GRM will aim to provide a time-bound and transparent mechanism to voice and resolve social and environmental concerns linked to the project. 95. Common GRM. A common GRM will be in place for social, environmental, or any other grievances related to the project; the resettlement plans (RPs) and IEEs will follow the GRM described below, which is developed in consultation with key stakeholders. The GRM will provide an accessible and trusted platform for receiving and facilitating resolution of affected persons’ grievances related to the project. The multi-tier GRM for the project is outlined below, each tier having time-bound schedules and with responsible persons identified to address grievances and seek appropriate persons’ advice at each stage, as required. 96. Pourashava-wide public awareness campaigns will ensure that awareness on grievance redress procedures is generated through the campaign. The project implementation unit (PIU) and governance improvement and capacity development consultants (GICDC) will conduct pourashava-wide awareness campaigns to ensure that poor and vulnerable households are made aware of grievance redress procedures and entitlements, and will work with the PMO and management, design and supervision consultants (MDSC) to help ensure that their grievances are addressed. 97. Affected persons (APs) will have the flexibility of conveying grievances/suggestions by dropping grievance redress/suggestion forms in complaints/suggestion boxes that have already been installed by project pourashavas or through telephone hotlines at accessible locations, by e-mail, by post, or by writing in a complaints register in pourashava offices. Appendix 7 has the sample grievance registration form. Careful documentation of the name of the complainant, date of receipt of the complaint, address/contact details of the person, location of the problem area, and how the problem was resolved will be undertaken. The project management office (PMO) safeguard officer will have the overall responsibility for timely grievance redressal on environmental and social safeguards issues and for registration of grievances, related disclosure, and communication with the aggrieved party through the PIU designated safeguard focal person. 98. Grievance redress process. In case of grievances that are immediate and urgent in the perception of the complainant, the contractor and MDSC on-site personnel will provide the most easily accessible or first level of contact for quick resolution of grievances. Contact phone numbers and names of the concerned PIU safeguard focal person and contractors, will be posted at all construction sites at visible locations.

a. 1st Level Grievance. The phone number of the PIU office should be made available at the construction site signboards. The contractors and PIU safeguard focal person can immediately resolve on-site in consultation with each other, and will be required to do so within 7 days of receipt of a complaint/grievance.

b. 2nd Level Grievance. All grievances that cannot be redressed within 7 days at field/ward level will be reviewed by the grievance redress cell (GRC)

90

headed by Panel Mayor of the pourashava with support from PIU designated safeguard focal person and MDSC regional environment and resettlement specialists. GRC will attempt to resolve them within 15 days.11 The PIU designated safeguard focal person will be responsible to see through the process of redressal of each grievance.

c. 3rd Level Grievance.The PIU designated safeguard focal person will refer any unresolved or major issues to the PMO safeguard officer and MDSC national environmental and resettlement specialists. The PMO in consultation with these officers/specialists will resolve them within 30 days.


11 Grievance redress cell (GRC) will have been formed at Pourashava-level. For example in Lalmonirhat pourashava, the GRC comprises Panel Mayor as Chairperson, and 1 councilor, the pourashava Executive Engineer, Secretary pourashava and pourashava administrative officer, as members. All pourashava-level GRCs shall have at least one-woman member/chairperson and AP representative or independent NGO as committee member. In addition, for project-related grievances, representatives of APs, community-based organizations (CBOs), and eminent citizens must be invited as observers in GRC meetings.

91


VIII. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

104. The purpose of the environmental management plan (EMP) is to ensure that the activities are undertaken in a responsible, non-detrimental manner with the objectives of: (i) providing a proactive, feasible, and practical working tool to enable the measurement and monitoring of environmental performance on-site; (ii) guiding and controlling the implementation of findings and recommendations of the environmental assessment conducted for the project; (iii) detailing specific actions deemed necessary to assist in mitigating the environmental impact of the project; and (iv) ensuring that safety recommendations are complied with. 105. A copy of the EMP must be kept on work sites at all times. This EMP will be included in the bid documents and will be further reviewed and updated during implementation. The EMP will be made binding on all contractors operating on the site and will be included in the contractual clauses. Non-compliance with, or any deviation from, the conditions set out in this document constitutes a failure in compliance. 106. For civil works, the contractor will be required to (i) establish an operational system for managing environmental impacts (ii) carry out all of the monitoring and mitigation measures set forth in the EMP; and (iii) implement any corrective or preventative actions set out in safeguards monitoring reports that the employer will prepare from time to time to monitor implementation of this IEE and EMP. The contractor shall allocate a budget for compliance with these EMP measures, requirements and actions. A. Institutional Arrangement 107. Executing and implementing agencies. The Local Government Engineering Department (LGED) and the Department of Public Health Engineering (DPHE), both under




Affected person

1st Level Grievance

3rdLevel Grievance

2nd Level Grievance

No

Yes within7 days




Yes within 15 days

Yes within30 days

No

Note: GRC = Grievance Redressal Cell; GICDC = Governance Improvement and capacity Development Consultants; PIU = Project Implementation Unit; MDSC = Management. Design and Supervision Consultants; PMO = Project Management Office;

92

the Local Government Division (LGD) of the Ministry of Local Government, Rural Development and Cooperatives (MLGRD&C) and having extensive experience in managing urban and water supply projects financed by ADB, will be the executing agencies of the project. The participating pourashavas will be the implementing agencies. B. Safeguard Implementation Arrangement 108. Project management office. A PMO will be established for the overall management of the project. The PMO will be headed by Project Director (PD) supported by officials including three project managers in charge of (i) municipal infrastructure (excluding water supply and sanitation), (ii) water supply and sanitation, and (iii) governance improvement and capacity development, respectively. the PMO will receive support from national environmental specialist and national resettlement specialist on the MDSC team. Key tasks and responsibilities of the PMO safeguard (environment)officer are as follows:

i. confirm existing IEEs/EMPs are updated based on detailed designs, and that new IEEs/EMPs are prepared in accordance with the EARF and subproject selection criteria related to safeguards;

ii. confirm whether IEEs/EMPs are included in bidding documents and civil works contracts;

iii. provide oversight on environmental management aspects of subprojects and ensure EMPs are implemented by project implementation unit (PIU) and contractors;

iv. establish a system to monitor environmental safeguards of the project, including monitoring the indicators set out in the monitoring plan of the EMP;

v. facilitate and confirm overall compliance with all government rules and regulations regarding site and environmental clearances, as well as any other environmental requirements (e.g., location clearance certificates, environmental clearance certificates, etc.), as relevant;

vi. supervise and provide guidance to the PIUs to properly carry out the environmental monitoring and assessments as per the EARF;

vii. review, monitor, and evaluate the effectiveness with which the EMPs are implemented, and recommend necessary corrective actions to be taken as necessary;

viii. consolidate monthly environmental monitoring reports from PIUs and submit semi-annual monitoring reports to ADB;

ix. ensure timely disclosure of final IEEs/EMPs in locations and form accessible to the public; and

x. address any grievances brought about through the grievance redress mechanism in a timely manner.

109. Project implementation unit. The participating pourashavas will establish a PIU within the pourashava structure.The PIUs will (i) be responsible for land acquisition; (ii) take necessary action for obtaining rights of way; (iii) plan, implement and monitor public relations activities, gender mainstreaming initiatives and community participation activities at pourashava level; (iv) disseminate information related to the project to the public and media; (v) ensure compliance with loan covenants concerning safeguards measures; and (vi) facilitate implementation of safeguards plans. The PIUs will each designate a Safeguard Officer12 and will receive assistance from the assigned MDSC regional environmental specialist to:


93

i. update IEEs/EMPs during detailed design stage and prepare new IEEs/EMPs in accordance with the EARF;

ii. conduct environmental compliance audit of existing facilities as per Item F, Appendix 6 of ADB SPS, 2009;

iii. include IEEs/EMPs in bidding documents and civil works contracts; iv. comply with all government rules and regulations; v. take necessary action for obtaining rights of way; vi. oversee implementation of EMPs including environmental monitoring by

contractors; vii. take corrective actions when necessary to ensure no environmental impacts; viii. submit monthly environmental monitoring reports to PMO, ix. conduct continuous public consultation and awareness; x. address any grievances brought about through the Grievance Redress

Mechanism in a timely manner as per the IEEs; and xi. organize an induction course for the training of contractors preparing them on

EMP implementation, environmental monitoring requirements related to mitigation measures; and taking immediate actions to remedy unexpected adverse impacts or ineffective mitigation measures found during the course of implementation.










ix. support PMU in submitting semi-annual environmental monitoring reports to ADB;

x. facilitate in grievance redress and corrective actions; xi. train PIU officials regarding environmental requirement and issues; and xii. perform any other task assigned by the team leader, deputy team leader and

the project director.

94

111. The MDSC regional environmental specialists will, but not limited to:











team leader, deputy team leader and the project director.

112. Civil works contracts and contractors. EMPs are to be included in bidding and contract documents and verified by the PIUs and PMO. The contractor will be required to designate an environmental supervisor to (i) coordinate with MDSC on updating the IEE/EMP based on detailed designs, and (ii) ensure implementation of EMP during civil works. Contractors are to carry out all environmental mitigation and monitoring measures outlined in their contract. 113. Governance Improvement and Capacity Development Consultants (GICDC). The PMO and PIUs will require support on a range of activities related to governance improvement and capacity development of pourashavas. The GICDC will support PMO and PIUs in implementing urban government improvement action plan (UGIAP) by providing capacity development, community mobilization and other facilitation services. There will be 4 GICDC regional offices consisting of 4 regional coordinators at each regional office. There will be 2community mobilizers in each project pourashava. The regional coordinators will assist pourashavas and the community mobilizers in the activities related to community participation and inclusive development. The community mobilizers will be posted at the pourashava and will (i) have to work maintaining close liaison with the mayor, councilors, pourashava staffs and communities, (ii) provide assistance and support to PIU regarding planning and implementation of citizen awareness and participation activities, urban planning, equity and inclusiveness of women and urban poor. The GICDC will also have a training specialist who will be responsible for identifying and coordinating capacity building activities at pourashava level.

95

Figure 7: Safeguards Implementation Arrangement

PMO safeguard (environment)officer

PIU (each pourashava) Safeguard Officer




(each pourashava)

Table 12: Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan – Prior, During, and Post Construction Phase Field Impacts Mitigation Measures Responsible for

Implementation Monitoring Indicator Frequency of

Monitoring Cost and Source of Funds

1. Prior to Construction Activities Consents, permits, clearances, no objection certificate (NOC), etc.

Failure to obtain necessary consents, permits, NOCs, etc can result to design revisions and/or stoppage of works

Obtain all necessary consents, permits, clearance, NOCs, etc. prior to start of civil works. Acknowledge in writing and provide report on compliance all obtained consents, permits, clearance, NOCs, etc. Include in detailed design drawings and documents all conditions and provisions if necessary

Project management unit (PMO), project implementing unit (PIU), Management Design Supervision Consultants (MDSC)

Incorporated in final design and communicated to contractors.

Prior to award of contract

No cost required. Cost of obtaining all consents, permits, clearance, NOCs, etc. prior to start of civil works responsibility of PMO and PIU. Mitigation measures are included as part of TOR of PMO, PIU, MDSC

Updating of IEE based on detailed design

Site-specific impacts not identified, mitigation measures not appropriate and sufficient to address impacts

Update IEE and EMP based on detailed design Ensure updated EMP is provided to contractors Relevant information disclosed

PMO Updated IEE and EMP reviewed, approved and disclosed

Upon completion of detailed design

No additional cost required

Existing utilities Disruption of services.

Identify and include locations and operators of these utilities in the detailed design documents to prevent unnecessary disruption of services during construction activities Require construction contractors to prepare a contingency plan to include actions to be done in case of unintentional interruption of services. Require contractors to prepare spoils management plan (see Appendix 4 for outline) and traffic management plan (see

PMO, PIU, MDSC

List of affected utilities and operators; Bid document to include requirement for a contingency plan for service interruptions (example provision of water if disruption is more than 24 hours), spoil management plan (see Appendix 4 for outline), and traffic management plan (see Appendix 5 for sample)

During detailed design phase Review of spoils management plan: Twice (once after first draft and once before final approval)

No cost required. Mitigation measures are included as part of TOR of PMO, PIU, MDSC.

97

Field Impacts Mitigation Measures Responsible for Implementation

Monitoring Indicator Frequency of Monitoring

Cost and Source of Funds

Appendix 5 for sample) Construction work camps, hot mix plants, stockpile areas, storage areas, and disposal areas.

Disruption to traffic flow and sensitive receptors

Determine locations prior to award of construction contracts.

PMO, PIU, and MDSC

List of selected sites for construction work camps, hot mix plants, stockpile areas, storage areas, and disposal areas. Written consent of landowner/s (not lessee/s) for reuse of excess spoils to agricultural land

During detailed design phase

No cost required. Mitigation measures are included as part of TOR of PMO, PIU, and MDSC.

Sources of Materials

Extraction of materials can disrupt natural land contours and vegetation resulting in accelerated erosion, disturbance in natural drainage patterns, ponding and water logging, and water pollution.

Prepare list of approved quarry sites and sources of materials

PMO, PIU, and MDSC

List of approved quarry sites and sources of materials; Bid document to include requirement for verification of suitability of sources and permit for additional quarry sites if necessary.

During detailed design phase, as necessary with discussion with detailed design engineers and PIUs


EMP Implementation Training

Irreversible impact to the environment, workers, and community

Project manager and all key workers will be required to undergo EMP implementation including spoils management, Standard operating procedures (SOP) for construction works; health and safety (H&S), core labor laws, applicable environmental laws, etc

Construction Contractor

Proof of completion (Safeguards Compliance Orientation) Posting of proof of completion at worksites Posting of EMP at worksites

During detailed design phase prior to mobilization of workers to site

Cost of EMP Implementation Orientation Training to contractor is responsibility of PMO and PIU. Other costs responsibility of contractor.

2. During Construction Activities A. Physical Characteristics Topography, landforms,

Significant amount of

Utilize readily available sources of materials.


Records of sources of materials

Monthly by PIU

Cost for implementation of

98




geology and soils

gravel, sand, and cement will be required for this subproject. Extraction of construction materials may cause localized changes in topography and landforms. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

If contractor procures materials from existing burrow pits and quarries, ensure these conform to all relevant regulatory requirements. Borrow areas and quarries (If these are being opened up exclusively for the subproject) must comply with environmental requirements, as applicable. No activity will be allowed until formal agreement is signed between PIU, landowner and contractor.

mitigation measures responsibility of contractor.

Water quality Trenching and excavation, run-off from stockpiled materials, and chemical contamination from fuels and lubricants may result to silt-laden runoff during rainfall which may cause siltation and reduction in the quality of adjacent bodies of water. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and

Prepare and implement a spoils management plan (see Appendix 4 for outline). Prioritize re-use of excess spoils and materials in construction activities. If spoils will be disposed, consult with Lalmonirhat local authority on designated disposal areas. All earthworks must to be conducted during dry season to maximum extent possible to avoid the difficult working conditions that prevail during monsoon season such as problems from runoff. Location for stockyards for construction materials shall be identified at least 300m away from watercourses. Place storage areas for fuels and lubricants away from any drainage


Areas for stockpiles, storage of fuels and lubricants and waste materials; Number of silt traps installed along trenches leading to water bodies; Records of surface water quality inspection; Effectiveness of water management measures; No visible degradation to nearby drainages, khals or water bodies due to construction activities

Visual inspection by PIU and supervision consultants on monthly basis Frequency and sampling sites to be finalized during detailed design stage and final location of subproject components

Cost for implementation of mitigation measures responsibility of contractor.

99




reversible by mitigation measures.

leading to water bodies. Take all precautions to minimize the wastage of water in the construction activities. Take all precautions to prevent entering of wastewater into streams, watercourses, or irrigation system. Install temporary silt traps or sedimentation basins along the drainage leading to the water bodies. Ensure diverting storm water flow during construction shall not lead to inundation and other nuisances in low lying areas. While working across or close to any water body, the flow of water must not be obstructed. Ensure no construction materials like earth, stone, or appendage are disposed of in a manner that may block the flow of water of any watercourse and cross drainage channels. Monitor water quality according to the environmental management plan.

Air quality Conducting works at dry season and moving large quantity of materials may create dusts and increase in concentration of vehicle-related pollutants (such as carbon

Damp down exposed soil and any sand stockpiled on site by spraying with water when necessary during dry weather; Use tarpaulins to cover soils, sand and other loose material when transported by trucks. Unpaved surfaces used for haulage of materials


Location of stockpiles; Number of complaints from sensitive receptors; Heavy equipment and machinery with air pollution control devices; Certification

Visual inspection by PIU and supervision consultants on monthly basis Frequency and sampling sites to be finalized during detailed design stage and final location of


100




monoxide, sulfur oxides, particulate matter, nitrous oxides, and hydrocarbons) which will affect people who live and work near the sites. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

within settlements shall be maintained dust-free. Arrangements to control dust through provision of windscreens, water sprinklers, and dust extraction systems shall be provided at all hot-mix plants, batching plants and crushers (if these establishments are being set up exclusively for the subproject). Monitor air quality.

that vehicles are compliant with air quality standards.

subproject components


Construction activities will be on settlements, along and near schools, and areas with small-scale businesses. Temporary increase in noise level and vibrations may be caused by excavation equipment, and the transportation of equipment, materials, and people. However, the proposed subproject will follow existing ROW alignment

Involve the community in planning the work program so that any particularly noisy or otherwise invasive activities can be scheduled to avoid sensitive times. Plan activities in consultation with Lalmonirhat local authority so that activities with the greatest potential to generate noise are conducted during periods of the day which will result in least disturbance. Use of high noise generating equipment shall be stopped during night time. Horns should not be used unless it is necessary to warn other road users or animals of the vehicle’s approach; Utilize modern vehicles and machinery with


Number of complaints from sensitive receptors; Use of silencers in noise-producing equipment and sound barriers; Equivalent day and night time noise levels



101




and impact is short-term, site-specific and within a relatively small area. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

the requisite adaptations to limit noise and exhaust emissions, and ensure that these are maintained to manufacturers’ specifications at all times. All vehicles and equipment used in construction shall be fitted with exhaust silencers. Use silent-type generators (if required). Monitor noise levels. Maintain maximum sound levels not exceeding 80 decibels (dBA) when measured at a distance of 10 m or more from the vehicle/s. If it is not practicable to reduce noise levels to or below noise exposure limits, the contractor must post warning signs in the noise hazard areas. Workers in a posted noise hazard area must wear hearing protection. Identify any buildings at risk from vibration damage and avoiding any use of pneumatic drills or heavy vehicles in the vicinity. Complete work in these areas quickly.

Aesthetics The construction activities do not anticipate any cutting of trees but will produce excess excavated earth (spoils), excess construction materials, and solid waste such

Prepare the Debris Disposal Plan Remove all construction and demolition wastes on a daily basis. Coordinate with Lalmonirhat local authority for beneficial uses of excess excavated soils or immediately dispose to designated areas Avoid


Number of complaints from sensitive receptors; Worksite clear of hazardous wastes such as oil/fuel Worksite clear of any wastes, collected materials from drainages,

Visual inspection by PIU and supervision consultants on monthly basis Frequency and sampling sites to be finalized during detailed design stage and final


102




as removed concrete, wood, packaging materials, empty containers, spoils, oils, lubricants, and other similar items. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

stockpiling of any excess spoils Suitably dispose of collected materials from drainages, unutilized materials and debris either through filling up of pits/wasteland or at pre-designated disposal locations. All vehicles delivering fine materials to the site and carrying waste debris for disposal shall be covered to avoid spillage of materials. All existing roads used by vehicles of the contractor, shall be kept clear of all dust/mud or other extraneous materials dropped by such vehicles. Lighting on construction sites shall be pointed downwards and away from oncoming traffic and nearby houses. In areas where the visual environment is particularly important or privacy concerns for surrounding buildings exist, the site may require screening. This could be in the form of shade cloth, temporary walls, or other suitable materials prior to the beginning of construction. The site must be kept clean to minimize the visual impact of the site. Manage solid waste according to the following preference hierarchy: reuse, recycling and disposal to designated areas;

unutilized materials and debris Transport route and worksite cleared of any dust/mud

location of) subproject components

103




B. Biological Characteristics Biodiversity Activities being

located in the built-up area of Lalmonirhat pourashava. There are no protected areas in or around subproject sites, and no known areas of ecological interest. There are no trees at the site that need to be removed.

Check if tree-cutting will be required during detailed design stage. No trees, shrubs, or groundcover may be removed or vegetation stripped without the prior permission of the environment management specialist. If during detailed design cutting of tress will be required, compensatory plantation for trees lost at a rate of 2 trees for every tree cut, in addition to tree plantation as specified in the design, will be implemented by the contractor, who will also maintain the saplings for the duration of his contract. All efforts shall be made to preserve trees by evaluation of minor design adjustments/ alternatives (as applicable) to save trees. Special attention shall be given for protecting giant trees and locally-important trees (with religious importance) during implementation. Prevent workers or any other person from removing and damaging any flora (plant/vegetation) and fauna (animal) including fishing in any water body in the subproject vicinity. Prohibit employees from poaching wildlife and cutting of trees for firewood.


PMO and PIU to report in writing the number of trees cut and planted if tree-cutting will be required (to be determined during detailed design stage) Number of complaints from sensitive receptors on disturbance of vegetation, poaching, fishing, etc.

Visual inspection by PIU and supervision consultants on monthly basis Frequency and sampling sites to be finalized during detailed design stage and final location of) subproject components


C. Socioeconomic Characteristics Existing Road closure is Prepare and Construction Traffic route Visual Cost for

104




provisions for pedestrians and other forms of transport

not anticipated. Hauling of construction materials and operation of equipment on-site can cause traffic problems. However, the proposed subproject will follow existing ROW alignment. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

implement a Traffic Management Plan (see Appendix 5 for sample) Plan transportation routes so that heavy vehicles do not use narrow local roads, except in the immediate vicinity of delivery sites. Maintain safe passage for vehicles and pedestrians throughout the construction period. Schedule truck deliveries of construction materials during periods of low traffic volume. Erect and maintain barricades, including signs, markings, flags and flagmen informing diversions and alternative routes when required. Notify affected sensitive receptors by providing sign boards informing nature and duration of construction activities and contact numbers for concerns/complaints. Leave spaces for access between mounds of soil. Provide walkways and metal sheets where required to maintain access across for people and vehicles. Increase workforce in front of critical areas such as institutions, place of worship, business establishment, hospitals, and schools. Consult businesses

Contractor during construction works including number of permanent signages, barricades and flagmen on worksite as per Traffic Management Plan (see Appendix 5 for sample); Number of complaints from sensitive receptors; Number of signages placed at project location Number of walkways, signages, and metal sheets placed at project location

inspection by PIU and supervision consultants on monthly basis Frequency and sampling sites to be finalized during detailed design stage and final location of) subproject components

implementation of mitigation measures responsibility of contractor.

105




and institutions regarding operating hours and factoring this in work schedules. Ensure there is provision of alternate access to businesses and institutions during construction activities, so that there is no closure of these shops or any loss of clientage. Ensure any damage to properties and utilities will be restored or compensated to pre-work conditions.


Subproject components will be located in government land and existing ROWs thus there is no requirement for land acquisition or any resettlements. Manpower will be required during the XXX-months construction stage. This can result to generation of contractual employment and increase in local revenue. Thus potential impact is positive and long-term.

Employ at least 50% of labor force from communities in the vicinity of the site. This will have the added benefit of avoiding social problems that sometimes occur when workers are imported into host communities, and avoiding environmental and social problems from workers housed in poorly serviced camp accommodation. Secure construction materials from local market.


Employment records; Records of sources of materials Records of compliance to Bangladesh Labor Law of 2006 and other applicable standards




Although construction of subproject components involves quite

Provide safety signage at all sites visible to public Provide safety barriers near any trenches,


Utilities Contingency Plan Number of complaints from sensitive receptors

Visual inspection by PIU and supervision consultants on monthly basis


106




simple techniques of civil work, the invasive nature of excavation and the subproject sites being in built-up areas of Lalmonirhat pourashava where there are a variety of human activities, will result to impacts to the sensitive receptors such as residents, businesses, and the community in general. Excavation may also damage existing infrastructure (such as water distribution pipes, electricity pylons, etc) located alongside the roads. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

and cover trenches with planks during non work hours. Obtain details from pourashava nature and location of all existing infrastructure, and plan excavation carefully to avoid any such sites to maximum extent possible; Integrate construction of the various infrastructure subprojects to be conducted in Lalmonirhat (roads, water supply, etc.) so that different infrastructure is located on opposite sides of the road where feasible and roads and inhabitants are not subjected to repeated disturbance by construction in the same area at different times for different purposes. Consult with local community to inform them of the nature, duration and likely effects of the construction work, and to identify any local concerns so that these can be addressed. Existing infrastructure (such as water distribution pipes, electricity pylons, etc.) shall be relocated before construction starts at the subproject sites. Prior permission shall be obtained from respective local authority for use of water for construction. Use of water for construction works shall not disturb local water users. If construction work is expected to disrupt users of

Frequency and sampling sites to be finalized during detailed design stage and final location of) subproject components

107




community water bodies, notice to the affected community shall be served 7 days in advance and again 1 day prior to start of construction. Ensure any damage to properties and utilities will be restored or compensated to pre-work conditions.



Provide safety signage at all sites visible to public Provide safety barriers near any trenches, and cover trenches with planks during non work hours. Contractor’s activities and movement of staff will be restricted to designated construction areas. Locations of hot-mix plants, batching plants and crushers (if these establishments are being set up exclusively for the subproject) shall be located at least 100 m away from the nearest dwelling preferably in the downwind direction. Consult with Lalmonirhat local authority on the designated areas for stockpiling of, soils, gravel, and other construction materials. If the contractor chooses to locate the work camp/storage area on private


Number of permanent signages, barricades and flagmen on worksite as per Traffic Management Plan (see Appendix 5 for sample); Number of complaints from sensitive receptors; Number of walkways, signages, and metal sheets placed at project location Agreement between landowner and contractors in case of using private lands as work camps, storage areas, etc.



13These products come in powder forms, and once mixed with water (being the catalyst) simply expand, and crack the rock from hole to hole. This product is

environmentally friendly and can be washed away after it has been used.

108




land, he must get prior permission from the environment management specialist and landowner. Use small mechanical excavators to attain faster trenching progress. For rock and concrete breaking, use non-explosive blasting chemicals, silent rock cracking chemicals, and concrete breaking chemicals.13 Under no circumstances may open areas or the surrounding bushes be used as a toilet facility. Recycling and the provision of separate waste receptacles for different types of waste shall be encouraged. A general regard for the social and ecological well-being of the site and adjacent areas is expected of the site staff. Workers need to be made aware of the following general rules: (i) no alcohol/drugs on site; (ii) prevent excessive noise; (iii) construction staff are to make use of the facilities provided for them, as opposed to ad hoc alternatives (e.g. fires for cooking, the use of surrounding bushes as a toilet facility); (iv) no fires permitted on site except if needed for the construction works; (v) trespassing on private/commercial properties adjoining the site is forbidden; (vi) other than pre-approved

109




security staff, no workers shall be permitted to live on the construction site; and (vii) no worker may be forced to do work that is potentially dangerous or that he/she is not trained to do. Interested and affected parties need to be made aware of the existence of the complaints book and the methods of communication available to them. The contractor must address queries and complaints by: (i) documenting details of such communications; (ii) submitting these for inclusion in complaints register; (iii) bringing issues to the national/regional environmental specialist’s attention immediately; and (iv) taking remedial action as per national/regional environment specialist’s instruction. The contractor shall immediately take the necessary remedial action on any complaint/grievance received by him and forward the details of the grievance along with the action taken to the national/regional environmental specialist within 48 hours of receipt of such complaint/grievance.


There is invariably a safety risk when

Comply with requirements of Government of Bangladesh Labor Law of


Site-specific H&S Plan Equipped

Visual inspection by PIU and supervision

Cost for implementation of mitigation measures

110




construction works such as excavation and earthmoving are conducted in urban areas. Workers need to be mindful of the occupational hazards which can arise from working in height and excavation works. Potential impacts are negative and long-term but reversible by mitigation measures.

2006 and all applicable laws and standards on workers H&S. Ensure that all site personnel have a basic level of environmental awareness training. If necessary, the environmental management specialist and/or a translator shall be called to the sites to further explain aspects of environmental or social behavior that are unclear. Produce and implement a site health and safety (H&S) plan which include measures as: (i) excluding the public from worksites; (ii) ensuring all workers are provided with and required to use personal protective equipment (reflectorized vests, footwear, gloves, goggles and masks) at all times; (iii) providing (H&S) training14 for all site personnel; (iv) documenting procedures to be followed for all site activities; and (v) maintaining accident reports and records. Arrange for readily available first aid unit including an adequate supply of sterilized dressing materials and appliances

first-aid stations Medical insurance coverage for workers Number of accidents Records of supply of uncontaminated water Condition of eating areas of workers Record of H&S orientation trainings Use of personal protective equipment % of moving equipment outfitted with audible back-up alarms Permanent sign boards for hazardous areas Signages for storage and disposal areas Condition of sanitation facilities for workers

consultants on monthly basis Frequency and sampling sites to be finalized during detailed design stage and final location of) subproject components

responsibility of contractor.

14Some of the key areas that may be covered during training as they relate to the primary causes of accidents include (i) slips, trips and falls; (ii) personal

protective equipment; (iii) ergonomics, repetitive motion, and manual handling; (iv) workplace transport; and (v) legislation and responsibilities. Training can provide the foundations of competence but it does not necessarily result in a competent worker. Therefore, it is essential to assess staff competence to ensure that the training provided is relevant and effective. Supervision and monitoring arrangements shall be in place to ensure that training has been effective and the worker is competent at their job. The level of supervision and monitoring required is a management decision that shall be based on the risks associated with the job, the level of competence required, the experience of the individual and whether the worker works as part of a team or is a lone worker.

111




Maintain necessary living accommodation and ancillary facilities in functional and hygienic manner in work camps. Ensure (i) uncontaminated water for drinking, cooking and washing, (ii) clean eating areas where workers are not exposed to hazardous or noxious substances; and (iii) sanitation facilities are available at all times. Provide medical insurance coverage for workers; Provide H&S orientation training to all new workers to ensure that they are apprised of the basic site rules of work at the site, personal protective protection, and preventing injuring to fellow workers; Provide visitor orientation if visitors to the site can gain access to areas where hazardous conditions or substances may be present. Ensure also that visitor/s do not enter hazard areas unescorted; Ensure the visibility of workers through their use of high visibility vests when working in or walking through heavy equipment operating areas; Ensure moving equipment is outfitted with audible back-up alarms; Mark and provide sign boards for hazardous areas such as energized

112




electrical devices and lines, service rooms housing high voltage equipment, and areas for storage and disposal. Signage shall be in accordance with international standards and be well known to, and easily understood by workers, visitors, and the general public as appropriate; and Disallow worker exposure to noise level greater than 85 dBA for a duration of more than 8 hours per day without hearing protection. The use of hearing protection shall be enforced actively.


Construction works will be on existing roads and in built-up areas of Lalmonirhat thus risk for chance finds is low.

All fossils, coins, articles of value of antiquity, structures and other remains of archaeological interest discovered on the site shall be the property of the government. Prevent workers or any other persons from removing and damaging any fossils, coins, articles of value of antiquity, structures and other remains of archaeological interest. Stop work immediately to allow further investigation if any finds are suspected.


Records of chance finds



E. Others Submission of EMP implementation report

Unsatisfactory compliance to EMP

Appointment of supervisor to ensure EMP implementation Timely submission of

Construction contractor

Availability and competency of appointed supervisor Monthly

Monthly monitoring report to be submitted by PIU to PMO

Cost for implementation of mitigation measures responsibility of

113




monitoring reports including pictures

report PMO to submit semi-annual monitoring report to ADB

contractor.

3. Post-construction Activities Post-construction clean-up

Damage due to debris, spoils, excess construction materials

Remove all spoils wreckage, rubbish, or temporary structures (such as buildings, shelters, and latrines) which are no longer required; and All excavated roads shall be reinstated to original condition. All disrupted utilities restored All affected structures rehabilitated/compensated The area that previously housed the construction camp is to be checked for spills of substances such as oil, paint, etc. and these shall be cleaned up. All hardened surfaces within the construction camp area shall be ripped, all imported materials removed, and the area shall be topsoiled and regrassed using the guidelines set out in the revegetation specification that forms part of this document. The contractor must arrange the cancellation of all temporary services. Request PMO/CSS to report in writing that worksites and camps have been vacated and restored to


PMO/CSS report in writing that (i) worksite is restored to original conditions; (ii) camp has been vacated and restored to pre-project conditions; (iii) all construction related structures not relevant to O&M are removed; and (iv) worksite clean-up is satisfactory.

Prior to turn-over of completed works to pourashava


114




pre-project conditions before acceptance of work.

Table 13: Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan – O&M Phase


Monitoring Indicator

Frequency of Monitoring


A. Physical Characteristics Water quality Run-off from

debris/sediments from repair and maintenance of road and bridge which may cause siltation and reduction in the quality of adjacent bodies of water. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

Take all precautions to prevent run-off into streams, watercourses, or irrigation system. Install temporary silt traps or sedimentation basins along drainage leading to the water bodies. Remove all debris/sediments immediately. Dispose debris/sediments at a designated site such as landfill.

Lalmonirhat pourashava

No visible degradation to nearby drainages, khals or water bodies due to construction activities

Duration of repair works

Included in O&M cost

Air quality Moving debris/sediments may create dusts during dry season. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.



No complaints from sensitive receptors




Temporary increase in noise level and

Plan activities in consultation with Lalmonirhat local





115





vibrations. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

authority so that activities with the greatest potential to generate noise are conducted during periods of the day which will result in least disturbance. Identify any buildings at risk from vibration damage and avoiding any use of pneumatic drills or heavy vehicles in the vicinity. Complete work in these areas quickly.

B. Biological Characteristics Biodiversity Activities in the

built-up area of Lalmonirhat pourashava. There are no protected areas in or around subproject sites, and no known areas of ecological interest.

No trees, shrubs, or groundcover may be removed or vegetation stripped without the prior permission. Prevent workers or any other person from removing and damaging any flora (plant/vegetation) and fauna (animal).







Maintain safe passage for vehicles and pedestrians during maintenance activities. Erect and maintain barricades, including signs, markings, flags and flagmen informing diversions and alternative routes when required. Notify affected sensitive receptors by providing sign boards





116





informing nature and duration of maintenance activities and contact numbers for concerns/complaints. Leave spaces for access between mounds of soil. Provide walkways and metal sheets where required to maintain access across for people and vehicles. Increase workforce in front of critical areas such as institutions, place of worship, business establishment, hospitals, and schools. Consult businesses and institutions regarding operating hours and factoring this in work schedules. Ensure any damage to properties and utilities will be restored or compensated to pre-work conditions.



Comply with requirements of Government of Bangladesh Labor Law of 2006 and all applicable laws and standards on workers H&S. Ensure that all site personnel have a basic level of H&S training. Produce and


No complaints from sensitive receptors No complaints from workers related to O&M activities Zero accident



117





implement a O&M H&S plan which include measures as: (i) excluding the public from worksites; (ii) ensuring all workers are provided with and required to use personal protective equipment (reflectorized vests, footwear, gloves, goggles and masks) at all times; (iii) providing H&S training for all site personnel; (iv) documenting procedures to be followed for all site activities; and (v) maintaining accident reports and records. Arrange for readily available first aid unit including an adequate supply of sterilized dressing materials and appliances Provide H&S orientation training to all new workers to ensure that they are apprised of the basic site rules of work at the site, personal protective protection, and preventing injuring to fellow workers; Ensure the visibility of workers through their use of high visibility vests when working in or walking through heavy equipment operating areas; Mark and provide sign boards. Signage shall be in

118





accordance with international standards and be well known to, and easily understood by workers, visitors, and the general public as appropriate. Disallow worker exposure to noise level greater than 85 dBA for a duration of more than 8 hours per day without hearing protection. The use of hearing protection shall be enforced actively.


Lalmonirhat pourashava was established in 1972. However, construction works will be on existing roads and in built-up areas of Lalmonirhat thus risk for chance finds is low.

All fossils, coins, articles of value of antiquity, structures and other remains of archaeological interest discovered on the site shall be the property of the government. Prevent workers or any other persons from removing and damaging any fossils, coins, articles of value of antiquity, structures and other remains of archaeological interest. Stop work immediately to allow further investigation if any finds are suspected.





119

C. Institutional Capacity Development Program 114. The MDSC national and regional environmental specialists will be responsible for trainings on environmental awareness and management in accordance with both ADB and government requirements. Specific modules customized for the available skill set will be devised after assessing the capabilities of the target participants and the requirements of the project. Typical modules would be as follows: (i) sensitization; (ii) introduction to environment and environmental considerations in water supply and wastewater projects; (iii) review of IEEs and integration into the project detailed design; (iv) improved coordination within nodal departments; and (v) monitoring and reporting system. The contractors will be required to conduct environmental awareness and orientation of workers prior to deployment to work sites. The proposed training project along with the frequency of sessions is presented in Table 12.

Table 14: Training Program for Environmental Management Items Pre-construction/prior to construction Construction Training Title Orientation workshop Orientation program/

workshop for contractors and supervisory staffs


Purpose To aware the participants of the environmental safeguard requirements of ADB and GOB and how the project will meet these requirements

To build the capacity of the staffs for effective implementation of the designed EMPs aimed at meeting the environmental safeguard compliance of ADB and GOB

To share the experiences and best practices aimed at learning lessons and improving implementation of EMP

Contents Module 1: Orientation ADB Safeguards Policy Statement Government of Bangladesh Environmental Laws and Regulations Module 2: Environmental Assessment Process ADB environmental process, identification of impacts and mitigation measures, formulation of an environmental management plan (EMP), implementation, and monitoring requirements Review of environmental assessment report to comply with ADB requirements Incorporation of EMP into the project design and contracts

Roles and responsibilities of officials/contractors/consultants towards protection of environment Environmental issues during construction Implementation of EMP Monitoring of EMP implementation Reporting requirements


Duration 1 day 1 day 1 day on a regular period to be determined by PMO, PIUs, and PMSC

Participants LGED, DPHE, PMO, and PMO staffs (technical and environmental) involved in the project implementation



D. Staffing Requirement and Budget 115. Costs required for implementing the EMP will cover the following activities:

(i) Updating IEE, preparing and submitting reports and public consultation and disclosure;

120

(ii) Application for environmental clearances; and (iii) Implementation of EMP, environmental monitoring program and long-term

surveys. 116. The infrastructure involved in each scheme is generally straightforward and will take between three and nine months to build. Environmental monitoring during construction will also be straightforward and will involve periodic site observations and interviews with workers and others, plus checks of reports and other documents. This will be conducted by MDSC environmental management specialist assisted by the PMO environment officer. The environmental management specialist will use the IEE as necessary and perform tasks as specified in the TOR. Therefore no separate budget required for MDSC environment management specialist. 117. The cost of mitigation measures and surveys during construction stage will be incorporated into the contractor’s costs, which will be binding on him for implementation. The surveys will be conducted by the contractors. 118. The operation phase mitigation measures are again of good operating practices, which will be the responsibility of Lalmonirhat pourashava. All monitoring during the operation and maintenance phase will be conducted by LGED and DPHE, therefore, there are no additional costs. 119. The indicative costs of EMP implementation are shown in Tables 13 and 14 (by source of funds).

Table 15: Indicative Cost of EMP Implementation Particulars Stages Unit Total

Number Rate

(Taka) Cost

(Taka) Cost

covered by A. Mitigation Measures 1. Compensatory

plantation measures Construction Per tree 50 1,500 75,000 Civil works

contract B. Monitoring Measures 1. Air quality monitoring - Pre-

construction - Construction

Per location


2. Noise levels monitoring

- Pre-construction - Construction

Per location


C Capacity Building 1. (i) Orientation

workshop for officials involved in the project implementation on ADB Safeguards Policy Statement, Government of Bangladesh environmental laws and regulations, and environmental assessment process; (ii) induction course contractors, preparing them on EMP implementation and environmental monitoring requirements related to mitigation measures; and taking immediate action to remedy unexpected adverse

Module 1 – immediately upon engagement of the MDSC environmental specialists Module 2 – prior to award of civil works contracts (twice a year for 4 years) Module 3 – prior to start of Phase 2 and upon completion of the project

lump sum Module 1 – 30,000 Module 2 – 30,000 Module 3 – 30,000

90,000 Covered under MDSC contract

121


Rate (Taka)

Cost (Taka)

Cost covered by

impacts or ineffective mitigation measures found during the course of implementation; and (iii) lessons learned information sharing

D. Consultants Costs 1. MDSC national




60 person months

320,000 per person month







57,600,000

Remuneration and budget for travel covered in the MDSC contract

E. Administrative Costs Permit for excavation, tree-cutting permits, etc

Lump sum

50,000 50,000 These consents are to be obtained by contractor at his own expense.



Lump sum

100,000 100,000 LGED DPD cost for municipal infrastructures

F. Other Costs 1. Public consultations



As per requirement

Lump sum 1,000,000 Covered under MDSC contract

2. GRM implementation Costs involved in resolving complaints (meetings, consultations, communication,

Lump sum 1,000,000 PMO cost

122


Rate (Taka)

Cost (Taka)

Cost covered by

and reporting/information dissemination)

3. Any unanticipated impact due to project implementation

Mitigation of any unanticipated impact arising during construction phase and defect liability period

Lump sum Contractor’s liability

As per insurance requirement

Civil works contract – contractor’s insurance

Table 16: Indicative Cost of EMP Implementation – Per Source of

Funding Particulars Stages Unit Total

Number Rate (Taka)

Cost (Taka)

Cost covered by

A. Contractors 1. Compensatory


contract 2. Air quality monitoring - Pre-


Per location




Per location



Permit for excavation, tree-cutting permits, etc

Lump sum







Subtotal 720,000 B. MDSC 1. Public consultations



As per requirement


2. (i) Orientation workshop for officials involved in the project implementation on ADB Safeguards Policy Statement, Government of Bangladesh environmental laws and regulations, and environmental assessment process;

Module 1 – immediately upon engagement of the MDSC environmental specialists Module 2 – prior to award of civil works contracts (twice a year for



123


Rate (Taka)

Cost (Taka)

Cost covered by

(ii) induction course contractors, preparing them on EMP implementation and environmental monitoring requirements related to mitigation measures; and taking immediate action to remedy unexpected adverse impacts or ineffective mitigation measures found during the course of implementation; and (iii) lessons learned information sharing

4 years) Module 3 – prior to start of Phase 2 and upon completion of the project

3. MDSC national environmental specialist (1 person)



60 person months








57,600,000


Subtotal 59,970,000

C. Administrative Cost (Recurring) – PMO 1. Legislation, permits,

and agreements Environmental assessment and environmental clearances as per ECA and ECR requirements Obtaining right of way clearances with related national agencies.

Lump sum


2. GRM implementation Costs involved in resolving complaints (meetings, consultations, communication, and reporting/information dissemination)


Subtotal 1,100,000

124

IX. MONITORING AND REPORTING 120. PMO will monitor and measure the progress of EMP implementation. The monitoring activities will correspond with the project’s risks and impacts, and will be identified in the EIAs/IEEs for the projects. In addition to recording information on the work and deviation of work components from original scope PMO, PIUs, and MDSC will undertake site inspections and document review to verify compliance with the EMP and progress toward the final outcome. Corrective actions to be taken quickly and reported in monitoring reports. 121. MDSC will submit monthly monitoring and implementation reports to PMO, who will take follow-up actions, if necessary. PMO will submit semi-annual monitoring reports to ADB. The suggested monitoring report format is in Appendix 9. Subproject budgets will reflect the costs of monitoring and reporting requirements. For projects likely to have significant adverse environmental impacts during operation, reporting will continue at the minimum on an annual basis. Monitoring reports will be posted in a location accessible to the public. 122. LGED and DPHE will document monitoring results, identify the necessary corrective actions, reflect them in a corrective action plan, and for each quarter, will study the compliance with the action plan developed in the previous quarter. Compliance with loan covenants will be screened by ADB. 123. ADB will review project performance against the commitments as agreed in the legal documents. The extent of ADB's monitoring and supervision activities will be commensurate with the project’s risks and impacts. Monitoring and supervising of social and environmental safeguards will be integrated into the project performance management system. ADB will monitor projects on an ongoing basis until a project completion report is issued. ADB will carry out the following monitoring actions to supervise project implementation:

(i) conduct periodic site visits for projects with adverse environmental or social impacts;

(ii) conduct supervision missions with detailed review by ADB’s safeguard specialists/officers or consultants for projects with significant adverse social or environmental impacts;

(iii) review the periodic monitoring reports submitted by EAs to ensure that adverse impacts and risks are mitigated, as planned and as agreed with ADB;

(iv) work with EAs to rectify to the extent possible any failures to comply with their safeguard commitments, as covenanted in the legal agreements, and exercise remedies to re-establish compliance as appropriate; and

(v) prepare a project completion report that assesses whether the objective and desired outcomes of the safeguard plans have been achieved, taking into account the baseline conditions and the results of monitoring.

X. CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS

124. The process described in this document has assessed the environmental impacts of all elements of Lalmonirhat roads subproject. All potential impacts were identified in relation to design and location, construction, and operation phases. 125. Planning principles and design considerations have been reviewed and incorporated into the site planning process whenever possible; thus, environmental impacts as being due to the project design or location were not significant. 126. Most of the individual elements of the subproject are relatively small and involve straightforward construction and operation, so impacts will be mainly localized and not greatly significant. Most of the predicted impacts are associated with the construction process, and are produced because that process is invasive, involving trenching and other

125

excavation. However, the routine nature of the impacts means that most can be easily mitigated. Mitigation measures have been developed to reduce all negative impacts to acceptable levels. Mitigation will be assured by a program of environmental monitoring to ensure that all measures are implemented, and will determine whether the environment is protected as intended. It will include observations on- and off-site, document checks, and interviews with workers and beneficiaries. Any requirements for corrective action will be reported to the ADB. 127. The stakeholders were involved in developing the IEE through discussions on-site and public consultation, after which views expressed were incorporated into the IEE and in the planning and development of the subproject. The IEE will be made available at public locations in the city and will be disclosed to a wider audience via the ADB and LGED project websites. The consultation process will be continued and expanded during project implementation to ensure that stakeholders are fully engaged in the project and have the opportunity to participate in its development and implementation. A grievance redress mechanism is described within the IEE to ensure any public grievances are addressed quickly. 128. The PMO and MDSC will be responsible for monitoring. The MDSC will submit monthly monitoring reports to PMO, and the PMO will send semi-annual monitoring reports to ADB. ADB will post the environmental monitoring reports on its website. 129. The EMP will assist the PMO, MDSC, and contractors in mitigating the environmental impacts, and guide them in the environmentally sound execution of the proposed project. The EMP will also ensure efficient lines of communication between the implementing agency, project management unit, and contractors. A copy of the EMP shall be kept on-site during the construction period at all times. The EMP shall be made binding on all contractors operating on the site, and will be included in the contractual clauses. Non-compliance with, or any deviation from, the conditions set out in this document shall constitute a failure in compliance. 130. Therefore the proposed subproject is unlikely to cause significant adverse impacts and net environmental benefits to citizens of Lalmonirhat will be positive. The potential impacts that are associated with design, construction and operation can be mitigated to standard levels without difficulty through proper engineering design and the incorporation or application of recommended mitigation measures and procedures. 131. As per Government of Bangladesh Environment Conservation Act, 1995 (ECA, 1995) and Environment Conservation Rules (ECR, 1997), the subproject is categorized as “Orange-B” and Location Clearance Certificate (LCC) and Environmental Clearance Certificate (ECC) must be obtained from the DoE. 132. Based on the findings of the IEE, there are no significant impacts and the classification of the subproject as Category “B” is confirmed. No further special study or detailed environmental impact assessment (EIA) needs to be undertaken to comply with ADB SPS (2009).

126

Appendix 1: Rapid Environmental Assessment Checklist

Screening questions Yes No Remarks A. Project siting Is the project area adjacent to or within any of the following environmentally sensitive areas?

Lalmonirhat pourashava covers an area of 17.60 km2 with population density of 3,427 persons per km2.The area is predominantly residential.

Cultural heritage site The subproject components are not within locations in or near sensitive and valuable ecosystems, including protected areas and forests. Not applicable

Protected area Not applicable Wetland Not applicable Mangrove Not applicable Estuarine Not applicable Buffer zone of protected area Not applicable Special area for protecting biodiversity Not applicable

B. Potential environmental impacts Will the project cause…

Not applicable

Encroachment on historical/cultural areas; disfiguration of landscape by road embankments, cuts, fills, and quarries?

Not applicable. Construction works will be on existing roads and mostly in built-up areas of Lalmonirhat.

Encroachment on precious ecology (e.g. sensitive or protected areas)?

Not applicable. There are no protected areas in or around subproject sites, and no known areas of ecological interest in Lalmonirhat.

Alteration of surface water hydrology of waterways crossed by roads, resulting in increased sediment in streams affected by increased soil erosion at construction site?

Excavations may result to silt-laden runoff during rainfall which may cause siltation and reduction in the quality of adjacent bodies of water. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible through mitigation measures.

Deterioration of surface water quality due to silt runoff and sanitary wastes from worker-based camps and chemicals used in construction?

Due to excavation, run-off from stockpiled materials, and chemical contamination from fuels and lubricants. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible through mitigation measures.

Increased local air pollution due to rock crushing, cutting and filling works, and chemicals from asphalt processing?

Conducting works at dry season and moving large quantity of materials may create dusts and increase in concentration of vehicle-related pollutants. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible through mitigation measures.

Risks and vulnerabilities related to occupational health and safety due to physical, chemical, biological, and radiological hazards during project construction and operation during project construction and operation?

Not applicable. Construction will not involve use explosives and chemicals. Excavation will be done manually. Construction contractors will be required to implement health and safety (H&S) plan.

Noise and vibration due to blasting and other civil works?

Temporary increase in noise level and vibrations may be caused by excavation equipment, and the transportation of equipment, materials, and people. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible through mitigation measures.

Dislocation or involuntary resettlement of people? Not applicable. Land acquisition not required for the subproject. RF to guide any resettlement related issues.

Dislocation and compulsory resettlement of people living in right-of-way?

RP prepared as per ADB SPS and Government of Bangladesh laws.

Disproportionate impacts on the poor, women and children, indigenous peoples or other vulnerable groups?

Not applicable.

Other social concerns relating to inconveniences in living conditions in the project areas that may trigger

Not applicable.

127

Screening questions Yes No Remarks cases of upper respiratory problems and stress? Hazardous driving conditions where construction interferes with pre-existing roads?

Road closures are not required. Construction contractors will be required to implement traffic management plan and coordinate with Lalmonirhat local authority.

Poor sanitation and solid waste disposal in construction camps and work sites, and possible transmission of communicable diseases (such as STI and HIV/AIDS) from workers to local populations?

Construction contractors will be required to provide sanitation facilities and ensure proper waste management at all times. Contracts will include provisions on STI and HIV/AIDS.

Creation of temporary breeding habitats for diseases such as those transmitted by mosquitoes and rodents?

Construction contractors will be required to ensure cleanliness at all times to prevent breeding of mosquitoes and rodents.

Accident risks associated with increased vehicular traffic, leading to accidental spills of toxic materials?

Not applicable.

Increased noise and air pollution resulting from traffic volume?

Not anticipated.

Increased risk of water pollution from oil, grease and fuel spills, and other materials from vehicles using the road?

Not anticipated.


Priority in employment will be given to local residents.

Large population influx during project construction and operation that causes increased burden on social infrastructure and services (such as water supply and sanitation systems)?

Improved management systems through capacity building and institutional development will ensure reduced burden on services and infrastructure.

Risks to community health and safety due to the transport, storage, and use and/or disposal of materials such as explosives, fuel and other chemicals during construction and operation?

Not applicable. Construction will not involve use of explosives and chemicals.

Community safety risks due to both accidental and natural causes, especially where the structural elements or components of the project are accessible to members of the affected community or where their failure could result in injury to the community throughout project construction, operation and decommissioning.

Work areas will be clearly demarcated with signage and safety barriers, and access will be controlled. Only workers and project concerned members will be allowed to visit the operational sites.

128

Appendix 2: Environmental Standards and Application Fees

The standards for air, water, sound, odor and other components of the environment applicable to the project shall be determined in accordance with the standards specified in Schedules 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 8 of ECR, 1997. Standards ECR, 1997 (Rule 12)



Schedule 3

3. Sound Schedule 4 4. Sound Originating from Motor Vehicles or

Mechanized Vessels Schedule 5

5. Emission from Motor Vehicles Schedule 6 7. Odor Schedule 8 The standard limits of discharge of liquid waste and gaseous emissions applicable to the project shall be determined in accordance with the standards specified in Schedule 9 and 10


1. Sewage Discharge Schedule 9 2. Waste from Industrial Units or

Projects Waste (see discharge to inland surface water and irrigated land)

Schedule 10

The fees for issuance of environmental clearance certificate and its renewal shall be payable in accordance with Schedule 13. The fees for analysis of samples of water, liquid waste, air and sound and also the information or data derived from such analysis are described in Schedule 14.



Schedule 13

2. Supplying various analytical information or data or test results of samples of water, effluent, air and sound

Schedule 14

129

130

Appendix 3: Levels of Service for Proposed Interventions – Roads

Road Part Existing Standard Proposed Standard Additional Climate Change

forUGIIP-3 Design Life 20 years 20 years with consideration

for 50 years flood frequency for rights of way (RoW)

Minimum width

Minor roads 1.0-3.0 m Town Roads 3.0-5.0 m

3.0 m for minor access roads with 1.0 shoulder only if RoW permits. 5.0 m with 2 x 1.15 meter shoulders where RoW exists

Crest level 600 mm above normal flood level

600 mm above normal flood level

200 mm above A1B15 scenario sea levels in 2034

Surface material

BT, CC or HBB depending on width

All CC with minimum thickness of 150 mm with adequate reinforcement and 150 mm plastic pipes to be placed at 50 meter intervals under roads for services

Pavements Thickened sand cushion or sometimes sand aggregate. (7 to 11 meters wide)

All thickened sand aggregate. Sub-base to be 0.25 meters wider than overlying layer.

Earthworks Compacted where necessary either by hand or machine.

Machine compacted in layers and tested.

Embankments Slope 1:1.5 Embankments strengthened with edge protection. Where possible, trees or bushes should be planted on earth embankments

Additional strengthening on roads in flood areas, either concrete brick work.

Run-off / drainage

Culverts provided as necessary

Ensure side drains are integrated into town’s drainage system

Increase cross drainage structures as necessary. Full width drainage layer in sub-base Assess need for larger culverts

Strengthen abutments and approaches

Source: PPTA Consultant.

15 A1B represents a mid-range emission scenario for the future global emission of Greenhouse gases. A1B

makes assumptions about future growth and development of human activities during the next century. It was used for the IPCC climate change assessments in 2007.

131

Appendix 4: Sample Outline Spoils Management Plan

I. Spoils information A. Materials type B. Potential contamination C. Expected volume and sources D. Spoil classification II. Spoils management A. Transportation of spoil B. Storage of spoil C. Contaminated spoil D. Approved reuse and/or disposal sites III. Records of reuse and/or disposal

132

Appendix 5: Sample Outline Traffic Management Plan

A. Principles 1. One of the prime objectives of this TMP is to ensure the safety of all the road users along the work zone, and to address the following issues:

(i) the safety of pedestrians, bicyclists, and motorists traveling through the construction zone;

(ii) protection of work crews from hazards associated with moving traffic; (iii) mitigation of the adverse impact on road capacity and delays to the road

users; (iv) maintenance of access to adjoining properties; and (v) addressing issues that may delay the project.

B. Operating Policies for TMP 2. The following principles will help promote safe and efficient movement for all road users (motorists, bicyclists, and pedestrians, including persons with disabilities) through and around work zones while reasonably protecting workers and equipment.

(i) Make traffic safety and temporary traffic control an integral and high-priority element of every project from planning through design, construction, and maintenance.

(ii) Inhibit traffic movement as little as possible. (iii) Provide clear and positive guidance to drivers, bicyclists, and pedestrians as

they approach and travel through the temporary traffic control zone. (iv) Inspect traffic control elements routinely, both day and night, and make

modifications when necessary. (v) Pay increased attention to roadside safety in the vicinity of temporary traffic

control zones. (vi) Train all persons that select, place, and maintain temporary traffic control

devices. (vii) Keep the public well informed. (viii) Make appropriate accommodation for abutting property owners, residents,

businesses, emergency services, railroads, commercial vehicles, and transit operations.

3. Figure A2 to Figure A12illustrates the operating policy for TMP for the construction of water pipes and the sewers along various types of roads. C. Analyze the impact due to street closure 4. Apart from the capacity analysis, a final decision to close a particular street and divert the traffic should involve the following steps:

(i) approval from the ULB/CMC/Public Works Department (PWD) to use the local streets as detours;

(ii) consultation with businesses, community members, traffic police, PWD, etc, regarding the mitigation measures necessary at the detours where the road is diverted during the construction;

(iii) determining of the maximum number of days allowed for road closure, and incorporation of such provisions into the contract documents;

(iv) determining if additional traffic control or temporary improvements are needed along the detour route;

(v) considering how access will be provided to the worksite;

133

(vi) contacting emergency service, school officials, and transit authorities to determine if there are impacts to their operations; and

(vii) developing a notification program to the public so that the closure is not a surprise. As part of this program, the public should be advised of alternate routes that commuters can take or will have to take as result of the traffic diversion.

5. If full road-closure of certain streets within the area is not feasible due to inadequate capacity of the detour street or public opposition, the full closure can be restricted to weekends with the construction commencing on Saturday night and ending on Monday morning prior to the morning peak period.

Figure A1: Policy Steps for the TMP

D. Public awareness and notifications 5a. As per discussions in the previous sections, there will be travel delays during the constructions, as is the case with most construction projects, albeit on a reduced scale if utilities and traffic management are properly coordinated. There are additional grounds for travel delays in the area, as most of the streets lack sufficient capacity to accommodate additional traffic from diverted traffic as a result of street closures to accommodate the works. 6. The awareness campaign and the prior notification for the public will be a continuous activity which the project will carry out to compensate for the above delays and minimize public claims as result of these problems. These activities will take place sufficiently in advance of the time when the roadblocks or traffic diversions take place at the particular streets. The reason for this is to allow sufficient time for the public and residents to understand the changes to their travel plans. The project will notify the public about the roadblocks and traffic diversion through public notices, ward level meetings and city level meeting with the elected representatives.

134

7. The PIU will also conduct an awareness campaign to educate the public about the following issues:

(i) traffic control devices in place at the work zones (signs, traffic cones, barriers, etc.);

(ii) defensive driving behaviour along the work zones; and (iii) reduced speeds enforced at the work zones and traffic diversions.

8. It may be necessary to conduct the awareness programs/campaigns on road safety during construction. 9. The campaign will cater to all types of target groups i.e. children, adults, and drivers. Therefore, these campaigns will be conducted in schools and community centers. In addition, the project will publish a brochure for public information. These brochures will be widely circulated around the area and will also be available at the PIU, and the contractor's site office. The text of the brochure should be concise to be effective, with a lot of graphics. It will serve the following purpose:

(i) explain why the brochure was prepared, along with a brief description of the project;

(ii) advise the public to expect the unexpected; (iii) educate the public about the various traffic control devices and safety

measures adopted at the work zones; (iv) educate the public about the safe road user behaviour to emulate at the work

zones; (v) tell the public how to stay informed or where to inquire about road safety

issues at the work zones (name, telephone, mobile number of the contact person; and

(vi) indicate the office hours of relevant offices.

E. Install traffic control devices at the work zones and traffic diversion routes 10. The purpose of installing traffic control devices at the work zones is to delineate these areas to warn, inform, and direct the road users about a hazard ahead, and to protect them as well as the workers. As proper delineation is a key to achieve the above objective, it is important to install good traffic signs at the work zones. The following traffic control devices are used in work zones:

Signs Pavement Markings Channelizing Devices Arrow Panels Warning Lights

11. Procedures for installing traffic control devices at any work zone vary, depending on road configuration, location of the work, construction activity, duration, traffic speed and volume, and pedestrian traffic. Work will take place along major roads, and the minor internal roads. As such, the traffic volume and road geometry vary. The main roads carry considerable traffic; internal roads in the new city areas are wide but in old city roads very narrow and carry considerable traffic. However, regardless of where the construction takes place, all the work zones should be cordoned off, and traffic shifted away at least with traffic cones, barricades, and temporary signs (temporary “STOP” and “GO”).

135

12. Figure A2 to Figure A12 illustrates a typical set-up for installing traffic control devices at the work zone of the area, depending on the location of work on the road way, and road geometrics:

Work on shoulder or parking lane Shoulder or parking lane closed on divided road Work in Travel lane Lane closure on road with low volume Lane closure on a two-line road with low volume (with yield sign) Lane closure on a two-line road with low volume (one flagger operation) Lane closure on a two lane road (two flagger operation) Lane closure on a four lane undivided Road Lane closure on divided roadway Half road closure on multi-lane roadway Street closure with detour

13. The work zone should take into consideration the space required for a buffer zone between the workers and the traffic (lateral and longitudinal) and the transition space required for delineation, as applicable. For the works, a 30 cm clearance between the traffic and the temporary STOP and GO signs should be provided. In addition, at least 60 cm is necessary to install the temporary traffic signs and cones. 14. Traffic police should regulate traffic away from the work zone and enforce the traffic diversion result from full street closure in certain areas during construction. Flaggers/ personnel should be equipped with reflective jackets at all times and have traffic control batons (preferably the LED type) for regulating the traffic during night time. 16. In addition to the delineation devices, all the construction workers should wear fluorescent safety vests and helmets in order to be visible to the motorists at all times. There should be provision for lighting beacons and illumination for night constructions.

136

Figure A2 & A3: Work on shoulder or parking lane and shoulder or parking lane closed on divided road

137

Figure A4 & A5: Work in Travel lane & Lane closure on road with low volume

138

Figure A6 & A7: Lane closure on a two-line road with low volume (with yield sign) & Lane closure on a two-line road with low volume (one flagger operation)

139

Figure A8 & A9: Lane Closure on a Two-Lane Road (Two Flagger Operation) & Lane Closure on a Four-Lane Undivided Road

140

Figure A10 & A11: Lane Closure nn Divided Roadway & Half Road Closure On Multi-Lane Roadway

141

Figure A12: Street closure with detour

142

Appendix 6: Records of Public Consultations and FGDs

FGD Summaries-Roads Lalmonirhat Pourashava SL No.

Proposed Project Facility/Alignment Related to Which Discussion Held

Date Venue No. of Participants & gender

Key Safeguard Issues Discussed

Overall Concerns Expressed Related to Project

Suggestions From People

Willingness to Participate in Project

1. Road improvement Jan 12, 2014

Nabin Tari Mondir, Ward 9

M=8 F=21 T=29

Roadside tree cutting; construction related impacts

No major concerns; people are happy of their road improvement as it will benefit them immensely

Speedy construction works to ensure low impacts; local employment

They will extend their cooperation in the implementation as the road will benefit them.


Baniadighi, Saptana,Ward 6

M=15 F=0 T=15






Uttor Saptana Ward No.:5

M=11 F=0 T=11





4. Road Improvement Jan 13, 2014

Pourashava Conference Room

M=35 F=3 T=38

Road improvement and possible environmental impacts




(M=No. of male participants; F= No. of female participants; T=Total participants) PHOTOGRAPH Location: Nabin Tari Mondir, Ward 9, Date: Jan 12, 2014

Location: Baniadighi, Saptana,Ward 6, Date: Jan 12, 2014

143

Location: Uttor Saptana Ward No.:5, Date: Jan 12, 2014

Location: Pourashava Conference Room, Date: jan 13, 2014

PARTICIPANT LIST Town: Lalmonirhat Pourashava Location: Nabin Tari Mondir, Ward 9 Meeting Place: Roadside open space Date: Jan 12, 2013 Time: 10:00am S L Name Sex Address Occupation 1. Sanjib Kumar Male Nobin Tari Student 2. Salam Male Sini Para Driver 3. Abdul Hai Male Kargi tari Business 4. Gobindo Male Nobin Tari Labor 5. Sulov Roy Male Nobin Tari Student 6. Sre Roteen Chandra Male Nobin Tari Business 7. Sre Suvol Chandra Male Nobin Tari Agriculture 8. Radha Rani Female Nobin Tari H. W 9. Deepali Female Nobin Tari H. W 10. Ziron Bala Female Nobin Tari H. W 11. Swapna Rani Female Nobin Tari Student 12. Moti Rani Female Nobin Tari Student 13. Joyonti Rani Female Nobin Tari H. W 14. Dolly Roy Female Nobin Tari Agriculture 15. Laxmi rani Female Nobin Tari H. W 16. Swarswati Rani Female Nobin Tari H. W 17. Orchana Rani Female Nobin Tari H. W 18. Nir Bala Female Nobin Tari Agriculture 19. Gita Rani Female Nobin Tari H. W 20. Noni Bala Female Nobin Tari H. W 21. Eka Bala Female Nobin Tari Agriculture 22. Sunti Bala Female Nobin Tari Agriculture 23. Swabitri Bala Female Nobin Tari H. W 24. Minoty Rani Female Nobin Tari H. W

144

S L Name Sex Address Occupation 25. Giri Bala Female Nobin Tari H. W 26. Gathno Bala Female Nobin Tari Agriculture 27. Onita Rani Female Nobin Tari H. W 28. Osho Bala Female Nobin Tari Agriculture 29. Harun Or Rashid Badsha Male Saptana Counselor,W9

Focus Group Discussion-Roads Lalmonirhat Pourashava List of Participants Town: Lalmonirhat Pourashava Location: Baniadighi, Saptana, Ward 6 Meeting Place: Roadside Tea stall Date: Jan 12, 2014 Time: 11:30 am Sl. Name Sex Address Occupation 1. Md Abdul Ahad Male Saptana Business 2. Md. Yasin Ali Male Puran Bazar, Kalibari Business 3. Md. Azazur Rahman Male Saptana Business 4. Bimol Chandra Male Purbo Saptana Business 5. Amol Chandra Male Purbo Saptana Business 6. Zibon Chandra Roy Male Purbo Saptana Labor 7. Udoy Narayan Male Purbo Saptana Business 8. Kali Prasad Barmon Male Purbo Saptana Teacher 9. Alom Mia Male Purbo Saptana Labor 10. Sre Pulin Chandra Barmon Male Purbo Saptana Agriculture 11. Nasir Uddin Male Purbo Saptana Service 12. Kajol Kumar Barmon Male Purbo Saptana Business 13. Emam Gazzali Male Purbo Saptana Labor 14. Gopal Male Purbo Saptana Agriculture 15. Md. Abu Taher Male Purbo Saptana Business Focus Group Discussion-Roads Lalmonirhat Pourashava List of Participants Town: Lalmonirhat Pourashava Location: Uttor Saptana Ward No.:5 Meeting Place: Roadside open space Date: January 12, 2014 Time: 12:30pm

Sl Name Sex Address Occupation 1. Md.Afzal Hossain Male Saptana Business 2. Mokbul Hossain Male Adarshapara Business 3. Mir Solimuzzaman Male Sobujpara Business 4. Md. Ataur Rahman Basunia Male Adarshapara Business 5. Md. Abu Male Saptana Bazar Business 6. Md. Abdus Samad Male Saptana Agriculture 7. Abdul Halim Male Saptana Agriculture 8. Md. Sakil Male Saptana Student 9. Shafikul Islam Male Saptana Driver 10. Promod Male Saptana Driver 11. Mizanur Rahman Male Saptana Business

Public Consultation-Roads Lalmonirhat Pourashava Pourashava: Lalmonirhat Pourashava Component: Water-Overhead Tank, Pump and distribution line Location: Pourashava Office Meeting Place: Pourashava Conference Room Date: Jan 13, 2014 Time: 11:00 am Sl.No Name Occupation/Position 1. Capt. (R) Azizul Hoque Retired Army Officer 2. Nurul Hoque Sarker ED, Nazir 3. Md Belal Hossain Reporter the Daily Korotoa 4. Md Monwar Ali Mondol O/C, Lalmonirhat 5. Md. Amjad Hossain Forest Extn. & Training Center 6. Dewan rafiqul Islam Project Coordinator, Slum Development, Lalmonirhat

145

7. SM Wahedul Hassan Sena Commission 8. Mrs Reshma Khatun ED, DISA, Lalmonirhat 9. Md. Abdur Rauf Project Officer, IRDF, Lalmonirhat 10. Md. Mostaker Rahman Sub Asst. Engineer, Lalmonirhat PS 11. Md Abduzzamet Vhuttu Commissioner 12. Md. Kismot Ali Commissioner 13. Abul Hossain 14. Md. Golam Mustafa Contractor 15. Md. Hafez Contractor 16. Amjad Hossain 17. Md. Rafiqul Islam 18. Bishojit Kumar Banik Sanitary Inspector 19. Morol humayun kabir Director, LCCI 20. Md Romjan Ali Contractor 21. Shamima Akhtar AO Lalmonirhat Pourashava 22. Shamoli Banik LDA Lalmonirhat Pourashava 23. Sahanur ASI Lalmonirhat Sadar Thana 24. ASM Ashrafujjaman Talukdar Town Planner Lalmonirhat Municipality 25. Md Hassan Kamal Councillor, Lalmonirhat Pourashava 26. Barun Kumar Roy Lalmonirhat Pourashava 27. Md. Shafiul Alam Accountant, Lalmonirhat Pourashava 28. Abid Khaleque Lalmonirhat Pourashava 29. Md. Tobarok Ullah Retd, Asst. Headmaster 30. Harun-Ur-Rashid Councilor, Lalmonirhat Pourashava 31. Md. Hasanuzzaman Bashunia Secretary, Lalmonirhat Pourashava 32. Md. Shohel Rana Lalmonirhat Pourashava 33. Uttom Roy 34. Golan Mortaza Councilor, Lalmonirhat Pourashava 35. Md. Entazur rahman Councilor, Lalmonirhat Pourashava 36. Md. Reazul Islam Rintu Mayor, Lalmonirhat Pourashava 37. Md. Fazlul Hoque Executive Engineer, Councilor, Lalmonirhat Pourashava 38. M A Momin Khondaker Environmental Safeguard Specialist, UGIIP-3, Dhaka

146

Appendix 7: Sample Grievance Registration Form

(To be available in Bangla and English) The _____________________________________Project welcomes complaints, suggestions, queries and comments regarding project implementation. We encourage persons with grievance to provide their name and contact information to enable us to get in touch with you for clarification and feedback. Should you choose to include your personal details but want that information to remain confidential, please inform us by writing/typing *(CONFIDENTIAL)* above your name. Thank you.

Date Place of Registration

Contact Information/Personal Details Name Gender * Male

* Female Age

Home Address Place Phone no. E-mail Complaint/Suggestion/Comment/Question Please provide the details (who, what, where, and how) of your grievance below: If included as attachment/note/letter, please tick here: How do you want us to reach you for feedback or use on your comment/grievance?


Registered by: (Name of Official Registering Grievance) Mode of Communication: Note/Letter E-mail Verbal/Telephonic Reviewed by: (Names/Positions of Officials Reviewing Grievance) Action Taken: Whether Action Taken Disclosed:

Yes No

Means of Disclosure:

147

Appendix 8: Sample Semi-Annual Reporting Format

This template must be included as an appendix in the EIA/IEE that will be prepared for the project. It can be adapted to the specific project as necessary. I. INTRODUCTION - Overall project description and objectives - Description of subprojects - Environmental category of the sub-projects - Details of site personnel and/or consultants responsible for environmental monitoring - Overall project and sub-project progress and status

Status of Sub-Project No. Sub-Project

Name Design Pre-Construction

Construction Operational Phase

List of Works

Progress of Works

Compliance status with National/ State/ Local statutory environmental requirements No. Sub-Project Name Statutory Environmental

Requirements Status of Compliance Action Required

Compliance status with environmental loan covenants No. (List schedule and paragraph number of Loan Agreement)


II. COMPLIANCE STATUS WITH THE ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT AND MONITORING PLAN - Provide the monitoring results as per the parameters outlined in the EMP. Append supporting documents where applicable, including Environmental Site Inspection Reports. - There should be reporting on the following items which can be incorporated in the checklist of routine Environmental Site Inspection Report followed with a summary in the semi-annual report send to ADB. Visual assessment and review of relevant site documentation during routine site inspection needs to note and record the following:

(i) What are the dust suppression techniques followed for site and if any dust was noted to escape the site boundaries?

(ii) If muddy water was escaping site boundaries or muddy tracks were seen on adjacent roads;

(iii) Adequacy of type of erosion and sediment control measures installed on site, condition of erosion and sediment control measures including if these were intact following heavy rain;

(iv) Are there designated areas for concrete works, and re-fuelling? (v) Are there spill kits on site and if there are site procedure for handling

emergencies; (vi) Is there any chemical stored on site and what is the storage condition? (vii) Is there any dewatering activities if yes, where is the water being discharged; (viii) How are the stockpiles being managed? (ix) How is solid and liquid waste being handled on site? (x) Review of the complaint management system;

148

(xi) Checking if there are any activities being under taken out of working hours and how that is being managed.



Parameters Monitored (As a minimum those identified in the IEE should be monitored)

Method of Monitoring



Name of Person Who Conducted the Monitoring

Design Phase Pre-Construction Phase Construction Phase Operational Phase Overall Compliance with CEMP/ EMP No. Sub-Project

Name EMP/ CEMP Part of Contract Documents (Y/N)

CEMP/ EMP Being Implemented (Y/N)

Status of Implementation (Excellent/ Satisfactory/ Partially Satisfactory/ Below Satisfactory)

Action Proposed and Additional Measures Required

III. APPROACH AND METHODOLOGY FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING OF THE PROJECT Brief description on the approach and methodology used for environmental monitoring of each subproject - Monitoring of environmental IMPACTS on PROJECT SURROUNDINGS (ambient air,

water quality and noise levels) - Brief discussion on the basis for monitoring - Indicate type and location of environmental parameters to be monitored - Indicate the method of monitoring and equipment to be used - Provide monitoring results and an analysis of results in relation to baseline data and

statutory requirements As a minimum the results should be presented as per the tables below. Air Quality Results

Parameters (Government Standards) Site No. Date of Testing Site Location PM10 µg/m3

SO2 µg/m3

NO2 µg/m3

Parameters (Monitoring Results) Site No. Date of Testing Site Location PM10

µg/m3 SO2 µg/m3

NO2 µg/m3

149

Water Quality Results


µS/cm BOD mg/L

TSS mg/L

TN mg/L

TP mg/L


µS/cm BOD mg/L

TSS mg/L

TN mg/L

TP mg/L


LAeq (dBA) (Government Standard) Site No. Date of Testing Site Location Day Time Night Time

LAeq (dBA) (Monitoring Results) Site No. Date of Testing Site Location Day Time Night Time IV. SUMMARY OF KEY ISSUES AND REMEDIAL ACTIONS Summary of follow up time-bound actions to be taken within a set timeframe. V. APPENDIXES Photos Summary of consultations Copies of environmental clearances and permits Sample of environmental site inspection report Others

Draft Initial Environmental Examination April 2014 BAN: Third Urban Governance and Infrastructure Improvement (Sector) Project – Lalmonirhat Water Supply Subproject


151



$1.00 = BDT80



152

WEIGHTS AND MEASURES ha – hectare km – kilometer m – meter mm – millimeter

NOTES

(i) In this report, "$" refers to US dollars. (ii) ―BDT. refers to Bangladeshi Taka


153

CONTENTS EXECUTIVE SUMMARY _________________________________________________155 I. INTRODUCTION______________________________________________________158 II. POLICY, LEGAL, AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK _____________________158 A. ADB Policy ________________________________________________________158 B. National Laws ______________________________________________________159 C. Government of Bangladesh Environmental Assessment Procedures ____________160 III. DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT_______________________________________161 A. The Study Area _____________________________________________________161 B. Existing Condition and Need for the Project _______________________________161 C. Proposed Components _______________________________________________164 D. Implementation Schedule_______________________________________________165 IV. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT__________________________________170 A. Methodology Used for the Baseline Study _______________________________170 B. Physical Characteristics ______________________________________________170 C. Biological Characteristics _____________________________________________171 D. Socioeconomic Characteristics _________________________________________171 E. Historical, Cultural and Archaeological Characteristics _______________________173 V. ASSESSMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND SAFEGUARDS___________174 A. Methodology _______________________________________________________174 B. Screening Out Areas of No Significant Impact______________________________174 C. Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – Planning and Design Phase________175 D. Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – Construction Phase ______________177 E. Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – Operations and Maintenance Phase 182 F. Cumulative Impact Assessment_______________________________________184 VI. INFORMATION DISCLOSURE, CONSULTATION, AND PARTICIPATION ________186 A. Public Consultation Conducted _________________________________________186 B. Future Consultation and Disclosure______________________________________186 VII. GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM ___________________________________187 VIII. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN________________________________187 A. Institutional Arrangement______________________________________________189 B. Safeguard Implementation Arrangement __________________________________190 C. Environmental Monitoring Program _______________________________________212 D. Institutional Capacity Development Program ________________________________213 E. Staffing Requirement and Budget ________________________________________213 IX. MONITORING AND REPORTING _______________________________________217 X. CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS ________________________________218 APPENDIX 1: RAPID ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT CHECKLIST _____________221 APPENDIX 2: ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS AND APPLICATION FEES _________224 APPENDIX 3: SAMPLE OUTLINE SPOILS MANAGEMENT PLAN _________________226 APPENDIX 4: SAMPLE OUTLINE TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PLAN ________________227 APPENDIX 5: RECORDS OF PUBLIC CONSULTATIONS AND FGDS______________237 APPENDIX 6: SAMPLE GRIEVANCE REGISTRATION FORM ____________________240 APPENDIX 7: SAMPLE SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTING FORMAT___________________241 List of Tables Table 1: Applicable Government of Bangladesh Environmental Legislations__________________ 160 Table 2: Existing Production and Performance Data of Tube Wells in Lalmonirhat _____________ 162 Table 3: Water Quality Data – LalmonirhatPourashava __________________________________ 162 Table 4: Details of Existing Distribution Pipelines in Lalmonirhat ___________________________ 163 Table 5: Details of Existing Service Connections in Lalmonirhat ___________________________ 163 Table 6: Proposed Water Supply Interventions in LalmonirhatPourashava ___________________ 165 Table 7: Population of LalmonirhatPourashava_________________________________________ 171 Table 8: Fields in Which the Subproject Is Not Expected to have Significant Impacts ___________ 174 Table 9: Site and Design Considerations to Meet EARF Environmental Criteria _______________ 175 Table 10: Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – Construction Phase ________________ 177

154

Table 11: Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – O&M Phase ______________________ 183 Table 12: Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan – Prior, During, and Post Construction Phase_________________________________________________________________________ 194 Table 13: Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan – O&M Phase ___________________ 208 Table 14: Environmental Monitoring Program__________________________________________ 212 Table 15: Training Program for Environmental Management ______________________________ 213 Table 16: Indicative Cost of EMP Implementation_______________________________________ 214 Table 17: Indicative Cost of EMP Implementation – Per Source of Funding __________________ 216 List of Figures Figure 1: Location Map ___________________________________________________________ 166 Figure 2: Map of Existing Lalmonirhat Water Supply System ______________________________ 167 Figure 3: Map of Lalmonirhat Water Supply System with proposed extension (integrated) _______ 168 Figure 4: Map of Lalmonirhat Water Supply Systems with proposed extension (zone-wise) ______ 169 Figure 5: Grievance Redress Process________________________________________________ 189 Figure 6: Safeguards Implementation Arrangement _____________________________________ 193

155

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

1. After the successful implementation of the First and Second Urban Governance and Infrastructure Improvement Projects (UGIIP I and II)1 in 74 selected pourashavas, the Local Government Engineering Department (LGED) within the Ministry of Local Government, Rural Development and Cooperatives (MLGRDC) with the financial assistance of Asian Development Bank (ADB) have planned to implement the third phase of the project titled the Third Urban Governance and Infrastructure Improvement Project (UGIIP-3) in selected 30 pourashavas over a period of 6 years (2014 to 2020). 2. The impact will be improved living environment in project towns. The outcome will be improved municipal service delivery and urban governance in project towns. Project towns are pre-selected 30 towns to be supported in an integrated manner under the project. 3. A sector-lending approach will be used for the project as it has been well established and successfully practiced in the UGIIP I and II. 4. The Local Government Engineering Department (LGED) and the Department of Public Health Engineering (DPHE), both under the Local Government Division (LGD) of the Ministry of Local Government, Rural Development and Cooperatives (MLGRD&C) and having extensive experience in managing urban and water supply projects financed by ADB, will be the executing agencies of the project. 5. Lalmonirhat water supply subproject is one of the subprojects proposed under UGIIP III. ADB requires the consideration of environmental issues in all aspects of the Bank’s operations, and the requirements for environmental assessment are described in ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS), 2009. 6. Categorization. An environmental assessment using ADB’s Rapid Environmental Assessment (REA) checklist for water supply (Appendix 1) was conducted and results of the assessment show that the subproject is unlikely to cause significant adverse impacts. Lalmonirhat water supply subproject is classified as Environmental Category B as per the SPS as no significant impacts are envisioned. This initial environmental examination (IEE) has been prepared in accordance with ADB SPS’s requirements for environment category B projects and provides mitigation and monitoring measures to ensure no significant impacts as a result of the subproject. 7. As per Government of Bangladesh Environment Conservation Act, 1995 (ECA, 1995) and Environment Conservation Rules (ECR, 1997), the subproject is categorized as “red” and location clearance certificate (LCC) and environmental clearance certificate (ECC) must be obtained from the DoE. 8. Subproject Scope. The subproject is formulated under this project to provide more accessible, reliable and climate-resilient municipal services in a holistic and integrated manner. Investments under this subproject include (i) improvement of existing water sources (PTWs); (ii) installation of digital water level meter on the overhead tank; (iii) improvement of


156

3 km water distribution network including replacement of 50milimeters (mm) diameter pipes by 100mm diameter pipes and laying of new 100 mm pipes; (iv) procurement and installation of water meters in service connections (v) procurement of tools, equipment and transportation; and (vi) civil works including extension of existing Pourashava Water Supply Section (PWSS) Office, construction of security wall in the pump house, and repair of pump operators’ quarters in the PWSS office compound. 9. Implementation Arrangements. Local Government Engineering Department (LGED) is the executing agency (EA). LGED is responsible for providing support and guidance to pourashavas concerning performance criteria and pourashava development planning. Department of Public Health Engineering (DPHE) will provide support in water supply and sanitation schemes. Implementation activities will be overseen by a Project Management Office (PMO). The participating pourashavas are the implementing agencies, with a project implementation unit (PIU) within the pourashava structure. Consultant teams2 are responsible for (i) detailed engineering design, contract documents preparation and safeguards facilitation; (ii) project management and administration support; (iii) assistance in supervising construction; (iii) strengthening of local governance, conducting required studies/surveys and (iv) awareness raising on behavioral change in water, sanitation and hygiene (WASH) activities and facilitating resettlement procedures. 10. Description of the Environment. Subproject components are located in Lalmonirhat urban area or in its immediate surroundings which were converted into urban use for many years ago, and there is no natural habitat left at these sites. The subproject sites are located in existing right of ways (ROWs) and government-owned land. There are no protected areas, wetlands, mangroves, or estuaries in or near the subproject location. There are no forest areas within or near Lalmonirhat. 11. Environmental Management. An environmental management plan (EMP) is included as part of this IEE, which includes (i) mitigation measures for environmental impacts during implementation; (ii) an environmental monitoring program, and the responsible entities for mitigating, monitoring, and reporting; (iii) public consultation and information disclosure; and (iv) a grievance redress mechanism. A number of impacts and their significance have already been reduced by amending the designs. The EMP will be included in civil work bidding and contract documents. 12. Locations and siting of the proposed infrastructures were considered to further reduce impacts. The concepts considered in design of Lalmonirhat water supply subproject are: (i) demand for new piped water supply; (ii) maximum population coverage with pipe layout mostly in residential areas and areas of high growth rate; (iii) avoidance of water-use conflicts; (iv) locating pipelines within right of way (ROW) to reduce acquisition of land; (vii) locating pipelines at least 10 meters from latrines, septic tanks and any main drains to avoid contamination; and (iv) ensuring all planning and design interventions and decisions are made in consultation with local communities and reflecting inputs from public consultation and disclosure for site selection. Water pipe laying works should be coordinated with road improvement works to minimize disturbance. 13. Preliminary designs integrate a number of measures, both structural and non-structural, to mainstream climate resilience into the Lalmonirhat water supply subproject, including: (i) structural protection of facilities from future floods; (ii) location of components where there is no risk of flooding or other hazards; and (iii) promote more efficient use of water by reducing losses and wastage to counter increased demands due to higher

2 Consultant teams are composed of Management Design and Supervision Consultants (MDSC) and


157

temperatures. As a result, some measures have already been included in the subproject designs. This means that the impacts and their significance have already been reduced. 14. Key construction phase impacts identified and addressed in the IEE include: (i) air, noise, and vibration impacts due to construction vehicles, equipment, and machinery in the vicinity of construction sites and inhabited sections; (ii) management of spoils due to excavation for distribution network and civil works; (iii) safety measures during construction; (iv) traffic diversions; (v) management of sites temporarily used for construction activities, including borrow areas, construction camps, etc., and rehabilitation of the sites after completion of temporary use; and (vi) impacts on community health and safety hazards posed to the public, specifically in inhabited areas. 15. In the operational phase, all facilities and infrastructure will operate with routine maintenance, which should not affect the environment. Facilities will need to be repaired from time to time, but environmental impacts will be much less than those of the construction period as the work will be infrequent, affecting small areas only. 16. Mitigation will be assured by a program of environmental monitoring to ensure that all measures are implemented, and will determine whether the environment is protected as intended. It will include observations on- and off-site, document checks, and interviews with workers and beneficiaries. Any requirements for corrective action will be reported to the ADB. 17. Consultation, Disclosure and Grievance Redress. The stakeholders were involved in developing the IEE through discussions on-site and public consultation, after which views expressed were incorporated into the IEE and in the planning and development of the subproject. The IEE will be made available at public locations in the city and will be disclosed to a wider audience via the ADB and LGED websites. The consultation process will be continued and expanded during project implementation to ensure that stakeholders are fully engaged in the project and have the opportunity to participate in its development and implementation. A grievance redress mechanism is described within the IEE to ensure any public grievances are addressed quickly. 18. Monitoring and Reporting. The PMO and Management Design and Supervision Consultants (MDSC) will be responsible for environmental monitoring. MDSC will submit monthly monitoring reports to PMO, and the PMO will send semi-annual monitoring reports to ADB. ADB will post the environmental monitoring reports on its website. 19. Conclusions and Recommendations. The citizens of Lalmonirhat will be the major beneficiaries of this subproject. With the improved water supply system, they will be provided with a constant supply of better quality water piped into their homes and climate-resilient municipal services. In addition to improved environmental conditions, the subproject will reduce occurrence of water-related diseases. People would spend less on healthcare and lose fewer working days due to illness, so their economic status should also improve, as well as their overall health. Therefore the proposed subproject is unlikely to cause significant adverse impacts and the net environmental benefits to citizens of Lalmonirhat will be positive. The potential impacts that are associated with design, construction and operation can be mitigated to standard levels without difficulty through proper engineering design provided that the EMP is included in the contract and its provisions implemented and monitored to their full extent. 20. Based on the findings of the IEE, there are no significant impacts and the classification of the subproject as Category “B” is confirmed. No further special study or detailed environmental impact assessment (EIA) needs to be undertaken to comply with ADB SPS (2009).

158

I. INTRODUCTION 1. After the successful implementation of Urban Governance and Infrastructure Improvement Projects (UGIIP I and II)3 in the selected pourashavas, Local Government Engineering Department (LGED) with the financial assistance of Asian Development Bank (ADB) have planned to implement a similar project (UGIIP-3) in selected thirty pourashavas over a period of 6 years (2014 to 2020). 2. The impact will be improved living environment in project towns. The outcome will be improved municipal service delivery and urban governance in project towns. Project towns are pre-selected 30 towns to be supported in an integrated manner under the project. UGIIP-3 will improve existing and provide new municipal infrastructures including (i) roads; (ii) drainages; (iii) water supply system; (iv) solid waste management facilities; (v) slaughterhouses; (vi) markets, community center/auditorium, bus and truck terminals and river ghats; (vii) public toilets; and (viii) others such as provision for street lighting and improvement of slums. 3. A sector-lending approach will be used for the project as it has been well established and successfully practiced in the UGIIP I and II. 4. The Local Government Engineering Department (LGED) and the Department of Public Health Engineering (DPHE), both under the Local Government Division (LGD) of the Ministry of Local Government, Rural Development and Cooperatives (MLGRD&C) and having extensive experience in managing urban and water supply projects financed by ADB, will be the executing agencies of the project. 5. Lalmonirhat water supply subproject is one of the subprojects proposed under UGIIP-3. ADB requires the consideration of environmental issues in all aspects of the Bank’s operations, and the requirements for environmental assessment are described in ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS, 2009). 6. Categorization. An environmental assessment using ADB’s Rapid Environmental Assessment (REA) checklist for water supply (Appendix 1) was conducted, and results of the assessment show that the project is unlikely to cause significant adverse impacts. Lalmonirhat water supply subproject is classified as environmental category B as per ADB SPS. This initial environmental examination (IEE) has been prepared in accordance with ADB SPS’s requirements for environment category B projects and provides mitigation and monitoring measures to ensure no significant impacts as a result of the subproject.

II. POLICY, LEGAL, AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK A. ADB Policy 7. ADB requires the consideration of environmental issues in all aspects of ADB’s operations, and the requirements for environmental assessment are described in ADB SPS, 2009. This states that ADB requires environmental assessment of all project loans, program loans, sector loans, sector development program loans, loans involving financial intermediaries, and private sector loans.

3The Government of Bangladesh with the assistance of ADB has introduced a system whereby funds/loans for development are disbursed in a phased manner based on the successful accomplishment by the recipient pourashavas of a set of performance-criteria in the area of urban governance. UGIIP I and II reflect this approach which aims to incentivize participating pourashavas to become well-managed and maintained towns in a sustainable way through systems of governance ensuring citizen’s participation and inclusion of women, poor and the minority groups in pourashava activities. UGIIP I targeted for 33 and UGIIP II for 35 pourashavas. The subprojects were (i) water supply (ii) sanitation, (iii) solid waste management, (iv) urban drainage, (v) urban transport & communication and (vi) public use facilities.

159

8. Screening and categorization. The nature of the environmental assessment required for a project depends on the significance of its environmental impacts, which are related to the type and location of the project; the sensitivity, scale, nature, and magnitude of its potential impacts; and the availability of cost-effective mitigation measures. Projects are screened for their expected environmental impacts, and are assigned to one of the following four categories:





9. Environmental management plan. An EMP, which addresses the potential impacts and risks identified by the environmental assessment, shall be prepared. The level of detail and complexity of the EMP and the priority of the identified measures and actions will be commensurate with the project’s impact and risks. 10. Public disclosure. ADB will post the below safeguard documents on its website as well as disclose relevant information in accessible manner in local communities:


(ii) final or updated EIA and/or IEE upon receipt; and (iii) environmental monitoring reports submitted by the project management unit

(PMO) during project implementation upon receipt. B. National Laws 11. Implementation of all subprojects will be governed by the environmental acts, rules, policies, and regulations of the Government of Bangladesh. These regulations impose restrictions on the activities to minimize/mitigate likely impacts on the environment. Many of these are cross-sectoral and several of them are directly related to environmental issues. The most important of these are the Environment Conservation Act, 1995 (ECA, 1995), and the Environment Conservation Rules (ECR, 1997). 12. Table 1 presents specific requirements for the subproject. Appendix 2 provides the environmental standards for air, surface water, groundwater, drinking water, emissions, noise and vehicular exhaust.

160


1. Environmental Conservation Act of 1995 and amendments in 2000, 2002 and 2010 4

Restriction on operation and process, which can be continued or cannot be initiated in the ecologically critical areas








quality standards













C. Government of Bangladesh Environmental Assessment Procedures 13. Under ECA, 1995 and ECR, 1997 industrial units and projects are classified into four categories according to “their site and impact on the environment”, and each category (Green, Orange-A, Orange-B and Red) requires a different level of environmental assessment as a prerequisite for the Department of Environment (DoE) in granting the LCC and ECC that allow the project to proceed. 14. As per Schedule 1 of ECA, 1995 Lalmonirhat water supply subproject is likely to be classified as red category (Table 2). Thus LCC and ECC is required from the DoE prior to commencement of the subproject.

4ECA Amendment 2000 focuses on ascertaining responsibility for compensation in cases of damage to ecosystems,

increased provision of punitive measures both for fines and imprisonment and the authority to take cognizance of offences. ECA Amendment 2002 elaborates restrictions on polluting automobiles; restrictions on the sale, production of environmentally harmful items like polythene bags; assistance from law enforcement agencies for environmental actions; break up of punitive measures; and authority to try environmental cases. In ECA Amendment 2010, no individual or institution (government or semi-government/non-government/self-governing can cut any hill or hillock; fill-up or changed any remarked water body however in case of national interest; the mentioned activities can be done after getting clearance from respective the departments.

161

Table 2: Likely Government of Bangladesh Classification of Lalmonirhat Water Supply

Subproject Subproject Component Equivalent in Schedule

I of ECR 1997 DoE Classification

Source augmentation (includes tube wells, surface water intake, overhead or ground reservoir, pumps and pump house, water treatment plant [WTP] or chlorination facility)


Red Per preliminary quantity and cost estimate, Lalmonirhat water supply subproject is BDT36.907 million

Water transmission (includes pumping main, overhead reservoir, or pumps and pump houses) Network improvements (include ring main, distribution/ carrier mains, bulk valves and flow meter, household connections or household meters)

Water supply

Secondary network (includes secondary drains) and tertiary network (includes main drains and drainage outfalls)

Water, power and gas distribution line laying/relaying/extension.

Red

15. Rule 7 of the ECR,1997 indicates that the application for ECC must be made to the relevant DoE Divisional Officer, and the application for red category projects will include the following:

(i) Completed application for ECC, and the appropriate fee; (ii) Report on the feasibility of the project; (iii) Report on the IEE for the project, and terms of reference (TOR) for the EIA; or

EIA report prepared on the basis of TOR previously approved by DoE; (iv) Report on the environmental management plan (EMP); (v) No objection certificate from the local authority; (vi) Emergency plan relating to adverse environmental impact and plan for mitigation

of the effect of pollution; and (vii) Outline of the relocation and rehabilitation plan (where applicable).

16. Under the ECR DoE has 60 days to respond to receipt of the ECC application for a red category project.

III. DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT A. The Study Area 17. Lalmonirhat is a district of Rangpur division in the north of Bangladesh and lies between 25º46´ and 26º33´ north latitudes and between 89º01´ and 89º36´ east longitudes. The area of the Lalmonirhat pourashava is 17.60 sq.km and its total population as of 2011 is 60,322. 18. Subproject components are located in Lalmonirhat urban area or in its immediate surroundings which were converted into urban use for many years ago, and there is no natural habitat left at these sites. The subproject sites are located in existing right of way (RoWs) and government-owned land. There are no protected areas, wetlands, mangroves, or estuaries in or near the subproject location. There are no forest areas within or near Lalmonirhat. The location map is shown as Figure 1. B. Existing Condition and Need for the Project 19. The existing water supply system of Lalmonirhat pourashava is shown in Figure 2. 20. Water sources. The current source of piped water supply of Lalmonirhat Pourashava is based on ground water resources. Underground water of sufficient quantity in the shallow

162

aquifer is available within the area. The good potential abstraction rate has made the aquifer suitable as source for the town water supply. 21. Several hydrological investigations have been carried out under 37-Towns Feasibility Study Project of DPHE. The investigation includes preparation and analysis of the bore logs of four test wells at different locations (Geasuddin School Compound, PWSS Compound, Nababerhat, BADC Compound) of Lalmonirhat Pourashava. The borehole depths are 165ft, 200ft, 180 ft and 220ft (within 50m to 67m). From the bore logs it is seen that aquifers of medium sands are encountered at depth from 70ft to 200ft (21m to 61m) below ground level. The aquifers at these places contain sufficient groundwater that can be harnessed through production wells for domestic water supply in the Pourashava. Table2 presents the production and performance data of 5 functional wells in the Pourashava.

Table 2: Existing Production and Performance Data of Tube Wells in Lalmonirhat

PTW No.

Location Current Yield

(cum/hr)

Average Pumping

Hours

Total Producti

on (cum)

SWL (m)

DWL (m)

DD (m)

Specific Capacity (m3/h/m)

01 DPHE Office Compound Ward No.:05

70 10 700 - - - -

04 S-E Corner of Nababerhat Ward No.: 04

90 10 900 7.90 3.75 21.68

05 S-W Corner of Nababerhat Ward No.: 04

80 10 800 18.60 3.65 5.35

07 Attached to District Register Office, Ward No.: 01

90 10 900 5.45 3.35 42.85

08 PWSS office Compound Ward no.: 07

70 10 700 - - - -

Source: PPTA Consultants 22. Water Quality. Groundwater is the main source of water supply in Lalmonirhat Pourashava. The Pourashava Water Supply Section (PWSS) does not have any water quality data and no water quality sampling or testing is done. However the water quality of the production wells at BADC Compound (PTW-06), District Register Office (PTW-07) and Fire Service Road (PTW-10) of Lalmonirhat Pourashava were analyzed by DPHE Lalmonirhat, under 37-District Towns Feasibility Study of DPHE; the result is furnished in Table3.

Table 3: Water Quality Data – Lalmonirhat Pourashava

Presence of Parameter in Water Quality Parameters Bangladesh Standard Unit Sample 01 Sample 02 Sample 03

1 Alkalinity - mg/l 58 68 64 2 Arsenic (As) 0.05 mg/l 0.003 0.002 0.002 3 Chloride 150-600 mg/l 22 28 32 4 EC - µS/cm 214 127 107 5 Hardness 200-500 mg/l 46 52 48 6 Iron (Fe) 0.3-1 mg/l 0.29 0.76 1.08 7 Manganese (Mn) 0.1 mg/l 0.32 0.26 0.06 8 pH 6.5-8.5 - 7.2 7.3 7.1 Source: DPHE, Lalmonirhat 23. The raw water quality mostly conforms to Bangladesh Drinking Water Quality Standards, 1997 except dissolved manganese, slightly higher than the standard at two locations. DPHE is constructing iron removal plants (IRPs) in Lalmonirhat pourashava which will also remove manganese content in the groundwater.

163

24. Overhead water storage. There is one reinforced cement concrete (RCC) overhead storage tank (OHT) of capacity 450m3 in Lalmonirhat. It is located in BDR Hat (Nababerhat) area. The OHT was constructed by Dutch-funded 18 Towns Water Supply Project under DPHE in 1995-1996. The storage/balancing tank is fed by two nearby PTWs (PTW 04 and 05) only to store water for distribution when there is no electricity or power. The OHT was rehabilitated recently under 37- District Towns Water Supply Project (37-DTWSP) and looks in good order; only the lacking on the OHT is the absence of water level indicator. 25. Water distribution pipelines. The existing water distribution network comprises of about 40.0 km pipe lines of different diameters of uPVC pipes. The piped water supply system in Lalmonirhat Pourashava was first introduced in 1986 by Department of Public Health Engineering (DPHE) through installation of two production tubewells (PTW 01 & 02) and 5 kilometers of pipelines. About 35 km of pipelines and 5-PTWs were constructed under Dutch funded 18 District Towns water Supply Project of DPHE and was commissioned in 1998. About 3 km of existing pipelines of diameter 50 mm has been replaced by 100 mm diameter uPVC pipelines and three production tube wells have been installing by GOB funded 37 Towns Water Supply Project of DPHE during 2012-13. A statement of distribution network of the Pourashava is shown in Table 4.

Table 4: Details of Existing Distribution Pipelines in Lalmonirhat

Pipe Diameter (mm)

Length (km)

Material Remarks

1 200 4.00 uPVC 2 150 10.00 uPVC 3 100 23.00 uPVC 5 50 3.00 uPVC

Total length 40 km of uPVC pipelines of diameter ranging from 50 mm to 200 mm.

Source: PWSS, Lalmonirhat Pourashava 26. Service connections. As reported by the Pourashava, there are total 2,334 house connections, out of which 1,950 are domestic and 46 are commercial. There are a number of connections especially to Mosques, Temples and other religious premises, and some private connections to MuktiJodhhas, which are not billed and are free. There are 30 street connections in the Pourashava. None of the service connections has any water meter. The details of the existing house connections in the Pourashava are given in Table 5.

Table 5: Details of Existing Service Connections in Lalmonirhat

13 mm dia. 20 mm dia. 25 mm dia. 40 mm dia. Type of Connection Running Close Running Close Running Close Running Close

Total

Domestic 1780 210 115 11 06 - 03 - 2125 Commercial 31 05 10 15 02 - 03 - 66 Free Connections

Mosque 35 - - - - - - - 35 Temple 03 - - - - - - - 3 Muktijoddha 75 - - - - - - - 75 Street Hydrant

30 - - - - - - - 30

Total 1954 215 125 26 08 - 6 - 2334 Source: PWSS, Lalmonirhat Pourashava 27. From the above table it is seen that of the total 2,334 service connections, 2,093 are running and the rest 241 connections are closed. 28. As estimated maximum water demand till 2030 is 8,582m3/day. This has taken into account projected population, 100% domestic service connection, 15% of production as unaccounted for water. As the climate change factor in the northern part of the country is not predominant, climate resilience factor has not been considered in the estimate of water demand.

164

C. Proposed Components 29. As shown in Table 6, the interventions to improve water supply system and increase service coverage have been proposed based on the results of field investigations, analysis and review of the status of current water supply system and water demand projection for the year 2030. The following proposed components, in addition to on-going DPHE 37-DTWSP will improve the water supply system in Lalmonirhat. 30. The pumping plants are not well maintained. Necessary repair, replacement and renovation actions are required to be performed aiming at preventing equipment failure or production decline, with the goal of increasing efficiency, reliability, and safety. 31. The OHT (capacity 450 m3) has been rehabilitated recently under 37-DTWSP and is in good order. Only a water level indicator on the OHT is found missing which needs to be installed. 32. The following activities are to be undertaken in the existing distribution net-work in order to improve its performance and increase service coverage:

i. Installation of New Pipelines: A total of about 3km pipelines of diameter 100 mm is proposed under the subproject.

ii. Replacement of Pipelines: The existing pipelines of 50 mm dia. are to be replaced by 100 mm dia. new pipelines to maintain pressure in the system.

iii. Installation of Wash-out: Wash-out with sluice valve, MS bend and RCC chamber to be constructed at the end points of the distribution net-work. These will be operated regularly to clean the pipelines.

iv. Leak Detection and Repair: Leak detection campaign under high pressured condition in the water distribution system will be carried out to detect visible leaks and repair.

v. Establishment of Service Zones: It is apparent that the distribution network is not scientifically laid or expanded. All PTWs are operated more or less at the same duration and the water is directly injected into the network not knowing what is the quantity injected or having any control on the flow of water from an individual PTW into the network. There is lack of proper and adequate control mechanisms like valves etc.

33. The entire water supply system has been proposed for the division into three service zones with specific PTWs supplying water to demarked zones. Identification of border points of the proposed zones and installation of control valves with RCC chambers at each of the border points are to be done for establishing service zones in the system. Finally concept of district metering area (DMA) should be introduced in the distribution system. 34. The service connections are uPVC pipes and installed more than 18 years before. The standard new service connections with the provision of water meter pits are to be laid for each of the connections. 35. Multi-jet water meter of metrological class B as per ISO 4064 can be recommended for procurement under the project. The meter will be semi-dry dial type. The water meters will be installed within pit for protection. 36. A mini water testing laboratory is required to be established in the Pourashava in order to create facilities to monitor water quality produced and supplied to the consumers. The laboratory should have the testing facilities of the followings: pH, Fe, As, Mg, Fecal Coliform and E.Coli

165

37. Routine O&M of water supply system suffers due to lack of appropriate tools and equipment. Consequently a set of standard O & M tools and equipment will be provided to pourashava’s PWSS. 38. Logistics such as transportation facilities, computers etc. are needed for carrying out smooth operation and maintenance of the water supply system. 39. Proper maintenance of water supply system suffers from non-availability of the standard spares/parts and accessories. 40. Civil construction works include vertical Extension of Existing Store, Extension of PWSS Office, Construction of Security Wall and Repair of Pump Operators Quarter. 41. Figures 2 to 4 show the maps of existing, proposed (integration) and proposed (zone wise) Lalmonirhat water supply systems respectively.

Table 6: Proposed Water Supply Interventions in Lalmonirhat Pourashava Descriptions Qty. Unit

1.0 Existing Water Sources (PTWs) Improvements 1.1 Replacement of bulk water meters 4 Nos. 1.2 Replacement of non-return valves 4 Nos. 1.3 Replacement/installation of control sluice valves 3 Nos. 1.4 Replacement/installation of pressure gauge 5 Nos. 1.5 Maintenance of electrical control panel 3 Nos. 1.6 Replacement of pump column pipe 25 m 1.7 Replacement of pump column pipe socket 8 Sets 1.8 Replacement of turbine pump shaft 25 m 1.9 Replacement of rubber bearing and bush for turbine pump shaft 8 Sets

1.10 Pump house maintenance 2 Nos. 2.0 Over Head Tank (OHT) 2.1 Installation of digital water level indicator on OHT 1 No. 3.0 Distribution Network Improvement (DNI) 3.1 Replacement of existing 50 mm pipes by 100 mm, length 3 km, 3 Km 3.2 Installation of wash-out including sluice valves, MS bends and RCC chambers 10 Nos. 3.3 Leak detection and repair of distribution system 37 Km 3.4 Establishment of 3-service zones in the existing distribution network

3.4.1 Installation of sluice valves 11 Nos. 3.4.2 Construction of RCC chambers 11 Nos. 4.0 Service Connections and Metering 4.1 Procurement & installation of water meters in service connections 2500 Nos. 4.2 Laying of standard service connections including construction of water meter chambers 2500 Nos. 5.0 Tools, Equipments, Transportation etc 5.1 Tools &equipments 1 LS 5.2 Establishment of mini water quality testing lab. in PWSS office 1 LS 6.0 Civil Works 6.1 Extension of existing PWSS office 1 LS 6.2 Construction of Security wall (17 m) in the pump house attached to the district register office 1 LS 6.3 Repair of pump operators quarters in the PWSS office compound 1 LS

Source: PPTA Consultant D. Implementation Schedule 42. Implementation of UGIIP III is split up into 3 phases: (i) 1st phase = 18 months or 1.5 years; (ii) 2nd phase = 30 months or 2.5 years; and (iii) 3rd phase = 24 months or 2 years. 43. The Lalmonirhat water supply subproject will be implemented during Phase 2 of UGIIP III. Preliminary design of the subproject has been done by the PPTA team and will be finalized during detailed design stage. It is estimated that construction period will cover 30 months.

166

44. The final detailed implementation schedule will be provided in the updated IEE once the detailed design phase is completed.


167

Figure 2: Map of Existing Lalmonirhat Water Supply System

168

Figure 3: Map of Lalmonirhat Water Supply System with proposed extension (integrated)

169

Figure4: Map of Lalmonirhat Water Supply Systems with proposed extension (zone-wise)

170

IV. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT A. Methodology Used for the Baseline Study 45. Data collection and stakeholder consultations. Data for this study has been primarily collected through comprehensive literature survey, discussion with stakeholder agencies, and field visits to the proposed subproject sites. The literature survey broadly covered the following:

(i) subproject details, reports, maps, and other documents available with the ADB CDTA and PPTA consultants, LGED, and Lalmonirhat pourashava;


(iii) literature on land use, soil, geology, hydrology, climate, socioeconomic profiles, and environmental planning documents collected from Government of Bangladesh agencies and websites.

46. Several visits to the subproject sites were made during the PPTA stage to assess the existing environment (physical, biological, and socioeconomic) and gather information with regard to the proposed sites and scale of the proposed subproject. A separate socioeconomic study was conducted to determine the demographic information, archeological and religious places, densely populated pockets, and settlements. 47. Data analysis and interpretation. The data collected was analyzed and interpretations made to assess the physical, biological, and socioeconomic features of the project area. The relevant information is presented in the succeeding paragraphs. 48. Updating during detailed design phase. The IEE including specific description of the environment and corridor of impact will be updated as necessary based on the final roads design and alignments. B. Physical Characteristics 49. Topography. Lalmonirhat is a land with mixed topography. The topographical condition of the Lalmonirhat is relatively plain, with areas higher in level along the northern and western parts and lower in the eastern and western parts. Urban development is mainly concentrated in the center of the Lalmonirhat which is relatively higher than the rest of the pourashava. 50. Lalmonirhat pourashava is not normally affected by annual floods in the core area by the overflow of the rivers the Teesta and the Dharala forming the floodplains of the district except the low lying fringe areas of the east and south of the pourashava. But the total pourashava area is affected by water logging regularly due to drainage congestion of the present poor drainage system. 51. Climatic conditions. The climate of the PS area is moderate with the maximum and minimum mean monthly temperature being 32oC and 23.2oC, respectively observed in August and January. Mean annual rainfall is 2314 mm, with most of it occurring during five months of monsoon, between May to September, which is around 86% of the aggregate precipitation. In the winter months of December-January, at times, temperature comes down substantially that at times adds to the woe of the dwellers. 52. Surface water and other bodies of water. There are large number of ponds, ditches, low lying agricultural lands as low pockets in Lalmonirhat which act as retention basin to delay the maximum floods in the monsoon. However the PPTA study identified there are no existing natural or man-made bodies of water adjacent or within the corridors of impact of the subproject. Any water bodies to be identified during detailed design phase will be assessed and reported in the updated IEE.

171

53. Air quality. As there are no major industries in Lalmonirhat the main sources of air pollution are vehicles and non-point sources such as open burning. There are currently no air quality monitoring stations are in operation within the pourashava limit. The baseline air quality will be measured by the subproject contractors prior to commencement of work. The results will be provided in the updated IEE and all other measurements during implementation will be reported as part of EMP implementation. 54. Acoustic environment. Subproject components are in the built-up part of Lalmonirhat, with residential, commercial, and institutional establishments. The volume of traffic that passes through these sections is not significant and traffic jams are not frequent. However vehicular movement can be considered as major cause of noise pollution. The baseline noise level will be measured by the subproject contractors prior to commencement of work. The results will be provided in the updated IEE and all other measurements during implementation will be reported as part of EMP implementation. 55. Water logged areas. There are mainly six scattered water logged areas in the Lalmonirhat which are inundated by storm water mainly due to drainage congestion. The total area of these water logged drainage congested areas is about 9 hectares (ha). The areas are located near the bus stand area, Batarmour area, area behind the church, near the food go-down, beside the maternity hospital and the Shahjahan colony area. The depth of inundation of these areas is about 0.20 to 0.25 m and the duration of inundation is 4 to 10 hours after a heavy shower. The reasons of stagnation in the town are technical, social and institutional. Inundation in the town is caused due to inadequate drainage from the unplanned and uncoordinated development of the town. 56. In 1998, Lalmonirhat encountered the most serious flooding. The highest flood level reached above the ground level causing shallow flooding and substantial inconvenience to the people. C. Biological Characteristics 57. Flora and fauna. Subproject components are located in Lalmonirhat urban area or in its immediate surroundings which were converted into urban use for years ago, and there is no natural habitat left at these sites. Animals and plants in the subproject area are those commonly found in urban and built-up areas. No endangered/protected species of either flora or fauna are found in the pourashava or its immediate surroundings. 58. Protected areas. There are no protected forests, wetlands, mangroves, or estuaries in or near the subproject area. D. Socioeconomic Characteristics 59. Area and population. The pourashava with an area of 17.6 km2 lies within the center of Lalmonirhat upazilla. Information about the total number of households, with average size, and population of Lalmonirhat pourashava is presented in Table 7.

Table 7: Population of Lalmonirhat Pourashava

Administrative Unit

Area (sq. km)

Households (nos.)

Total Population

Average Household

Size

Density (per sq.km)

Lalmonirhat Pourashava

17.61 13,897 60,322 4.34 3,425

Ward No - 01 2.06 1876 8271 4.40 4,015 Ward No - 02 1.94 1717 7663 4.46 3,950 Ward No - 03 1.66 1665 7436 4.46 4,479 Ward No - 04 2.35 1889 7913 4.18 3,367 Ward No - 05 2.71 1630 6928 4.25 2,556

172

Ward No - 06 2.22 1570 6678 4.25 3,008 Ward No - 07 1.62 1038 4463 4.29 2,754 Ward No - 08 1.46 1070 4759 4.44 3,259 Ward No - 09 1.59 1442 6211 4.30 3,906 Source: BBS Community Report, Zilla: Lalmonirhat, 2011 60. Land use. Lalmonirhat has a mixed land use and predominantly consists of agricultural lands and residential lands, and the rest include commercial, industrial, administrative, educational, places of worship, health, recreational, restricted, transportation, miscellaneous, mixed uses, graveyard, open spaces, and water bodies. While the heart of the pourashava is of high commercial, residential and administrative areas, the fringe areas include mainly low-lying agricultural lands with scattered villages for human settlement. 61. Literacy. Lalmonirhat Sadar has an average literacy rate of 27.7% (7+ years), and the national average of 32.4% literate. (BBS, 2011) 62. Water supply and water quality. The pourashava’s water supply system comprises of 5 production tube wells, 790 privately owned tube wells, 2,034 water connections, 40 km of transmission and distribution mains. The system operates 10 to 12 hours a day. The supplied water is free of iron and arsenic and hence does not require any treatment. The current demand is 80 liters capita per day and only 50% of the population is served. The non-revenue water is estimated at 25%. 63. Roads, existing provisions for pedestrians, and transport-related facilities. Lalmonirhat roads (total of 114.7 km) generally fall into two categories: kutcha (earthen) construction and pukka (formed) roads. Formed roads are mainly BT asphalt roads with CC roads in a few places for main roads, while minor roads may also be brick-on-edge soling, known locally as HBB. Nearly all roads are built above the existing ground level, not only to avoid inundation during storms, but as the silty loam and alluvial soils typical of the area compact easily, roads need a supporting base layer that is often built up to around one meter above ground level. There are no provisions for pedestrians (e.g. footpaths) along the roads. There are no public or private bus services available. There is no designated authority for the management of traffic. 64. Lalmonirhat has only 1 medium-sized bus terminal built under UGIIP I. It has requisite facilities including toilets for women. It can accommodate around 50 to 60 buses if parked in an organized manner, where around 150 buses can be accommodated. And if put to full use, an average 2,000 to 3,000 passengers, both short and long haul, may conveniently use the terminal. However the bus terminal is sporadically used. Instead, often, it is found that buses are parked away from the existing terminal and largely along the road side. 65. Drainage. At present, the drainage system of Lalmonirhat includes 17.31 km of pucca drains (6.91 km secondary drains and 10.40 km tertiary drains). In addition, there are 5.60 km of katcha drains and 4.00 km of kutchakhal. PPTA study shows that there is less than 1 km of pucca drain per sq km of the pourashava area which indicates a somewhat poor spectacle of the drainage system in Lalmonirhat. Urban dwellers in most areas reported that the present drainage system is inadequate is inadequate. 66. Sanitation. The existing sanitary condition in Lalmonirhat is relatively poor. As per Bangladesh Bureau of Statistics data for 2011, 36.7% of the pourashava population have water sealed latrines, 21% have latrines that are not water-sealed, 30.7% of the population have non-sanitary facilities while the remaining 11.6% have no toilets. Lalmonirhat has no sewerage system and disposal/treatment facilities. 67. There are few public toilets in Lalmonirhat but these are in worse conditions as the

173

pits, septic tanks and superstructures are mostly damaged. There is no arrangement for electricity and water supply. There is no separate provisions for women. 68. Sanitation facilities in schools (primary and secondary) are found not in bad conditions. There is no huge demand of toilets in schools contrary to the findings of the PPTA study which identified school toilets to be constructed in schools visited. 69. Solid waste management. Solid waste management in Lalmonirhat consists of collection, transportation and dumping of wastes. There are 61 fixed dustbins located in different parts of the pourashava along with 25 to 30 temporary secondary collection points. There are 2 old open trucks and 1 new dump tipper but the tipping arrangement is not functioning and spare parts are not available. The pourashava employs 76 road sweepers, 20 drain cleaners and 10 truck loaders. The pourashava currently does not have its own solid waste disposal site. Wastes are dumped in vacant low lands, commonly requested by private land owners to reclaim/increase the level of the land. 70. Lalmonirhat generates about 22 metric tons per day computed based on 0.3 kilograms (kg) per capita per day. Segregation at source is not practiced resulting to mixed wastes from households, commercial establishments, hospitals, institutions and others. There is no regular public awareness and public relation activities in the pourashava. Community involvement is absent. Informal sector is prominent in recyclable collection and recycling. 71. Other existing amenities for community welfare. The pourashava has 5 kitchen markets (2 are pucca and 3 kutcha), of which three are owned by private and the rest two by the pourashava. PPTA study estimated 4,000 people use to meet their daily needs. The kitchen markets lack in adequate number of waste bins and do not have arrangement for waste collection. Generally, there is no arrangement for drainage within the markets. The PPTA team noted Lalmonirhat has one well-designed and built kitchen market with 10 sheds along with a slaughterhouse however the pourashava sparsely use the facility. The pourashava could not provide plausible answer to their not being used. 72. There are 1 graveyard, 1 burning crematorium, 1 government hospital, 10 government primary schools, 9 high schools, 2 girls’ schools, 4 Colleges, and 1 polytechnic Institute. Apart from these, there are madrasas (community based religious institutes) established with private initiatives and operated and managed privately. E. Historical, Cultural and Archaeological Characteristics 73. Lalmonirhat was an important junction railway station in the British period and had connection with Assam of India through Lalmonirhat-Mogulhat railway line. After partition in 1947, its importance as a junction station was diminished. Lalmonirhat wields substantial locational importance as it is a gateway to India through Burimari land port and border point. 74. Archaeological Heritage and Relics: SubadarMonsur Khan Mosque (known as Nidaria Mosque), Sindhumatidighi, Hussain Sarabor (dry pond), Harano (lost) Mosque (8th century AH), Dharla Bridge at Mughalhat, TusharbandharZamindar Bari, Ijaradar Mosque, KakinaRajbari, Kabi Bari (house and collections of poet Sheikh Fazlul Karim), the tomb of Hazrat Shah Sufi Muhammad Fazlur Rahman (known as Blind Hafez). 75. Historical Events: During the War of Liberation the headquarters of Sector 6 was located at Burimari of Lalmonirhatzila. Lalmonirhat was liberated on 6 December 1971. 76. Marks of War of Liberation: Mass grave 8, memorial 7, mass killing site 7. 77. It has been noted during the PPTA study that corridors of impact are not within nor adjacent to these sites.

174

V. ASSESSMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND SAFEGUARDS

A. Methodology 78. Issues for consideration have been raised by the following means: (i) input from interested and affected parties; (ii) desktop research of information relevant to the proposed subproject; (iii) site visits; and (iv) evaluation of proposed design scope and potential impacts. 79. The corridors of impact considered include: (i) existing alignment of pipes to be replaces; and (ii) existing ROWs for the new pipes. Pipe laying will require maximum of 0.5 m for excavation. No additional land is required beyond the ROWs and existing facilities. Area of influence is limited within the alignments, ROWs, and sites for proposed civil works. Categorization of the subproject and formulation of mitigation measures have been guided by ADB’s REA checklist for water supply (Appendix 1) and ADB SPS, 2009. B. Screening out Areas of No Significant Impact 80. From the preliminary design and results of the rapid environmental assessment, it is clear that implementation of Lalmonirhat water supply subproject will not have major negative impacts because activities will be localized/site-specific and short in duration; corridors of impact during pipelaying works will be on existing public ROWs, and construction will be conducted within a relatively small area. Because of these there are several aspects of the environment that are not expected to be affected by the subproject (Table 8), thus can be screened out of the assessment at this stage but will be assessed again during detailed design stage and before implementation.


Required amount of materials will not cause alteration of topography, landforms, geology and soils. Erosion hazard is insignificant as trenching and excavation works will be conducted only during construction stage (short-term) and specific to PTWs sites and along public ROWs.


Water quality Trenching and excavation, run-off from stockpiled materials, and chemical contamination from fuels and lubricants may result to silt-laden runoff during rainfall which may cause siltation and reduction in the quality of adjacent bodies of water. However, impact is short-term, site-specific and within a relatively small area. There are well developed methods for mitigation.

Air quality Conducting works at dry season and moving large quantity of materials may create dusts and increase in concentration of vehicle-related pollutants (such as carbon monoxide, sulfur oxides, particulate matter, nitrous oxides, and hydrocarbons) which will affect people who live and work near the sites. However, impact is short-term, site-specific and within a relatively small area. There are well developed methods for mitigation.

Acoustic environment Construction activities will be on settlements, along and near schools, and areas with small-scale businesses. Temporary increase in noise level and vibrations may be caused by excavation equipment, and the transportation of equipment, materials, and people. However, the proposed subproject will be on vacant agricultural land and will follow existing ROW alignment and impact is short-term, site-specific and within a relatively small area. There are well developed methods for mitigation.

B. Biological Characteristics Biodiversity Activities being located in the built-up area of Lalmonirhat pourashava will not cause

direct impact on biodiversity values. The construction activities do not anticipate any cutting of trees.

C. Socioeconomic Characteristics Land use No alteration on land use. PTWs and OHT construction and operation will be on

175

Field Rationale government-land and will not affect the surrounding lands. Laying of pipelines will be limited to ROWs.

Type of community spread


Existing provisions for pedestrians and other forms of transport

Road closure is not anticipated. Hauling of construction materials and operation of equipment on-site can cause traffic problems. However, the proposed subproject will follow existing ROW alignment and impact is short-term, site-specific and within a relatively small area. There are well developed methods for mitigation.


The resettlement impacts are discussed in details in the subproject’s resettlement plan. Impacts are limited to economic displacement in the form of loss of land, assets, income sources, and means of livelihoods as a result of involuntary resettlement. Manpower will be required during the 30-months construction stage. This can result in generation of contractual employment and increase in local revenue. Thus potential impact is positive and long-term.


Although construction of subproject components involves quite simple techniques of civil work, the invasive nature of excavation and the subproject sites being in built-up areas of Lalmonirhat pourashava where there are a variety of human activities, will result in impacts to the sensitive receptors such as residents, businesses, and the community in general. These anticipated impacts are temporary and for short duration.


There are no scheduled or unscheduled archaeological, paleontological, or architectural sites of heritage significance listed by local and/or national authority and/or internationally (UNESCO) within or adjacent to subproject sites. The subproject components are not located in or near and excavation works will not be conducted in the vicinities of the 2 historical sites.

C. Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – Planning and Design Phase 81. Planning principles and design considerations have been reviewed and incorporated into the site planning process whenever possible. All locations for the subproject components will be on properties held by the pourashava. Access to the subproject sites is thru public ROW and existing roads. 82. The concepts considered in design of Lalmonirhat water supply subproject are: (i) demand for new piped water supply; (ii) maximum population coverage with pipe layout mostly in residential areas and areas of high growth rate; (iii) avoidance of water-use conflicts; (iv) locating pipelines within ROWs; (vii) locating pipelines at least 10 meters from latrines, septic tanks and any main drains to avoid contamination; and (iv) ensuring all planning and design interventions and decisions are made in consultation with local communities and reflecting inputs from public consultation and disclosure for site selection. 83. Subproject selection criteria. The project environmental assessment and review framework specifies environmental criteria to avoid or minimize adverse impacts during the identification and finalization of drainage subprojects. Table 9 summarizes site and design considerations as per preliminary design.





-- Not present in Lalmonirhat pourashava




iv. Avoid tree-cutting where - Permit for tree-cutting to be obtained by

176

Components Environmental Selection Guidelines Remarks possible. Retain mature roadside trees which are important/valuable or historically significant. If any trees have to be removed, plant two new trees for every one that is lost.

contractor/s prior to commencement of work - Compensatory plantation for trees lost at a rate of 2 trees for every tree cut, in addition to tree plantation as specified in the design, will be implemented by the contractor, who will also maintain the saplings for the duration of his contract.




-included in the preliminary design and EMP

i. Utilize water sources at sustainable levels of abstraction only (i.e. without significant reductions in the quantity or quality of the source overall).

- No additional abstraction required

ii. Avoid using water sources that may be polluted by upstream users.

- Not applicable. Water sources are existing PTWs

iii. Avoid water-use conflicts by not abstracting water that is used for other purposes (e.g. irrigation).

- No additional abstraction required

iv. Locate all new facilities/buildings at sites where there is low risk of flooding or other hazards that might impair functioning of, or present a risk of damage to water treatment plants, tanks/reservoirs, or their environs.

- No new facilities - Design of facilities to be rehabilitated included flood protection measures

v. Avoid all usage of pipes that are manufactured from asbestos concrete, and avoid disturbance to existing asbestos concrete pipes (keep in the ground)

- Considered in the preliminary design. Asbestos pipes will not be used. Any asbestos piped to be found will not be removed.

vi. Ensure water to be supplied to consumers will meet national drinking water standards at all times.

- Considered in the preliminary design. Water to be supplied will be ensured to meet Bangladesh Standards for Drinking Water.

2. Water supply improvement

vii. Include measures to address additional sewage/domestic wastewater due to improved/new water supply system

- Considered in the project

84. Land acquisition and resettlement. The existing PTWs, OHT, and offices/structures to be rehabilitated are all located in government-owned lands. There are no encroachers or residential/commercial structures in the ROWs. Cutting of trees will not be required as per preliminary design. This will be reassessed during detailed design stage and if cutting of trees will be required, compensatory plantation for trees lost at a rate of 2 trees for every tree cut will be implemented by the contractor, who will also maintain the saplings for the duration of his contract. 85. Impacts of groundwater abstraction. Underground water of sufficient quantity is available within the area. The water quality from all of the test results indicates that aquifer is confined and fully protected by an impermeable layer. The potential abstraction rate is considered not to adversely impact the aquifer and is not envisaged to cause land subsidence or salinity intrusion. 86. Impacts of distribution network. A 0.5 m-wide, 3km-long corridor on public ROWs is proposed to accommodate the distribution network. The alignment passes through the built-up areas. There are no environmentally sensitive areas in the vicinity of the proposed

177

alignment. Traffic management plans and spoil management plans will be prepared as part of the detailed designs. D. Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – Construction Phase 87. In the case of this subproject (i) most of the individual elements are relatively small and involve straightforward construction, so impacts will be mainly localized and not greatly significant; (ii) most of the predicted impacts are associated with the construction process, and are produced because that process is invasive, involving excavation and earth movements; and (iii) being located in the built-up area of the pourashava, will not cause direct impact on biodiversity values. 88. Construction method. The infrastructures will be constructed manually according to design specifications. Trenches will be dug by backhoe digger, supplemented by manual digging where necessary. Excavated soil will be placed nearby, and the materials (brought to site on trucks and stored on unused land nearby) will be placed in the trench by crane or using a small rig. Once pipes are laid these will be joined as per specification and tested for any cracks of leakages. The minimum working hours will be 8 hours daily, the total duration of each stage depends on the soil condition and other local features. Any excavated road will be reinstated. 89. There is sufficient space for a staging area, construction equipment, and stockpiling of materials. However, the contractor will need to remove all construction and demolition wastes on a daily basis. 90. Although construction of these project components involves quite simple techniques of civil work, the invasive nature of excavation and the project sites in built-up areas of Lalmonirhat where there are a variety of human activities, will result to impacts to the environment and sensitive receptors such as residents, businesses, and the community in general. These anticipated impacts are short-term, site-specific and within a relatively small area. There are no impacts that are significant or complex in nature, or that need an in-depth study to assess the impact. Thus, Lalmonirhat water supply subproject is unlikely to cause significant adverse impacts. The potential adverse impacts that are associated with construction activities can be mitigated to acceptable levels with the following mitigation measures (Table 10).

Table 10: Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – Construction Phase Field Impacts Mitigation Measures

A. Physical Characteristics Topography, landforms, geology and soils

Significant amount of gravel, sand, and cement will be required for this subproject. Extraction of construction materials may cause localized changes in topography and landforms. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.



Water quality Trenching and excavation, run-off from stockpiled materials, and chemical contamination from fuels and lubricants may result to silt-laden runoff during rainfall which may cause siltation and reduction in the quality of adjacent bodies of water. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific

Prepare and implement a spoils management plan (see Appendix 3 for outline).


All earthworks must to be conducted during dry season to maximum extent possible to avoid the difficult working conditions that prevail during monsoon season such as problems from runoff.

178

Field Impacts Mitigation Measures within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.














Construction activities will be on settlements, along and near schools, and areas with small-scale businesses. Temporary increase in noise level and vibrations may be caused by excavation equipment, and the transportation of equipment, materials, and people. However, the proposed subproject will follow existing ROW alignment and impact is short-term, site-specific and within a relatively small area. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.










Aesthetics The construction activities do not anticipate any cutting of trees but will produce excess

Prepare a debris disposal plan Remove all construction and demolition wastes on a

daily basis.

179

Field Impacts Mitigation Measures excavated earth (spoils), excess construction materials, and solid waste such as removed concrete, wood, packaging materials, empty containers, spoils, oils, lubricants, and other similar items. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

Coordinate with Lalmonirhat local authority for beneficial uses of excess excavated soils or immediately dispose to designated areas. Avoid stockpiling of any excess spoils.

All vehicles delivering fine materials to the site and carrying debris for disposal shall be covered to avoid spillage. All existing roads used by vehicles of the contractor, shall be kept clear of all dust/mud or other extraneous materials dropped by such vehicles.



The site must be kept clean to minimize the visual impact of the site. Manage solid waste according to the following preference hierarchy: reuse, recycling and disposal to designated areas.


built-up area of Lalmonirhatpourashava. There are no protected areas in or around subproject sites, and no known areas of ecological interest. Preliminary design shows there are no trees at the sites that need to be removed.

Check if tree-cutting will be required during detailed design stage. No trees, shrubs, or groundcover may be removed or vegetation stripped without the prior permission of the environment management specialist.

All efforts shall be made to preserve trees by evaluation of minor design adjustments/ alternatives (as applicable) to save trees.




Implement compensatory plantation for trees lost at a rate of 2 trees for every tree cut. Maintain the saplings for the duration of contract.


Road closure is not anticipated. Hauling of construction materials and operation of equipment on-site can cause traffic problems. However, the proposed subproject will follow existing ROW alignment. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

Prepare and implement a traffic management plan (see Appendix 4 for sample)









Consult businesses and institutions regarding operating hours and factoring this in work schedules. Ensure there is provision of alternate access to businesses and

180

Field Impacts Mitigation Measures institutions during construction activities, so that there is no closure of these shops or any loss of clientage.



Manpower will be required during the 30-month construction stage. This can result to generation of contractual employment and increase in local revenue. Thus potential impact is positive and long-term.


Secure construction materials from local market. Other existing amenities for community welfare

Although construction of subproject components involves quite simple techniques of civil work, the invasive nature of excavation and the subproject sites being in built-up areas of Lalmonirhat pourashava where there are a variety of human activities, will result to impacts to the sensitive receptors such as residents, businesses, and the community in general. Excavation may also damage existing infrastructure (such as water distribution pipes, electricity pylons, etc) located alongside the roads. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.



Consult with local community to inform them of the nature, duration and likely effects of the construction work, and to identify any local concerns so that these can be addressed.






Construction works will impede the access of residents and businesses in limited cases. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

Contractor’s activities and movement of staff will be restricted to designated construction areas.

Locations of hot-mix plants, batching plants and crushers (if these establishments are being set up exclusively for the subproject) shall be shall be located at least 100 m away from the nearest dwelling preferably in the downwind direction.





Recycling and the provision of separate waste receptacles for different types of waste shall be

5 These products come in powder forms, and once mixed with water (being the catalyst) simply expand, and

crack the rock from hole to hole. This product is environmentally friendly and can be washed away after it has been used.

181

Field Impacts Mitigation Measures encouraged.


Interested and affected parties need to be made aware of the existence of the complaints book and the methods of communication available to them. The contractor must address queries and complaints by: (i) documenting details of such communications; (ii) submitting these for inclusion in complaints register; (iii) bringing issues to the environment management specialist’s attention immediately; and (iv) taking remedial action as per environment management specialist’s instruction.

The contractor shall immediately take the necessary remedial action on any complaint/grievance received by him and forward the details of the grievance along with the action taken to the environment management specialist within 48 hours of receipt of such complaint/grievance.



Comply with requirements of Government of Bangladesh Labor Law of 2006 and all applicable laws and standards on workers’ health and safety (H&S).

Ensure that all site personnel have a basic level of environmental awareness training. If necessary, the environmental management specialist and/or a translator shall be called to the sites to further explain aspects of environmental or social behavior that are unclear.

Produce and implement a site H&S plan which include measures as: (i) excluding the public from worksites; (ii) ensuring all workers are provided with and required to use personal protective equipment (reflectorized vests, footwear, gloves, goggles and masks) at all times; (iii) providing (H&S) training6 for all site personnel; (iv) documenting procedures to be followed for all site activities; and (v) maintaining accident reports and records.


Maintain necessary living accommodation and ancillary facilities in functional and hygienic manner in work

6 Some of the key areas that may be covered during training as they relate to the primary causes of accidents


182

Field Impacts Mitigation Measures camps. Ensure (i) uncontaminated water for drinking, cooking and washing, (ii) clean eating areas where workers are not exposed to hazardous or noxious substances; and (iii) sanitation facilities are available at all times.






Mark and provide sign boards for hazardous areas such as energized electrical devices and lines, service rooms housing high voltage equipment, and areas for storage and disposal. Signage shall be in accordance with international standards and be well known to, and easily understood by workers, visitors, and the general public as appropriate; and

Disallow worker exposure to noise level greater than 85 dBA for duration of more than 8 hours per day without hearing protection. The use of hearing protection shall be enforced actively.


There are no scheduled or unscheduled archaeological, paleontological, or architectural sites of heritage significance listed by local and/or national authority and/or internationally (UNESCO) within or adjacent to subproject sites. The subproject components are not located in or near and excavation works will not be conducted in the vicinities of the 4 historical sites. Thus risk for chance finds is low.


E. Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – Operations and Maintenance Phase 91. In the operations and maintenance (O&M) phase, the water supply system will operate with routine maintenance, which should not affect the environment. The infrastructures will need to be repaired from time to time, but environmental impacts will be much less than those of the construction period as the work will be infrequent, affecting small areas only. O&M will be the responsibility of Lalmonirhat pourashava, which will be given training by this project and DPHE 37-DTWSP. 92. Routine repairs and maintenance works will be very small in scale, to conducted manually by small teams of men and works will be very short in duration thus will not cause significant physical impacts. 93. Hazardous chemicals use and storage. Water treatment at PTWs and OHT prior to distribution may involve the use of chemicals for disinfection and water conditioning. Recommended measures to prevent, minimize, and control potential environmental impacts associated with the storage, handling and use of disinfection chemicals in PTWs and OHT

183

include (i) store sodium hypochlorite in cool, dry, and dark conditions for no more than one month, and use equipment constructed of corrosion-resistant materials; (ii) store calcium hypochlorite away from any organic materials and protect from moisture; fully empty or re-seal shipping containers to exclude moisture. Calcium hypochlorite can be stored for up to one year; (iii) minimize the amount of chlorination chemicals stored on site while maintaining a sufficient inventory to cover intermittent disruptions in supply; (iv) develop and implement a prevention program that includes identification of potential hazards, written operating procedures, training, maintenance, and accident investigation procedures; and (v) develop and implement a plan for responding to accidental releases. 94. The potential adverse impacts that are associated with O&M activities can be mitigated to acceptable levels with the following mitigation measures (Table 11).

Table 11: Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – O&M Phase Field Impacts Mitigation Measures

A. Physical Characteristics Air quality Air emissions from PTWs and

OHT operations may include gaseous or volatile chemicals used for disinfection processes (e.g., chlorine).

Store sodium hypochlorite in cool, dry, and dark conditions for no more than one month, and use equipment constructed of corrosion-resistant materials.

Store calcium hypochlorite away from any organic materials and protect from moisture; fully empty or re-seal shipping containers to exclude moisture. Calcium hypochlorite can be stored for up to one year.

Minimize the amount of chlorination chemicals stored on site while maintaining a sufficient inventory to cover intermittent disruptions in supply.

Develop and implement a prevention program that includes identification of potential hazards, written operating procedures, training, maintenance, and accident investigation procedures.

Develop and implement a plan for responding to accidental releases.





Lalmonirhatpourashava. There are no protected areas in or around subproject sites, and no known areas of ecological interest.



C. Socioeconomic Characteristics Workers health and safety

Workers need to be mindful of the occupational hazards working with chemicals at PTWs and OHT. Potential impacts are negative and long-term but reversible by mitigation measures.



Produce and implement a O&M H&S plan which include measures as: (i) excluding the public from worksites; (ii) ensuring all workers are provided with and required to use personal protective equipment (reflectorized vests, footwear, gloves, goggles and masks) at all times; (iii) providing (H&S) training7 for all site personnel; (iv)

7 Some of the key areas that may be covered during training as they relate to the primary causes of accidents

include (i) slips, trips and falls; (ii) personal protective equipment; (iii) ergonomics, repetitive motion, and manual handling; (iv) workplace transport; and (v) legislation and responsibilities. Training can provide the foundations of competence but it does not necessarily result in a competent worker. Therefore, it is essential

184

Field Impacts Mitigation Measures documenting procedures to be followed for all site activities; and (v) maintaining accident reports and records.





Disallow worker exposure to noise level greater than 85 dBA for duration of more than 8 hours per day without hearing protection. The use of hearing protection shall be enforced actively.

F. Cumulative Impact Assessment 95. The cumulative impact assessment examined the interaction between the subproject’s residual effects (i.e., those effects that remain after mitigation measures have been applied) and those associated with other past, existing, and reasonably foreseeable future projects or activities. The interaction of residual effects associated with multiple projects and/or activities can result in cumulative impacts, both positive and negative. The subproject’s potential cumulative effects were considered with respect to valued components in environmental and socioeconomic categories, in four areas:





96. The project has identified the valued components as water quality, socio-economic and socio-community components, and human health and safety. The spatial boundary of the subproject is the area along alignment of the distribution network. The temporal boundary can be considered as the whole Lalmonirhat pourashava. 97. Locations and siting of the proposed infrastructures were considered to reduce impacts. Preliminary designs integrate a number of measures, both structural and non-structural, to mainstream climate resilience into the Lalmonirhat water supply subproject, including: (i) structural protection of facilities from future floods; (ii) standalone power backup for the PTWs and pumping stations; and (iii) promote more efficient use of water by reducing losses and wastage to counter increased demands due to higher temperatures. Residual impacts

to assess staff competence to ensure that the training provided is relevant and effective. Supervision and monitoring arrangements shall be in place to ensure that training has been effective and the worker is competent at their job. The level of supervision and monitoring required is a management decision that shall be based on the risks associated with the job, the level of competence required, the experience of the individual and whether the worker works as part of a team or is a lone worker.

185

during O&M will be much less than those of the construction phase as the work will be infrequent, affecting small areas only thus considered to be negligible. 98. Water quality. Groundwater availability has been extensively studied and analyzed by DPHE in its ongoing 37-DTWSP. The study concluded groundwater level is sufficient in Lalmonirhat and present interventions will meet the current and future demands. The subproject will not cause additional abstraction rather improve distribution and non-revenue water therefore potential residual effects is considered to be negligible and cumulative impact is not significant. 99. Socioeconomic and socio-community. Concerns on existing provisions for pedestrians and other forms of transport will occur spatially during construction and O&M activities. Traffic movement along the pipe alignments will be improved once the activities are completed. The subproject will not conflict with existing or planned land use. However, following improvement in infrastructures and services, added residential developments, commercial, and business facilities and increased densities are expected to develop and enhance Lalmonirhat pourashava. This can be considered a long-term cumulative benefit of the subproject. 100. Given the scale of the project it is likely that local people will obtain at least temporary socio-economic benefits, by gaining employment in the construction workforce, and thus raising their levels of income. These benefits can bring wider social gains if they are directed at vulnerable8 groups. 101. Upon completion of the subproject, the socio-community will be the major beneficiaries. With the improved water supply, they will be provided with reliable and climate-resilient municipal services. In addition to improved environmental conditions, the subproject will reduce occurrence of water-related diseases and exposure to climate extremes. People would spend less on healthcare and lose fewer working days due to illness, so their economic status should also improve, as well as their overall health. Beyond reducing the water-borne and water-washed diseases, providing better access to improved municipal services confers many other diverse benefits ranging from the easily identifiable and quantifiable (costs avoided, time saved) to the more intangible and difficult to measure (convenience, well-being). One set of benefits related to health impacts that are relatively easy to quantify, are the cost-offsets (costs avoided due to less illness). Cost savings in health care are mainly due to the reduced number of treatments of diarrheal cases. Also, patients will avoid costs incurred by seeking treatment, including expenditures on care, drugs and transport and the opportunity costs of time spent on seeking care. Another set of benefits related to less illness are the avoided days lost, with respect to formal or informal employment, other productive activities in the household, or school attendance. These are considered a long-term cumulative benefit. 102. Community and workers health and safety. No adverse residual effects to human health will occur as a result of construction or O&M activities. While exposure to elevated noise levels, fugitive dust and common air pollutants will occur in proximity to work sites, due to their short-term and localized nature, these effects are expected to be minor and insignificant with no measurable effects on human health. 103. Therefore the project will benefit the general public by contributing to the long-term improvement of municipal services and community livability in Lalmonirhat pourashava.



186

VI. INFORMATION DISCLOSURE, CONSULTATION, AND PARTICIPATION A. Public Consultation Conducted 104. The public participation process included (i) identifying interested and affected parties (stakeholders); (ii) informing and providing the stakeholders with sufficient background and technical information regarding the proposed development; (iii) creating opportunities and mechanisms whereby they can participate and raise their viewpoints (issues, comments, and concerns) with regard to the proposed development; (iv) giving the stakeholders feedback on process findings and recommendations; and (v) ensuring compliance to process requirements with regards to the environmental and related legislation. 105. Public consultations and focus group discussions (FGDs) were conducted by PPTA on 12 to 13January 2014. The objective of the meetings was to appraise the stakeholders about environmental and social impacts of the proposed subproject and safeguards to mitigate the same. A questionnaire was designed and environmental information was collected. Key respondents included project-affected persons, who may suffer temporary access disruptions during construction activities, shopkeepers/businessmen from the subproject area, and daily commuters consulted randomly. Issues discussed and feedback received along with details of date, time, location, and list of participants are given in Appendix 5. The environmental concerns and suggestions made by the participants were listed, and discussed, and suggestions accordingly incorporated in the EMP. B. Future Consultation and Disclosure 106. This IEE and other relevant documents will be made available at public locations in the pourashava and posted on the websites of executing agencies and ADB. The consultation process will be continued and expanded during the project implementation to ensure stakeholders participate fully in project execution, as well as to implement comprehensive information, education, and communication plan. 107. The public consultation and disclosure program with all interested and affected partied will remain a continuous process throughout the project implementation, and shall include the following:



108. For the benefit of the community, the summary of the IEE will be translated in the local language and made available at (i) offices of executing and implementing agencies, (ii) area offices, (iii) consultant teams’ offices; and (iv) contractor’s campsites. It will be ensured that the hard copies of IEE are kept at places which are conveniently accessible to people, as a means to disclose the document and at the same time creating wider public awareness.

187

An electronic version of the IEE will be placed in the official website of executing and implementing agencies and the ADB website after approval of the IEE by ADB.

VII. GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM 109. A project-specific grievance redress mechanism (GRM) will be established to receive, evaluate, and facilitate the resolution of AP’s concerns, complaints, and grievances about the social and environmental performance at the level of the project. The GRM will aim to provide a time-bound and transparent mechanism to voice and resolve social and environmental concerns linked to the project. 110. Common GRM. A common GRM will be in place for social, environmental, or any other grievances related to the project; the resettlement plans (RPs) and IEEs will follow the GRM described below, which is developed in consultation with key stakeholders. The GRM will provide an accessible and trusted platform for receiving and facilitating resolution of affected persons’ grievances related to the project. The multi-tier GRM for the project is outlined below, each tier having time-bound schedules and with responsible persons identified to address grievances and seek appropriate persons’ advice at each stage, as required. 111. Pourashava-wide public awareness campaigns will ensure that awareness on grievance redress procedures is generated through the campaign. The project implementation unit (PIU) and governance improvement and capacity development consultants (GICDC) will conduct pourashava-wide awareness campaigns to ensure that poor and vulnerable households are made aware of grievance redress procedures and entitlements, and will work with the PMO and management, design and supervision consultants (MDSC) to help ensure that their grievances are addressed. 37. Affected persons (APs) will have the flexibility of conveying grievances/suggestions by dropping grievance redress/suggestion forms in complaints/suggestion boxes that have already been installed by project pourashavas or through telephone hotlines at accessible locations, by e-mail, by post, or by writing in a complaints register in pourashava offices. Appendix 7 has the sample grievance registration form. Careful documentation of the name of the complainant, date of receipt of the complaint, address/contact details of the person, location of the problem area, and how the problem was resolved will be undertaken. The project management office (PMO) safeguard officer will have the overall responsibility for timely grievance redressal on environmental and social safeguards issues and for registration of grievances, related disclosure, and communication with the aggrieved party through the PIU designated safeguard focal person. 38. Grievance redress process. In case of grievances that are immediate and urgent in the perception of the complainant, the contractor and MDSC on-site personnel will provide the most easily accessible or first level of contact for quick resolution of grievances. Contact phone numbers and names of the concerned PIU safeguard focal person and contractors, will be posted at all construction sites at visible locations.

i. 1st Level Grievance. The phone number of the PIU office should be made available at the construction site signboards. The contractors and PIU safeguard focal person can immediately resolve on-site in consultation with each other, and will be required to do so within 7 days of receipt of a complaint/grievance.

ii. 2nd Level Grievance. All grievances that cannot be redressed within 7 days at field/ward level will be reviewed by the grievance redress cell (GRC) headed by Panel Mayor of the pourashava with support from PIU designated

188

safeguard focal person and MDSC regional environment and resettlement specialists. GRC will attempt to resolve them within 15 days.9 The PIU designated safeguard focal person will be responsible to see through the process of redressal of each grievance.

iii. 3rd Level Grievance.The PIU designated safeguard focal person will refer any unresolved or major issues to the PMO safeguard officer and MDSC national environmental and resettlement specialists. The PMO in consultation with these officers/specialists will resolve them within 30 days.


9 Grievance redress committees (GRC) will have been formed at Pourashava-level. For example in Lalmonirhat pourashava, the GRC comprises Panel Mayor as Chairperson, and 1 councilor, the pourashava Executive Engineer, Secretary pourashava and pourashava administrative officer, as members. All pourashava-level GRCs shall have at least one-woman member/chairperson and AP representative or independent NGO as committee member. In addition, for project-related grievances, representatives of APs, community-based organizations (CBOs), and eminent citizens must be invited as observers in GRC meetings.

189



112. The purpose of the environmental management plan (EMP) is to ensure that the activities are undertaken in a responsible, non-detrimental manner with the objectives of: (i) providing a proactive, feasible, and practical working tool to enable the measurement and monitoring of environmental performance on-site; (ii) guiding and controlling the implementation of findings and recommendations of the environmental assessment conducted for the project; (iii) detailing specific actions deemed necessary to assist in mitigating the environmental impact of the project; and (iv) ensuring that safety recommendations are complied with. 113. A copy of the EMP must be kept on work sites at all times. This EMP will be included in the bid documents and will be further reviewed and updated during implementation. The EMP will be made binding on all contractors operating on the site and will be included in the contractual clauses. Non-compliance with, or any deviation from, the conditions set out in this document constitutes a failure in compliance. 114. For civil works, the contractor will be required to (i) establish an operational system for managing environmental impacts (ii) carry out all of the monitoring and mitigation measures set forth in the EMP; and (iii) implement any corrective or preventative actions set out in safeguards monitoring reports that the employer will prepare from time to time to monitor implementation of this IEE and EMP. The contractor shall allocate a budget for compliance with these EMP measures, requirements and actions. A. Institutional Arrangement 115. Executing and implementing agencies. The Local Government Engineering Department (LGED) and the Department of Public Health Engineering (DPHE), both under




Affected person

1st Level Grievance

3rdLevel Grievance

2nd Level Grievance

No

Yes within7 days




Yes within 15 days

Yes within30 days

No

Note: GRC = Grievance Redressal Committee; GICDC = Governance Improvement and capacity Development Consultants; PIU = Project Implementation Unit; MDSC = Management. Design and Supervision Consultants; PMO = Project Management Office; WLCC = Ward Level Coordination Committee

190

the Local Government Division (LGD) of the Ministry of Local Government, Rural Development and Cooperatives (MLGRD&C) and having extensive experience in managing urban and water supply projects financed by ADB, will be the executing agencies of the project. The participating pourashavas will be the implementing agencies. B. Safeguard Implementation Arrangement 116. Project management office. A PMO will be established for the overall management of the project. The PMO will be headed by Project Director (PD) supported by officials including three project managers in charge of (i) municipal infrastructure (excluding water supply and sanitation), (ii) water supply and sanitation, and (iii) governance improvement and capacity development, respectively. the PMO will receive support from national environmental specialist and national resettlement specialist on the MDSC team. Key tasks and responsibilities of the PMO safeguard (environment) officer are as follows:

(i) confirm existing IEEs/EMPs are updated based on detailed designs, and that new IEEs/EMPs are prepared in accordance with the EARF and subproject selection criteria related to safeguards;

(ii) confirm whether IEEs/EMPs are included in bidding documents and civil works contracts;

(iii) provide oversight on environmental management aspects of subprojects and ensure EMPs are implemented by project implementation unit (PIU) and contractors;

(iv) establish a system to monitor environmental safeguards of the project, including monitoring the indicators set out in the monitoring plan of the EMP;

(v) facilitate and confirm overall compliance with all government rules and regulations regarding site and environmental clearances, as well as any other environmental requirements (e.g., location clearance certificates, environmental clearance certificates, etc.), as relevant;

(vi) supervise and provide guidance to the PIUs to properly carry out the environmental monitoring and assessments as per the EARF;

(vii) review, monitor, and evaluate the effectiveness with which the EMPs are implemented, and recommend necessary corrective actions to be taken as necessary;

(viii) consolidate monthly environmental monitoring reports from PIUs and submit semi-annual monitoring reports to ADB;

(ix) ensure timely disclosure of final IEEs/EMPs in locations and form accessible to the public; and

(x) address any grievances brought about through the grievance redress mechanism in a timely manner.

117. Project implementation unit. The participating pourashavas will establish a PIU within the pourashava structure. The PIUs will (i) be responsible for land acquisition; (ii) take necessary action for obtaining rights of way; (iii) plan, implement and monitor public relations activities, gender mainstreaming initiatives and community participation activities at pourashava level; (iv) disseminate information related to the project to the public and media; (v) ensure compliance with loan covenants concerning safeguards measures; and (vi) facilitate implementation of safeguards plans. The PIUs will each designate a safeguard officer10 and will receive assistance from the assigned MDSC regional environmental specialist to:


191

(i) update IEEs/EMPs during detailed design stage and prepare new IEEs/EMPs in accordance with the EARF;

(ii) conduct environmental compliance audit of existing facilities as per Item F, Appendix 6 of ADB SPS, 2009;

(iii) include IEEs/EMPs in bidding documents and civil works contracts; (iv) comply with all government rules and regulations; (v) take necessary action for obtaining rights of way; (vi) oversee implementation of EMPs including environmental monitoring by

contractors; (vii) take corrective actions when necessary to ensure no environmental impacts; (viii) submit monthly environmental monitoring reports to PMO, (ix) conduct continuous public consultation and awareness; (x) address any grievances brought about through the Grievance Redress

Mechanism in a timely manner as per the IEEs; and (xi) organize an induction course for the training of contractors preparing them on



(i) work under the general supervision of the team leader and the deputy team leader;

(ii) review the environmental guidelines and requirement of the government of Bangladesh and ADB SPS, 2009, environmental subproject selection guidelines and EARF;

(iii) Guide the implementation of future subprojects; (iv) provide technical support to the PMO and PIUs including review and update


(v) assist and guide the MDSC regional environmental specialists to provide support to environmental management functions including updating subproject IEEs in respect to EMP;

(vi) assist in preparing IEEs and in monitoring impact and mitigation measures associated with subprojects;

(vii) assist PIUs and MDSC regional environmental specialists working in the steps for preparing the EIA/IEE, capacity building and training, preparation of guidelines and procedure and subproject specific guidance;

(viii) provide support and guidance to PIUs in undertaking environmental monitoring

(ix) support PMU in submitting semi-annual environmental monitoring reports to ADB;

(x) facilitate in grievance redress and corrective actions; (xi) train PIU officials regarding environmental requirement and issues; and (xii) perform any other task assigned by the team leader, deputy team leader and

the project director. 119. The MDSC regional environmental specialists will, but not limited to:

192

(i) work under the supervision and guidance of the team leader, deputy team leader and MDSC national environmental specialist;

(ii) assist PIUs in preparing and updating IEEs including EMPs in accordance with the EARF, and assist in monitoring impact and mitigation measures associated with subprojects including implementation of EMPs by contractors;

(iii) assist in preparation of IEEs and in the environmental review of subproject consisting of screening at pourashava level by PIU through a committee formed with municipal mayor as chairman and representatives from DOE, LGED and other relevant district office as members;

(iv) assist PIUs in the steps for preparing EIA/IEE, capacity building and training, preparation of guidelines and procedure and subproject specific guidance;

(v) support PIU in environmental monitoring and submit monitoring reports to PMU as inputs into the semi-annual monitoring report submitted to ADB;

(vi) undertake mitigation measures and other specific measures in the construction contract;

(vii) facilitate in grievance redress and corrective actions; (viii) follow subproject selection guidelines and EARF to ensure compliance with


(ix) support PMO and MDSC national environment specialist by providing data, information and all other requested assistance;

(x) train PIU officials regarding environmental issues (xi) perform any other task assigned by MDSC national environment specialist,

team leader, deputy team leader and the project director. 120. Civil works contracts and contractors. EMPs are to be included in bidding and contract documents and verified by the PIUs and PMO. The contractor will be required to designate an environmental supervisor to (i) coordinate with MDSC on updating the IEE/EMP based on detailed designs, and (ii) ensure implementation of EMP during civil works. Contractors are to carry out all environmental mitigation and monitoring measures outlined in their contract. 121. Governance Improvement and Capacity Development Consultants (GICDC). The PMO and PIUs will require support on a range of activities related to governance improvement and capacity development of pourashavas. The GICDC will support PMO and PIUs in implementing urban government improvement action plan (UGIAP) by providing capacity development, community mobilization and other facilitation services. There will be 4 GICDC regional offices consisting of 4 regional coordinators at each regional office. There will be 2community mobilizers in each project pourashava. The regional coordinators will assist pourashavas and the local capacity development experts in the activities related to community participation and inclusive development. The community mobilizers will be posted at the pourashava and will (i) have to work maintaining close liaison with the mayor, councilors, pourashava staffs and communities, (ii) provide assistance and support to PIU regarding planning and implementation of citizen awareness and participation activities, urban planning, equity and inclusiveness of women and urban poor. The GICDC will also have a training specialist who will be responsible for identifying and coordinating capacity building activities at pourashava level.

193


PMO Safeguard (Environment)Officer




Capacity building activities to be assisted by GICDC regional coordinators (4) and 2 community mobiliers

(each pourashava)

194


Implementation Monitoring Indicator





Obtain all necessary consents, permits, clearance, NOCs, etc. prior to start of civil works.

Acknowledge in writing and provide report on compliance all obtained consents, permits, clearance, NOCs, etc.

Include in detailed design drawings and documents all conditions and provisions if necessary

PMO, PIU, and MDSC



No cost required. Cost of obtaining all consents, permits, clearance, NOCs, etc. prior to start of civil works responsibility of PMO and PIU.

Mitigation

measures are included as part of TOR of PMO, PIU, and MDSC.

Existing utilities Disruption of services. Identify and include locations and operators of these utilities in the detailed design documents to prevent unnecessary disruption of services during construction activities

Require construction contractors to prepare a contingency plan to include actions to be done in case of unintentional interruption of services.

Require contractors to prepare spoils management plan (see Appendix 3 for outline) and traffic management plan (see Appendix 4 for sample)

Water pipe laying works should be coordinated with road improvement works to minimize disturbance.

PMO, PIU, and MDSC

List of affected utilities and operators;

Bid document to include requirement for a contingency plan for service interruptions (example provision of water if disruption is more than 24 hours), spoil management plan (see Appendix 3 for outline), and traffic management plan (see Appendix 4 for


Review of spoils

management plan: Twice (once

after first draft and once

before final approval)

No cost required.

Mitigation


195





sample) Updating of IEE based on detailed design


Update IEE and EMP based on detailed design

Ensure updated EMP is provided to contractors

Relevant information disclosed




Construction work camps, hot mix plants, stockpile areas, storage areas, and disposal areas.



PMO, PIU, and MDSC

List of selected sites for construction work camps, hot mix plants, stockpile areas, storage areas, and disposal areas.

Written consent of landowner/s (not lessee/s) for reuse of excess spoils to agricultural land


No cost required.

Mitigation





PMO, PIU, and MDSC

List of approved quarry sites and sources of materials;

(ii) Bid document to include requirement for verification of suitability of sources and permit for additional quarry sites if necessary.


No cost required.

Mitigation




Project manager and all key workers will be required to undergo EMP implementation including spoils management, Standard operating procedures (SOP) for construction works; health and safety (H&S), core


Proof of completion (Safeguards Compliance Orientation)

Posting of proof


Cost of EMP Implementation Orientation Training to contractor is responsibility of

196





labor laws, applicable environmental laws, etc

of completion at worksites

Posting of EMP at worksites

PMO and PIU. Other costs


2. During Construction Activities A. Physical Characteristics Topography, landforms, geology and soils





- Records of sources of materials

Monthly by PIU Cost for implementation of mitigation measures responsibility of contractor.


Prepare and implement a spoils management plan (see Appendix 3 for outline).


All earthworks must to be conducted during dry season to maximum extent possible to avoid the difficult working conditions that prevail during monsoon season such as problems from runoff.

Location for stockyards for construction materials shall be identified at least 300m away from watercourses. Place storage areas for fuels and lubricants away from


Areas for stockpiles, storage of fuels and lubricants and waste materials;

Number of silt traps installed along trenches leading to water bodies;

Records of surface water quality inspection;

Effectiveness of water management measures;

- No visible


Frequency and

sampling sites to be finalized during detailed design stage and final location of subproject components


197





any drainage leading to water bodies.






degradation to nearby drainages, khals or water bodies due to construction activities

Air quality Conducting works at dry season and moving large quantity of materials may create dusts and increase in concentration of vehicle-related pollutants (such as carbon monoxide, sulfur oxides, particulate matter, nitrous oxides, and hydrocarbons) which will affect people who live and work near the sites. The impacts




Arrangements to control dust through provision of windscreens, water sprinklers, and dust extraction systems shall be provided at all hot-mix plants, batching plants and


Location of stockpiles;

Number of complaints from sensitive receptors;

Heavy equipment and machinery with air pollution control devices;

Certification that vehicles are compliant with air quality


Frequency and



198





are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

crushers (if these establishments are being set up exclusively for the subproject).


standards.










If it is not practicable to reduce noise levels to or below noise exposure limits, the contractor must



Use of silencers in noise-producing equipment and sound barriers; Equivalent day and night time noise levels


Frequency and



199





post warning signs in the noise hazard areas. Workers in a posted noise hazard area must wear hearing protection.

- Identify any buildings at risk from vibration damage and avoiding any use of pneumatic drills or heavy vehicles in the vicinity. Complete work in these areas quickly.


Prepare a debris disposal plan Remove all construction and

demolition wastes on a daily basis. Coordinate with Lalmonirhat local

authority for beneficial uses of excess excavated soils or immediately dispose to designated areas. Avoid stockpiling of any excess spoils.

All vehicles delivering fine materials to the site and carrying debris for disposal shall be covered to avoid spillage. All existing roads used by vehicles of the contractor, shall be kept clear of all dust/mud or other extraneous materials dropped by such vehicles.



The site must be kept clean to minimize the visual impact of the site. Manage solid waste according to the following preference hierarchy:



Worksite clear of hazardous wastes such as oil/fuel

Worksite clear of any wastes, collected materials from drainages, unutilized materials and debris

Transport route and worksite cleared of any dust/mud


Frequency and

sampling sites to be finalized during detailed design stage and final location of) subproject components


200





reuse, recycling and disposal to designated areas.

B. Biological Characteristics Biodiversity Activities being located

in the built-up area of Lalmonirhatpourashava. There are no protected areas in or around subproject sites, and no known areas of ecological interest. Preliminary design shows there are no trees at the sites that need to be removed.

Check if tree-cutting will be required during detailed design stage. No trees, shrubs, or groundcover may be removed or vegetation stripped without the prior permission of the environment management specialist.





Implement compensatory plantation for trees lost at a rate of 2 trees for every tree cut. Maintain the saplings for the duration of contract.


PMO and PIU to report in writing the number of trees cut and planted if tree-cutting will be required (to be determined during detailed design stage)

Number of complaints from sensitive receptors on disturbance of vegetation, poaching, fishing, etc.


Frequency and




Road closure is not anticipated. Hauling of construction materials and operation of equipment on-site can cause traffic problems. However, the proposed subproject will follow existing ROW alignment. The impacts

Prepare and implement a traffic management plan (see Appendix 4 for sample)




Traffic route during construction works including number of permanent signages, barricades and flagmen on worksite as per


Frequency and

sampling sites to be finalized during detailed


201





are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.




Leave spaces for access between mounds of soil.

Provide walkways and metal sheets where required to maintain access across for people and vehicles.

Increase workforce in front of critical areas such as institutions, place of worship, business establishment, hospitals, and schools.



Traffic Management Plan (see Appendix 4 for sample);


Number of signages placed at project location

Number of walkways, signages, and metal sheets placed at project location

design stage and final location of) subproject components


Manpower will be required during the 30-months construction stage. This can result to generation of contractual employment and increase in local revenue. Thus potential impact is positive and

Employ at least 50% of labor force from communities in the vicinity of the site. This will have the added benefit of avoiding social problems that sometimes occur when workers are imported into host communities, and avoiding environmental and social problems from workers housed in poorly serviced camp


Employment records;


Records of compliance to Bangladesh Labor Law of


Frequency and

sampling sites to be finalized


202





long-term. accommodation. Secure construction materials from

local market.

2006 and other applicable standards

during detailed design stage and final location of) subproject components


Although construction of subproject components involves quite simple techniques of civil work, the invasive nature of excavation and the subproject sites being in built-up areas of Lalmonirhatpourashava where there are a variety of human activities, will result to impacts to the sensitive receptors such as residents, businesses, and the community in general. Excavation may also damage existing infrastructure (such as water distribution pipes, electricity pylons, etc) located alongside the roads. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.






If construction work is expected to disrupt users of community water bodies, notice to the affected community shall be served 7 days in advance and again 1 day prior to


Utilities Contingency Plan

Number of complaints from sensitive receptors


Frequency and



203





start of construction. Ensure any damage to properties

and utilities will be restored or compensated to pre-work conditions.



Contractor’s activities and movement of staff will be restricted to designated construction areas.

Locations of hot-mix plants, batching plants and crushers (if these establishments are being set up exclusively for the subproject) shall be shall be located at least 100 m away from the nearest dwelling preferably in the downwind direction.





Recycling and the provision of separate waste receptacles for


Number of permanent signages, barricades and flagmen on worksite as per Traffic Management Plan (see Appendix 4 for sample);


Number of walkways, signages, and metal sheets placed at project location

Agreement between landowner and contractors in case of using private lands as work camps, storage areas, etc.


Frequency and



11These products come in powder forms, and once mixed with water (being the catalyst) simply expand, and crack the rock from hole to hole. This product is environmentally

friendly and can be washed away after it has been used.

204





different types of waste shall be encouraged.


Interested and affected parties need to be made aware of the existence of the complaints book and the methods of communication available to them. The contractor must address queries and complaints by: (i) documenting details of such communications; (ii) submitting these for inclusion in complaints register; (iii) bringing issues to the environment management specialist’s attention immediately; and (iv) taking remedial action as per environment management specialist’s instruction.

The contractor shall immediately take the necessary remedial action

205





on any complaint/grievance received by him and forward the details of the grievance along with the action taken to the environment management specialist within 48 hours of receipt of such complaint/grievance.



Comply with requirements of Government of Bangladesh Labor Law of 2006 and all applicable laws and standards on workers’ health and safety (H&S).

Ensure that all site personnel have a basic level of environmental awareness training. If necessary, the environmental management specialist and/or a translator shall be called to the sites to further explain aspects of environmental or social behavior that are unclear.


Arrange for readily available first aid


Site-specific H&S Plan

Equipped first-aid stations

Medical insurance coverage for workers

Number of accidents

Records of supply of uncontaminated water

Condition of eating areas of workers

Record of H&S orientation trainings

Use of personal protective equipment

% of moving equipment outfitted with

Visual inspection by PIU an supervision consultants on monthly basis

Frequency and



12 Some of the key areas that may be covered during training as they relate to the primary causes of accidents include (i) slips, trips and falls; (ii) personal protective

equipment; (iii) ergonomics, repetitive motion, and manual handling; (iv) workplace transport; and (v) legislation and responsibilities. Training can provide the foundations of competence but it does not necessarily result in a competent worker. Therefore, it is essential to assess staff competence to ensure that the training provided is relevant and effective. Supervision and monitoring arrangements shall be in place to ensure that training has been effective and the worker is competent at their job. The level of supervision and monitoring required is a management decision that shall be based on the risks associated with the job, the level of competence required, the experience of the individual and whether the worker works as part of a team or is a lone worker.

206





unit including an adequate supply of sterilized dressing materials and appliances


Provide medical insurance coverage for workers;





Mark and provide sign boards for hazardous areas such as energized electrical devices and lines, service rooms housing high voltage equipment, and areas for storage and disposal. Signage shall be in

audible back-up alarms

Permanent sign boards for hazardous areas

Signages for storage and disposal areas

Condition of sanitation facilities for workers

207





accordance with international standards and be well known to, and easily understood by workers, visitors, and the general public as appropriate; and



There are no scheduled or unscheduled archaeological, paleontological, or architectural sites of heritage significance listed by local and/or national authority and/or internationally (UNESCO) within or adjacent to subproject sites. The subproject components are not located in or near and excavation works will not be conducted in the vicinities of the 4 historical sites. Thus risk for chance finds is low.





Frequency and





Appointment of supervisor to ensure EMP implementation

(ii) Timely submission of monitoring reports including pictures


Availability and competency of appointed supervisor

- Monthly report

Monthly monitoring report to be submitted by PIU to PMO

PMO to submit semi-annual monitoring report to ADB


3. Post-construction Activities

208





Post-construction clean-up


Remove all spoils wreckage, rubbish, or temporary structures (such as buildings, shelters, and latrines) which are no longer required; and

(All excavated roads shall be reinstated to original condition.

All disrupted utilities restored All affected structures

rehabilitated/compensated The area that previously housed the

construction camp is to be checked for spills of substances such as oil, paint, etc. and these shall be cleaned up.

All hardened surfaces within the construction camp area shall be ripped, all imported materials removed, and the area shall be topsoiled and regrassed using the guidelines set out in the revegetation specification that forms part of this document.

The contractor must arrange the cancellation of all temporary services.

Request PMO/PIU to report in writing that worksites and camps have been vacated and restored to pre-project conditions before acceptance of work.


PMO/PIU report in writing that (i) worksite is restored to original conditions; (ii) camp has been vacated and restored to pre-project conditions; (iii) all construction related structures not relevant to O&M are removed; and (iv) worksite clean-up is satisfactory.








A. Physical Characteristics Air quality Air emissions from

PTWs operations may include gaseous or volatile

Store sodium hypochlorite in cool, dry, and dark conditions for no more than one month, and use equipment constructed of corrosion-resistant materials.



Inventory of

Daily inspection by PTW operator at storage areas of chemicals


209





chemicals used for disinfection processes (e.g., chlorine and ammonia).

Store calcium hypochlorite away from any organic materials and protect from moisture; fully empty or re-seal shipping containers to exclude moisture. Calcium hypochlorite can be stored for up to one year.

Isolate ammonia storage and feed areas from chlorine and hypochlorite storage and feed areas.

Minimize the amount of chlorination chemicals stored on site while maintaining a sufficient inventory to cover intermittent disruptions in supply.

Develop and implement a prevention program that includes identification of potential hazards, written operating procedures, training, maintenance, and accident investigation procedures.

Develop and implement a plan for responding to accidental releases.

chemicals Air emission

monitoring Record of

chemical-related accidents

Quarterly (environmental monitoring of air quality to be finalize in accordance to the LCC and ECC by DoE)






Duration of repair work


Biodiversity Activities in the built-up area of Lalmonirhat pourashava. There are no protected areas in or around subproject sites, and no known areas of ecological interest.







210













Mark and provide sign boards. Signage shall be in accordance with international standards and be well known to, and easily understood by workers, visitors, and



No complaints from workers related to O&M activities

Zero accident


Daily inspection


13 Some of the key areas that may be covered during training as they relate to the primary causes of accidents include (i) slips, trips and falls; (ii) personal protective

equipment; (iii) ergonomics, repetitive motion, and manual handling; (iv) workplace transport; and (v) legislation and responsibilities. Training can provide the foundations of competence but it does not necessarily result in a competent worker. Therefore, it is essential to assess staff competence to ensure that the training provided is relevant and effective. Supervision and monitoring arrangements shall be in place to ensure that training has been effective and the worker is competent at their job. The level of supervision and monitoring required is a management decision that shall be based on the risks associated with the job, the level of competence required, the experience of the individual and whether the worker works as part of a team or is a lone worker.

211





the general public as appropriate. Disallow worker exposure to noise level

greater than 85 dBA for duration of more than 8 hours per day without hearing protection. The use of hearing protection shall be enforced actively.

C. Environmental Monitoring Program 122. Environmental monitoring will be done during construction on three levels:

(i) monitoring development of project performance indicators by the MDSC environmental management specialist;

(ii) monitoring implementation of mitigation measures by the contractor; and (iii) overall regulatory monitoring of environmental issues by the PMO.

123. In addition to regular monitoring onsite by PIU and MDSC on the EMP implementation of the mitigation measures, monitoring of key environmental parameters is proposed. Table 14 presents the indicative environmental monitoring plan for the subproject which includes relevant environmental parameters, with a description of the sampling stations, frequency of monitoring, applicable standards, and responsible agencies. This will be updated during detailed design to ensure EMP and monitoring program is commensurate to the impacts of the subproject.

Table 14: Environmental Monitoring Program Field Stage Parameters Location Frequency Standards Responsibil

ity 1. Air quality Prior to

construction to establish baseline

Construction phase

SPM PM2.5 PM10 SO2 NOx CO

PTWs location OHT location Along water

transmission main 1-km interval from PTWs

Construction campsite locations

24-hour monitoring once in a season (except monsoons) for the construction period

Bangladesh Standards for Ambient Air Quality Schedule-2; Rule 12, Environment Conservation Rules of 1997

Contractor

2. Noise and vibration levels

Prior to construction to establish baseline

Construction phase

Equivalent day and night time noise levels

PTWs location OHT location Along water

transmission main 1-km interval from PTWs

Construction campsite locations

Once in a season (except monsoons) for the construction period

Bangladesh Standards for Noise, Schedule 4; Rule 12, Environment Conservation Rules, 1997

Contractor

3. Water quality

Prior to construction to establish baseline

Construction phase

TDS, TSS, pH, hardness, BOD, faecal coliform, total nitrogen, total phosphorus, heavy metals, temperature, DO, hydrocarbons, mineral oils, phenols, cyanide, temperature

Along khals adjacent to construction sites (to be identified by the and MDSC)

Twice a year (pre-monsoon and post-monsoon) for the entire period of construction

Bangladesh Standards for Industrial and Project Effluent, Schedule 10; Rule 13, Environment Conservation Rules, 1997

Contractor

4. Survival rate of landscaping, tree plantation

O&M phase Survival rate In the areas where re-plantation/ landscaping proposed

Twice a year for 2 years

- Lalmonirhat pourashava

213

D. Institutional Capacity Development Program 124. The MDSC environmental safeguards specialists will be responsible for trainings on environmental awareness and management in accordance with both ADB and government requirements. Specific modules customized for the available skill set will be devised after assessing the capabilities of the target participants and the requirements of the project. Typical modules would be as follows: (i) sensitization; (ii) introduction to environment and environmental considerations in water supply and wastewater projects; (iii) review of IEEs and integration into the project detailed design; (iv) improved coordination within nodal departments; and (v) monitoring and reporting system. The contractors will be required to conduct environmental awareness and orientation of workers prior to deployment to work sites. The proposed training project along with the frequency of sessions is presented in Table 15.

Table 15: Training Program for Environmental Management Items Pre-construction/prior to

construction Construction

Training Title Orientation workshop Orientation program/ workshop for contractors and supervisory staffs





Contents Module 1: Orientation ADB Safeguards Policy Statement Government of Bangladesh

Environmental Laws and Regulations

Module 2: Environmental Assessment Process ADB environmental process,

identification of impacts and mitigation measures, formulation of an environmental management plan (EMP), implementation, and monitoring requirements

Review of environmental assessment report to comply with ADB requirements

Incorporation of EMP into the project design and contracts

Roles and responsibilities of officials/contractors/consultants towards protection of environment

Environmental issues during construction

Implementation of EMP Monitoring of EMP

implementation Reporting requirements


Duration 1 day 1 day 1 day on a regular period to be determined by PMO, PIUs, and MDSC




E. Staffing Requirement and Budget 125. Costs required for implementing the EMP will cover the following activities:


214


surveys. 126. The infrastructure involved in each scheme is generally straightforward to build. Environmental monitoring during construction will also be straightforward and will involve periodic site observations and interviews with workers and others, plus checks of reports and other documents. This will be conducted by MDSC environmental management specialist assisted by the PMO environmental safeguard officer. Therefore no separate budget required for MDSC environment management specialist. 127. The cost of mitigation measures and surveys during construction stage will be incorporated into the contractor’s costs, which will be binding on him for implementation. The surveys will be conducted by the contractors. 128. The operation phase mitigation measures are again of good operating practices, which will be the responsibility of Lalmonirhat pourashava. All monitoring during the operation and maintenance phase will be conducted by LGED and DPHE, therefore, there are no additional costs. 129. The indicative costs of EMP implementation are shown in Tables 16 and 17 (by source of funds).


Number Rate

(Taka) Cost

(Taka) Cost covered

by A. Mitigation Measures 1. Compensatory




Per location




Per location



workshop for officials involved in the project implementation on ADB Safeguards Policy Statement, Government of Bangladesh environmental laws and regulations, and environmental assessment process; (ii) induction course contractors, preparing them on EMP implementation and environmental monitoring requirements related to mitigation measures; and taking immediate action to remedy unexpected adverse impacts or ineffective mitigation measures found during the




215


Rate (Taka)

Cost (Taka)

Cost covered by

course of implementation; and (iii) lessons learned information sharing





60 person months








57,600,000



Lump sum




Lump sum





As per requirement




216


Rate (Taka)

Cost (Taka)

Cost covered by








Number Rate (Taka)

Cost (Taka)

Cost covered by



contract 2. Air quality monitoring - Pre-


Per location




Per location




Lump sum







Subtotal 720,000 B. MDSC 1. Public consultations



As per requirement


2. (i) Orientation workshop for officials involved in the project implementation on ADB Safeguards Policy Statement, Government of Bangladesh environmental laws and regulations, and environmental assessment process; (ii) induction course contractors, preparing them on EMP

Module 1 – immediately upon engagement of the MDSC environmental specialists Module 2 – prior to award of civil works contracts (twice a year for 4 years) Module 3 – prior



217


Rate (Taka)

Cost (Taka)

Cost covered by

implementation and environmental monitoring requirements related to mitigation measures; and taking immediate action to remedy unexpected adverse impacts or ineffective mitigation measures found during the course of implementation; and (iii) lessons learned information sharing

to start of Phase 2 and upon completion of the project




60 person months








57,600,000


Subtotal 59,970,000

C. Administrative Cost (Recurring) - PMO 1. Legislation, permits,


Lump sum




Subtotal 1,100,000

IX. MONITORING AND REPORTING

218

130. PMO will monitor and measure the progress of EMP implementation. The monitoring activities will correspond with the project’s risks and impacts, and will be identified in the EIAs/IEEs for the projects. In addition to recording information on the work and deviation of work components from original scope PMO, PIUs, and MDSC will undertake site inspections and document review to verify compliance with the EMP and progress toward the final outcome. 131. MDSC will submit monthly monitoring and implementation reports to PMO, who will take follow-up actions, if necessary. PMO will submit semi-annual monitoring reports to ADB. The suggested monitoring report format is in Appendix 7. Subproject budgets will reflect the costs of monitoring and reporting requirements. For projects likely to have significant adverse environmental impacts during operation, reporting will continue at the minimum on an annual basis. Monitoring reports will be posted in a location accessible to the public. 132. For projects likely to have significant adverse environmental impacts, LGED and DPHE will retain qualified and experienced external experts to verify its monitoring information. LGED and DPHE will document monitoring results, identify the necessary corrective actions, reflect them in a corrective action plan, and for each quarter, will study the compliance with the action plan developed in the previous quarter. Compliance with loan covenants will be screened by the Local Government Division (LGD) of the Ministry of Local Government, Rural Development, and Cooperatives (MLGRDC). 133. ADB will review project performance against the MLGRDC’s commitments as agreed in the legal documents. The extent of ADB's monitoring and supervision activities will be commensurate with the project’s risks and impacts. Monitoring and supervising of social and environmental safeguards will be integrated into the project performance management system. ADB will monitor projects on an ongoing basis until a project completion report is issued. ADB will carry out the following monitoring actions to supervise project implementation:






X. CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS 134. The process described in this document has assessed the environmental impacts of all elements of Lalmonirhat water supply subproject. All potential impacts were identified in relation to design and location, construction, and operation phases. 135. Planning principles and design considerations have been reviewed and incorporated into the site planning process whenever possible. Preliminary designs integrate a number of measures, both structural and non-structural, to mainstream climate resilience into the subproject. Thus environmental impacts as being due to the project design or location were not significant.

219

136. Most of the individual elements of the subproject are relatively small and involve straightforward construction and operation, so impacts will be mainly localized and not greatly significant. Most of the predicted impacts are associated with the construction process, and are produced because that process is invasive, involving trenching and other excavation. However, the routine nature of the impacts means that most can be easily mitigated. In the operational phase, all facilities and infrastructure will operate with routine maintenance, which should not affect the environment. Facilities will need to be repaired from time to time, but environmental impacts will be much less than those of the construction period as the work will be infrequent, affecting small areas only. 137. Mitigation measures have been developed to reduce all negative impacts to acceptable levels. Mitigation will be assured by a program of environmental monitoring to ensure that all measures are implemented, and will determine whether the environment is protected as intended. It will include observations on- and off-site, document checks, and interviews with workers and beneficiaries. Any requirements for corrective action will be reported to the ADB. 138. The stakeholders were involved in developing the IEE through discussions on-site and public consultation, after which views expressed were incorporated into the IEE and in the planning and development of the subproject. The IEE will be made available at public locations in the city and will be disclosed to a wider audience via the ADB and LGED websites. The consultation process will be continued and expanded during project implementation to ensure that stakeholders are fully engaged in the project and have the opportunity to participate in its development and implementation. A grievance redress mechanism is described within the IEE to ensure any public grievances are addressed quickly. 139. The PMO and MDSC will be responsible for monitoring. The MDSC will submit monthly monitoring reports to PMO, and the PMO will send semi-annual monitoring reports to ADB. ADB will post the environmental monitoring reports on its website. 140. The EMP will assist the PMO, MDSC, and contractors in mitigating the environmental impacts, and guide them in the environmentally sound execution of the proposed project. The EMP will also ensure efficient lines of communication between the implementing agency, project management unit, and contractors. A copy of the EMP shall be kept on-site during the construction period at all times. The EMP shall be made binding on all contractors operating on the site, and will be included in the contractual clauses. Non-compliance with, or any deviation from, the conditions set out in this document shall constitute a failure in compliance. 141. The citizens of Lalmonirhat will be the major beneficiaries of this subproject. With the new water supply system, they will be provided with a constant supply of better quality water piped into their homes and climate-resilient municipal services. In addition to improved environmental conditions, the subproject will reduce occurrence of water-related diseases and exposure to climate extremes. People would spend less on healthcare and lose fewer working days due to illness, so their economic status should also improve, as well as their overall health. 142. Therefore the proposed subproject is unlikely to cause significant adverse impacts and net environmental benefits to citizens of Lalmonirhat will be positive. The potential impacts that are associated with design, construction and operation can be mitigated to standard levels without difficulty through proper engineering design and the incorporation or application of recommended mitigation measures and procedures.

220

143. Per Government of Bangladesh Environment Conservation Act, 1995 (ECA, 1995) and Environment Conservation Rules (ECR, 1997), the subproject is categorized as “red” and Location Clearance Certificate (LCC) and Environmental Clearance Certificate (ECC) must be obtained from the DoE. 144. Based on the findings of the IEE, there are no significant impacts and the classification of the subproject as Category “B” is confirmed. No further special study or detailed environmental impact assessment (EIA) needs to be undertaken to comply with ADB SPS (2009).

221

Appendix 1: Rapid Environmental Assessment Checklist Screening Questions Yes No Remarks A. Project siting Is the project area…

Densely populated? Lalmonirhat pourashava covers an area of 17.60 km2 with population density of 3,427 persons per km2.The area is predominantly residential.

Heavy with development activities? The area is predominantly residential. Adjacent to or within any environmentally sensitive areas?

Cultural heritage site Protected area Wetland Mangrove Estuarine Buffer zone of protected area Special area for protecting biodiversity Bay

The subproject components are not within locations in or near sensitive and valuable ecosystems, including protected areas and forests.


Pollution of raw water supply from upstream wastewater discharge from communities, industries, agriculture, and soil erosion runoff?

Not applicable. The source is groundwater. Water quality tests conducted and findings suggest no issues.


Not applicable.

Hazard of land subsidence caused by excessive ground water pumping?

The potential abstraction rate is considered not to adversely impact the aquifer and is not envisaged to cause land subsidence.

Social conflicts arising from displacement of communities?

The proposed production tube wells (PTWs) and OHTs will not require acquisition of private land. There are no encroachers/squatters or residential/commercial structures within the identified land.

Conflicts in abstraction of raw water for water supply with other beneficial water uses for surface and ground waters?

Not anticipated. The water source in Lalmonirhat is groundwater, and based on bore tests, there is sufficient water in the aquifers to serve as a sustainable source for future demands.

Unsatisfactory raw water supply (e.g. excessive pathogens or mineral constituents)?

Raw water will be chlorinated prior to distribution. Water quality of treated water is will comply with the Bangladesh Standards for Drinking Water.

Delivery of unsafe water to distribution system? The subproject will provide treated water through rehabilitated network to prevent leakages and contamination.

Inadequate protection of intake works or wells, leading to pollution of water supply?

The PTWs and OHT will be secured and accessible to only authorized persons.

Over pumping of ground water, leading to salinization and ground subsidence?

The abstraction rate is considered not to adversely impact the aquifer and is not envisaged to cause land subsidence.

Excessive algal growth in storage reservoir? Not anticipated. The OHT will be fully enclosed. Water will only be stored in a short period of time.

Increase in production of sewage beyond capabilities of community facilities?

Sanitation improvements planned under the project including awareness building.

Inadequate disposal of sludge from water treatment plants?

Not applicable.

Inadequate buffer zone around pumping and treatment plants to alleviate noise and other possible nuisances and protect facilities?

Not applicable.

Impairments associated with transmission lines and access roads?

Anticipated during construction activities. However, impacts are temporary and short in duration. The EMP includes measures to

222

Screening Questions Yes No Remarks mitigate impacts.

Health hazards arising from inadequate design of facilities for receiving, storing, and handling ofchlorine and other hazardous chemicals.

Chlorine dosing will be done through chlorinators in PTWs. Separate storage areas for the chemicals have been included in the preliminary design of the PTWs.

Health and safety hazards to workers from handling and management of chlorine used for disinfection, other contaminants, and biological and physical hazards during project construction and operation?

Personal protective equipment will be provided to workers. Regular training will also be conducted to ensure that workers are aware of construction hazards and risks of chemicals during O&M.

Dislocation or involuntary resettlement of people? No displacement of communities is required in this subproject.


Not applicable.

Noise and dust from construction activities? Anticipated during construction activities. However, impacts are temporary and short in duration. The EMP includes measures to mitigate impacts.

Increased road traffic due to interference of construction activities?

Anticipated during construction activities. However, impacts are temporary and short in duration. The EMP ensures measures are included to mitigate impacts. Construction contractors will be required to coordinate with local traffic police.

Continuing soil erosion/silt runoff from construction operations?

The construction areas are all flat lands; soil erosion and silt run-off are least expected except during monsoon months. The EMP includes measures to mitigate impacts. Construction contractors will be required to include silt traps or canalizations where required.

Delivery of unsafe water due to poor O&M treatment processes (especially mud accumulations in filters) and inadequate chlorination due to lack of adequate monitoring of chlorine residuals in distribution systems?

The O&M Manuals include schedule for regular maintenance and appropriate chemical dosing.

Delivery of water to distribution system, which is corrosive due to inadequate attention to feeding of corrective chemicals?

Not Anticipated. Water quality will be regularly monitored by Lalmonirhatpourashava through the mini water testing laboratory to be procured under the subproject. .

Accidental leakage of chlorine gas? Not anticipated. Chlorine gas will not be used. Sodium or calcium hypochlorite will be used in the chlorination process.

Excessive abstraction of water affecting downstream water users?

Not applicable.

Competing uses of water? Not applicable. Increased volume of sullage (wastewater from cooking and washing) and sludge from wastewater treatment plant

Lalmonirhat will undertake sanitation improvement subproject. No WTP to be constructed under the subproject.


Improved water supply management systems through capacity building and institutional development will ensure reduced burden on services and infrastructure.




Not applicable. Construction will not involve use of explosives and chemicals. Trenching will be done manually. Use of chemical during O&M will be limited at PTW sites.

Community safety risks due to both accidental and natural hazards, especially where the

Operational area will be clearly demarcated and access will be controlled.

223

Screening Questions Yes No Remarks structural elements or components of the project are accessible to members of the affected community or where their failure could result in injury to the community throughout project construction, operation and decommissioning?

Only worker and project concerned members will be allowed to visit the operational sites.


Yes No Remarks

Is the Project area subject to hazards such as earthquakes, floods, landslides, tropical cyclone winds, storm surges, tsunami or volcanic eruptions and climate changes (see Appendix I)?

Could changes in temperature, precipitation, or extreme events patterns over the Project lifespan affect technical or financial sustainability (e.g., increased extreme rainfall increases flooding, damaging proposed infrastructure)?

Low lying areas of Lalmonirhat are subject to flooding during heavy rainfall in monsoon. Preliminary designs integrate a number of measures, both structural and non-structural, to mainstream climate resilience into the Lalmonirhat water supply subproject, including: (i) structural protection of facilities from future floods; (ii) standalone power backup for the PTWs and pumping stations; and (iii) promote more efficient use of water by reducing losses and wastage to counter increased demands due to higher temperatures.


Proposed project will not impact any marginalized population, rural-urban migrants, illegal settlement, etc.

Could the Project potentially increase the climate or disaster vulnerability of the surrounding area (e.g., by paving vulnerable groundwater recharge areas, or using water from a vulnerable source that is relied upon by many user groups, or encouraging settlement in earthquake zones)?

224

Appendix 2: Environmental Standards and Application Fees The standards for air, water, sound, odor and other components of the environment applicable to the project shall be determined in accordance with the standards specified in Schedules 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 8 of ECR, 1997. Standards ECR, 1997 (Rule 12)



Schedule 3







Schedule 10




Schedule 13


Schedule 14

225

226

Appendix 3: Sample Outline Spoils Management Plan I. Spoils information A. Materials type B. Potential contamination C. Expected volume and sources D. Spoil classification II. Spoils management A. Transportation of spoil B. Storage of spoil C. Contaminated spoil D. Approved reuse and/or disposal sites III. Records of reuse and/or disposal

227

Appendix 4: Sample Outline Traffic Management Plan A. Principles 1. One of the prime objectives of this TMP is to ensure the safety of all the road users along

the work zone, and to address the following issues: (i) the safety of pedestrians, bicyclists, and motorists travelling through the

construction zone; (ii) protection of work crews from hazards associated with moving traffic; (iii) mitigation of the adverse impact on road capacity and delays to the road















(v) considering how access will be provided to the worksite; (vi) contacting emergency service, school officials, and transit authorities to

determine if there are impacts to their operations; and

228





229










(vi) indicate the office hours of relevant offices. E. Install traffic control devices at the work zones and traffic diversion routes 10. The purpose of installing traffic control devices at the work zones is to delineate these areas to warn, inform, and direct the road users about a hazard ahead, and to protect them as well as the workers. As proper delineation is a key to achieve the above objective, it is important to install good traffic signs at the work zones. The following traffic control devices are used in work zones:



230




231


232


233


234


235


236


237

Appendix 5: Records of Public Consultations and FGDs FGD Summaries-Water Supply Lalmonirhat Pourashava Proposed

Project Facility/Alignment Related to Which Discussion Held






1 Construction of water distribution line

Jan 12, 2014

Muktojoddha Chattar, UttorSaptana, BGB Gate Road, W:5

M-17 F-0 T-17

Removal of illegal structure from the ROW. People in consultation and cooperation with the local ward level authority and PS will remove illegal structures on the ROW for their greater interest; even they show interest in the donation of small lands for the implementation of the subproject.

The water tariff should be within the purchase affordability of the mass people.

They need speedy implementation of laying the pipes to ensure low/minimum disturbance to traffic and business during construction stage.

Local authority and the people there will extend all sorts of help/assistance for easy, smooth and fast implementation of the subproject.

2 Improvement in Production Tube Well , OHT, Pump House, and Water Distribution network

Jan 13, 2014

Conference Room, Lalmonirhat Pourashava

M=33 F=4 T=37

Concerns: Temporal disturbance due to construction work to the city dwellers in the busy roads/ commercial areas. Opinions: People do not have any objections to the water supply construction works as they believe the subproject would bring immense benefits to them compared to the temporal disturbance. They suggest for speedy construction works in these areas.

The subproject to be operated and maintained by the PS with the technical support from DPHE.

Water should be round 24 hours of supply with adequate pressure. Water tariff should be affordable to them.

People will assist the PS in smooth and speedy implementation of the water supply subproject as the PS desire from them.

(M=No. of male participants; F= No. of female participants; T=Total participants) PHOTOGRAPH Photograph: FGD at Muktijoddha Chattar, Ward 5, Lalmonirhat Pourashava, Jan 12, 2014

238

Photograph: Consultation with people from different sections of the society, Conference Room, Lalmonirhat Pourashava, Jan 13, 2014

PARTICIPANT LIST Pourashava: Lalmonirhat Pourashava Component: Water-Overhead Tank, Pump and distribution line Location: Pourashava Office Meeting Place: Pourashava Conference Room Date: Jan 13, 2014 Time: 11:00 am Sl.No Name Occupation/Position 1. Capt. (R) AzizulHoque Retired Army Officer 2. NurulHoqueSarker ED, Nazir 3. MdBelal Hossain Reporter the Daily Korotoa 4. MdMonwar Ali Mondol O/C, Lalmonirhat 5. Md. Amjad Hossain Forest Extn. & Training Center 6. Dewanrafiqul Islam Project Coordinator, Slum Development, Lalmonirhat 7. SM Wahedul Hassan Sena Commission 8. MrsReshmaKhatun ED, DISA, Lalmonirhat 9. Md. Abdur Rauf Project Officer, IRDF, Lalmonirhat 10. Md. Mostaker Rahman Sub Asst. Engineer, Lalmonirhat PS 11. MdAbduzzametVhuttu Commissioner 12. Md. Kismot Ali Commissioner 13. Abul Hossain 14. Md. Golam Mustafa Contractor 15. Md. Hafez Contractor 16. Amjad Hossain 17. Md. Rafiqul Islam 18. Bishojit Kumar Banik Sanitary Inspector 19. Morolhumayunkabir Director, LCCI 20. MdRomjan Ali Contractor 21. Shamima Akhtar AO Lalmonirhat Pourashava 22. ShamoliBanik LDA Lalmonirhat Pourashava 23. Sahanur ASI LalmonirhatSadar Thana 24. ASM AshrafujjamanTalukdar Town Planner Lalmonirhat Municipality 25. Md Hassan Kamal Councilor, Lalmonirhat Pourashava 26. Barun Kumar Roy Lalmonirhat Pourashava 27. Md. ShafiulAlam Accountant, Lalmonirhat Pourashava 28. AbidKhaleque Lalmonirhat Pourashava 29. Md. TobarokUllah Retd, Asst. Headmaster 30. Harun-Ur-Rashid Councilor, Lalmonirhat Pourashava 31. Md. HasanuzzamanBashunia Secretary, Lalmonirhat Pourashava 32. Md. ShohelRana Lalmonirhat Pourashava

239

Sl.No Name Occupation/Position 33. Uttom Roy 34. Golan Mortaza Councilor, Lalmonirhat Pourashava 35. Md. Entazurrahman Councilor, Lalmonirhat Pourashava 36. Md. Reazul Islam Rintu Mayor, Lalmonirhat Pourashava 37. Md. FazlulHoque Executive Engineer, Councilor, Lalmonirhat Pourashava 38. M A MominKhondaker Environmental Safeguard Specialist, UGIIP III, Dhaka PARTICIPANT LIST Pourashava: LalmonirhatPourashava Component: Water-Overhead Tank, Pump and distribution line Location: MuktijoddhaChattar, Ward 5, LalmonirhatPourashava Meeting Place: Roadside Food and Tea Stall Date: Jan 12, 2014 Time: 3:00 pm

SL Name Sex Address Occupation 1. Md. Amzad Hossain Male UttorSaptana Service 2. NurNabi Male UttorSaptana Business 3. Nirmol Chandra Roy Male UttorSaptana Agriculture 4. Montaz Ali Male UttorSaptana Auto Puller 5. Jobed Ali Male UttorSaptana Agriculture 6. Md. Rafique Male UttorSaptana Driver 7. Yousuf Ali Male UttorSaptana Service 8. EmdadulHaque Male UttorSaptana Business 9. MdIsrail Male UttorSaptana Business 10. Fazley Rabbi Male UttorSaptana Student 11. Abdul Ali Male UttorSaptana Agriculture 12. KhondokarSamsuzzaman Babul Male UttorSaptana Service 13. Mojjom Male UttorSaptana Agriculture 14. MdRobiul Male UttorSaptana Labor 15. MdShaheen Male UttorSaptana Labor 16. Robiul Islam Male UttorSaptana Agriculture 17. Mohammod Ali Male UttorSaptana Driver

240





* Female Age

Home Address Place Phone no. E-mail Complaint/Suggestion/Comment/Question Please provide the details (who, what, where, and how) of your grievance below: If included as attachment/note/letter, please tick here: How do you want us to reach you for feedback or use on your comment/grievance?



Yes No


241

Appendix 7: Sample Semi-Annual Reporting Format This template must be included as an appendix in the EIA/IEE that will be prepared for the project. It can be adapted to the specific project as necessary. I. INTRODUCTION - Overall project description and objectives - Description of subprojects - Environmental category of the sub-projects - Details of site personnel and/or consultants responsible for environmental monitoring - Overall project and sub-project progress and status




List of Works

Progress of Works









(iv) Are there designated areas for concrete works, and refueling? (v) Are there spill kits on site and if there are site procedure for handling

emergencies; (vi) Is there any chemical stored on site and what is the storage condition? (vii) Is there any dewatering activities if yes, where is the water being discharged; (viii) How are the stockpiles being managed? (ix) How is solid and liquid waste being handled on site? (x) Review of the complaint management system; (xi) Checking if there are any activities being under taken out of working hours

and how that is being managed.

242

















SO2 µg/m3

NO2 µg/m3


µg/m3 SO2 µg/m3

NO2 µg/m3

243



µS/cm BOD mg/L

TSS mg/L

TN mg/L

TP mg/L


µS/cm BOD mg/L

TSS mg/L

TN mg/L

TP mg/L



LAeq (dBA) (Monitoring Results) Site No. Date of Testing Site Location Day Time Night Time

IV. SUMMARY OF KEY ISSUES AND REMEDIAL ACTIONS Summary of follow up time-bound actions to be taken within a set timeframe. V. APPENDIXES Photos Summary of consultations Copies of environmental clearances and permits Sample of environmental site inspection report Others.

Draft Initial Environmental Examination April 2014 BAN: Third Urban Governance and Infrastructure Improvement (Sector) Project – Naogaon Drainage Subproject (Phase 1)


245



$1.00 = BDT80



246



NOTES



247

CONTENTS EXECUTIVE SUMMARY...................................................................................................249 I. INTRODUCTION ...................................................................................................252 II. POLICY, LEGAL, AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK ..................................252

A. ADB Policy ...................................................................................................252 B. National Laws...............................................................................................253 C. Government of Bangladesh Environmental Assessment Procedures ...........254

III. DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT.......................................................................255 A. The Study Area ............................................................................................255 B. Existing Condition and Need for the Project .................................................255 C. Proposed Components.................................................................................256 D. Implementation Schedule .............................................................................257

IV. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT .............................................................260 A. Methodology Used for the Baseline Study....................................................260 B. Physical Characteristics ...............................................................................261 C. Biological Characteristics .............................................................................262 D. Socioeconomic Characteristics ....................................................................262 E. Historical, Cultural and Archaeological Characteristics.................................263

V. ASSESSMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND SAFEGUARDS.....................264 A. Methodology.................................................................................................264 B. Screening out Areas of No Significant Impact...............................................264 C. Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – Planning and Design Phase ....265 D. Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – Construction Phase............266 E. Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – Operations and Maintenance Phase ....................................................................................................................272 F. Cumulative Impact Assessment ...................................................................274

VI. INFORMATION DISCLOSURE, CONSULTATION, AND PARTICIPATION................276 A. Public Consultation Conducted ....................................................................276 B. Future Consultation and Disclosure..............................................................277

VII. GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM......................................................................277 VIII. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN...............................................................280

A. Institutional Arrangement..............................................................................280 B. Safeguard Implementation Arrangement ...........................................................280 C. Institutional Capacity Development Program................................................309 D. Staffing Requirement and Budget......................................................................309

IX. MONITORING AND REPORTING.........................................................................314 X. CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS ...............................................................315 APPENDIX 1: RAPID ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT CHECKLIST..........................317 APPENDIX 2: ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS AND APPLICATION FEES .................320 APPENDIX 3: SAMPLE OUTLINE SPOILS MANAGEMENT PLAN ................................322 APPENDIX 4: SAMPLE OUTLINE TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PLAN ..............................323 APPENDIX 5: RECORDS OF PUBLIC CONSULTATIONS AND FGDS ..........................334 APPENDIX 6: SAMPLE GRIEVANCE REGISTRATION FORM .......................................337 APPENDIX 7: SAMPLE SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTING FORMAT ....................................338 List of Tables Table 1: Applicable Government of Bangladesh Environmental Legislations__________________ 253 Table 2: Likely Government of Bangladesh Classification of Naogaon Drainage Subproject______ 255 Table 3: Proposed Drainage Improvements in Naogaon _________________________________ 256 Table 4: Proposed Drains under Phase 1 Implementation - Naogaon _______________________ 257 Table 5: Population of Naogaon Pourashava __________________________________________ 262 Table 6: Fields in Which the Subproject Is Not Expected to have Significant Impacts ___________ 264 Table 7: Site and Design Considerations to Meet EARF Environmental Criteria _______________ 265 Table 8: Possible Actions to Mitigate against Projected Effects of Climate Change on Drainage Infrastructure and Improve Climate Resilience _________________________________________ 266 Table 9: Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – Construction Phase _________________ 267

248

Table 10: Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – O&M Phase ______________________ 273 Table 11: Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan – Prior, During, and Post Construction Phase_________________________________________________________________________ 284 Table 12: Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan – O&M Phase ___________________ 302 Table 13: Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan – O&M Phase ___________________ 303 Table 14: Training Program for Environmental Management ______________________________ 309 Table 15: Indicative Cost of EMP Implementation_______________________________________ 310 Table 16: Indicative Cost of EMP Implementation – Per Source of Funding __________________ 312 List of Figures Figure 1: Location Map ___________________________________________________________ 258 Figure 2: Proposed Drainage Works in NaogaonPourashava______________________________ 259 Figure3: Typical Reinforced Cement Concrete Box Culvert Drain __________________________ 260 Figure4: Typical RCC Trapezoidal Line Drain__________________________________________ 260 Figure 5: Grievance Redress Process__________________________Error! Bookmark not defined. Figure 6: Safeguards Implementation Arrangement _____________________________________ 283

249

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

1. After the successful implementation of the First and Second Urban Governance and Infrastructure Improvement Projects (UGIIP I and II)1 in 74selected pourashavas, the Local Government Engineering Department (LGED) within the Ministry of Local Government, Rural Development and Cooperatives (MLGRDC) with the financial assistance of Asian Development Bank (ADB) have planned to implement the third phase of the project titled the Third Urban Governance and Infrastructure Improvement Project (UGIIP-3) in selected 30 pourashavas over a period of 6 years (2014 to 2020). 2. The impact will be improved living environment in project towns. The outcome will be improved municipal service delivery and urban governance in project towns. Project towns are pre-selected 30 towns to be supported in an integrated manner under the project. 3. A sector-lending approach will be used for the project as it has been well established and successfully practiced in the UGIIP I and II. 4. The Local Government Engineering Department (LGED) and the Department of Public Health Engineering (DPHE), both under the Local Government Division (LGD) of the Ministry of Local Government, Rural Development and Cooperatives (MLGRD&C) and having extensive experience in managing urban and water supply projects financed by ADB, will be the executing agencies of the project. 5. The Naogaon drainage subproject is one of the subprojects proposed under UGIIP-3. ADB requires the consideration of environmental issues in all aspects of the Bank’s operations, and the requirements for environmental assessment are described in ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS, 2009). This is the draft Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) based on the feasibility study and preliminary engineering designs prepared during project preparation. This IEE will be finalized during detailed design stage to reflect any changes and latest subproject designs. 6. Categorization. An environmental assessment using ADB’s Rapid Environmental Assessment (REA) checklist for drainage and flood control (Appendix 1) was conducted and results of the assessment show that the subproject is unlikely to cause significant adverse impacts. Naogaon drainage subproject is classified as environmental category B as per ADB SPS. This initial environmental examination (IEE) has been prepared in accordance with ADB SPS’s requirements for environment category B projects and provides mitigation and monitoring measures to ensure no significant impacts as a result of the subproject. 7. As per Government of Bangladesh Environment Conservation Act, 1995 (ECA, 1995) and Environment Conservation Rules (ECR, 1997), Naogaon drainage subproject is categorized as “red” and location clearance certificate (LCC) and environmental clearance certificate (ECC) must be obtained from the DoE. 8. Subproject scope. Investments under this subproject include construction of 2.395 kilometers (km) of drainage network within the core area of the pourashava.


250

9. Implementation arrangements. Local Government Engineering Department (LGED) and Department of Public Health Engineering (DPHE) are the executing agencies (EA). LGED is responsible for providing support and guidance to pourashavas concerning performance criteria and pourashava development planning. DPHE will provide support in water supply and sanitation schemes. Implementation activities will be overseen by a Project Management Office (PMO). The participating pourashavas are the implementing agencies (IA), with a project implementation unit (PIU) within the pourashava structure. Consultant teams2 are responsible for (i) detailed engineering design, contract documents preparation and safeguards facilitation; (ii) project management and administration support; (iii) assistance in supervising construction; (iii) strengthening of local governance, conducting required studies/surveys and (iv) awareness raising on behavioral change in water, sanitation and solid waste management activities. 10. Description of the environment. Subproject components are located in Naogaon urban area or in its immediate surroundings which were developed into urban land uses. The subproject sites are located in existing right of ways (ROWs) and government-owned land. There are no protected areas, wetlands, mangroves, or estuaries in or near the subproject location. There are no forest areas within or near Naogaon. 11. Environmental management. An environmental management plan (EMP) is included as part of this IEE, which includes (i) mitigation measures for environmental impacts during implementation; (ii) an environmental monitoring program, and the responsible entities for mitigating, monitoring, and reporting; (iii) public consultation and information disclosure; and (iv) a grievance redress mechanism. A number of impacts and their significance were reduced through mitigation measures in the preliminary design stage. The EMP will form part of the civil work bidding and contract documents. 12. Locations and siting of the proposed infrastructures were considered to further reduce impacts. The concepts considered in design of the Naogaon drainage subproject are: (i) locating facilities on government-owned land to avoid the need for land acquisition and relocation of people; (ii) taking all possible measures in design and selection of alignment to avoid resettlement impacts; (iii) avoiding where possible locations that will result in destruction/disturbance to historical and cultural places/values; (iv) avoiding tree-cutting where possible; (v) ensuring all planning and design interventions and decisions are made in consultation with local communities and reflecting inputs from public consultation and disclosure for site selection. 13. During the construction phase, impacts mainly arise from (i) disturbance of residents, businesses, and traffic; (ii) need to manage excess construction materials and spoils; and (iii) community and workers health and safety. These are common impacts of construction in urban areas, and there are well developed methods for their mitigation.Measures such as conducting work in lean season and minimizing inconvenience by best construction methods will be employed. Traffic management will be necessary during excavation works on busy roads. In the operational phase, all facilities and infrastructure will operate with routine maintenance, which should not affect the environment. Facilities will need to be repaired from time to time, but environmental impacts will be much less than those of the construction period as the work will be infrequent, affecting small areas only. 14. Mitigation measures have been developed to reduce all negative impacts to acceptable levels and will be assured through a program of environmental monitoring. The monitoring program will include observations on- and off-site, document checks, and



251

interviews with workers and beneficiaries. The PMO will submit semi-annual monitoring reports to ADB which will include a detailed review of EMP implementation, including corrective actionstaken. 15. Consultation, disclosure and grievance redress. The stakeholders were involved in developing the IEE through discussions on-site and public consultation, after which views expressed were incorporated into the IEE and in the planning and development of the subproject. The IEE will be made available at public locations in the pourashava and will be disclosed to a wider audience via the ADB and LGED project websites. The consultation process will be continued and expanded during project implementation to ensure that stakeholders are fully engaged in the project and have the opportunity to participate in its development and implementation. A grievance redress mechanism is described within the IEE to ensure any public grievances are addressed quickly. 16. Monitoring and reporting. The PMO, PIU (Naogaon pourashava), and Management Design and Supervision Consultants (MDSC) will be responsible for safeguard monitoring. TheMDSC will submit monthly monitoring reports to PMO, and the PMO will send semi-annual monitoring reports to ADB. ADB will post the semi-annual environmental monitoring reports on its website as part of its disclosure requirements. 17. Conclusions and recommendations. The citizens of Naogaon will be the major beneficiaries of this subproject. The proposed subproject is unlikely to cause significant adverse impacts and net environmental benefits to citizens of Naogaon will be positive. The potential impacts that are associated with design, construction and operation can be mitigated to standard levels without difficulty through proper engineering design and the incorporation or application of recommended mitigation measures and procedures. 18. Based on the findings of the IEE, there are no significant impacts and the classification of the subproject as Category “B” is confirmed. No further special study or detailed environmental impact assessment (EIA) needs to be undertaken to comply with ADB SPS, 2009.

252

I. INTRODUCTION 1. After the successful implementation of Urban Governance and Infrastructure Improvement Projects (UGIIP I and II)3 in the selected pourashavas, Local Government Engineering Department (LGED) with the financial assistance of Asian Development Bank (ADB) have planned to implement a similar project (UGIIP-3) in selected thirty pourashavas over a period of 6 years (2014 to 2020). 2. The impact will be improved living environment in project towns. The outcome will be improved municipal service delivery and urban governance in project towns. Project towns are pre-selected 30 towns to be supported in an integrated manner under the project. UGIIP-3 will improve existing and provide new municipal infrastructures including (i) roads; (ii) drainages; (iii) water supply system; (iv) solid waste management facilities; (v) slaughterhouses; (vi) markets, community center/auditorium, bus and truck terminals and river ghats; (vii) public toilets; and (viii) others such as provision for street lighting and improvement of slums. 3. A sector-lending approach will be used for the ensuing loan project as it has been well established and successfully practiced in the UGIIP I and II. 4. LGED is the executing agency of the project while DPHE (Department of Public Health Engineering) will provide advisory support in relation to the implementation of water supply schemes/subprojects in a pourashavas. 5. Naogaon drainage subproject is one of the subprojects proposed under UGIIP-3. ADB requires the consideration of environmental issues in all aspects of the Bank’s operations, and the requirements for environmental assessment are described in ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS, 2009). 6. Categorization. An environmental assessment using ADB’s Rapid Environmental Assessment (REA) checklist for drainage and flood control (Appendix 1) was conducted and results of the assessment show that the subproject is unlikely to cause significant adverse impacts. Naogaon drainage subproject is classified as environmental category B as per ADB SPS. This initial environmental examination (IEE) has been prepared in accordance with ADB SPS’s requirements for environment category B projects and provides mitigation and monitoring measures to ensure no significant impacts as a result of the subproject.

II. POLICY, LEGAL, AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK A. ADB Policy 7. ADB requires the consideration of environmental issues in all aspects of ADB’s operations, and the requirements for environmental assessment are described in ADB SPS, 2009. This states that ADB requires environmental assessment of all ADB investments. 8. Screening and categorization. The nature of the environmental assessment required for a project depends on the significance of its environmental impacts, which are


253

related to the type and location of the project; the sensitivity, scale, nature, and magnitude of its potential impacts; and the availability of cost-effective mitigation measures. Projects are screened for their expected environmental impacts, and are assigned to one of the following four categories:





9. This draft IEE for the Naogaon drainage subproject is based on the feasibility study and preliminary engineering designs prepared during project preparation. This IEE will be finalized during detailed design stage to reflect any changes and latest subproject designs.



(ii) final or updated EIA and/or IEE upon receipt; and (iii) environmental monitoring reports submitted by the Project Management

Office (PMO) during project implementation upon receipt. B. National Laws 12. Implementation of all subprojects will be governed by the environmental acts, rules, policies, and regulations of the Government of Bangladesh. These regulations impose restrictions on the activities to minimize/mitigate likely impacts on the environment. Many of these are cross-sectoral and several of them are directly related to environmental issues. The most important of these are the Environment Conservation Act, 1995 (ECA, 1995), and the Environment Conservation Rules (ECR, 1997). 13. Table 1 presents specific requirements for the Naogaon drainage subproject. Appendix 2 provides the environmental standards for air, surface water, groundwater, drinking water, emissions, noise and vehicular exhaust.


1. Environmental Conservation Act of 1995 and

Restriction on operation and process, which can be

The provisions of the act apply to the entire subproject in the construction

254

Legislation Requirements for the Project Relevance amendments in 2000, 2002 and 2010 4

continued or cannot be initiated in the ecologically critical areas





and operation and maintenance (O&M) phases.



quality standards













C. Government of Bangladesh Environmental Assessment Procedures 14. Under ECA, 1995 and ECR, 1997 industrial units and projects are classified into four categories according to “their site and impact on the environment” and investment size, and each category (Green, Orange-A, Orange-B and Red) requires a different level of environmental assessment as a prerequisite for the Department of Environment (DoE) in granting the locational clearance certificate (LCC) and environmental clearance certificate (ECC)that allow the project to proceed. 15. As per Schedule 1 of ECA, 1995Naogaon drainage subproject is likely to be classified as red category (Table 2). Thus LCC and ECC is required from the DoE prior to commencement of the subproject.



255

Table 2: Likely Government of Bangladesh Classification of Naogaon Drainage

Subproject Subproject Component Equivalent in Schedule I of

ECR 1997 DoE Classification

Primary network (includes domestic connections or primary drains) Secondary network (includes secondary drains)

1. Drainage and flood control

Tertiary network (includes main drains and drainage outfalls)

Engineering works (up to 10 hundred thousand Taka capital)

Red Per preliminary quantity and cost estimate, Naogaon drainage and flood control structures 219.863 million Taka

16. Rule 7 of the ECR, 1997 indicates that the application for ECC must be made to the relevant DoE Divisional Officer, and the application for red category projects will include the following:

(i) completed application for ECC, and the appropriate fee; (ii) report on the feasibility of the project; (iii) report on the IEE for the project, and terms of reference (TOR) for the EIA; or EIA report prepared on the basis of TOR previously approved by DoE; (iv) report on the environmental management plan (EMP); (v) no objection certificate from the local authority; (vi) emergency plan relating to adverse environmental impact and plan for mitigation of the effect of pollution; and (vii) Outline of the relocation and rehabilitation plan (where applicable).

17. DoE has 60 days to respond to receipt of the ECC application for a red category project. 18. This draft IEE will serve the basis for the ECC application and will be supplemented to fulfill any additional government requirements.

III. DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT A. The Study Area 19. Naogoan is a district located in the north-western part of Bangladesh. It is under Rajshahi Division. Naogaon is bounded by Bogra and Joypurhat in the east, Rajshahi and Natore in the south and west Bengal of India in the north and west. Noagoan pourashava consists of 9 wards and the present area is 37.03 square kilometers (km2). 20. Subproject components are located in Naogaon urban area or in its immediate surroundings which were converted into urban use for many years ago, and there is no natural habitat left at these sites. The subproject sites are located in existing right of way (ROWs) and government-owned land. There are no protected areas, wetlands, mangroves, or estuaries in or near the subproject location. There are no forest areas within or near Naogaon. The location map is shown as Figure 1. B. Existing Condition and Need for the Project 21. Water logging, drainage congestion and lack of proper outfall for the existing drains are the main problems. Two rivers, Choto Jamuna and Tulsi Ganga, flowing through the pourashava are supposed to serve the purpose of primary drains. But due to encroachments

256

it is not possible to connect most of the drains with the rivers. This is aggravated by the higher level of Choto Jamuna banks resulting to only few small drains can have outfalls to this river. Other than the two rivers there is a Shuormardhara khal along the western periphery that is silted up and occupied illegally as cultivated land and almost lost its existence. 22. The southern and western periphery of the pourashava is about 3 meters lower than the core areas. Most of the existing drains in this part of the pourashava drain to low lying areas and agricultural fields before ultimately draining to the rivers. 23. The total length of the present drainage system in Naogaon pourashava is 55.16 kilometers (km). Out of that the length of pucca (made of masonry or reinforced cement concrete [RCC]) drains (primary, secondary or tertiary) is 38.36km. This is considered by the PPTA study as very much insufficient. The remaining 16.80km drain is katcha (earthen). The present drains have no outfall. 24. The PPTA study noted Naogaon pourashava existing drainage network is very poor and there are areas which are annually inundated by the storm water for significant duration and several times in a year. Absence of natural khals has created a negative effect in the establishment of good drainage system in the pourashava. The existing drains are not well designated and the numbers of secondary drains are very insignificant. 25. Another reason for drainage congestion, as stated by the locals during consultations and pourashava people is that the bed of the Choto Jamuna and Tulsi Ganga have been silted up. During winter season (December to February) these rivers are completely dried up. During monsoon season (June to September) the rivers cannot contain the extra flood flow. Water backflows through the existing drains causing inundation inside the pourashava area. C. Proposed Components 26. The drainage alignments ere visited and examined extensively by the PPTA team. The rainfall, flooding information were collected including history of stagnation, over-flow causing inundation of adjoining areas. The existing conditions were assessed and used as basis for widening or deepening requirements, re-sectioning needs, longitudinal gradients and location of outfall. The list of proposed drainage network (Table 3) was discussed with Naogaon pourashava Town Level Committee Council (TLCC) and municipal council, with a view to prepare preliminary designs and cost estimates. 27. Figures 3 to 5 show the typical sections of different types of roads that may be used in the subproject.

Table 3: Proposed Drainage Improvements in Naogaon ID No. Name of Drain Length (km)

D-1* Construction of RCC drain (large) from Ukilpara sluice gate to Durgapur beel 1.800 D-2 Construction of RCC drain (alongwith cover slab) from Kalitolamor to Doptoriparamor

via Napitparamor 1.274

D-3* Construction of RCC drain from Jonokolyan culvert to HumayunKabir’sBottola at Chakdev 0.595

D-4 Construction of RCC drain from Hotel Obokashmor to Sanyalbarimor 0.587 D-5 Construction of RCC drain from TajerMorShahidMinar to Tulshiganga river 1.124 D-6 Construction of RCC drain from Muktirmor to Rubirmor 0.532 D-7 Construction of RCC drain from Red Crescent to Kazirmor via ATM field 0.457 D-8 Construction of RCC drain from Naogaon University College to Sluice gate at

Surmarikhal 0.736

D-9 Construction of RCC drain from Doyalmor market to Surmarikhal 0.385 D-10 Construction of RCC drain from ArzinaogaonModhyopara to SomobayTrgInstt 0.800

Total 8.290 * to be implemented in UGIIP-3 Phase 1

257

28. This IEE covers construction of 2 drains with total length of 2.395 km (Table 4) to be rehabilitated under Phase 1 (see implementation schedule). This IEE will be updated with the final road designs to be prepared during the detailed design phase.5

Table 4: Proposed Drains under Phase 1 Implementation - Naogaon ID No. Name of Drain Length

(km) Type Remarks

D-1 Construction of RCC drain (large) from Ukilpara sluice gate to Durgapur beel

1.800 Primary Following the alignment of a katcha drain and falling to Durgapur beel(large shallow lake or marsh)

D-3 Construction of RCC drain from Jonokolyan culvert to HumayunKabir’s Bottola at Chakdev

0.595 Secondary Following the katcha drain and falling to the beel area

Total 2.395 29. The proposed DR-1 drain will be a primary drain in the core area of the pourashava. It will follow a long stretch of water-logged residential area which is a breeding place of mosquitoes and other insects. Although it is originating near the Choto Jamuna River, its natural slope is towards the low land in the west. The lower part of the drain is also katcha and running for a good length in katcha condition drains to the beel area in the west of the pourashava which is used for agriculture purpose. The polluted water may damage the crops and therefore a filter bed is proposed at the outfall. 30. Drain DR-3 is the extension of an existing primary drain which is now discharging to a two vent culvert named Janakalyan culvert. After the culvert the drain has no defined alignment and the drain water spreads over the ground occupying a wide space causing much inconvenience to the people of the area and deteriorating the environmental condition. D. Implementation Schedule 31. Implementation of UGIIP-3is split up into 3 phases: (i) 1st phase = 18 months or 1.5 years; (ii) 2nd phase = 30 months or 2.5 years; and (iii) 3rd phase = 24 months or 2 years 32. Construction of two drains (total 2.935 km)6 will be implemented under Phase 1, while the remaining 33 roads will be implemented in the succeeding phases. Preliminary design of Phase 1 roads has been done by the PPTA and will finalized during detailed design stage. It is estimated that construction period for Phase 1 implementation will cover 18 months. 33. The final detailed implementation schedule will be provided in the updated IEE once the detailed design phase is completed.

5 A new IEE will need to be prepared for each phase, which would require a simple updating of this IEE, as follows: Naogaon Drainage (Phase II) IEE and Naogaon Drainage (Phase III) IEE 6 Drain ID Numbers D-1 and D-3.

258


Figure 2: Proposed Drainage Works in NaogaonPourashava

260

Figure3: Typical Reinforced Cement Concrete Box Culvert Drain

Figure4: Typical RCC Trapezoidal Line Drain



(i) subproject details, reports, maps, and other documents available with the ADB and PPTA consultants, LGED, and Naogaon pourashava;



35. Several visits to the subproject sites were made during the PPTA stages to assess the existing environment (physical, biological, and socioeconomic) and gather information with regard to the proposed sites and scale of the proposed subproject. A separate socioeconomic study was conducted to determine the demographic information, archeological and religious places, densely populated pockets, and settlements. 36. Data analysis and interpretation. The data collected was analyzed and interpretations made to assess the physical, biological, and socioeconomic features of the project area. The relevant information is presented in the succeeding paragraphs.

261

37. Updating during detailed design phase. The IEE including specific description of the environment and corridor of impact will be updated as necessary based on the final roads design and alignments. B. Physical Characteristics 38. Topography. Naogaon is a land with mixed topography. It is a little undulating with high land in the central core area with natural low lying agricultural lands in the western and southern periphery. The national highway which passes through of the Pourashava and after crossing the Choto Jamuna River runs almost parallel to the river. The area on both sides of the highway up to the Choto Jamuna river bank is high and established core area of the Pourashava. This core area is not prone to annual flood except temporary flooding by the monsoon storm water due to drainage congestion. The southern and western periphery of the Pourashava is lower than the urban core area by more than 3 meter and has a rural nature with mostly consisting of paddy fields and the people term the area as ‘beel’ (low marshy land) area. The natural slope of the Pourashava area is therefore from north-eastern to south-western area. 39. Climatic conditions. The climate in the pourashava area is moderate with the maximum and minimum mean monthly temperature being 32oC and 23.2oC, respectively observed in August and January. Mean annual rainfall is 2314 mm, with most of it occurring during five months of monsoon, between May to September, which is around 86% of the aggregate precipitation. In the winter months of December-January, at times, temperature comes down substantially that at times adds to the woe of the dwellers. 40. Surface water and other bodies of water. The Choto Jamuna River, a tributary of the Ganges River, is passing through the heart of the pourashava entering from north and leaving in the south for 8.15 km bifurcating the pourashava into eastern and western parts. The flow of the Choto Jamuna River is continuous throughout the year, but in the winter season some portion of its bed becomes dry. The section of the Choto Jamuna River is quite regular with some tendency of erosion of the eastern bank in the Pourashava area. During monsoon when the water level of the Ganges River is high, the Choto Jamuna River also remains high causing congestion in the river flow and consequent flooding in the floodplains of the river including the pourashava area. 41. Another smaller river is the Tulsi Ganga River passing through the eastern part of the pourashava for 4.24 km. It becomes totally dry during winter season. It is more stable and encounters no erosion problem. 42. There are large number of ponds, ditches, low lying agricultural lands as low pockets in Naogaon which act as retention basin to delay the maximum floods in the monsoon. However the PPTA study identified there are no existing natural or man-made bodies of water adjacent or within the corridors of impact of the subproject. Any water bodies to be identified during detailed design phase will be assessed and reported in the updated IEE. 43. Air quality. As there are no major industries in Naogaon the main sources of air pollution are vehicles and non-point sources such as open burning. There are currently no air quality monitoring stations are in operation within the pourashava limit. The baseline air quality will be measured by the subproject contractors prior to commencement of work. The results will be provided in the updated IEE and all other measurements during implementation will be reported as part of EMP implementation. 44. Acoustic environment. Subproject components are in the built-up part of Naogaon, with residential, commercial, and institutional establishments. The volume of traffic that passes through these sections is not significant and traffic jams are not frequent. However

262

vehicular movement can be considered as major cause of noise pollution. The baseline noise level will be measured by the subproject contractors prior to commencement of work. The results will be provided in the updated IEE and all other measurements during implementation will be reported as part of EMP implementation. C. Biological Characteristics 45. Flora and fauna. Subproject components are located in Naogaon urban area or in its immediate surroundings which were converted into urban use for years ago, and there is no natural habitat left at these sites. Animals and plants in the subproject area are those commonly found in urban and built-up areas. No endangered/protected species of either flora or fauna are found in the pourashava or its immediate surroundings. 46. Protected areas. There are no protected forests, wetlands, mangroves, or estuaries in or near the subproject area. D. Socioeconomic Characteristics 47. Area and population. Naogaon pourashava occupies an area of 37.03 km2 with population of 150,549 as per Bangladesh Bureau of Statistics (BBS) Census 2011. It is divided into 9 wards. The information about total number of households with average size and population of the pourashava is presented in Table5.

Table 5: Population of Naogaon Pourashava Administrative Unit

Area (sq. km)

Households (nos.)

Total Population

Average HH Size

Density (per sq.km)

Naogaon Pourashava

37.03 35,923 150,549 4.19 1,941

Ward No - 01 3.27 4655 21,141 4.54 6,465 Ward No - 02 4.09 4659 18,465 3.96 4,515 Ward No - 03 4.77 3519 14,325 4.07 3003 Ward No - 04 1.31 4012 16,738 4.17 12,777 Ward No - 05 1.66 3648 14,747 4.04 8,884 Ward No - 06 10.05 3681 15,193 4.13 1,512 Ward No - 07 3.78 4103 17,422 4.25 4,609 Ward No - 08 3.79 3578 15,660 4.38 4,132 Ward No - 09 4.31 4068 16,858 4.14 3,911 Source: BBS Community Report, Zilla: Naogaon, 2011 48. Land use. According to existing land use pattern, it has been ascertained that the major land use of the Pourashava area goes to agricultural land and is about 59.17% of the total land which depicts a clear picture of agricultural base of NaogaonPourashava. With the rapid growth of population urbanization is increasing with the agricultural lands going out of cultivation due to its use for non-agricultural purposes like house building, development of different infrastructures, administration and institutional buildings etc. The second major use is residential and homesteads and occupying about 24.48% of the area. The other categories of land use pattern are not significant although the use for drains is included in miscellaneous category which is very little. The use under transportation category is also very little for an urban area. 49. Type of community spread. Majority (over 80%) of the population in Naogaon belong to the Muslim community followed by Hindus and other religions. Naogaon Sadar has an average literacy rate of 34.5% (7+ years), and the national average of 32.4% literate. 50. Existing provisions for pedestrians and other forms of transport. Total length of roads is 293.76 km. Of this, paved – 120.79 km (30% in good condition); brick soled – 30.09

263

km (60% in good condition); and unpaved – 142.88 km (70% in good condition]. Lack of maintenance, a commonplace phenomenon, is mainly due to paucity of fund. Road system has 7 bridges and 17 culverts. 51. Water Supply. The system comprises 10 production tube wells (PTWs), 2 iron removal plants but currently not in use, 1 water tower, 1,850 privately owned tube wells, 7,000 water connections and 60 km of transmission and distribution mains. The water supply system operates 13 hours a day. 52. Solid waste management. The SWM system has a load of 42 tons per day, of which 20 tons are collected by the pourashava and dumped in its 4.5 acre dumping site. 3 garbage trucks are available (not in a very good shape), 16 rickshaw vans and 77 dustbins. Waste segregation is not practiced. 53. Other existing amenities for community welfare. The pourashava has 1 Zilaboard-managed park, 3 grave yards, 1 burning crematorium, 1 government hospital, 30 government primary schools, 12 high schools, 5 girls’ schools, 3 colleges, 1 women’s college, 1 university college, and 1 polytechnic institute. E. Historical, Cultural and Archaeological Characteristics 54. Physical and cultural heritage. Paharpur is a small village 5 km west of Jamalganj in the Naogaon district where the remains of the most important and the largest known monastery south of the Himalayas have been excavated. This 7th century archaeological find covers an area of approximately 27 acres (110,000 m2) of land. The entire establishment, occupying a quadrangular court, measures more than 900 ft (270 m) and is from 12 to 15 ft (3.7 to 4.6 m) in height. With an elaborate gateway complex on the north, there are 45 cells on the north and 44 in each of the other three sides, for a total number of 177 rooms. The architecture of the pyramidal cruciform temple is profoundly influenced by those of South-East Asia, especially Myanmar and Java. It takes its name from a high mound, which looked like a pahar, or hillock. 55. Kusumba Mosque is named after the village of Kusumba, under the Mandaupazila of Naogaon district, on the west bank of the Atrai river. It lies inside a walled enclosure with a monumental gateway with standing spaces for guards. It was built by a high-ranking official named Sulaiman, during the period of Afghan rule in Bengal, under one of the last Suri rulers, GhiyasuddinBahadur Shah. The inscription tablet is in Arabic, with only the word 'built by' in Persian, dates the building to 966 AH (1558-59 AD), and is fixed over its eastern central entrance. Although built during Suri rule, the mosque is not influenced by the earlier Suri architecture of North India, and is well grounded in the Bengal style. The brick building, gently curved cornice, and the engaged octagonal corner towers are typical features. 56. Patisar village is associated with Rabindranath Tagore. It is situated on the banks of the river Nagor, 12 km south-east of the Atrai railway station and 26 km from the district town. The headquarters of the Tagore family's zamindari in KaligramPargana was located at Patisar. Dwarkanath Tagore, the grandfather of Rabindranath Tagore, purchased this zamindari in 1830.Rabindranath Tagore first came to Patisarin January 1891. The architectural design of the two-storied Kuthibari of Patisar is similar to that of Shilaidaha-Shahjadpur. 57. Dubalhati is an ancient site in the south-western part of the district. The road to Dubalhati passes through the wide body of water known as “Dighlibeel”. There is a large well in the center of the road for providing travelers with water. Today the road is becoming a

264

recreational place for the town dwellers because of its natural beauty. The most notable feature of Dubalhati is the "Raja's Mansion" (Jomidar Bari or Rajbari). 58. It has been noted during the PPTA study road alignments and corridors of impact are not within nor adjacent to these sites.

V. ASSESSMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND SAFEGUARDS A. Methodology 59. Issues for consideration have been raised by the following means: (i) input from interested and affected parties; (ii) desktop research of information relevant to the proposed subproject; (iii) site visits; and (iv) evaluation of proposed design scope as per PPTA study and potential impacts. 60. The corridors of impact considered include: (i) existing alignment and width of drains to be constructed; and (ii) existing ROWs. No additional land is required beyond the ROWs. Categorization of the subproject and formulation of mitigation measures have been guided by ADB’s REA Checklist for Roads (Appendix 1) and ADB SPS, 2009. B. Screening out Areas of No Significant Impact 61. From the preliminary design and results of the rapid environmental assessment, it is clear that implementation of Naogaon drainage subproject will not have major negative impacts because activities will be localized/site-specific and short in duration. Moreover, the corridors of impact of the subproject will be on existing public ROWs, and construction will be conducted within a relatively small area. Because of these there are several aspects of the environment that are not expected to be affected by the subproject (Table 6) and thus can be screened out of the assessment at this stage but will be assessed again during detailed design stage and before implementation.




B. Biological Characteristics Biodiversity Activities being located in the built-up area of Naogaon pourashava will not

cause direct impact on biodiversity values as identified flora and fauna are those commonly found in built up areas. The construction activities do not anticipate any cutting of trees.

C. Socioeconomic Characteristics Land use No alteration on land use. Type of community spread


Socio-economic status There is no requirement for land acquisition. Affected persons and structures will be addressed separately in the resettlement plan developed as per Government of Bangladesh laws and ADB SPS, 2009. Manpower will be required during the construction stage, this can result to generation of contractual employment and increase in local revenue.


The subproject components are not located in or near and excavation works will not be conducted in the vicinities of identified historical sites.

265

C. Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – Planning and Design Phase 62. Subproject selection criteria. The project environmental assessment and review framework specifies environmental criteria to avoid or minimize adverse impacts during the identification and finalization of drainage subprojects. Table 7 summarizes site and design considerations as per preliminary design.





- Not present in Naogaon pourashava


- Use of “chance find” procedures in the EMP that include a pre-approved management and conservation approach for materials that may be discovered during project implementation.


- Permit for tree-cutting to be obtained by contractor/s prior to commencement of work - Compensatory plantation for trees lost at a rate of 2 trees for every tree cut, in addition to tree plantation as specified in the design, will be implemented by the contractor, who will also maintain the saplings for the duration of his contract.





-Not relevant

i. Outfalls should be to suitable drainage areas (nallas, canals, etc.) and avoid flooding to adjacent private lands.

- Outfalls identified in the preliminary design (Choto Jamuna, Tulshiganga, existing drainage canals)

2. Drainage improvement

ii. Include measures to ensure the safe disposal of canal dredge (e.g., to dumpsite or landfill) without causing an environmental hazard.

- Addressed in the EMP.

63. Land acquisition and resettlement. The proposed drainages will be located in public ROWs. Involuntary resettlement impacts on encroachers along ROWs will be addressed by the resettlement plan prepared for the subproject as per ADB SPS, 2009 and applicable Bangladesh laws. Cutting of trees will not be required as per preliminary design. This will be reassessed during detailed design stage and if cutting of trees will be required, compensatory plantation for trees lost at a rate of 2 trees for every tree cut will be implemented by the contractor, who will also maintain the saplings for the duration of his contract.

266

64. Planning principles and design considerations have been reviewed and incorporated into the site planning process whenever possible. Locations and sitting of the proposed infrastructures were considered to further reduce impacts. The subproject will be in properties held by the pourashava and access to the subproject sites is through public ROW and existing roads hence, land acquisition and encroachment on private property will not occur. 65. The concepts considered in design of the Naogaon drainage subproject are: (i) locating components on government-owned land to avoid the need for land acquisition and relocation of people; (ii) using vacant right of way (ROW), and taking all possible measures in design and selection of site or alignment to avoid resettlement impacts; (iii) avoiding where possible locations that will result in destruction/disturbance to historical and cultural places/values; (iv) avoiding tree-cutting where possible; (v) ensuring all planning and design interventions and decisions are made in consultation with local communities and reflecting inputs from public consultation and disclosure for site selection. 66. Preliminary designs integrate a number of measures, both structural and non-structural, to mainstream climate resilience into the Naogaon drainage subproject, including: (i) proper compaction; (ii) prefer RCC lining where there are threats of inundation; and (iii) provision of cross-drains as required.. As a result, some measures have already been included in the subproject designs (Table 8). This means that the impacts and their significance have already been reduced. Table 8: Possible Actions to Mitigate against Projected Effects of Climate Change on

Drainage Infrastructure and Improve Climate Resilience Climate Change Effect Mitigation Measures

1. Increased rainfall quantity and runoff

Increase infrastructure capacity, e.g. channels, bridges, culverts, regulating structures, outfall vents, etc. (levels to take account of sea level rise)

Create capacity to detain runoff as necessary, e.g. ponds, open spaces, channels, khals, etc.

Isolate/protect vulnerable catchments and sub-catchments, to reduce flooding from adjacent catchments, especially if large in area and volume and impacts are less serious, e.g. agricultural land

Actively managing runoff and discharges, according to needs, adverse impacts, etc.

Improve O&M, organizational capacity, resource allocation, etc. Work with relevant stakeholders to manage water use and flood

discharges more effectively Improve collection and disposal of solid waste Control encroachments Improve public behavior through active and prolonged information,

education and communication campaigns to reduce uncontrolled solid waste disposal, encroachments, damage to infrastructure, unregulated development in key areas, etc., supported by enforcement.

Source: PPTA Consultants

D. Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – Construction Phase 67. In the case of this subproject (i) most of the individual elements are relatively small and involve straightforward construction, so impacts will be mainly localized and not greatly significant; (ii) most of the predicted impacts are associated with the construction process, and are produced because that process is invasive, involving excavation and earth movements; and (iii) being located in the built-up area of the pourashava, will not cause direct impact on biodiversity values. 36. Construction method. Trenches will be dug by backhoe digger, supplemented by

267

manual digging where necessary. Excavated soil will be placed nearby, and the materials (brought to site on trucks and stored on unused land nearby) will be placed in the trench by crane or using a small rig. The infrastructures will be constructed manually according to design specifications. Any excavated road will be reinstated. Any dredged materials will be disposed to pre-approved disposal sites. 68. There is sufficient space for a staging area, construction equipment, and stockpiling of materials. However, the contractor will need to remove all construction and demolition wastes on a daily basis. 69. Although construction of these project components involves quite simple techniques of civil work, the invasive nature of excavation and the project sites in built-up areas of Naogaon where there are a variety of human activities, will result to impacts to the environment and sensitive receptors such as residents, businesses, and the community in general. These anticipated impacts are short-term, site-specific and within a relatively small area. There are no impacts that are significant or complex in nature, or that need an in-depth study to assess the impact. Thus, Naogaon drainage subproject is unlikely to cause significant adverse impacts. The potential adverse impacts that are associated with construction activities can be mitigated to acceptable levels with the following mitigation measures (Table 9).

Table 9: Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – Construction Phase Field Impacts Mitigation Measures A. Physical Characteristics Topography, landforms, geology and soils





Prepare and implement a spoil management plan (Appendix 3).

Prioritize re-use of excess spoils and materials in construction activities. If spoils will be disposed, consult with Naogaon local authority on designated disposal areas.






While working across or close to any water body, the flow of water must not be obstructed. Ensure no construction materials like earth, stone, or appendage

268

Field Impacts Mitigation Measures are disposed of in a manner that may block the flow of water of any watercourse and cross drainage channels.











Plan activities in consultation with Naogaon local authority so that activities with the greatest potential to generate noise are conducted during periods of the day which will result in least disturbance.










daily basis. Coordinate with Naogaon local authority for beneficial

uses of excess excavated soils or immediately dispose to designated areas Avoid stockpiling of any excess spoils


All vehicles delivering fine materials to the site and carrying waste debris for disposal shall be covered to avoid spillage of materials. All existing roads used by vehicles of the contractor, shall be kept clear of all dust/mud or other extraneous materials dropped by

269

Field Impacts Mitigation Measures such vehicles.





built-up area of Naogaon pourashava. There are no protected areas in or around subproject sites, and no known areas of ecological interest. There are no trees along ROWs that need to be removed.









Prepare and implement a Traffic Management Plan (see Appendix 4for sample)










Ensure any damage to properties and utilities will be

270

Field Impacts Mitigation Measures restored or compensated to pre-work conditions.






Although construction of subproject components involves quite simple techniques of civil work, the invasive nature of excavation and the subproject sites being in built-up areas of Naogaon pourashava where there are a variety of human activities, will result in impacts to the sensitive receptors such as residents, businesses, and the community in general. Excavation may also damage existing infrastructure (such as water distribution pipes, electricity pylons, etc) located alongside the roads. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.


Integrate construction of the various infrastructure subprojects to be conducted in Naogaon (roads, water supply, etc.) so that different infrastructure is located on opposite sides of the road where feasible and roads and inhabitants are not subjected to repeated disturbance by construction in the same area at different times for different purposes.









trenches with planks during non-work hours. Contractor’s activities and movement of staff will be



Consult with Naogaon local authority on the designated areas for stockpiling of, soils, gravel, and other construction materials.


Use small mechanical excavators to attain faster trenching progress. For rock and concrete breaking, use

271

Field Impacts Mitigation Measures non-explosive blasting chemicals, silent rock cracking chemicals, and concrete breaking chemicals.7


Recycling and the provision of separate waste receptacles for different types of waste shall be encouraged.


Interested and affected parties need to be made aware of the existence of the complaints book and the methods of communication available to them. The contractor must address queries and complaints by: (i) documenting details of such communications; (ii) submitting these for inclusion in complaints register; (iii) bringing issues to the national/regional environmental specialist’s attention immediately; and (iv) taking remedial action as per national/regional environment specialist’s instruction.






Produce and implement a site H&S plan which include measures as: (i) excluding the public from worksites; (ii) ensuring all workers are provided with and required to use personal protective equipment (reflectorized vests, footwear, gloves, goggles and masks) at all times; (iii) providing H&S training8 for all site personnel; (iv)



8Some of the key areas that may be covered during training as they relate to the primary causes of accidents include (i) slips, trips and falls; (ii) personal protective equipment; (iii) ergonomics, repetitive motion, and manual handling; (iv) workplace transport; and (v) legislation and responsibilities. Training can provide the foundations of competence but it does not necessarily result in a competent worker. Therefore, it is essential to assess staff competence to ensure that the training provided is relevant and effective. Supervision and monitoring arrangements shall be in place to ensure that training has been effective and the worker is competent at their job. The level of supervision and monitoring required is a management decision that shall be

272

Field Impacts Mitigation Measures documenting procedures to be followed for all site activities; and (v) maintaining accident reports and records.











Construction works will be on existing roads and in built-up areas of Naogaon thus risk for chance finds is low.




E. Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – Operations and Maintenance Phase 70. In the operations and maintenance (O&M) phase, the drainages and flood control structures will operate with routine maintenance, which should not affect the environment. The infrastructures will need to be repaired from time to time, but environmental impacts will be much less than those of the construction period as the work will be infrequent, affecting small areas only. O&M will be the responsibility of Naogaon local authority, which will be given training by this project.

based on the risks associated with the job, the level of competence required, the experience of the individual and whether the worker works as part of a team or is a lone worker.

273

71. Routine repairs and unblocking of drains will be very small in scale, to conducted manually by small teams of men with simple equipment (shovels, wheelbarrows, etc.) and works will be very short in duration thus will not cause significant physical impacts. Traffic may be interrupted temporarily but this work will be very small in scale, infrequent, and short in duration, so there will be no economic or other implications. To maintain the safety of workers and road-users, such work should be coordinated with the local police department so that adequate warning signs and traffic diversions can be set up when necessary. Debris/sediments from drainages need to be collected and disposed at a designated site such as the landfill. It is important that the designated disposal site’s base is of a non-permeable membrane in order to prevent leachate that can contaminate the soil and groundwater. The potential adverse impacts that are associated with O&M activities can be mitigated to acceptable levels with the following mitigation measures (Table10).

Table 10: Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – O&M Phase

Field Impacts Mitigation Measures A. Physical Characteristics Water quality Run-off from stockpiled

debris/sediments from drainages which may cause siltation and reduction in the quality of adjacent bodies of water. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

Take all precautions to prevent entering of run-off into streams, watercourses, or irrigation system. Install temporary silt traps or sedimentation basins along the drainage leading to the water bodies.

Remove all debris/sediments immediately. Dispose debris/sediments at a designated site such as

landfill. It is important that the designated disposal site’s base is of a non-permeable membrane in order to prevent leachate that can contaminate the soil and groundwater.

Air quality Moving debris/sediments from drainages may create dusts during dry season. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.




Plan activities in consultation with Naogaon local authority so that activities with the greatest potential to generate noise are conducted during periods of the day which will result in least disturbance.



Naogaonpourashava. There are no protected areas in or around subproject sites, and no known areas of ecological interest.





Maintain safe passage for vehicles and pedestrians during maintenance activities.


Notify affected sensitive receptors by providing sign boards informing nature and duration of maintenance activities and contact numbers for concerns/complaints.



institutions, place of worship, business establishment,

274

Field Impacts Mitigation Measures hospitals, and schools.

Consult businesses and institutions regarding operating hours and factoring this in work schedules.













Construction works will be on existing drainages and built-up areas of Naogaon thus risk for chance finds is low.




F. Cumulative Impact Assessment 72. The cumulative impact assessment examined the interaction between the subproject’s residual effects (i.e., those effects that remain after mitigation measures have



275

been applied) and those associated with other past, existing, and reasonably foreseeable future projects or activities. The interaction of residual effects associated with multiple projects and/or activities can result in cumulative impacts, both positive and negative. The project’s potential cumulative effects were considered with respect to valued components in environmental and socioeconomic categories, in four areas:





73. The project has identified the valued components as air quality, acoustic environment, socioeconomic and socio-community components, and human health and safety. There are no foreseeable projects that will overlap with the subproject. The spatial boundary of the subproject is the area along the corridor of impact (alignment and width of the drainages and ROWs) and the temporal boundary can be considered as the whole Naogaonpourashava. 74. It is recommended that infrastructures be (i) designed to the current best practice standard and notified Government of Bangladesh codes; (ii) built that the floods do not damage them; and (iii) side drains are to be kept free from wastes and siltation. Short-term negative impacts are the same with or without climate change measures except that with climate change measures there are increased demand for construction materials and more time to complete the works. No negative cumulative impact and the potential long-term environmental impacts are positive; including mainstreaming climate risk reduction into infrastructure development ensures subprojects infrastructure are less vulnerable to floods, storm surge, landslides and impacts of other extreme weather events. 75. Air quality. Emissions of common air contaminants and fugitive dust may be elevated in proximity to active work sites during construction and O&M phases, these impacts will be short-term and localized to the immediate vicinity of drainages. Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions may increase as a result of the subproject activities (i.e., vehicle and equipment operation, concrete production, disposal of excavated material, land-filling of residual wastes). Given the subproject’s relatively minor contribution to common air contaminants and GHG emissions during construction, the overall significance rating of both these potential residual effects is considered to be negligible. 76. Acoustic environment. Noise levels during construction and O&M activities in immediate proximity of work sites are expected to increase. The duration of exposure will be relatively brief and imperceptible. The exposure represents a temporary, localized, adverse residual effect of low significance for affected receptors. While building damage due to ground vibrations is unlikely, there may be annoyance to spatially located receptors during construction and O&M activities. The overall significance rating of potential residual effects is considered to be negligible. 77. Socioeconomic and socio-community. Concerns on existing provisions for pedestrians and other forms of transport will occur spatially during construction and O&M activities. Traffic movement along the roads will be improved once the activities are completed. Since the subproject will be improvement of existing infrastructures, it will not conflict with existing or planned land use. However, following improvement in infrastructures

276

and services, added residential developments, commercial, and business facilities and increased densities are expected to develop and enhance Naogaon pourashava. This can be considered a long-term cumulative benefit of the subproject. 78. Given the scale of the project it is likely that local people will obtain at least temporary socio-economic benefits, by gaining employment in the construction workforce, and thus raising their levels of income. These benefits can bring wider social gains if they are directed at vulnerable10 groups. 79. Upon completion of the project, the socio-community will be the major beneficiaries of this subproject. The citizens, businesses, and communities in Naogaon will be provided with reliable and climate-resilient drainage resulting to less flooding and enhanced safety, cost savings, and economic growth. Benefits for all Naogaon citizens include: reduced flooding and related positive economic impact, and improved quality of life. These are considered a long-term cumulative benefit. 80. Community and workers health and safety. No adverse residual effects to human health will occur as a result of construction or O&M activities, and mitigation measures are in place to ensure public and worker safety, and will be closely monitored. While exposure to elevated noise levels, fugitive dust and common air pollutants will occur in proximity to work sites, due to their short-term and localized nature, these effects are expected to be minor and insignificant with no measurable effects on human health. 81. Therefore the project will benefit the general public by contributing to the long-term improvement of municipal services and community livability in Naogaon pourashava.

VI. INFORMATION DISCLOSURE, CONSULTATION, AND PARTICIPATION A. Public Consultation Conducted 82. The public participation process included (i) identifying interested and affected parties (stakeholders); (ii) informing and providing the stakeholders with sufficient background and technical information regarding the proposed development; (iii) creating opportunities and mechanisms whereby they can participate and raise their viewpoints (issues, comments, and concerns) with regard to the proposed development; (iv) giving the stakeholders feedback on process findings and recommendations; and (v) ensuring compliance to process requirements with regards to the environmental and related legislation. 83. Public consultations and focus group discussions (FGDs) were conducted by PPTA team on 10 to 11 January, 2014. The objective of the meetings was to appraise the stakeholders about environmental and social impacts of the proposed subproject and safeguards to mitigate the same. A questionnaire was designed and environmental information was collected. Key respondents included project-affected persons, who may suffer temporary access disruptions during construction activities, shopkeepers/businessmen from the subproject area, and daily commuters consulted randomly. Issues discussed and feedback received along with details of date, time, location, and list of participants are given in Appendix 5. The environmental concerns and suggestions made by the participants were listed, and discussed, and suggestions accordingly incorporated in the EMP. These include speedy construction works to ensure



277

low impacts to community. Participants also considered the project will provide local employment. B. Future Consultation and Disclosure 84. This IEE and other relevant documents will be made available at public locations in the pourashava and posted on the websites of executing agencies and ADB. The consultation process will be continued and expanded during the project implementation to ensure stakeholders participate fully in project execution, as well as to implement comprehensive information, education, and communication plan. 85. The public consultation and disclosure program with all interested and affected partied will remain a continuous process throughout the project implementation, and shall include the following:



86. For the benefit of the community, relevant information from the IEE will be translated in the local language and made available at (i) offices of executing and implementing agencies, (ii) area offices, (iii) consultant teams’ offices; and (iv) contractor’s campsites. It will be ensured that the hard copies of IEE are kept at places which are conveniently accessible to people, as a means to disclose the document and at the same time creating wider public awareness. An electronic version of the IEE will be placed in the official website of executing and implementing agencies and the ADB website after approval of the IEE by ADB.

VII. GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM 87. A project-specific grievance redress mechanism (GRM) will be established to receive, evaluate, and facilitate the resolution of AP’s concerns, complaints, and grievances about the social and environmental performance at the level of the project. The GRM will aim to provide a time-bound and transparent mechanism to voice and resolve social and environmental concerns linked to the project. 88. Common GRM. A common GRM will be in place for social, environmental, or any other grievances related to the project; the resettlement plans (RPs) and IEEs will follow the GRM described below, which is developed in consultation with key stakeholders. The GRM will provide an accessible and trusted platform for receiving and facilitating resolution of affected persons’ grievances related to the project. The multi-tier GRM for the project is outlined below, each tier having time-bound schedules and with responsible persons

278

identified to address grievances and seek appropriate persons’ advice at each stage, as required. 89. Pourashava-wide public awareness campaigns will ensure that awareness on grievance redress procedures is generated through the campaign. The project implementation unit (PIU) and governance improvement and capacity development consultants (GICDC) will conduct pourashava-wide awareness campaigns to ensure that poor and vulnerable households are made aware of grievance redress procedures and entitlements, and will work with the PMO and management, design and supervision consultants (MDSC) to help ensure that their grievances are addressed. 90. Affected persons (APs) will have the flexibility of conveying grievances/suggestions by dropping grievance redress/suggestion forms in complaints/suggestion boxes that have already been installed by project pourashavas or through telephone hotlines at accessible locations, by e-mail, by post, or by writing in a complaints register in pourashava offices. Appendix 7 has the sample grievance registration form. Careful documentation of the name of the complainant, date of receipt of the complaint, address/contact details of the person, location of the problem area, and how the problem was resolved will be undertaken. The project management office (PMO) safeguard officer will have the overall responsibility for timely grievance redressal on environmental and social safeguards issues and for registration of grievances, related disclosure, and communication with the aggrieved party through the PIU designated safeguard focal person. 91. Grievance redress process. In case of grievances that are immediate and urgent in the perception of the complainant, the contractor and MDSC on-site personnel will provide the most easily accessible or first level of contact for quick resolution of grievances. Contact phone numbers and names of the concerned PIU safeguard focal person and contractors, will be posted at all construction sites at visible locations.


b. 2nd Level Grievance. All grievances that cannot be redressed within 7 days at field/ward level will be reviewed by the grievance redress cell (GRC) headed by Panel Mayor of the pourashava with support from PIU designated safeguard focal person and MDSC regional environment and resettlement specialists. GRC will attempt to resolve them within 15 days.11 The PIU designated safeguard focal person will be responsible to see through the process of redressal of each grievance.


92. Despite the project GRM, an aggrieved person shall have access to the country's legal system at any stage, and accessing the country's legal system can run parallel to accessing the GRM and is not dependent on the negative outcome of the GRM. 11 Grievance redress cell (GRC) will have been formed at Pourashava-level. For example in Lalmonirhat pourashava, the GRC comprises Panel Mayor as Chairperson, and 1 councilor, the pourashava Executive Engineer, Secretary pourashava and pourashava administrative officer, as members. All pourashava-level GRCs shall have at least one-woman member/chairperson and AP representative or independent NGO as committee member. In addition, for project-related grievances, representatives of APs, community-based organizations (CBOs), and eminent citizens must be invited as observers in GRC meetings.

279

93. In the event that the established GRM is not in a position to resolve the issue, the affected person also can use the ADB Accountability Mechanism (AM) through directly contacting (in writing) the Complaint Receiving Officer (CRO) at ADB headquarters or the ADB Bangladesh Resident Mission (BRM). The complaint can be submitted in any of the officiallanguages of ADB’s DMCs. The ADB Accountability Mechanism information will be included in the PID to be distributed to the affected communities, as part of the project GRM. 94. Recordkeeping. Records of all grievances received, including contact details of complainant, date the complaint was received, nature of grievance, agreed corrective actions and the date these were effected and final outcome will be kept by PIU. The number of grievances recorded and resolved and the outcomes will be displayed/disclosed in the PMO office, pourashava office, and on the web, as well as reported in monitoring reports submitted to ADB on a semi-annual basis. 95. Periodic review and documentation of lessons learned. The PMO safeguard officer will periodically review the functioning of the GRM in each pourashava and record information on the effectiveness of the mechanism, especially on the project’s ability to prevent and address grievances. 96. Costs. All costs involved in resolving the complaints (meetings, consultations, communication and reporting/information dissemination) will be borne by the concerned PIU at pourashava-level; while costs related to escalated grievances will be met by the PMO. Cost estimates for grievance redress are included in resettlement cost estimates.





Affected person

1st Level Grievance

3rdLevel Grievance

2nd Level Grievance

No

Yes within7 days




Yes within 15 days

Yes within30 days

No

Note: GRC = Grievance Redressal Cell; GICDC = Governance Improvement and capacity Development Consultants; PIU = Project Implementation Unit; MDSC = Management. Design and Supervision Consultants; PMO = Project Management Office

280

VIII. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 97. The purpose of the environmental management plan (EMP) is to ensure that the activities are undertaken in a responsible, non-detrimental manner with the objectives of: (i) providing a proactive, feasible, and practical working tool to enable the measurement and monitoring of environmental performance on-site; (ii) guiding and controlling the implementation of findings and recommendations of the environmental assessment conducted for the project; (iii) detailing specific actions deemed necessary to assist in mitigating the environmental impact of the project; and (iv) ensuring that safety recommendations are complied with. 98. A copy of the EMP must be kept on work sites at all times. This EMP will be included in the bid documents and will be further reviewed and updated during implementation. The EMP will be made binding on all contractors operating on the site and will be included in the contractual clauses. Non-compliance with, or any deviation from, the conditions set out in this document constitutes a failure in compliance. 99. For civil works, the contractor will be required to (i) establish an operational system for managing environmental impacts (ii) carry out all of the monitoring and mitigation measures set forth in the EMP; and (iii) implement any corrective or preventative actions set out in safeguards monitoring reports that the employer will prepare from time to time to monitor implementation of this IEE and EMP. The contractor shall allocate a budget for compliance with these EMP measures, requirements and actions. A. Institutional Arrangement 100. Executing and implementing agencies. The Local Government Engineering Department (LGED) and the Department of Public Health Engineering (DPHE), both under the Local Government Division (LGD) of the Ministry of Local Government, Rural Development and Cooperatives (MLGRD&C) and having extensive experience in managing urban and water supply projects financed by ADB, will be the executing agencies of the project. The participating pourashavas will be the implementing agencies. B. Safeguard Implementation Arrangement 101. Project management office. A PMO will be established for the overall management of the project. The PMO will be headed by Project Director (PD) supported by officials including three project managers in charge of (i) municipal infrastructure (excluding water supply and sanitation), (ii) water supply and sanitation, and (iii) governance improvement and capacity development, respectively. the PMO will receive support from national environmental specialist and national resettlement specialist on the MDSC team. Key tasks and responsibilities of the PMO Safeguard (Environment) Officer are as follows:

i. confirm existing IEEs/EMPs are updated based on detailed designs, and that new IEEs/EMPs are prepared in accordance with the EARF and subproject selection criteria related to safeguards;




v. facilitate and confirm overall compliance with all government rules and regulations regarding site and environmental clearances, as well as any other

281

environmental requirements (e.g., location clearance certificates, environmental clearance certificates, etc.), as relevant;






102. Project implementation unit. The participating pourashavas will establish a PIU within the pourashava structure. The PIUs will (i) be responsible for land acquisition; (ii) take necessary action for obtaining rights of way; (iii) plan, implement and monitor public relations activities, gender mainstreaming initiatives and community participation activities at pourashava level; (iv) disseminate information related to the project to the public and media; (v) ensure compliance with loan covenants concerning safeguards measures; and (vi) facilitate implementation of safeguards plans. The PIUs will each designate a Safeguard Officer12 and will receive assistance from the assigned MDSC regional environmental specialist to:

i. update IEEs/EMPs during detailed design stage and prepare new IEEs/EMPs in accordance with the EARF;

ii. conduct environmental compliance audit of existing facilities as per Item F, Appendix 6 of ADB SPS, 2009;

iii. include IEEs/EMPs in bidding documents and civil works contracts; iv. comply with all government rules and regulations; v. take necessary action for obtaining rights of way; vi. oversee implementation of EMPs including environmental monitoring by






282






















team leader, deputy team leader and the project director. 105. Civil works contracts and contractors. EMPs are to be included in bidding and contract documents and verified by the PIUs and PMO. The contractor will be required to

283

designate an environmental supervisor to (i) coordinate with MDSC on updating the IEE/EMP based on detailed designs, and (ii) ensure implementation of EMP during civil works. Contractors are to carry out all environmental mitigation and monitoring measures outlined in their contract. 106. Governance Improvement and Capacity Development Consultants (GICDC). The PMO and PIUs will require support on a range of activities related to governance improvement and capacity development of pourashavas. The GICDC will support PMO and PIUs in implementing urban government improvement action plan (UGIAP) by providing capacity development, community mobilization and other facilitation services. There will be 4 GICDC regional offices consisting of 4 regional coordinators at each regional office. There will be 2community mobilizers in each project pourashava. The regional coordinators will assist pourashavas and the local capacity development experts in the activities related to community participation and inclusive development. The community mobilizers will be posted at the pourashava and will (i) have to work maintaining close liaison with the mayor, councilors, pourashava staffs and communities, (ii) provide assistance and support to PIU regarding planning and implementation of citizen awareness and participation activities, urban planning, equity and inclusiveness of women and urban poor. The GICDC will also have a training specialist who will be responsible for identifying and coordinating capacity building activities at pourashava level.


PMO Safeguard (Environmental) Officer





(each pourashava)

Table 11: Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan – Prior, During, and Post Construction Phase Field Impacts Mitigation Measures Responsible

for Implementation

















Identify and include locations and operators of these utilities in the detailed design documents to prevent unnecessary disruption of services during construction activities Require construction contractors to prepare a contingency plan to include actions to be done in case of unintentional interruption of services. Require contractors to prepare spoils management plan (see Appendix 3 for outline) and

PMO, PIU, MDSC

List of affected utilities and operators; Bid document to include requirement for a contingency plan for service interruptions (example provision of water if disruption is more than 24 hours), spoil management plan (Appendix 3), and traffic management plan (Appendix 4)

During detailed design phase Review of spoils management plan: Twice (once after first draft and once beforefinal approval)


285




traffic management plan (see Appendix 4 for sample)




PMO, PIU, and MDSC







PMO, PIU, and MDSC











2. During Construction Activities A. Physical Characteristics Topography, landforms,

Significant amount of gravel, sand, and

Utilize readily available sources of



Monthly by PIU

Cost for implementation of

286




geology and soils

cement will be required for this subproject. Extraction of construction materials may cause localized changes in topography and landforms. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

materials. If contractor procures materials from existing burrow pits and quarries, ensure these conform to all relevant regulatory requirements. Borrow areas and quarries (If these are being opened up exclusively for the subproject) must comply with environmental requirements, as applicable. No activity will be allowed until formal agreement is signed between PIU, landowner and contractor.

mitigation measures responsibility of contractor.


Prioritize re-use of excess spoils and materials in construction activities. If spoils will be disposed, consult with Naogaon local authority on designated disposal areas. All earthworks must to be conducted during dry season to maximum extent possible to avoid the difficult working conditions that prevail during monsoon season such as problems from runoff. Location for stockyards for construction materials shall be identified at least 300m away from watercourses. Place storage areas for fuels and lubricants away from any drainage leading to water bodies. Take all precautions to minimize the wastage of water in the construction activities.





287




Take all precautions to prevent entering of wastewater into streams, watercourses, or irrigation system. Install temporary silt traps or sedimentation basins along the drainage leading to the water bodies. Ensure diverting storm water flow during construction shall not lead to inundation and other nuisances in low lying areas. While working across or close to any water body, the flow of water must not be obstructed. Ensure no construction materials like earth, stone, or appendage are disposed of in a manner that may block the flow of water of any watercourse and cross drainage channels. Monitor water quality according to the environmental management plan.

Air quality Conducting works at dry season and moving large quantity of materials may create dusts and increase in concentration of vehicle-related pollutants (such as carbon monoxide, sulfur oxides, particulate matter, nitrous oxides, and hydrocarbons) which will affect people who live and work near

Damp down exposed soil and any sand stockpiled on site by spraying with water when necessary during dry weather; Use tarpaulins to cover soils, sand and other loose material when transported by trucks. Unpaved surfaces used for haulage of materials within settlements shall be maintained dust-free. Arrangements to control dust through provision


Location of stockpiles; Number of complaints from sensitive receptors; Heavy equipment and machinery with air pollution control devices; Certification that vehicles are compliant with air quality standards.



288




the sites. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

of windscreens, water sprinklers, and dust extraction systems shall be provided at all hot-mix plants, batching plants and crushers (if these establishments are being set up exclusively for the subproject). Monitor air quality.



Involve the community in planning the work program so that any particularly noisy or otherwise invasive activities can be scheduled to avoid sensitive times. Plan activities in consultation with Naogaon local authority so that activities with the greatest potential to generate noise are conducted during periods of the day which will result in least disturbance. Use of high noise generating equipment shall be stopped during night time. Horns should not be used unless it is necessary to warn other road users or animals of the vehicle’s approach; Utilize modern vehicles and machinery with the requisite adaptations to limit noise and exhaust emissions, and ensure that these are maintained to manufacturers’ specifications at all times. All vehicles and equipment used in construction shall be fitted





289




with exhaust silencers. Use silent-type generators (if required). Monitor noise levels. Maintain maximum sound levels not exceeding 80 decibels (dBA) when measured at a distance of 10 m or more from the vehicle/s. If it is not practicable to reduce noise levels to or below noise exposure limits, the contractor must post warning signs in the noise hazard areas. Workers in a posted noise hazard area must wear hearing protection. Identify any buildings at risk from vibration damage and avoiding any use of pneumatic drills or heavy vehicles in the vicinity. Complete work in these areas quickly.

Aesthetics The construction activities do not anticipate any cutting of trees but will produce excess excavated earth (spoils), excess construction materials, and solid waste such as removed concrete, wood, packaging materials, empty containers, spoils, oils, lubricants, and other similar items. The impacts are

Prepare the Debris Disposal Plan Remove all construction and demolition wastes on a daily basis. Coordinate with Naogaon local authority for beneficial uses of excess excavated soils or immediately dispose to designated areas Avoid stockpiling of any excess spoils Suitably dispose of collected materials from drainages, unutilized materials and debris either


Number of complaints from sensitive receptors; Worksite clear of hazardous wastes such as oil/fuel Worksite clear of any wastes, collected materials from drainages, unutilized materials and debris Transport route and worksite cleared of any dust/mud



290




negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

through filling up of pits/wasteland or at pre-designated disposal locations. All vehicles delivering fine materials to the site and carrying waste debris for disposal shall be covered to avoid spillage of materials. All existing roads used by vehicles of the contractor, shall be kept clear of all dust/mud or other extraneous materials dropped by such vehicles. Lighting on construction sites shall be pointed downwards and away from oncoming traffic and nearby houses. In areas where the visual environment is particularly important or privacy concerns for surrounding buildings exist, the site may require screening. This could be in the form of shade cloth, temporary walls, or other suitable materials prior to the beginning of construction. The site must be kept clean to minimize the visual impact of the site. Manage solid waste according to the following preference hierarchy: reuse, recycling and disposal to designated areas;


located in the built-up area of

Check if tree-cutting will be required during detailed design stage. No


PMO and PIU to report in writing the number of trees

Visual inspection by PIU and supervision

Cost for implementation of mitigation measures

291




Naogaonpourashava. There are no protected areas in or around subproject sites, and no known areas of ecological interest. There are no trees at the site that need to be removed.

trees, shrubs, or groundcover may be removed or vegetation stripped without the prior permission of the environment management specialist. If during detailed design cutting of tress will be required, compensatory plantation for trees lost at a rate of 2 trees for every tree cut, in addition to tree plantation as specified in the design, will be implemented by the contractor, who will also maintain the saplings for the duration of his contract. All efforts shall be made to preserve trees by evaluation of minor design adjustments/ alternatives (as applicable) to save trees. Special attention shall be given for protecting giant trees and locally-important trees (with religious importance) during implementation. Prevent workers or any other person from removing and damaging any flora (plant/vegetation) and fauna (animal) including fishing in any water body in the subproject vicinity. Prohibit employees from poaching wildlife and cutting of trees for firewood.

cut and planted if tree-cutting will be required (to be determined during detailed design stage) Number of complaints from sensitive receptors on disturbance of vegetation, poaching, fishing, etc.

consultants on monthly basis Frequency and sampling sites to be finalized during detailed design stage and final location of) subproject components


C. Socioeconomic Characteristics Existing provisions for pedestrians and other

Road closure is not anticipated. Hauling of construction materials and

Prepare and implement a Traffic Management Plan (see Appendix 4 for sample)


Traffic route during construction works including number of permanent

Visual inspection by PIU and supervision consultants on

Cost for implementation of mitigation measures responsibility of

292




forms of transport

operation of equipment on-site can cause traffic problems. However, the proposed subproject will follow existing ROW alignment. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

Plan transportation routes so that heavy vehicles do not use narrow local roads, except in the immediate vicinity of delivery sites. Maintain safe passage for vehicles and pedestrians throughout the construction period. Schedule truck deliveries of construction materials during periods of low traffic volume. Erect and maintain barricades, including signs, markings, flags and flagmen informing diversions and alternative routes when required. Notify affected sensitive receptors by providing sign boards informing nature and duration of construction activities and contact numbers for concerns/complaints. Leave spaces for access between mounds of soil. Provide walkways and metal sheets where required to maintain access across for people and vehicles. Increase workforce in front of critical areas such as institutions, place of worship, business establishment, hospitals, and schools. Consult businesses

signages, barricades and flagmen on worksite as per Traffic Management Plan (see Appendix 4 for sample); Number of complaints from sensitive receptors; Number of signages placed at project location Number of walkways, signages, and metal sheets placed at project location

monthly basis Frequency and sampling sites to be finalized during detailed design stage and final location of) subproject components

contractor.

293




and institutions regarding operating hours and factoring this in work schedules. Ensure there is provision of alternate access to businesses and institutions during construction activities, so that there is no closure of these shops or any loss of clientage. Ensure any damage to properties and utilities will be restored or compensated to pre-work conditions.


Subproject components will be located in government land and existing ROWs thus there is no requirement for land acquisition or any resettlements. Manpower will be required during the XXX-months construction stage. This can result to generation of contractual employment and increase in local revenue. Thus potential impact is positive and long-term.







Although construction of subproject components involves quite simple techniques of civil work, the invasive

Provide safety signage at all sites visible to public Provide safety barriers near any trenches, and cover trenches with planks during non-work hours. Obtain details from



Visual inspection by PIU and supervision consultants on monthly basis Frequency and sampling sites


294




nature of excavation and the subproject sites being in built-up areas of Naogaonpourashava where there are a variety of human activities, will result to impacts to the sensitive receptors such as residents, businesses, and the community in general. Excavation may also damage existing infrastructure (such as water distribution pipes, electricity pylons, etc) located alongside the roads. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

pourashava nature and location of all existing infrastructure, and plan excavation carefully to avoid any such sites to maximum extent possible; Integrate construction of the various infrastructure subprojects to be conducted in Naogaon (roads, water supply, etc.) so that different infrastructure is located on opposite sides of the road where feasible and roads and inhabitants are not subjected to repeated disturbance by construction in the same area at different times for different purposes. Consult with local community to inform them of the nature, duration and likely effects of the construction work, and to identify any local concerns so that these can be addressed. Existing infrastructure (such as water distribution pipes, electricity pylons, etc.) shall be relocated before construction starts at the subproject sites. Prior permission shall be obtained from respective local authority for use of water for construction. Use of water for construction works shall not disturb local water users. If construction work is expected to disrupt users of community water bodies, notice to the affected

to be finalized during detailed design stage and final location of) subproject components

295




community shall be served 7 days in advance and again 1 day prior to start of construction. Ensure any damage to properties and utilities will be restored or compensated to pre-work conditions.



Provide safety signage at all sites visible to public Provide safety barriers near any trenches, and cover trenches with planks during non-work hours. Contractor’s activities and movement of staff will be restricted to designated construction areas. Locations of hot-mix plants, batching plants and crushers (if these establishments are being set up exclusively for the subproject) shall be located at least 100 m away from the nearest dwelling preferably in the downwind direction. Consult with Naogaon local authority on the designated areas for stockpiling of, soils, gravel, and other construction materials. If the contractor chooses to locate the work


Number of permanent signages, barricades and flagmen on worksite as per Traffic Management Plan (see Appendix 4 for sample); Number of complaints from sensitive receptors; Number of walkways, signages, and metal sheets placed at project location Agreement between landowner and contractors in case of using private lands as work camps, storage areas, etc.





296




camp/storage area on private land, he must get prior permission from the environment management specialist and landowner. Use small mechanical excavators to attain faster trenching progress. For rock and concrete breaking, use non-explosive blasting chemicals, silent rock cracking chemicals, and concrete breaking chemicals.13 Under no circumstances may open areas or the surrounding bushes be used as a toilet facility. Recycling and the provision of separate waste receptacles for different types of waste shall be encouraged. A general regard for the social and ecological well-being of the site and adjacent areas is expected of the site staff. Workers need to be made aware of the following general rules: (i) no alcohol/drugs on site; (ii) prevent excessive noise; (iii) construction staff are to make use of the facilities provided for them, as opposed to ad hoc alternatives (e.g. fires for cooking, the use of surrounding bushes as a toilet facility); (iv) no fires permitted on site except if needed for the construction works; (v) trespassing on

297




private/commercial properties adjoining the site is forbidden; (vi) other than pre-approved security staff, no workers shall be permitted to live on the construction site; and (vii) no worker may be forced to do work that is potentially dangerous or that he/she is not trained to do. Interested and affected parties need to be made aware of the existence of the complaints book and the methods of communication available to them. The contractor must address queries and complaints by: (i) documenting details of such communications; (ii) submitting these for inclusion in complaints register; (iii) bringing issues to the national/regional environmental specialist’s attention immediately; and (iv) taking remedial action as per national/regional environment specialist’s instruction. The contractor shall immediately take the necessary remedial action on any complaint/grievance received by him and forward the details of the grievance along with the action taken to the national/regional environmental specialist

298




within 48 hours of receipt of such complaint/grievance.



Comply with requirements of Government of Bangladesh Labor Law of 2006 and all applicable laws and standards on workers H&S. Ensure that all site personnel have a basic level of environmental awareness training. If necessary, the environmental management specialist and/or a translator shall be called to the sites to further explain aspects of environmental or social behavior that are unclear. Produce and implement a site health and safety (H&S) plan which include measures as: (i) excluding the public from worksites; (ii) ensuring all workers are provided with and required to use personal protective equipment (reflectorized vests, footwear, gloves, goggles and masks) at all times; (iii) providing (H&S) training14 for all site personnel; (iv) documenting procedures to be followed for all site activities; and (v)


Site-specific H&S Plan Equipped first-aid stations Medical insurance coverage for workers Number of accidents Records of supply of uncontaminated water Condition of eating areas of workers Record of H&S orientation trainings Use of personal protective equipment % of moving equipment outfitted with audible back-up alarms Permanent sign boards for hazardous areas Signages for storage and disposal areas Condition of





299




maintaining accident reports and records. Arrange for readily available first aid unit including an adequate supply of sterilized dressing materials and appliances Maintain necessary living accommodation and ancillary facilities in functional and hygienic manner in work camps. Ensure (i) uncontaminated water for drinking, cooking and washing, (ii) clean eating areas where workers are not exposed to hazardous or noxious substances; and (iii) sanitation facilities are available at all times. Provide medical insurance coverage for workers; Provide H&S orientation training to all new workers to ensure that they are apprised of the basic site rules of work at the site, personal protective protection, and preventing injuring to fellow workers; Provide visitor orientation if visitors to the site can gain access to areas where hazardous conditions or substances may be present. Ensure also that visitor/s do not enter hazard areas unescorted; Ensure the visibility of workers through their use of high visibility vests when working in or walking through

sanitation facilities for workers

300




heavy equipment operating areas; Ensure moving equipment is outfitted with audible back-up alarms; Mark and provide sign boards for hazardous areas such as energized electrical devices and lines, service rooms housing high voltage equipment, and areas for storage and disposal. Signage shall be in accordance with international standards and be well known to, and easily understood by workers, visitors, and the general public as appropriate; and Disallow worker exposure to noise level greater than 85 dBA for a duration of more than 8 hours per day without hearing protection. The use of hearing protection shall be enforced actively.



All fossils, coins, articles of value of antiquity, structures and other remains of archaeological interest discovered on the site shall be the property of the government. Prevent workers or any other persons from removing and damaging any fossils, coins, articles of value of antiquity, structures and other remains of archaeological interest. Stop work





301




immediately to allow further investigation if any finds are suspected.



Appointment of supervisor to ensure EMP implementation Timely submission of monitoring reports including pictures


Availability and competency of appointed supervisor Monthly report

Monthly monitoring report to be submitted by PIU to PMO PMO to submit semi-annual monitoring report to ADB




Remove all spoils wreckage, rubbish, or temporary structures (such as buildings, shelters, and latrines) which are no longer required; and All excavated roads shall be reinstated to original condition. All disrupted utilities restored All affected structures rehabilitated/compensated The area that previously housed the construction camp is to be checked for spills of substances such as oil, paint, etc. and these shall be cleaned up. All hardened surfaces within the construction camp area shall be ripped, all imported materials removed, and the area shall be topsoiled and regrassed using the guidelines set out in the


PMO report in writing that (i) worksite is restored to original conditions; (ii) camp has been vacated and restored to pre-project conditions; (iii) all construction related structures not relevant to O&M are removed; and (iv) worksite clean-up is satisfactory.



302




revegetation specification that forms part of this document. The contractor must arrange the cancellation of all temporary services. Request PMO/CSS to report in writing that worksites and camps have been vacated and restored to pre-project conditions before acceptance of work.




Remove all spoils wreckage, rubbish, or temporary structures (such as buildings, shelters, and latrines) which are no longer required; and All excavated roads shall be reinstated to original condition. All disrupted utilities restored All affected structures rehabilitated/compensated The area that previously housed the construction camp is to be checked for spills of substances such as oil, paint, etc. and these shall be cleaned up. All hardened surfaces within the construction camp area shall be ripped, all imported materials removed, and the area shall be topsoiled and regrassed using the guidelines set out in the


PMO/MDSC report in writing that (i) worksite is restored to original conditions; (ii) camp has been vacated and restored to pre-project conditions; (iii) all construction related structures not relevant to O&M are removed; and (iv) worksite clean-up is satisfactory.



303

revegetation specification that forms part of this document. The contractor must arrange the cancellation of all temporary services. Request PMO/CSS to report in writing that worksites and camps have been vacated and restored to pre-project conditions before acceptance of work.







stockpiled debris/sediments from drainages which may cause siltation and reduction in the quality of adjacent bodies of water. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

Take all precautions to prevent entering of run-off into streams, watercourses, or irrigation system. Install temporary silt traps or sedimentation basins along the drainage leading to the water bodies. Remove all debris/sediments immediately. Dispose debris/sediments at a designated site such as landfill. It is important that the designated disposal site’s base is of a non-permeable membrane in order to prevent leachate that can contaminate the soil and groundwater.

Naogaon pourashava

No visible degradation to nearby drainages, khals or water bodies due to construction activities



Air quality Moving debris/sediments from drainages may create dusts during


Naogaon pourashava




304





dry season. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.



Plan activities in consultation with Naogaon local authority so that activities with the greatest potential to generate noise are conducted during periods of the day which will result in least disturbance. Identify any buildings at risk from vibration damage and avoiding any use of pneumatic drills or heavy vehicles in the vicinity. Complete work in these areas quickly.

Naogaon pourashava




B. Biological Characteristics Biodiversity Activities in the built-

up area of Naogaonpourashava. There are no protected areas in or around subproject sites, and no known areas of ecological interest.

No trees, shrubs, or groundcover may be removed or vegetation stripped without the prior permission. Prevent workers or any other person from removing and damaging any flora (plant/vegetation) and fauna (animal).

Naogaon pourashava




C. Socioeconomic Characteristics Existing provisions for pedestrians and other forms of

Road closure is not anticipated. Traffic may be interrupted temporarily. The impacts are negative

Maintain safe passage for vehicles and pedestrians during maintenance activities. Erect and maintain

Naogaon pourashava




305





transport but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

barricades, including signs, markings, flags and flagmen informing diversions and alternative routes when required. Notify affected sensitive receptors by providing sign boards informing nature and duration of maintenance activities and contact numbers for concerns/complaints. Leave spaces for access between mounds of soil. Provide walkways and metal sheets where required to maintain access across for people and vehicles. Increase workforce in front of critical areas such as institutions, place of worship, business establishment, hospitals, and schools. Consult businesses and institutions regarding operating hours and factoring this in work schedules. Ensure any damage to properties and utilities will be restored or compensated to pre-work conditions.


Workers need to be mindful of the occupational hazards working in confined spaces such as

Comply with requirements of Government of Bangladesh Labor Law of 2006 and all applicable

Naogaon pourashava

No complaints from sensitive receptors No complaints from workers related



306





closed drains. Potential impacts are negative and long-term but reversible by mitigation measures.

laws and standards on workers H&S. Ensure that all site personnel have a basic level of H&S training. Produce and implement a O&M health and safety (H&S) plan which include measures as: (i) excluding the public from worksites; (ii) ensuring all workers are provided with and required to use personal protective equipment (reflectorized vests, footwear, gloves, goggles and masks) at all times; (iii) providing (H&S) training15 for all site personnel; (iv) documenting procedures to be followed for all site activities; and (v) maintaining accident reports and records. Arrange for readily available first aid unit including an adequate supply of sterilized dressing materials and appliances Provide H&S orientation training to all new workers to ensure

to O&M activities Zero accident



307





that they are apprised of the basic site rules of work at the site, personal protective protection, and preventing injuring to fellow workers; Ensure the visibility of workers through their use of high visibility vests when working in or walking through heavy equipment operating areas; Mark and provide sign boards. Signage shall be in accordance with international standards and be well known to, and easily understood by workers, visitors, and the general public as appropriate. Disallow worker exposure to noise level greater than 85 dBA for a duration of more than 8 hours per day without hearing protection. The use of hearing protection shall be enforced actively.


Construction works will be on existing drainages and built-up areas of Naogaon thus risk for chance finds is low.

All fossils, coins, articles of value of antiquity, structures and other remains of archaeological interest discovered on the site shall be the property of the government. Prevent workers or any other persons from removing and damaging any fossils, coins, articles

Naogaon pourashava




308





of value of antiquity, structures and other remains of archaeological interest. Stop work immediately to allow further investigation if any finds are suspected.

309
















310

(i) Updating IEE, preparing and submitting reports and public consultation and

disclosure; (ii) Application for environmental clearances; and (iii) Implementation of EMP, environmental monitoring program and long-term

surveys. 109. The infrastructure involved in each scheme is generally straightforward and will take between three and nine months to build. Environmental monitoring during construction will also be straightforward and will involve periodic site observations and interviews with workers and others, plus checks of reports and other documents. This will be conducted by MDSC environmental management specialist assisted by the PMO environment officer. The environmental management specialist will use the IEE as necessary and perform tasks as specified in the TOR. Therefore no separate budget required for MDSC environment management specialist. 110. The cost of mitigation measures and surveys during construction stage will be incorporated into the contractor’s costs, which will be binding on him for implementation. The surveys will be conducted by the contractors. 111. The operation phase mitigation measures are again of good operating practices, which will be the responsibility of Naogaon pourashava. All monitoring during the operation and maintenance phase will be conducted by LGED and DPHE, therefore, there are no additional costs. 112. The indicative costs to implement the EMP are shown in Tables 15 and 16 (by source of funds).


Number Rate

(Taka) Cost

(Taka) Cost





Per location




Per location



workshop for officials involved in the project implementation on ADB Safeguards Policy Statement, Government of Bangladesh environmental laws and regulations, and environmental assessment process; (ii) induction course

Module 1 – immediately upon engagement of the MDSC environmental specialists Module 2 – prior to award of civil works contracts (twice a year for 4 years)



311


Rate (Taka)

Cost (Taka)

Cost covered by

contractors, preparing them on EMP implementation and environmental monitoring requirements related to mitigation measures; and taking immediate action to remedy unexpected adverse impacts or ineffective mitigation measures found during the course of implementation; and (iii) lessons learned information sharing

Module 3 – prior to start of Phase 2 and upon completion of the project

D. Consultants Costs 1. MDSCnational




60 person months








57,600,000



Lump sum




Lump sum



and information Information disclosure and

As per requireme

Lump sum 1,000,000 Covered under MDSC

312


Rate (Taka)

Cost (Taka)

Cost covered by

disclosure consultations during preconstruction and construction phase, including public awareness campaign through media

nt contract








Table 16: Indicative Cost of EMP Implementation – Per Source of Funding


Rate (Taka)

Cost (Taka)

Cost covered by


plantation measures


2. Air quality monitoring


Per location




Per location







Lump sum




Subtotal 720,000 US$9,000 B. MDSC 1. Public consultations

and information Information disclosure and

As per requireme

Lump sum


313


Rate (Taka)

Cost (Taka)

Cost covered by

disclosure consultations during preconstruction and construction phase, including public awareness campaign through media

nt

2. (i) Orientation workshop for officials involved in the project implementation on ADB Safeguards Policy Statement, Government of Bangladesh environmental laws and regulations, and environmental assessment process; (ii) induction course contractors, preparing them on EMP implementation and environmental monitoring requirements related to mitigation measures; and taking immediate action to remedy unexpected adverse impacts or ineffective mitigation measures found during the course of implementation; and (iii) lessons learned information sharing







60 person months





person months (spread over entire project implement




314


Rate (Taka)

Cost (Taka)

Cost covered by

ation period)

Subtotal 59,970,000 US$749,625 C. Administrative Cost (Recurring) – PMO 1. Legislation, permits,





Lump sum

1,000,000 PMO cost

Subtotal 1,100,000 US$13,750 Total 61,790,000 US$772,375

IX. MONITORING AND REPORTING 113. PMO will monitor and measure the progress of EMP implementation. The monitoring activities will correspond with the project’s risks and impacts, and will be identified in the EIAs/IEEs for the projects. In addition to recording information on the work and deviation of work components from original scope PMO, PIUs, and MDSC will undertake site inspections and document review to verify compliance with the EMP and progress toward the final outcome. Corrective actions to be taken quickly and reported in monitoring reports. 114. MDSC will submit monthly monitoring and implementation reports to PMO, who will take follow-up actions, if necessary. PMO will submit semi-annual monitoring reports to ADB. The suggested monitoring report format is in Appendix 7. Subproject budgets will reflect the costs of monitoring and reporting requirements. For projects likely to have significant adverse environmental impacts during operation, reporting will continue at the minimum on an annual basis. Monitoring reports will be posted in a location accessible to the public. 115. LGED and DPHE will document monitoring results, identify the necessary corrective actions, reflect them in a corrective action plan, and for each quarter, will study the compliance with the action plan developed in the previous quarter. Compliance with loan covenants will be screened by ADB. 116. ADB will review project performance against the commitments as agreed in the legal documents. The extent of ADB's monitoring and supervision activities will be commensurate with the project’s risks and impacts. Monitoring and supervising of social and environmental

315

safeguards will be integrated into the project performance management system. ADB will monitor projects on an ongoing basis until a project completion report is issued. ADB will carry out the following monitoring actions to supervise project implementation:







117. The process described in this document has assessed the environmental impacts of all elements of Naogaon drainage subproject. All potential impacts were identified in relation to design and location, construction, and operation phases. 118. Planning principles and design considerations have been reviewed and incorporated into the site planning process whenever possible; thus, environmental impacts as being due to the project design or location were not significant. 119. Most of the individual elements of the subproject are relatively small and involve straightforward construction and operation, so impacts will be mainly localized and not greatly significant. Most of the predicted impacts are associated with the construction process, and are produced because that process is invasive, involving trenching and other excavation. However, the routine nature of the impacts means that most can be easily mitigated. Mitigation measures have been developed to reduce all negative impacts to acceptable levels. Mitigation will be assured by a program of environmental monitoring to ensure that all measures are implemented, and will determine whether the environment is protected as intended. It will include observations on- and off-site, document checks, and interviews with workers and beneficiaries. Any requirements for corrective action will be reported to the ADB. 120. The stakeholders were involved in developing the IEE through discussions on-site and public consultation, after which views expressed were incorporated into the IEE and in the planning and development of the subproject. The IEE will be made available at public locations in the city and will be disclosed to a wider audience via the ADB and LGED project websites. The consultation process will be continued and expanded during project implementation to ensure that stakeholders are fully engaged in the project and have the opportunity to participate in its development and implementation. A grievance redress mechanism is described within the IEE to ensure any public grievances are addressed quickly.

316

121. The PMO and MDSC will be responsible for monitoring. The MDSC will submit monthly monitoring reports to PMO, and the PMO will send semi-annual monitoring reports to ADB. ADB will post the environmental monitoring reports on its website. 122. The EMP will assist the PMO, MDSC, and contractors in mitigating the environmental impacts, and guide them in the environmentally sound execution of the proposed project. The EMP will also ensure efficient lines of communication between the implementing agency, project management unit, and contractors. A copy of the EMP shall be kept on-site during the construction period at all times. The EMP shall be made binding on all contractors operating on the site, and will be included in the contractual clauses. Non-compliance with, or any deviation from, the conditions set out in this document shall constitute a failure in compliance. 123. Therefore the proposed subproject is unlikely to cause significant adverse impacts and net environmental benefits to citizens of Naogaon will be positive. The potential impacts that are associated with design, construction and operation can be mitigated to standard levels without difficulty through proper engineering design and the incorporation or application of recommended mitigation measures and procedures. 124. As per Government of Bangladesh Environment Conservation Act, 1995 (ECA, 1995) and Environment Conservation Rules (ECR, 1997), the subproject is categorized as “red” and Location Clearance Certificate (LCC) and Environmental Clearance Certificate (ECC) must be obtained from the DoE. 125. Based on the findings of the IEE, there are no significant impacts and the classification of the subproject as Category “B” is confirmed. No further special study or detailed environmental impact assessment (EIA) needs to be undertaken to comply with ADB SPS (2009).

317

Appendix 1: Rapid Environmental Assessment Checklist

Screening questions Yes No Remarks A. Project siting Is the project area adjacent to or within any of the following environmentally sensitive areas?

Naogaonpourashava covers an area of 37.03 km2 with population density of 1,941 per km2. The area is predominantly residential.

Cultural heritage site Protected area Wetland Mangrove Estuarine Buffer zone of protected area Special area for protecting biodiversity B. Potential environmental impacts Will the project cause…

Encroachment on historical/cultural areas; disfiguration of landscape by road embankments, cuts, fills, and quarries?

Not applicable. Construction works will be on existing ROW of earthen drains in built-up areas of Naogaon.

Encroachment on precious ecology (e.g. sensitive or protected areas)?

Not applicable. There are no protected areas in or around subproject sites, and no known areas of ecological interest in Naogaon.

Alteration of surface water hydrology of waterways crossed by roads, resulting in increased sediment in streams affected by increased soil erosion at construction site?

Excavations may result to silt-laden runoff during rainfall which may cause siltation and reduction in the quality of adjacent bodies of water. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

Deterioration of surface water quality due to silt runoff and sanitary wastes from worker-based camps and chemicals used in construction?

Due to excavation, run-off from stockpiled materials, and chemical contamination from fuels and lubricants. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

Increased local air pollution due to rock crushing, cutting and filling works, and chemicals from asphalt processing?

Conducting works at dry season and moving large quantity of materials may create dusts and increase in concentration of vehicle-related pollutants. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

Risks and vulnerabilities related to occupational health and safety due to physical, chemical, biological, and radiological hazards during project construction and operation during project construction and operation?

Not applicable. Construction will not involve use explosives and chemicals. Excavation will be done manually. Construction contractors will be required to implement health and safety (H&S) plan.

Noise and vibration due to blasting and other civil works?

Temporary increase in noise level and vibrations may be caused by excavation equipment, and the transportation of equipment, materials, and people. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

Dislocation or involuntary resettlement of people? Not applicable. Land acquisition and resettlement are not required for the subproject.

Dislocation and compulsory resettlement of people living in right-of-way?

Not applicable. There are no encroachers or residential/commercial structures in the ROWs


Not applicable.

Other social concerns relating to inconveniences in living conditions in the project areas that may trigger cases of upper respiratory problems and stress?

Not applicable.

Hazardous driving conditions where construction Road closures are not required. Construction

318

interferes with pre-existing roads? contractors will be required to implement traffic management plan and coordinate with Naogaon local authority.

Poor sanitation and solid waste disposal in construction camps and work sites, and possible transmission of communicable diseases (such as STI and HIV/AIDS) from workers to local populations?

Construction contractors will be required to provide sanitation facilities and ensure proper waste management at all times. Contracts will include provisions on STI and HIV/AIDS.

Creation of temporary breeding habitats for diseases such as those transmitted by mosquitoes and rodents?

Construction contractors will be required to ensure cleanliness at all times to prevent breeding of mosquitoes and rodents.

Accident risks associated with increased vehicular traffic, leading to accidental spills of toxic materials?

Not applicable.

Increased noise and air pollution resulting from traffic volume?

Not anticipated.

Increased risk of water pollution from oil, grease and fuel spills, and other materials from vehicles using the road?

Not anticipated.







Community safety risks due to both accidental and natural causes, especially where the structural elements or components of the project are accessible to members of the affected community or where their failure could result in injury to the community throughout project construction, operation and decommissioning.

Operational area will be clearly demarcated and access will be controlled. Only worker and project concerned members will be allowed to visit the operational sites.


Yes No Remarks

Is the Project area subject to hazards such as earthquakes, floods, landslides, tropical cyclone winds, storm surges, tsunami or volcanic eruptions and climate changes (see Appendix I)?

Could changes in temperature, precipitation, or extreme events patterns over the Project lifespan affect technical or financial sustainability (e.g., increased extreme rainfall increases flooding, damaging proposed infrastructure)?

The proposed drainage structures may be subject to river flooding and others relevant to climate changes. Appropriate considerations have been taken to mitigate the impacts.



Could the Project potentially increase the climate or disaster vulnerability of the surrounding area (e.g., by paving vulnerable groundwater recharge areas, or using water from a vulnerable source that is relied upon by many user groups, or encouraging settlement in earthquake zones)?

Not applicable

319

320

Appendix 2: Environmental Standards and Application Fees The standards for air, water, sound, odor and other components of the environment applicable to the project shall be determined in accordance with the standards specified in Schedules 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 8 of ECR, 1997. Standards ECR, 1997 (Rule 12)



Schedule 3







Schedule 10




Schedule 13


Schedule 14

321

322

Appendix 3: Sample Outline Spoils Management Plan I. Spoils information A. Materials type B. Potential contamination C. Expected volume and sources D. Spoil classification II. Spoils management A. Transportation of spoil B. Storage of spoil C. Contaminated spoil D. Approved reuse and/or disposal sites III. Records of reuse and/or disposal

323

Appendix 4: Sample Outline Traffic Management Plan A. Principles 1. One of the prime objectives of this TMP is to ensure the safety of all the road users along

the work zone, and to address the following issues: (i) the safety of pedestrians, bicyclists, and motorists traveling through the

construction zone; (ii) protection of work crews from hazards associated with moving traffic; (iii) mitigation of the adverse impact on road capacity and delays to the road users; (iv) maintenance of access to adjoining properties; and (v) addressing issues that may delay the project.



(ii) Inhibit traffic movement as little as possible. (iii) Provide clear and positive guidance to drivers, bicyclists, and pedestrians as they

approach and travel through the temporary traffic control zone. (iv) Inspect traffic control elements routinely, both day and night, and make








324



(v) considering how access will be provided to the worksite; (vi) contacting emergency service, school officials, and transit authorities to

determine if there are impacts to their operations; and (vii) developing a notification program to the public so that the closure is not a

surprise. As part of this program, the public should be advised of alternate routes that commuters can take or will have to take as result of the traffic diversion.



D. Public awareness and notifications 5a. As per discussions in the previous sections, there will be travel delays during the constructions, as is the case with most construction projects, albeit on a reduced scale if utilities and traffic management are properly coordinated. There are additional grounds for travel delays in the area, as most of the streets lack sufficient capacity to accommodate additional traffic from diverted traffic as a result of street closures to accommodate the works.

325

6. The awareness campaign and the prior notification for the public will be a continuous activity which the project will carry out to compensate for the above delays and minimize public claims as result of these problems. These activities will take place sufficiently in advance of the time when the roadblocks or traffic diversions take place at the particular streets. The reason for this is to allow sufficient time for the public and residents to understand the changes to their travel plans. The project will notify the public about the roadblocks and traffic diversion through public notices, ward level meetings and city level meeting with the elected representatives. 7. The PIU will also conduct an awareness campaign to educate the public about the following issues:





(ii) advise the public to expect the unexpected; (iii) educate the public about the various traffic control devices and safety measures

adopted at the work zones; (iv) educate the public about the safe road user behaviour to emulate at the work

zones; (v) tell the public how to stay informed or where to inquire about road safety issues

at the work zones (name, telephone, mobile number of the contact person; and (vi) indicate the office hours of relevant offices.

E. Install traffic control devices at the work zones and traffic diversion routes 10. The purpose of installing traffic control devices at the work zones is to delineate these areas to warn, inform, and direct the road users about a hazard ahead, and to protect them as well as the workers. As proper delineation is a key to achieve the above objective, it is important to install good traffic signs at the work zones. The following traffic control devices are used in work zones:


326

11. Procedures for installing traffic control devices at any work zone vary, depending on road configuration, location of the work, construction activity, duration, traffic speed and volume, and pedestrian traffic. Work will take place along major roads, and the minor internal roads. As such, the traffic volume and road geometry vary. The main roads carry considerable traffic; internal roads in the new city areas are wide but in old city roads very narrow and carry considerable traffic. However, regardless of where the construction takes place, all the work zones should be cordoned off, and traffic shifted away at least with traffic cones, barricades, and temporary signs (temporary “STOP” and “GO”). 12. Figure A2 to Figure A12 illustrates a typical set-up for installing traffic control devices at the work zone of the area, depending on the location of work on the road way, and road geometrics:



327

328

Figure A2&A3: Work on shoulder or parking lane and shoulder or parking lane closed on divided road

329

Figure A4&A5: Work in Travel lane & Lane closure on road with low volume

330

Figure A6&A7: Lane closure on a two-line road with low volume (with yield sign) & Lane closure on a two-line road with low volume (one flagger operation)

331

Figure A8&A9: Lane Closure on a Two-Lane Road (Two Flagger Operation) & Lane Closure on a Four-Lane Undivided Road

332

Figure A10&A11: Lane Closure nn Divided Roadway & Half Road Closure On Multi-Lane Roadway

333


334

Appendix 5: Records of Public Consultations and FGDs FGD Summaries-Drain NaogaonPourashava SL No.







1. Construction of roads and roadside drains

Jan 10, 2014

Roadside of Road along the river

M=10 F=0 T

Drainage problems and their environmental problems

People are happy of the project, but expressed that road and drainage improvement must be together

Road and drainage improvement should be altogether

People will extend all out supports in the project implementation including construction.

2. Construction of RCC Drain

Jan 11, 2014

Conference Room

M=33 F=6 T=39

Drainage improvement and its related environmental; issues during construction and O&M phases

People are happy of the subproject; but expressed that it will improve the drainage partly

An integrated drainage project is required to improve the overall drainage problems in the pourashava; Public awareness of not using drains as dustbins along with drainage improvement is required to arrest the problems. Under the proposed project drainage improvement can be done phase-wise or with the assistance of other projects. An integrated drainage master plan is needed.

People will extend all out supports in the project implementation including construction.

(M=No. of male participants; F= No. of female participants; T=Total participants) Photograph Venue: Roadside of the Road along the River of ChotoJamuna, date Jan 10, 2014

335

Venue: Conference Room, Naogaonpourashava, Date; Jan 2014

Public Consultations-Drainage Improvement and Others NaogaonPourashava under UGIIP III List of Participants Pourashava: Naogaon Location: Roadside along the road running along the ChotoJamuna River Meeting Place: Roadside open space Date: Jan 10, 2014 Time: 4.00 pm List of participants S L Name Sex Occupation 1. NammulHoqueMuntu Male Councilor, NaogaonPourashava 2. Md. Rahmatali Sheikh Male Business 3. Md. Jainul Islam Male Business 4. Md. Shabuddin Male Ricksahaw puller 5. Md Abdul karim Male Labor 6. Md. Saharfuddin Male Business 7. Md. Shamsul Islam Male Business 8. Md. Karim Uddin Male Rickshaw puller Public Consultations-Drainage Improvement and Others NaogaonPourashava under UGIIP III List of Participants Pourashava: Naogaon Location: NaogaonPourashava Meeting Place: Conference Room, NaogaonPourashava Date: Jan 11, 2014 Time: 11.00 am List of participants S L Name Sex Occupation 1. MdNazmulHoqueSoni Male Mayor, NaogaonPourashava 2. M A MominKhondaker Male Environmental safeguard specialist, UGIIP III 3. GurudasDatta Male Executive Engineer, NaogaonPourashava 4. NammulHoqueMuntu Male Councilor, NaogaonPourashava 5. Rajjak Male Councilor, NaogaonPourashava 6. Md Abdul Kayum Male TLCC Member 7. Md. Abdul Mojid Male TLCC Member 8. MollahMotahar TLCC Member 9. K C BadrulAlam Male TLCC Member 10. Md. Shamjumman Male TLCC Member 11. Md. Shah Alam Male TLCC Member 12. Md. Ataur Rahman Male Forest Ranger 13. Md. Shahidul Islam Male President, Naogaon District Transport Somittee 14. Md. ShafiqulAlam Male General secretary, Naogaon District Transport Somittee 15. Md. Mojibur Rahman Male M I NaogaonPourashava 16. Md. Sultan Mahmud Male Electricity Branch 17. Md. Firoz Ahmed Male Socio-economic expert, UPPPUP

336

S L Name Sex Occupation 18. Md. Kayes Uddin Male Ex President, Press Club 19. MdThakruzamar Rahman Male TLCC Member 20. Md. Jasim Uddin Male Principal, Vajpur College 21. Md. Motiur Rahman Male Administrative Officer, NaogaonPourashava 22. MrsLutfonnessa Female CO, UPPR-P, UNDP, Naogaon 23. Monwar Begum Female CO, UPPR Project, Naogaon 24. Pravin Sultana Female Assistant Engineer, Naogaon 25. Sheikh GolamNobi Male Office Assistant, NaogaonPourashava 26. Md. Zohurul Hassan Male Clinic Manager, SujerHasi Clinic 27. ShobnamMustari (Koli) Male TLCC Member, Ward 3 28. Md. Arfur Rahman Male Slum Improvement Officer, NaogaonPourashava 29. Md. SohelRana Male Councilor, Ward 9 30. Rina Rahman Female Councilor—4, 5, 6 31. UmmeChalemaChameli Female Councilor—1, 2, 3 32. Mrs. Morium Begum Female Councilor-1,2,3 33. Md. Kolim Male Councilor 34. Md. Shariful Islam Male Ex-principal, Naogaon Government College 35. Md. Abdul Ohab Male Councilor, ward 6 36. Md. Abbas Ali Male Journalist 37. Habibur Rahman Male Naogaonpourashava 38. Md. Mosaddek Hossain Male General Secretary, PouroKormochariSangsad 39. Md. Kamrul Hassan Male Consulting firm, Naogaon

337


(To be available in Bangla and English) The _____________________________________Project welcomes complaints, suggestions, queries and comments regarding project implementation. We encourage persons with grievance to provide their name and contact information to enable us to get in touch with you for clarification and feedback. Should you choose to include your personal details but want that information to remain confidential, please inform us by writing/typing *(CONFIDENTIAL)* above your name. Thank you. Date Place of Registration


* Female Age

Home Address Place Phone no. E-mail Complaint/Suggestion/Comment/Question Please provide the details (who, what, where, and how) of your grievance below: If included as attachment/note/letter, please tick here: How do you want us to reach you for feedback or u te on your comment/grievance?

FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY Registered by: (Name of Official Registering Grievance) Mode of Communication: Note/Letter E-mail Verbal/Telephonic Reviewed by: (Names/Positions of Officials Reviewing Grievance) Action Taken: Whether Action Taken Disclosed:

Yes No


338

Appendix 7: Sample Semi-Annual Reporting Format This template must be included as an appendix in the EIA/IEE that will be prepared for the project. It can be adapted to the specific project as necessary. I. INTRODUCTION - Overall project description and objectives - Description of subprojects - Environmental category of the sub-projects - Details of site personnel and/or consultants responsible for environmental monitoring - Overall project and sub-project progress and status




List of Works

Progress of Works









(iv) Are there designated areas for concrete works, and re-fuelling?

339

(v) Are there spill kits on site and if there are site procedure for handling emergencies;

(vi) Is there any chemical stored on site and what is the storage condition? (vii) Is there any dewatering activities if yes, where is the water being discharged; (viii) How are the stockpiles being managed? (ix) How is solid and liquid waste being handled on site? (x) Review of the complaint management system; (xi) Checking if there are any activities being under taken out of working hours and

how that is being managed.













III. APPROACH AND METHODOLOGY FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING OF THE PROJECT Brief description on the approach and methodology used for environmental monitoring of each subproject - Monitoring of environmental IMPACTS on PROJECT SURROUNDINGS (ambient air, water

quality and noise levels) - Brief discussion on the basis for monitoring - Indicate type and location of environmental parameters to be monitored - Indicate the method of monitoring and equipment to be used - Provide monitoring results and an analysis of results in relation to baseline data and statutory

requirements

340

As a minimum the results should be presented as per the tables below. Air Quality Results

Parameters (Government Standards) Site No. Date of Testing Site Location PM10

µg/m3 SO2 µg/m3

NO2 µg/m3


µg/m3 SO2 µg/m3

NO2 µg/m3



µS/cm BOD mg/L

TSS mg/L

TN mg/L

TP mg/L


µS/cm BOD mg/L

TSS mg/L

TN mg/L

TP mg/L




Draft Initial Environmental Examination April2014

BAN: Third Urban Governance and Infrastructure Improvement (Sector) Project – Magura Kitchen Market Subproject


342



$1.00 = BDT80



343



NOTES



344

CONTENTS EXECUTIVE SUMMARY...................................................................................................345 I. INTRODUCTION ...................................................................................................348 II. POLICY, LEGAL, AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK....................................348

A. ADB Policy ...................................................................................................348 B. National Laws...............................................................................................349 C. Government of Bangladesh Environmental Assessment Procedures ...........350

III. DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT.......................................................................351 A. The Study Area ............................................................................................351 B. Existing Condition and Need for the Project .................................................351 C. Proposed Components.................................................................................352 D. Implementation Schedule .............................................................................352

IV. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT .............................................................354 A. Methodology Used for the Baseline Study....................................................355 B. Physical Characteristics ...............................................................................355 C. Biological Characteristics .............................................................................356 D. Socioeconomic Characteristics ....................................................................356 E. Historical, Cultural and Archaeological Characteristics.................................360

V. ASSESSMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND SAFEGUARDS......................360 A. Methodology......................................................................................................360 B. Screening out Areas of No Significant Impact....................................................360 C. Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – Planning and Design Phase ....361 D. Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – Construction Phase............362 E. Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – Operations and Maintenance Phase ....................................................................................................................368 F. Cumulative Impact Assessment ...................................................................369

VI. INFORMATION DISCLOSURE, CONSULTATION, AND PARTICIPATION.................370 A. Public Consultation Conducted ....................................................................371 B. Future Consultation and Disclosure..............................................................371

VII. GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM ......................................................................372 VIII. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN................................................................374

A. Institutional Arrangement..............................................................................375 B. Safeguard Implementation Arrangement ..........................................................375 C. Institutional Capacity Development Program................................................400 D. Staffing Requirement and Budget......................................................................400

IX. MONITORING AND REPORTING.........................................................................405 X. CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS ................................................................405 APPENDIX 1: RAPID ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT CHECKLIST ...........................407 APPENDIX 2: ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS AND APPLICATION FEES ...................409 APPENDIX 3: SAMPLE OUTLINE SPOILS MANAGEMENT PLAN ..................................411 APPENDIX 4: SAMPLE OUTLINE TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PLAN ................................412 APPENDIX 5: RECORDS OF PUBLIC CONSULTATIONS AND FGDS............................422 APPENDIX 6: SAMPLE GRIEVANCE REGISTRATION FORM ........................................425 APPENDIX 7: SAMPLE SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTING FORMAT......................................426

345

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

1. After the successful implementation of the First and Second Urban Governance and Infrastructure Improvement Projects (UGIIP I and II)1 in 74selected pourashavas, the Local Government Engineering Department (LGED) within the Ministry of Local Government, Rural Development and Cooperatives (MLGRDC) with the financial assistance of Asian Development Bank (ADB) have planned to implement the third phase of the project titled the Third Urban Governance and Infrastructure Improvement Project (UGIIP-3) in selected 30 pourashavas over a period of 6 years (2014 to 2020). 2. The impact will be improved living environment in project towns. The outcome will be improved municipal service delivery and urban governance in project towns. Project towns are pre-selected 30 towns to be supported in an integrated manner under the project. 3. A sector-lending approach will be used for the project as it has been well established and successfully practiced in the UGIIP I and II. 4. The Local Government Engineering Department (LGED) and the Department of Public Health Engineering (DPHE), both under the Local Government Division (LGD) of the Ministry of Local Government, Rural Development and Cooperatives (MLGRD&C) and having extensive experience in managing urban and water supply projects financed by ADB, will be the executing agencies of the project. The participating pourashavas are the implementing agencies.. 5. The Magura kitchen market subproject is one of the subprojects proposed under UGIIP-3. ADB requires the consideration of environmental issues in all aspects of the Bank’s operations, and the requirements for environmental assessment are described in ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS, 2009). This is the draft initial environmental examination (IEE) based on the feasibility study and preliminary engineering designs prepared during project preparation. This IEE will be finalized during detailed design stage to reflect any changes and latest subproject designs. 6. Categorization. An environmental assessment using ADB’s Rapid Environmental Assessment (REA) checklist for urban development(Appendix 1) was conducted and results of the assessment show that the subproject is unlikely to cause significant adverse impacts. Magura kitchen market subproject is classified as environmental category B as per ADB SPS. This IEE has been prepared in accordance with ADB SPS’s requirements for environment category B projects and provides mitigation and monitoring measures to ensure no significant impacts as a result of the subproject. 7. As per Government of Bangladesh Environment Conservation Act, 1995 (ECA, 1995) and Environment Conservation Rules (ECR, 1997), Magura kitchen market subproject is categorized as “red” and location clearance certificate (LCC) and environmental clearance certificate (ECC) must be obtained from the DoE.

1The Government of Bangladesh with the assistance of ADB has introduced a system whereby funds/loans for development are disbursed in a phased manner based on the successful accomplishment by the recipient pourashavas of a set of performance-criteria in the area of urban governance. UGIIP I and II reflect this approach which aims to incentivize participating pourashavas to become well-managed and maintained towns in a sustainable way through systems of governance ensuring citizen’s participation and inclusion of women, poor and the minority groups in pourashava activities. UGIIP I targeted for 27 and UGIIP II for 47pourashavas.The subprojects were (i) water supply (ii) sanitation, (iii) solid waste management, (iv) urban drainage, (v) urban transport & communication and (vi) public use facilities.

346

8. Subproject scope. Investments under this subproject include improvement of 3 existing markets in the pourashava. Rehabilitation of the markets include provision of (i) sheds; (ii) pathways; (iii) rainwater drains; (iv) hard-surfaced open spaces; (v) water supply; (vi) toilets; and (vii) bins for market wastes. 9. Implementation arrangements. LGED and DPHE are the executing agencies (EA). LGED is responsible for providing support and guidance to pourashavas concerning performance criteria and pourashava development planning. DPHE will provide support in water supply and sanitation schemes. Implementation activities will be overseen by a project management office (PMO). The participating pourashavas are the implementing agencies, with a project implementation unit (PIU) within the pourashava structure. Consultant teams2 are responsible for (i) detailed engineering design, contract documents preparation and safeguards facilitation; (ii) project management and administration support; (iii) assistance in supervising construction; (iii) strengthening of local governance, conducting required studies/surveys and (iv) awareness raising on behavioral change in water, sanitation and hygiene activities and facilitating resettlement procedures. 10. Description of the environment. Subproject components are located in Magura urban area or in its immediate surroundings which were developed into urban land uses. The subproject sites are located in government-owned land. There are no protected areas, wetlands, mangroves, or estuaries in or near the subproject location. There are no forest areas within or near Magura. 11. Environmental management. An environmental management plan (EMP) is included as part of this IEE, which includes (i) mitigation measures for environmental impacts during implementation; (ii) an environmental monitoring program, and the responsible entities for mitigating, monitoring, and reporting; (iii) public consultation and information disclosure; and (iv) a grievance redress mechanism. A number of impacts and their significance were reduced through mitigation measures in the preliminary design stage. The EMP will form part of the civil work bidding and contract documents. 12. Locations and siting of the proposed infrastructures were considered to further reduce impacts. The concepts considered in design of the Magura kitchen market subproject are: (i) prioritizing rehabilitation over new construction; (ii) locating facilities on government-owned land to avoid the need for land acquisition; (iii) taking all possible measures in design and selection of sites to avoid resettlement impacts; (iv) avoiding where possible locations that will result in destruction/disturbance to historical and cultural places/values; (v) avoiding tree-cutting where possible; (vi) ensuring all planning and design interventions and decisions are made in consultation with local communities and reflecting inputs from public consultation and disclosure for site selection. 13. During the construction phase, impacts mainly arise from (i) disturbance of businesses and traffic; (ii) need to manage excess construction materials and spoils; and (iii) community and workers health and safety. These are common impacts of construction in urban areas, and there are well developed methods for their mitigation. Measures such as conducting work in lean season and minimizing inconvenience by best construction methods will be employed. Traffic management will be necessary during excavation works on busy roads. In the operational phase, all facilities and infrastructure will operate with routine maintenance, which should not affect the environment. Facilities will need to be repaired from time to time, but environmental impacts will be much less than those of the construction period as the work will be infrequent, affecting small areas only.



347

14. Mitigation measures have been developed to reduce all negative impacts to acceptable levels and will be assured through a program of environmental monitoring. The monitoring program will include observations on- and off-site, document checks, and interviews with workers and beneficiaries. The PMO will submit semi-annual monitoring reports to ADB which will include a detailed review of EMP implementation, including corrective actions taken. 15. Consultation, disclosure and grievance redress. The stakeholders were involved in developing the IEE through discussions on-site and public consultation, after which views expressed were incorporated into the IEE and in the planning and development of the subproject. The IEE will be made available at public locations in the pourashava and will be disclosed to a wider audience via the ADB and LGED project websites. The consultation process will be continued and expanded during project implementation to ensure that stakeholders are fully engaged in the project and have the opportunity to participate in its development and implementation. A grievance redress mechanism is described within the IEE to ensure any public grievances are addressed quickly. 16. Monitoring and reporting. The PMO, PIU (Magura pourashava), and Management Design and Supervision Consultants (MDSC) will be responsible for safeguard monitoring. The MDSC will submit monthly monitoring reports to PMO, and the PMO will send semi-annual monitoring reports to ADB. ADB will post the semi-annual environmental monitoring reports on its website as part of its disclosure requirements. 17. Conclusions and recommendations. The citizens of Magura will be the major beneficiaries of this subproject. The proposed subproject is unlikely to cause significant adverse impacts and net environmental benefits to citizens of Naogaon will be positive. The potential impacts that are associated with design, construction and operation can be mitigated to standard levels without difficulty through proper engineering design and the incorporation or application of recommended mitigation measures and procedures. 18. Based on the findings of the IEE, there are no significant impacts and the classification of the subproject as Category “B” is confirmed. No further special study or detailed environmental impact assessment (EIA) needs to be undertaken to comply with ADB SPS, 2009.

348

I. INTRODUCTION 1. After the successful implementation of Urban Governance and Infrastructure Improvement Projects (UGIIP I and II)3 in the selected pourashavas, Local Government Engineering Department (LGED) with the financial assistance of Asian Development Bank (ADB) have planned to implement a similar project (UGIIP-3) in selected thirty pourashavas over a period of 6 years (2014 to 2020). 2. The impact will be improved living environment in project towns. The outcome will be improved municipal service delivery and urban governance in project towns. Project towns are pre-selected 30 towns to be supported in an integrated manner under the project.UGIIP-3 will improve existing and provide new municipal infrastructures including (i) roads; (ii) drainages; (iii) water supply system; (iv) solid waste management facilities; (v) slaughterhouses; (vi) markets, community center/auditorium, bus and truck terminals and river ghats; (vii) public toilets; and (viii) others such as provision for street lighting and improvement of slums. 3. A sector-lending approach will be used for the project as it has been well established and successfully practiced in the UGIIP I and II. 4. LGED is the executing agency of the project while DPHE (Department of Public Health Engineering) will provide advisory support in relation to the implementation of water supply schemes/subprojects in a pourashavas. 5. Magura kitchen market subproject is one of the subprojects proposed under UGIIP-3. ADB requires the consideration of environmental issues in all aspects of the Bank’s operations, and the requirements for environmental assessment are described in ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS, 2009). 6. Categorization. An environmental assessment using ADB’s Rapid Environmental Assessment (REA) checklist for urban development (Appendix 1) was conducted and results of the assessment show that the subproject is unlikely to cause significant adverse impacts. Magura kitchen market subproject is classified as environmental category B as per ADB SPS. This initial environmental examination (IEE) has been prepared in accordance with ADB SPS’s requirements for environment category B projects and provides mitigation and monitoring measures to ensure no significant impacts as a result of the subproject.

II. POLICY, LEGAL, AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK A. ADB Policy 7. ADB requires the consideration of environmental issues in all aspects of ADB’s operations, and the requirements for environmental assessment are described in ADB SPS, 2009. This states that ADB requires environmental assessment of all ADB investments. 8. Screening and categorization. The nature of the environmental assessment required for a project depends on the significance of its environmental impacts, which are related to the type and location of the project; the sensitivity, scale, nature, and magnitude of its potential


349

impacts; and the availability of cost-effective mitigation measures. Projects are screened for their expected environmental impacts, and are assigned to one of the following four categories:





9. This draft IEE for the Magura kitchen market subproject is based on the feasibility study and preliminary engineering designs prepared during project preparation. This IEE will be finalized during detailed design stage to reflect any changes and latest subproject designs.



(ii) final or updated EIA and/or IEE upon receipt; and (iii) environmental monitoring reports submitted by the Project Management Office

(PMO) during project implementation upon receipt. B. National Laws 12. Implementation of all subprojects will be governed by the environmental acts, rules, policies, and regulations of the Government of Bangladesh. These regulations impose restrictions on the activities to minimize/mitigate likely impacts on the environment. Many of these are cross-sectoral and several of them are directly related to environmental issues. The most important of these are the Environment Conservation Act, 1995 (ECA, 1995), and the Environment Conservation Rules (ECR, 1997). 13. Table 1 presents specific requirements for the Magura kitchen market subproject. Appendix 2 provides the environmental standards for air, surface water, groundwater, drinking water, emissions, noise and vehicular exhaust.


1. Environmental Conservation Restriction on operation and The provisions of the act apply to the

350

Legislation Requirements for the Project Relevance Act of 1995 and amendments in 2000, 2002 and 2010 4

process, which can be continued or cannot be initiated in the ecologically critical areas





entire subproject in the construction and operation and maintenance (O&M) phases.



quality standards

The subproject is categorized as red and requires locational clearance certificate (LCC) and environmental clearance certificate (ECC). All requisite clearances from DoE shall be obtained prior to commencement of civil works.












C. Government of Bangladesh Environmental Assessment Procedures 14. Under ECA, 1995 and ECR, 1997 industrial units and projects are classified into four categories according to “their site and impact on the environment” and investment size, and each category (green, orange-A, orange-B and red) requires a different level of environmental assessment as a prerequisite for the Department of Environment (DoE) in granting the LCC and ECC that allow the project to proceed. 15. As per Schedule 1 of ECA, 1995Magura kitchen market subproject is likely to be classified as red category (Table 2). Thus ECC is required from the DoE prior to commencement of the subproject.

4ECA Amendment 2000 focuses on ascertaining responsibility for compensation in cases of damage to ecosystems,

increased provision of punitive measures both for fines and imprisonment and the authority to take cognizance of offences. ECA Amendment 2002 elaborates restrictions on polluting automobiles; restrictions on the sale, production of environmentally harmful items like polythene bags; assistance from law enforcement agencies for environmental actions; break up of punitive measures; and authority to try environmental cases. In ECA Amendment 2010, no individual or institution (government or semi-government/non-government/self-governing can cut any hill or hillock; fill-up or changed any remarked water body however in case of national interest; the mentioned activities can be done after getting clearance from respective the departments.

351

Table 2: Likely Government of Bangladesh Classification of MaguraKitchen Market Subproject

Subproject Component Equivalent in Schedule I of ECR 1997

DoE Classification

1. Markets New or refurbishment of markets


Red Preliminary cost estimate for the 3 markets is 3.76 million Taka


(i) Completed application for ECC, and the appropriate fee; (ii) Report on the feasibility of the project; (iii) Report on the IEE for the project, and terms of reference (TOR) for the EIA; or EIA report prepared on the basis of TOR previously approved by DoE; (iv) Report on the environmental management plan (EMP); (v) No objection certificate from the local authority; (vi) Emergency plan relating to adverse environmental impact and plan for mitigation of the effect of pollution; and (vii) Outline of the relocation and rehabilitation plan (where applicable).


III. DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT A. The Study Area 19. Magura pourashava lies between 23°15´ and 23°41´ north latitudes and between 89°15´and 89°42´ east longitudes. It has a total area of 47.30square kilometers (km2). 20. Subproject components are located in Magura pourashava urban area or in its immediate surroundings which were converted into urban use for many years ago, and there is no natural habitat left at these sites. The subproject sites are located in government-owned land. There are no protected areas, wetlands, mangroves, or estuaries in or near the subproject location. There are no forest areas within or near Magura. The location map is shown as Figure 2. B. Existing Condition and Need for the Project 21. Magura pourashava has a total of 6 kitchen markets of different sizes. It was evident from the visits during project preparation that that most of the structure were very temporary, do not provide shelter from sun and shower and mostly do not have drains for disposal of market-stemmed wastewater. The roofs are in damaged conditions with exposed reinforcement in rusted condition, displaying apparent loss of structural strength. The overall hygienic condition is also far below the desired level. The basic need of the pourashava dwellers is met by these markets. But the absence of the safe and hygienic environment prevents the people from meeting their basic need in ideal and safe condition. 22. It was also observed that the kitchen market areas, where more sellers and buyers convene on specific haat days, cleanliness is not observed at all. The markets also lack in adequate number of dustbins for taking solid waste from the market with arrangement for

352

cleaning of these solid wastes daily.

Almost collapsing state of the vegetable section of a

kitchen market Part of a kitchen market with serious signs of decay,

especially roof concrete felling off Figure 1: Existing Conditions in Magura Kitchen Market

C. Proposed Components 23. Design considerations in rehabilitating the kitchen markets include:

(i) markets will be a structurally safe one so that the users can avail the facilities in a safe and sound condition; (ii) market will be so designed that day light and air can have a free and unhindered passage through the market; (iii) where appropriate and required approach and internal roads will be properly constructed for easy movement of users; (iv) health and sanitation condition will be properly addressed. (v) appropriate numbers of bins for solid waste, public toilet facilities with provision of utilities like water supply, electricity etc., will be constructed nearby at suitable locations. (vi) arrangement of cleaning/empting the waste bins regularly will be ensured; and (vii) the public toilets will be kept neat and clean.

24. Magura kitchen market subproject covers rehabilitation of 3 existing kitchen markets in Natun Bazar, Vaina more, Puratan Bazar (Table 3). Figure3 shows a typical plan of the kitchen market and Figure 4 shows the elevation of kitchen markets.

Table 3: Details of the Kitchen Markets in Magura Pourashava under UGIIP-3 ID No. Location Size(m2) Number of Stalls

KM-1 Natun Bazar 400.80 40 KM-2 Vaina more 230.20 40 KM-3 Puratan Bazar 568.86 94 D. Implementation Schedule 25. Implementation of UGIIP-3is split up into 3 phases: (i) 1st phase = 18 months or 1.5 years; (ii) 2nd phase = 30 months or 2.5 years; and (iii) 3rd phase = 24 months or 2 years 26. Rehabilitation of the 3 kitchen markets will be implemented under Phase 1. Preliminary design has been done by the PPTA team and will finalized during detailed design stage. It is estimated that construction period will be 2-3 months. 27. The final detailed implementation schedule will be provided in the updated IEE once the detailed design phase is completed.

353


354

Figure 3: Proposed Layout Plan of Kitchen Market in Magura Pourashava

Figure 4: Proposed Elevation of Kitchen Market in Magura Pourashava


355


(i) subproject details, reports, maps, and other documents available with the ADB and PPTA consultants, LGED, and Magura pourashava;



29. Several visits to the subproject sites were made during the project preparation stages to assess the existing environment (physical, biological, and socioeconomic) and gather information with regard to the proposed sites and scale of the proposed subproject. A separate socioeconomic study was conducted to determine the demographic information, archeological and religious places, densely populated pockets, and settlements. 30. Data analysis and interpretation. The data collected was analyzed and interpretations made to assess the physical, biological, and socioeconomic features of the project area. The relevant information is presented in the succeeding paragraphs. 31. Updating during detailed design phase. The IEE including specific description of the environment and corridor of impact will be updated as necessary based on the final roads design and alignments. B. Physical Characteristics 32. Topography. Magura topography is naturally plain. The elevation is 3 to 8 feet (ft) above mean sea level. The core area is high and generally not flooded during monsoon season. 33. Climatic conditions. The climate in the pourashava area sultry during extended summer season, which covers from March to June. The mean maximum temperature is about 38oC, which is recorded in April with the maximum temperature varying from 32.2C to 42.2C. During the cold season the lowest monthly temperature is varying from 4.4C to 21.1C with the lowest temperature recorded as 3.5C in the month of February. The annual mean rainfall of the pourashava is about 1840 mm which is less than the national average of 2,286 mm. Rains occur from May and continues up to September during monsoon. In this period more than 70% of the rainfall is observed. The winter is more or less dry with few or rainfall. 34. Surface water and other bodies of water. The Nabaganga River enters the pourashava from the north-eastern corner and flowing for about for ten kilometers (km) through the pourashava area and exits through the eastern boundary of the pourashava. Another river the Muchikhali River, a tributary of the Nabaganga River entering from the west and flowing for about eight kmand again meets the Nabaganga River inside the pourashava. 35. There are large number of ponds, ditches, low lying agricultural lands as low pockets in Magura which act as retention basin to delay the maximum floods in the monsoon. However the PPTA study identified there are no existing natural or man-made bodies of water adjacent to the subproject sites. Any water bodies to be identified during detailed design phase will be assessed and reported in the updated IEE.

356

36. Air quality. As there are no major industries in Magura the main sources of air pollution are vehicles and non-point sources such as open burning. There are currently no air quality monitoring stations are in operation within the pourashava limit. The baseline air quality will be measured by the subproject contractors prior to commencement of work. The results will be provided in the updated IEE and all other measurements during implementation will be reported as part of EMP implementation. 37. Acoustic environment. Subproject components are in the built-up part of Magura, with residential, commercial, and institutional establishments. The volume of traffic that passes through these sections is not significant and traffic jams are not frequent. However vehicular movement can be considered as major cause of noise pollution. The baseline noise level will be measured by the subproject contractors prior to commencement of work. The results will be provided in the updated IEE and all other measurements during implementation will be reported as part of EMP implementation. C. Biological Characteristics 38. Flora and fauna. Subproject components are located in Magura urban area or in its immediate surroundings which were converted into urban use for years ago, and there is no natural habitat left at these sites. Animals and plants in the subproject area are those commonly found in urban and built-up areas. No endangered/protected species of either flora or fauna are found in the pourashava or its immediate surroundings. 39. Protected areas. There are no protected forests, wetlands, mangroves, or estuaries in or near the subproject area. D. Socioeconomic Characteristics 40. Area and population. Magura pourashava occupies an area of 47.30 km2 with population of 98,355 as per Bangladesh Bureau of Statistics (BBS) Census 2011. It is divided into 9 wards. The information about total number of households with average size and population of the pourashava is presented in Table 4.

Table 4: Population of Magura Pourashava Administrative Unit Area

(km2) Households

(nos.) Total

Population Average

Household Size Density

(per km2) Magura Pourashava

47.30 22,105 98,355 4.45 2,079

Ward No - 01 9.62 2,628 11,711 4.45 1,217 Ward No - 02 3.65 2,465 10,913 4.42 2,990 Ward No - 03 5.40 2,439 10,794 4.42 1,999 Ward No - 04 3.64 2,676 11,224 4.19 3,084 Ward No - 05 4.20 1,606 7,181 4.47 1,710 Ward No - 06 2.38 1,846 8,352 4.52 3,509 Ward No - 07 11.14 3,054 13,559 4.44 1,217 Ward No - 08 5.06 3,125 14,524 4.65 2,870 Ward No - 09 2.21 2,266 10,095 4.45 4,568 Source: BBS Community Report, Zilla: Magura, 2011 41. Land use. The study of the land use pattern is based on extensive physical survey which was accomplished through GPS system. Through the survey it has been accomplished that major land use goes under agricultural category which is about 60.01 % of the total land. The second major land use is residential and homesteads and occupying about 27.74% of the area. Beside these, water bodies occupy the third major about 5.36% of

357

the total land. The presence of the two rivers and innumerable ponds and ditches present in the Pourashava area is the reason of high proportion of water bodies. 42. Existing provisions for pedestrians and other forms of transport. Magura has an aggregate 257 km road network. Observably, most of these roads have uneven-rough surface, damaged topping and pavement sides owing to lack of maintenance, mostly narrow in width, hence incapable of accommodating generated traffic, and exhaustively without road-side footpath. While visiting different roads, the team observed that the surfaces are worn out partly and in some cases entirely. Justifiably, they call for intervention varying from normal significant maintenance to large improvement/reconstruction. The overall road condition of Magura pourashava is presented in Table 5.There are no street light facilities in the pourashava.

Table 5: Conditions of Roads in Magura Pourashava Sl. Road type Length in km Overall condition 1 Paved Road 122.35 35% in good condition 2 Brick-soled Road 50.0 50% good condition 3 HBB 35.45 60% in good condition 4 Earthen 49.45 60% in good condition Total 257.25

Source: PPTA consultants. 43. Being on the Dhaka-Jessore-Khulna Highway, a huge number of buses and trucks move both ways, through Magura. The pourashava has a fairly large bus terminal. But over the years, there appears to have been very little attention paid to its repair, maintenance and management. This state has left the once-beautiful bus terminal in a dreadful state. There is no government-owned truck terminal in Magura. Currently, trucks are promiscuously parked for loading and unloading at different points of the pourashava, disrupting urban life. 44. Drainage. The Nabaganga River and the silted up Muchikhali, flowing through Magura pourashava, are the most important natural drainage system for the pourashava area. An aggregate 32.05 km of drains of different type and size means that the pourashava has about 0.72 km of drain per km2. The present drainage system is concentrated in the core area only, not good and sufficient enough to release the drainage congestion and the water logging in the area. The present development of the town area including its drainage system has developed without any meticulous planning. Moreover the capacity of the present drains is not considered adequate in section to drain out generated runoff following intense rainfalls which is the obvious cause of water-logging in the pourashava. 45. The PPTA team has visited a large section of the pourashava core area after a rainfall and found many water-logged area. Drainage system in these areas were inadequate, hence could not properly ease such congestion. In some areas drains were found without any outfall and congestion caused by solid waste dumping and earth filling led to the virtual closure of the drains. The pourashava as well as the general people agreed that some of the drains were built without any outfall and improper gradient and proper checking of construction-time invert levels. 46. Water supply. Magura pourashava has a water supply system of 65.22km long distribution networks using uPVC pipes of diameter between 50-200mm5, 10production tubewells (PTWs)6. There is no water storage facility (overhead tank) and water is directly

5Under DPHE 37 DTWSP, 7 km of existing pipes (diameter 50 mm) will be replaced with 100 mm. 6There are altogether 10 PTWs in Magura pourashava which were installed over a long period of time. DPHE installed 3 PTWs (01, 02 and 03) during the period 1982 to1987 and other 4 PTWs (06, 07, 08, and 09) in 2006 to 2010. Additional 2 PTWs (04 and 05) were installed in 1999 by the Dutch-funded 18 District Towns Water

358

injected into the distribution systems. PPTA study reported that the eight PTWs on the average produce about 80-90 cubic meters (m3) per day with a total average daily production of 5,650 m3. PTWs are operated twice daily (6 to 10 AM and 12 to 6 PM) for an average of 10 hours. The depth of PTWs varies from 90 to 267 m. There are a total of 4,015 house connections, out of which 3,508 are active and 507 are disconnected. Of the total 3,508 active connections 3,424 are domestic/residential and 84 are commercial/non-residential. None of the service connections has water meter. 47. The Pourashava Water Supply Section (PWSS) does not have any water quality data and no water quality sampling or testing is done. The water quality of PTWs in Magura pourashava was analyzed under the 37 District Towns Water Supply Project (DTWSP) being implemented by DPHE. The results are provided in Table 6.

Table 6: Water Quality Data (Samples Tested by 37DTWSP) Sl

No. PTW Location pH Fe (mg/l) As (mg/l) Manganese

(mg/l) 1 01 Near Judge Court 7.3 5.42 0.001 0.045 2 02 Near PWD Office 7.3 1.09 0.030 0.000 3 03 Adarsha College Attached 7.5 1.03 0.020 0.000 4 04 Vaina Mor Poura Park 7.4 3.15 0.001 0.045 5 11 Parnandualy High School Attached 7.4 2.58 0.020 0.000

Bangladesh Standard-1997 6.5~8.5 0.3~1.0 0.05 0.10 Source: 37 DTWSP Feasibility Report, Magura, DPHE 48. Solid waste management. The pourashava generates approximately 34 tons of waste per day with a generation rate of about 0.25 kg/cap/day. There are 40 fixed dustbins located in different parts of the town along with 30/40 temporary secondary disposal points. At present, the pourashava has 2 open trucks for waste collection and 10 rickshaw vans. Collected wastes is being disposed in the pourashava’s 3.10 acre (1.25 hectares) dumping site or in instances requested by private land owners, dumped in low-lying areas to increase the land levels. The pourashava conservancy section has 3 permanent supervisory staff (1 conservancy inspector and 2 conservancy supervisors). They have a good monitoring system (attendance records) to supervise the activities of 138 daily basis cleaner (8 drain cleaners, 8 truck cleaners, 10 van operators and helpers), 101 road sweepers and 2 truck drivers. The waste collection rate is 45%. 49. Households, commercial, institutional wastes and others are piled up in the secondary storage points. The pourashava collects waste from these designated points. Beside this, wastes from markets, institutions etc. are also collected by the pourashava. Informal sector is prominent in recyclable collection and recycling. Rag-pickers and ferrywalas collect recyclable materials from roadside bins or from the households and sell it to buyers. 50. Hospital wastes are collected separately by two collection vans deployed by the Clinic Owners’ Association. The infectious wastes are burnt in the clinic premises; and the other wastes are collected and disposed into municipal bins for collection by the pourashava. 51. There is no regular public awareness and public relation activities in the pourashava. Community involvement in waste collection had been started in two wards under DPHE’s 18 District Water Supply and Sanitation Project. However the program was discontinued after the project period. Supply Project (DTWSP) implemented by DPHE. Recently, after the initiation of the 37 DTWSP, a new PTW (10) is under progress of installation. The construction of well has been completed; the pump-motor set and other accessories are in the process of installation.

359

Figure 5: Existing SWM in Magura

52. Sanitation. The sanitary condition in Magura pourashava is relatively poor. As per BBS 2011 (Population and Housing Census, Khulna Division - Urban), about 52.4% of the latrines are sanitary water sealed, 29.8% latrines are sanitary non-water sealed, 17.3% latrines are non-sanitary and 0.5% have no toilets. No disposal and treatment facility are available inside the pourashava. No sewerage system is available. 53. Field visits during the project preparation revealed septic tanks or the pits are occasionally emptied manually by sweepers when those are full or become non-operational to some extent. The collection and disposal practice of fecal sludge is very unhygienic due to disposal of sludge in low lands or in drains near the neighborhood which is unhealthy and source of pollution of the nearby environment including the water bodies.

Figure 6: Existing Sanitation (Public Toilets) in Magura

54. Other existing amenities for community welfare. The pourashava appears to grow with an unplanned development. Major installations, commercial and residential areas grow along the main highway and roads in the pourashava. The town has a literacy rate of 51%. It has educational institutions: 30 primary schools, 12 high schools, 4 colleges and 1 vocational training institute; health facilities: 1 100-bed government hospital, 21 private

360

clinics, 1 TB clinic, 1 eye hospital, and 1 pediatric hospital; entertainment and recreational facilities: 1 stadium, 1 park and 1 cinema hall. 55. Despite having a sizeable population of nearly 100,000, Magura does not have its own auditorium/community center. Going with the common societal practices, community halls these days play a significant role in conducting social events like wedding, different parties, conferences and musical soiree. 56. There are no slaughterhouses in Magura pourashava. Therefore, animals are slaughtered in different places in a hygienic manner. E. Historical, Cultural and Archaeological Characteristics 57. Important historical and cultural sites in Magura pourashava includes ghat of Nader Chand, tomb of Pir Mokerram Ali, tomb of Garib Shah, remnants of the Rajbari of Raja Sitaram Roy, Rajbari of Raja Satrujit Roy, fortification of Debal Raja, remnants of the Rajbari of Birat Raja at Sreepur, Mosque at village Gopal (Mughal period), Siddheshwari Math at Athara Khada and Ashram of Nangta Baba (Satdoha Ashram). 58. The 3 kitchen markets are not within nor adjacent to these sites.

V. ASSESSMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND SAFEGUARDS A. Methodology 59. Issues for consideration have been raised by the following means: (i) input from interested and affected parties; (ii) desktop research of information relevant to the proposed subproject; (iii) site visits; and (iv) evaluation of proposed design scope as per PPTA study and potential impacts. 60. The area of impacts considered are: (i) existing kitchen market; and (ii) its immediate surroundings (10 m circumference). No additional land is required beyond the existing kitchen market sites. Categorization of the subproject and formulation of mitigation measures have been guided by ADB’s REA Checklist for urban development (Appendix 1) and ADB SPS, 2009. B. Screening out Areas of No Significant Impact 61. From the preliminary design and results of the rapid environmental assessment, it is clear that implementation of Magura kitchen market subproject will not have major negative impacts because activities will be localized/site-specific and short in duration. Moreover, the area of impact of the subproject will be on existing sites and immediate surroundings, and construction will be conducted within a relatively small area. Because of these there are several aspects of the environment that are not expected to be affected by the subproject (Table 7) and thus can be screened out of the assessment at this stage but will be assessed again during detailed design stage and before implementation.

Table 7: Fields in Which the Subproject is not expected to have Significant Impacts Field Rationale A. Physical Characteristics Topography, landforms, geology and soils


Climatic conditions Short-term production of dust is the only effect on atmosphere. However, impact is short-term, site-specific and within a relatively small area. There are well

361

Field Rationale developed methods for mitigation.

B. Biological Characteristics Biodiversity Activities being located in the built-up area of Magura pourashava will not cause

direct impact on biodiversity values as identified flora and fauna are those commonly found in built up areas. The construction activities do not anticipate any cutting of trees.

C. Socioeconomic Characteristics Land use No alteration on land use. Type of community spread


Socio-economic status There is no requirement for land acquisition. Affected persons and structures will be addressed separately in the resettlement plan developed as per Government of Bangladesh laws and ADB SPS, 2009. Manpower will be required during the construction stage; this can result to generation of contractual employment and increase in local revenue.


The subproject components are not located in or near and excavation works will not be conducted in the vicinities of identified historical and cultural sites.

C. Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – Planning and Design Phase 62. Subproject selection criteria. The project environmental assessment and review framework specifies environmental criteria to avoid or minimize adverse impacts during the identification and finalization of kitchen market subprojects. Table 8 summarizes site and design considerations as per preliminary design.





-- Not present in Magura pourashava


- Use of “chance find” procedures in the EMP that include a pre-approved management and conservation approach for materials that may be discovered during project implementation.


- Permit for tree-cutting to be obtained by contractor/s prior to commencement of work - Compensatory plantation for trees lost at a rate of 2 trees for every tree cut, in addition to tree plantation as specified in the design, will be implemented by the contractor, who will also maintain the saplings for the duration of his contract.


-- All consultations during project preparation are documented and concerns expressed by public addressed in the IEE.



-Not relevant

2. Market i. Ensure markets are provided with - Included in the design of the subproject

362

Components Environmental Selection Guidelines Remarks development improvements in solid waste

management, wastewater, and drainage to deal with increased generation of waste materials and discharge of wastewater. Ensure that waste and wastewater disposal in constructed markets are designed to national standards.

63. Land acquisition and resettlement. The kitchen markets are located in government-owned land. Involuntary resettlement impacts during construction stage will be addressed by the resettlement plan prepared for the subproject as per ADB SPS, 2009 and applicable Bangladesh laws. There are no trees on the site. This will be reassessed during detailed design stage and if cutting of trees will be required, compensatory plantation for trees lost at a rate of 2 trees for every tree cut will be implemented by the contractor, who will also maintain the saplings for the duration of his contract. 64. Planning principles and design considerations have been reviewed and incorporated into the site planning process whenever possible. Locations and sitting of the proposed infrastructures were considered to further reduce impacts. The subproject will be in properties held by the pourashava and access to the subproject sites is through public ROW and existing roads hence, land acquisition and encroachment on private property will not occur. 65. The concepts considered in design of the Magura kitchen market subproject are: (i) prioritizing rehabilitation over new construction; (ii) locating facilities on government-owned land to avoid the need for land acquisition; (iii) taking all possible measures in design and selection of sites to avoid resettlement impacts; (iv) avoiding where possible locations that will result in destruction/disturbance to historical and cultural places/values; (v) avoiding tree-cutting where possible; (vi) ensuring all planning and design interventions and decisions are made in consultation with local communities and reflecting inputs from public consultation and disclosure for site selection. 66. Preliminary designs integrate a number of measures, both structural and non-structural, to mainstream climate resilience into the Magura kitchen market subproject, including: (i) design life of 20 years; and (ii) base level of ground floor raised by 200 mm to avoid water-logging and inundation during monsoon season. The kitchen markets will be designed in accordance to relevant national and international building codes to further enhance the resilience of the structures. D. Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – Construction Phase 67. In the case of this subproject (i) most of the individual elements are relatively small and involve straightforward construction, so impacts will be mainly localized and not greatly significant; (ii) most of the predicted impacts are associated with the construction process, and are produced because that process is invasive, involving excavation and earth movements; and (iii) being located in the built-up area of the pourashava, will not cause direct impact on biodiversity values. 36. Construction method. Tasks to be performed for construction of the kitchen markets are: (i) demolition of existing structures; (ii) site clearing; (iii)laying of foundations; (iv) casting of ground floor slab; (v) construction of floor beams and floor slabs; (vi) construction of roof beams and roofing; (vii) architectural components and finishes; and (viii) ordering, procurement and installation of building services. Excavation for the foundation will be dug by backhoe digger, supplemented by manual digging where necessary. Excavated soil will be placed nearby, and the materials (brought to site on trucks and stored on unused

363

land nearby) will be placed by crane or using a small rig. The infrastructures will be constructed manually according to design specifications. Any excess materials will be disposed to pre-approved disposal sites. 68. There is sufficient space for a staging area, construction equipment, and stockpiling of materials. However, the contractor will need to remove all construction and demolition wastes on a daily basis. 69. Although construction of these project components involves quite simple techniques of civil work, the invasive nature of excavation and the project sites in built-up areas of Magura where there are a variety of human activities, will result to impacts to the environment and sensitive receptors such as residents, businesses, and the community in general. These anticipated impacts are short-term, site-specific and within a relatively small area. There are no impacts that are significant or complex in nature, or that need an in-depth study to assess the impact. Thus, Magura kitchen market subproject is unlikely to cause significant adverse impacts. The potential adverse impacts that are associated with construction activities can be mitigated to acceptable levels with the following mitigation measures (Table 9).

Table 9: Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – Construction Phase Field Impacts Mitigation Measures A. Physical Characteristics Topography, landforms, geology and soils





Prepare and implement a spoil management plan (see Appendix 3 for outline).

Prioritize re-use of excess spoils and materials in construction activities. If spoils will be disposed, consult with Magura local authority on designated disposal areas.







Monitor water quality according to the environmental

364

Field Impacts Mitigation Measures management plan.










Plan activities in consultation with Magura local authority so that activities with the greatest potential to generate noise are conducted during periods of the day which will result in least disturbance.










daily basis. Coordinate with Magura local authority for beneficial

uses of excess excavated soils or immediately dispose to designated areas Avoid stockpiling of any excess spoils


All vehicles delivering fine materials to the site and carrying waste debris for disposal shall be covered to avoid spillage of materials. All existing roads used by vehicles of the contractor, shall be kept clear of all dust/mud or other extraneous materials dropped by such vehicles.

Lighting on construction sites shall be pointed downwards and away from oncoming traffic and nearby

365

Field Impacts Mitigation Measures houses.




built-up area of Magura pourashava. There are no protected areas in or around subproject sites, and no known areas of ecological interest. There are no trees along ROWs that need to be removed.









Prepare and implement a Traffic Management Plan (Appendix 4)











Socio-economic

Subproject components will be located in government land and

Employ at least 50% of labor force from communities in the vicinity of the site. This will have the added benefit

366

Field Impacts Mitigation Measures status existing ROWs thus there is no

requirement for land acquisition or any resettlements. Manpower will be required during the 24-month construction stage. This can result in generation of contractual employment and increase in local revenue. Thus potential impact is positive and long-term.

of avoiding social problems that sometimes occur when workers are imported into host communities, and avoiding environmental and social problems from workers housed in poorly serviced camp accommodation.



Although construction of subproject components involves quite simple techniques of civil work, the invasive nature of excavation and the subproject sites being in built-up areas of Magura pourashava where there are a variety of human activities, will result in impacts to the sensitive receptors such as residents, businesses, and the community in general. Excavation may also damage existing infrastructure (such as water distribution pipes, electricity pylons, etc) located alongside the roads. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.


Integrate construction of the various infrastructure subprojects to be conducted in Naogaon (roads, water supply, etc.) so that different infrastructure is located on opposite sides of the road where feasible and roads and inhabitants are not subjected to repeated disturbance by construction in the same area at different times for different purposes.









trenches with planks during non work hours. Contractor’s activities and movement of staff will be



Consult with Naogaon local authority on the designated areas for stockpiling of, soils, gravel, and other construction materials.





367

Field Impacts Mitigation Measures Under no circumstances may open areas or the

surrounding bushes be used as a toilet facility. Recycling and the provision of separate waste

receptacles for different types of waste shall be encouraged.


Interested and affected parties need to be made aware of the existence of the complaints book and the methods of communication available to them. The contractor must address queries and complaints by: (i) documenting details of such communications; (ii) submitting these for inclusion in complaints register; (iii) bringing issues to the national/regional environmental specialist’s attention immediately; and (iv) taking remedial action as per national/regional environment specialist’s instruction.









368

Field Impacts Mitigation Measures Arrange for readily available first aid unit including an

adequate supply of sterilized dressing materials and appliances














E. Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – Operations and Maintenance Phase 70. In the operations and maintenance (O&M) phase, the kitchen markets will operate with routine maintenance, which should not affect the environment. Routine repairs will be very small in scale, to conducted manually by small teams of men and works will be very short in duration thus will not cause significant physical impacts. The kitchen markets will need to be repaired from time to time, but environmental impacts will be much less than those of the construction period as the work will be infrequent, affecting small areas only. O&M will be the responsibility of Magura pourashava, which will be given training by this project. The potential adverse impacts that are associated with O&M activities can be mitigated to acceptable levels with the following mitigation measures (Table 10).

Table 10: Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – O&M Phase Field Impacts Mitigation Measures A. Physical Characteristics

369

Field Impacts Mitigation Measures Acoustic environment


- Plan activities in consultation with Magura pourashava so that activities with the greatest potential to generate noise are conducted during periods of the day which will result in least disturbance. - Identify any buildings at risk from vibration damage and avoiding any use of pneumatic drills or heavy vehicles in the vicinity. Complete work in these areas quickly.

B. Socioeconomic Characteristics Workers health and safety

Workers need to be mindful of the occupational hazards. Potential impacts are negative and long-term but reversible by mitigation measures.

- Comply with requirements of Government of Bangladesh Labor Law of 2006 and all applicable laws and standards on workers H&S. - Ensure that all site personnel have a basic level of H&S training. - Mark and provide sign boards. Signage shall be in accordance with international standards and be well known to, and easily understood by workers, visitors, and the general public as appropriate.






72. The project has identified the valued components as air quality, acoustic environment, socioeconomic and socio-community components, and human health and safety. There are no foreseeable projects that will overlap with the subproject. The spatial boundary of the subproject is the area along the corridor of impact (alignment and width of the drainages and ROWs) and the temporal boundary can be considered as the whole Magura pourashava. 73. It is recommended that infrastructures be (i) designed to the current best practice standard and notified Government of Bangladesh codes; (ii) built that the floods do not damage them; (iii) market drains are to be kept free from wastes and siltation; and (iv) toilet facilities kept clean and desludged regularly. Short-term negative impacts are the same with or without climate change measures except that with climate change measures there are increased demand for construction materials and more time to complete the works. No negative cumulative impact and the potential long-term environmental impacts are positive; including mainstreaming climate risk reduction into infrastructure development ensures subprojects infrastructure are less vulnerable to floods, storm surge, landslides and impacts of other extreme weather events. 74. Air quality. Emissions of common air contaminants and fugitive dust may be elevated in proximity to active work sites during construction and O&M phases, these

370

impacts will be short-term and localized to the immediate of the sites. Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions may increase as a result of the subproject activities (i.e., vehicle and equipment operation, concrete production, disposal of excavated material, land-filling of residual wastes). Given the subproject’s relatively minor contribution to common air contaminants and GHG emissions during construction, the overall significance rating of both these potential residual effects is considered to be negligible. 75. Acoustic environment. Noise levels during construction and O&M activities in immediate proximity of work sites are expected to increase. The duration of exposure will be relatively brief and imperceptible. The exposure represents a temporary, localized, adverse residual effect of low significance for affected receptors. While building damage due to ground vibrations is unlikely, there may be annoyance to spatially located receptors during construction and O&M activities. The overall significance rating of potential residual effects is considered to be negligible. 76. Socioeconomic and socio-community. Concerns on existing provisions for community, business owners and tenants in the kitchen markets will occur spatially during construction and O&M activities. Existing conditions of the kitchen markets and immediate surroundings will be improved once the activities are completed. Since the subproject will be improvement of existing infrastructures, it will not conflict with existing or planned land use. However, following improvement in infrastructures and services, added residential developments, commercial, and business facilities and increased densities are expected to develop and enhance Magura pourashava. This can be considered a long-term cumulative benefit of the subproject. 77. Given the scale of the project it is likely that local people will obtain at least temporary socio-economic benefits, by gaining employment in the construction workforce, and thus raising their levels of income. These benefits can bring wider social gains if they are directed at vulnerable9 groups. 78. Upon completion of the project, the socio-community will be the major beneficiaries of this subproject. The citizens, businesses, and communities in Magura will be provided with reliable and climate-resilient kitchen market resulting to enhanced safety of stall owners, tenants and the buying community, cost savings, and economic growth. Benefits for all Magura citizens include positive economic impact, and improved quality of life. These are considered a long-term cumulative benefit. 79. Community and workers health and safety. No adverse residual effects to human health will occur as a result of construction or O&M activities, and mitigation measures are in place to ensure public and worker safety, and will be closely monitored. While exposure to elevated noise levels, fugitive dust and common air pollutants will occur in proximity to work sites, due to their short-term and localized nature, these effects are expected to be minor and insignificant with no measurable effects on human health. 80. Therefore the project will benefit the general public by contributing to the long-term improvement of municipal services and community livability in Magura pourashava.

VI. INFORMATION DISCLOSURE, CONSULTATION, AND PARTICIPATION



371

A. Public Consultation Conducted 81. The public participation process included (i) identifying interested and affected parties (stakeholders); (ii) informing and providing the stakeholders with sufficient background and technical information regarding the proposed development; (iii) creating opportunities and mechanisms whereby they can participate and raise their viewpoints (issues, comments, and concerns) with regard to the proposed development; (iv) giving the stakeholders feedback on process findings and recommendations; and (v) ensuring compliance to process requirements with regards to the environmental and related legislation. 82. Public consultations and focus group discussions (FGDs) were conducted by PPTA team on 19 February 2014. The objective of the meetings was to appraise the stakeholders about environmental and social impacts of the proposed subproject and safeguards to mitigate the same. A questionnaire was designed and environmental information was collected. Key respondents included project-affected persons, who may suffer temporary access disruptions during construction activities, shopkeepers/businessmen from the subproject area, and daily commuters consulted randomly. Issues discussed and feedback received along with details of date, time, location, and list of participants are given in Appendix 5. The environmental concerns and suggestions made by the participants were listed, and discussed, and suggestions accordingly incorporated in the EMP. These include speedy construction works to ensure low impacts to community. Participants also considered the project will provide local employment. B. Future Consultation and Disclosure 83. This IEE and other relevant documents will be made available at public locations in the pourashava and posted on the websites of executing agencies and ADB. The consultation process will be continued and expanded during the project implementation to ensure stakeholders participate fully in project execution, as well as to implement comprehensive information, education, and communication plan. 84. The public consultation and disclosure program with all interested and affected partied will remain a continuous process throughout the project implementation, and shall include the following:



85. For the benefit of the community, relevant information from the IEE will be translated in the local language and made available at (i) offices of executing and implementing agencies, (ii) area offices, (iii) consultant teams’ offices; and (iv) contractor’s campsites. It will be ensured that the hard copies of IEE are kept at places which are conveniently

372

accessible to people, as a means to disclose the document and at the same time creating wider public awareness. An electronic version of the IEE will be placed in the official website of executing and implementing agencies and the ADB website after approval of the IEE by ADB.

VII. GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM 86. A project-specific grievance redress mechanism (GRM) will be established to receive, evaluate, and facilitate the resolution of AP’s concerns, complaints, and grievances about the social and environmental performance at the level of the project. The GRM will aim to provide a time-bound and transparent mechanism to voice and resolve social and environmental concerns linked to the project.

87. Common GRM. A common GRM will be in place for social, environmental, or any other grievances related to the project; the resettlement plans (RPs) and IEEs will follow the GRM described below, which is developed in consultation with key stakeholders. The GRM will provide an accessible and trusted platform for receiving and facilitating resolution of affected persons’ grievances related to the project. The multi-tier GRM for the project is outlined below, each tier having time-bound schedules and with responsible persons identified to address grievances and seek appropriate persons’ advice at each stage, as required.

88. Pourashava-wide public awareness campaigns will ensure that awareness on grievance redress procedures is generated through the campaign. The project implementation unit (PIU) and governance improvement and capacity development consultants (GICDC) will conduct pourashava-wide awareness campaigns to ensure that poor and vulnerable households are made aware of grievance redress procedures and entitlements, and will work with the PMO and management, design and supervision consultants (MDSC) to help ensure that their grievances are addressed. 89. Affected persons (APs) will have the flexibility of conveying grievances/suggestions by dropping grievance redress/suggestion forms in complaints/suggestion boxes that have already been installed by project pourashavas or through telephone hotlines at accessible locations, by e-mail, by post, or by writing in a complaints register in pourashava offices. Appendix 7 has the sample grievance registration form. Careful documentation of the name of the complainant, date of receipt of the complaint, address/contact details of the person, location of the problem area, and how the problem was resolved will be undertaken. The project management office (PMO) safeguard officer will have the overall responsibility for timely grievance redressal on environmental and social safeguards issues and for registration of grievances, related disclosure, and communication with the aggrieved party through the PIU designated safeguard focal person. 90. Grievance redress process. In case of grievances that are immediate and urgent in the perception of the complainant, the contractor and MDSC on-site personnel will provide the most easily accessible or first level of contact for quick resolution of grievances. Contact phone numbers and names of the concerned PIU safeguard focal person and contractors, will be posted at all construction sites at visible locations.


b. 2nd Level Grievance. All grievances that cannot be redressed within 7 days at field/ward level will be reviewed by the grievance redress cell (GRC)

373

headed by Panel Mayor of the pourashava with support from PIU designated safeguard focal person and MDSC regional environment and resettlement specialists. GRC will attempt to resolve them within 15 days.10 The PIU designated safeguard focal person will be responsible to see through the process of redressal of each grievance.



10 Grievance redress cells (GRC) will have been formed at Pourashava-level. For example in Lalmonirhat pourashava, the GRC comprises Panel Mayor as Chairperson, and 1 councilor, the pourashava Executive Engineer, Secretary pourashava and pourashava administrative officer, as members. All pourashava-level GRCs shall have at least one-woman member/chairperson and AP representative or independent NGO as committee member. In addition, for project-related grievances, representatives of APs, community-based organizations (CBOs), and eminent citizens must be invited as observers in GRC meetings.

374



96. The purpose of the environmental management plan (EMP) is to ensure that the activities are undertaken in a responsible, non-detrimental manner with the objectives of: (i) providing a proactive, feasible, and practical working tool to enable the measurement and monitoring of environmental performance on-site; (ii) guiding and controlling the implementation of findings and recommendations of the environmental assessment conducted for the project; (iii) detailing specific actions deemed necessary to assist in mitigating the environmental impact of the project; and (iv) ensuring that safety recommendations are complied with.

97. A copy of the EMP must be kept on work sites at all times. This EMP will be included in the bid documents and will be further reviewed and updated during implementation. The EMP will be made binding on all contractors operating on the site and will be included in the contractual clauses. Non-compliance with, or any deviation from, the conditions set out in this document constitutes a failure in compliance.

98. For civil works, the contractor will be required to (i) establish an operational system for managing environmental impacts (ii) carry out all of the monitoring and mitigation measures set forth in the EMP; and (iii) implement any corrective or preventative actions set out in safeguards monitoring reports that the employer will prepare from time to time to monitor implementation of this IEE and EMP. The contractor shall allocate a budget for compliance with these EMP measures, requirements and actions.




Affected person

1st Level Grievance

3rdLevel Grievance

2nd Level Grievance

No

Yes within 7 days




Yes within 15 days

Yes within 30 days

No


375

A. Institutional Arrangement 99. Executing and implementing agencies. The Local Government Engineering Department (LGED) and the Department of Public Health Engineering (DPHE), both under the Local Government Division (LGD) of the Ministry of Local Government, Rural Development and Cooperatives (MLGRD&C) and having extensive experience in managing urban and water supply projects financed by ADB, will be the executing agencies of the project. The participating pourashavas will be the implementing agencies.

B. Safeguard Implementation Arrangement 100. Project management office. A PMO will be established for the overall management of the project. The PMO will be headed by Project Director (PD) supported by officials including three project managers in charge of (i) municipal infrastructure (excluding water supply and sanitation), (ii) water supply and sanitation, and (iii) governance improvement and capacity development, respectively. the PMO will receive support from national environmental specialist and national resettlement specialist on the MDSC team. Key tasks and responsibilities of the PMO Safeguard (Environment) Officer are as follows:

i. confirm existing IEEs/EMPs are updated based on detailed designs, and that

new IEEs/EMPs are prepared in accordance with the EARF and subproject selection criteria related to safeguards;




v. facilitate and confirm overall compliance with all government rules and regulations regarding site and environmental clearances, as well as any other environmental requirements (e.g., location clearance certificates, environmental clearance certificates, etc.), as relevant;






101. Project implementation unit. The participating pourashavas will establish a PIU within the pourashava structure. The PIUs will (i) be responsible for land acquisition; (ii) take necessary action for obtaining rights of way; (iii) plan, implement and monitor public relations activities, gender mainstreaming initiatives and community participation activities at pourashava level; (iv) disseminate information related to the project to the public and media; (v) ensure compliance with loan covenants concerning safeguards measures; and (vi) facilitate implementation of safeguards plans. The PIUs will each designate a Safeguard

376

Officer11 and will receive assistance from the assigned MDSC regional environmental specialist to:

i. update IEEs/EMPs during detailed design stage and prepare new IEEs/EMPs

in accordance with the EARF; ii. conduct environmental compliance audit of existing facilities as per Item F,

Appendix 6 of ADB SPS, 2009; iii. include IEEs/EMPs in bidding documents and civil works contracts; iv. comply with all government rules and regulations; v. take necessary action for obtaining rights of way; vi. oversee implementation of EMPs including environmental monitoring by















377













team leader, deputy team leader and the project director. 104. Civil works contracts and contractors. EMPs are to be included in bidding and contract documents and verified by the PIUs and PMO. The contractor will be required to designate an environmental supervisor to (i) coordinate with MDSC on updating the IEE/EMP based on detailed designs, and (ii) ensure implementation of EMP during civil works. Contractors are to carry out all environmental mitigation and monitoring measures outlined in their contract.

105. Governance Improvement and Capacity Development Consultants (GICDC). The PMO and PIUs will require support on a range of activities related to governance improvement and capacity development of pourashavas. The GICDC will support PMO and PIUs in implementing urban government improvement action plan (UGIAP) by providing capacity development, community mobilization and other facilitation services. There will be 4 GICDC regional offices consisting of 4 regional coordinators at each regional office. There will be 2 community mobilizers in each project pourashava. The regional coordinators will assist pourashavas and the local capacity development experts in the activities related to community participation and inclusive development. The community mobilizers will be posted at the pourashava and will (i) have to work maintaining close liaison with the mayor, councilors, pourashava staffs and communities, (ii) provide assistance and support to PIU regarding planning and implementation of citizen awareness and participation activities, urban planning, equity and inclusiveness of women and urban poor. The GICDC will also have a training specialist who will be responsible for identifying and coordinating capacity building activities at pourashava level.

378


PMOSafeguard (Environment) Officer





(each pourashava)

379

Table 11: Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan – Prior, During, and Post Construction Phase Field Impacts Mitigation Measures Responsible

for Implementation

















Identify and include locations and operators of these utilities in the detailed design documents to prevent unnecessary disruption of services during construction activities Require construction contractors to prepare a contingency plan to include actions to be done in case of unintentional interruption of services. Require contractors to prepare spoils management plan (Appendix 3 for outline) and traffic

PMO, PIU, MDSC

List of affected utilities and operators; Bid document to include requirement for a contingency plan for service interruptions (example provision of water if disruption is more than 24 hours), spoil management plan (see Appendix 3 for outline), and traffic management plan (see Appendix 4 for sample)

During detailed design phase Review of spoils management plan: Twice (once after first draft and once before final approval)


380




management plan (see Appendix 4 for sample)




PMO, PIU, and MDSC







PMO, PIU, and MDSC











2. During Construction Activities A. Physical Characteristics

381




Topography, landforms, geology and soils


Utilize readily available sources of materials. If contractor procures materials from existing burrow pits and quarries, ensure these conform to all relevant regulatory requirements. Borrow areas and quarries (If these are being opened up exclusively for the subproject) must comply with environmental requirements, as applicable. No activity will be allowed until formal agreement is signed between PIU, landowner and contractor.



Monthly by PIU


Water quality Trenching and excavation, run-off from stockpiled materials, and chemical contamination from fuels and lubricants may result to silt-laden runoff during rainfall which may cause siltation and reduction in the quality of adjacent bodies of water. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-

Prioritize re-use of excess spoils and materials in construction activities. If spoils will be disposed, consult with Naogaon local authority on designated disposal areas. All earthworks must to be conducted during dry season to maximum extent possible to avoid the difficult working conditions that prevail during monsoon season such as problems from runoff. Location for stockyards for construction materials shall be identified at least 300m away from watercourses. Place storage areas for fuels and lubricants away from any drainage leading to water bodies.





382




specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

Take all precautions to minimize the wastage of water in the construction activities. Take all precautions to prevent entering of wastewater into streams, watercourses, or irrigation system. Install temporary silt traps or sedimentation basins along the drainage leading to the water bodies. Ensure diverting storm water flow during construction shall not lead to inundation and other nuisances in low lying areas. While working across or close to any water body, the flow of water must not be obstructed. Ensure no construction materials like earth, stone, or appendage are disposed of in a manner that may block the flow of water of any watercourse and cross drainage channels. Monitor water quality according to the environmental management plan.

Air quality Conducting works at dry season and moving large quantity of materials may create dusts and increase in concentration of vehicle-related pollutants (such as carbon

Damp down exposed soil and any sand stockpiled on site by spraying with water when necessary during dry weather; Use tarpaulins to cover soils, sand and other loose material when transported by trucks. Unpaved surfaces used for haulage of materials


Location of stockpiles; Number of complaints from sensitive receptors; Heavy equipment and machinery with air pollution control devices; Certification

Visual inspection by PIU and supervision consultants on monthly basis Frequency and sampling sites to be finalized during detailed design stage and final location of


383




monoxide, sulfur oxides, particulate matter, nitrous oxides, and hydrocarbons) which will affect people who live and work near the sites. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

within settlements shall be maintained dust-free. Arrangements to control dust through provision of windscreens, water sprinklers, and dust extraction systems shall be provided at all hot-mix plants, batching plants and crushers (if these establishments are being set up exclusively for the subproject). Monitor air quality.

that vehicles are compliant with air quality standards.



Construction activities will be on settlements, along and near schools, and areas with small-scale businesses. Temporary increase in noise level and vibrations may be caused by excavation equipment, and the transportation of equipment, materials, and people. However, the proposed subproject will follow existing

Involve the community in planning the work program so that any particularly noisy or otherwise invasive activities can be scheduled to avoid sensitive times. Plan activities in consultation with Naogaon local authority so that activities with the greatest potential to generate noise are conducted during periods of the day which will result in least disturbance. Use of high noise generating equipment shall be stopped during night time. Horns should not be used unless it is necessary to warn other road users or animals of the vehicle’s approach; Utilize modern





384




ROW alignment and impact is short-term, site-specific and within a relatively small area. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

vehicles and machinery with the requisite adaptations to limit noise and exhaust emissions, and ensure that these are maintained to manufacturers’ specifications at all times. All vehicles and equipment used in construction shall be fitted with exhaust silencers. Use silent-type generators (if required). Monitor noise levels. Maintain maximum sound levels not exceeding 80 decibels (dBA) when measured at a distance of 10 m or more from the vehicle/s. If it is not practicable to reduce noise levels to or below noise exposure limits, the contractor must post warning signs in the noise hazard areas. Workers in a posted noise hazard area must wear hearing protection. Identify any buildings at risk from vibration damage and avoiding any use of pneumatic drills or heavy vehicles in the vicinity. Complete work in these areas quickly.

Aesthetics The construction activities do not anticipate any cutting of trees but will produce excess excavated earth (spoils), excess construction

Prepare the Debris Disposal Plan Remove all construction and demolition wastes on a daily basis. Coordinate with Naogaon local authority for beneficial uses of excess excavated soils or


Number of complaints from sensitive receptors; Worksite clear of hazardous wastes such as oil/fuel Worksite clear of any wastes, collected materials

Visual inspection by PIU and supervision consultants on monthly basis Frequency and sampling sites to be finalized during


385




materials, and solid waste such as removed concrete, wood, packaging materials, empty containers, spoils, oils, lubricants, and other similar items. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

immediately dispose to designated areas Avoid stockpiling of any excess spoils Suitably dispose of collected materials from drainages, unutilized materials and debris either through filling up of pits/wasteland or at pre-designated disposal locations. All vehicles delivering fine materials to the site and carrying waste debris for disposal shall be covered to avoid spillage of materials. All existing roads used by vehicles of the contractor, shall be kept clear of all dust/mud or other extraneous materials dropped by such vehicles. Lighting on construction sites shall be pointed downwards and away from oncoming traffic and nearby houses. In areas where the visual environment is particularly important or privacy concerns for surrounding buildings exist, the site may require screening. This could be in the form of shade cloth, temporary walls, or other suitable materials prior to the beginning of construction. The site must be kept clean to minimize the visual impact of the site. Manage solid waste according to the following preference

from drainages, unutilized materials and debris Transport route and worksite cleared of any dust/mud

detailed design stage and final location of) subproject components

386




hierarchy: reuse, recycling and disposal to designated areas;


located in the built-up area of Magura pourashava. There are no protected areas in or around subproject sites, and no known areas of ecological interest. There are no trees at the site that need to be removed.

Check if tree-cutting will be required during detailed design stage. No trees, shrubs, or groundcover may be removed or vegetation stripped without the prior permission of the environment management specialist. If during detailed design cutting of tress will be required, compensatory plantation for trees lost at a rate of 2 trees for every tree cut, in addition to tree plantation as specified in the design, will be implemented by the contractor, who will also maintain the saplings for the duration of his contract. All efforts shall be made to preserve trees by evaluation of minor design adjustments/ alternatives (as applicable) to save trees. Special attention shall be given for protecting giant trees and locally-important trees (with religious importance) during implementation. Prevent workers or any other person from removing and damaging any flora (plant/vegetation) and fauna (animal) including fishing in any water body in the subproject vicinity. Prohibit employees


PMO and PIU to report in writing the number of trees cut and planted if tree-cutting will be required (to be determined during detailed design stage) Number of complaints from sensitive receptors on disturbance of vegetation, poaching, fishing, etc.



387




from poaching wildlife and cutting of trees for firewood.



Prepare and implement a traffic management plan (see Appendix 4 for sample) Plan transportation routes so that heavy vehicles do not use narrow local roads, except in the immediate vicinity of delivery sites. Maintain safe passage for vehicles and pedestrians throughout the construction period. Schedule truck deliveries of construction materials during periods of low traffic volume. Erect and maintain barricades, including signs, markings, flags and flagmen informing diversions and alternative routes when required. Notify affected sensitive receptors by providing sign boards informing nature and duration of construction activities and contact numbers for concerns/complaints. Leave spaces for access between mounds of soil. Provide walkways and metal sheets where required to maintain access across for people and vehicles. Increase workforce


Traffic route during construction works including number of permanent signages, barricades and flagmen on worksite as per traffic management plan (see Appendix 4 for sample); Number of complaints from sensitive receptors; Number of signages placed at project location Number of walkways, signages, and metal sheets placed at project location



388




in front of critical areas such as institutions, place of worship, business establishment, hospitals, and schools. Consult businesses and institutions regarding operating hours and factoring this in work schedules. Ensure there is provision of alternate access to businesses and institutions during construction activities, so that there is no closure of these shops or any loss of clientage. Ensure any damage to properties and utilities will be restored or compensated to pre-work conditions.


Subproject components will be located in government land and existing ROWs thus there is no requirement for land acquisition or any resettlements. Manpower will be required during the XXX-months construction stage. This can result to generation of contractual employment and increase in local revenue. Thus






389




potential impact is positive and long-term.


Although construction of subproject components involves quite simple techniques of civil work, the invasive nature of excavation and the subproject sites being in built-up areas of Magura pourashava where there are a variety of human activities, will result to impacts to the sensitive receptors such as residents, businesses, and the community in general. Excavation may also damage existing infrastructure (such as water distribution pipes, electricity pylons, etc) located alongside the roads. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-

Provide safety signage at all sites visible to public Provide safety barriers near any trenches, and cover trenches with planks during non work hours. Obtain details from pourashava nature and location of all existing infrastructure, and plan excavation carefully to avoid any such sites to maximum extent possible; Integrate construction of the various infrastructure subprojects to be conducted in Naogaon (roads, water supply, etc.) so that different infrastructure is located on opposite sides of the road where feasible and roads and inhabitants are not subjected to repeated disturbance by construction in the same area at different times for different purposes. Consult with local community to inform them of the nature, duration and likely effects of the construction work, and to identify any local concerns so that these can be addressed. Existing infrastructure (such as water distribution pipes, electricity pylons, etc.) shall be relocated before construction starts at the subproject sites.





390




specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

Prior permission shall be obtained from respective local authority for use of water for construction. Use of water for construction works shall not disturb local water users. If construction work is expected to disrupt users of community water bodies, notice to the affected community shall be served 7 days in advance and again 1 day prior to start of construction. Ensure any damage to properties and utilities will be restored or compensated to pre-work conditions.


Construction works will impede the access of residents and businesses in limited cases. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures. Poor safety signage and lack of barriers at work

Provide safety signage at all sites visible to public Provide safety barriers near any trenches, and cover trenches with planks during non work hours. Contractor’s activities and movement of staff will be restricted to designated construction areas. Locations of hot-mix plants, batching plants and crushers (if these establishments are being set up exclusively for the subproject) shall be located at least 100 m away from the


Number of permanent signages, barricades and flagmen on worksite as per traffic management plan (see Appendix 4 for sample); Number of complaints from sensitive receptors; Number of walkways, signages, and metal sheets placed at project location Agreement between landowner and contractors in





391




site and trenches will create hazard to pedestrians and children.

nearest dwelling preferably in the downwind direction. Consult with Naogaon local authority on the designated areas for stockpiling of, soils, gravel, and other construction materials. If the contractor chooses to locate the work camp/storage area on private land, he must get prior permission from the environment management specialist and landowner. Use small mechanical excavators to attain faster trenching progress. For rock and concrete breaking, use non-explosive blasting chemicals, silent rock cracking chemicals, and concrete breaking chemicals.12 Under no circumstances may open areas or the surrounding bushes be used as a toilet facility. Recycling and the provision of separate waste receptacles for different types of waste shall be encouraged. A general regard for the social and ecological well-being of the site and adjacent areas is expected of the site staff. Workers need to be made aware of the following general rules: (i) no alcohol/drugs on site; (ii) prevent excessive noise; (iii) construction staff are to make

case of using private lands as work camps, storage areas, etc.

392




use of the facilities provided for them, as opposed to ad hoc alternatives (e.g. fires for cooking, the use of surrounding bushes as a toilet facility); (iv) no fires permitted on site except if needed for the construction works; (v) trespassing on private/commercial properties adjoining the site is forbidden; (vi) other than pre-approved security staff, no workers shall be permitted to live on the construction site; and (vii) no worker may be forced to do work that is potentially dangerous or that he/she is not trained to do. Interested and affected parties need to be made aware of the existence of the complaints book and the methods of communication available to them. The contractor must address queries and complaints by: (i) documenting details of such communications; (ii) submitting these for inclusion in complaints register; (iii) bringing issues to the national/regional environmental specialist’s attention immediately; and (iv) taking remedial action as per national/regional environment specialist’s instruction. The contractor shall immediately take the necessary remedial action on any complaint/grievance

393




received by him and forward the details of the grievance along with the action taken to the national/regional environmental specialist within 48 hours of receipt of such complaint/grievance.



Comply with requirements of Government of Bangladesh Labor Law of 2006 and all applicable laws and standards on workers H&S. Ensure that all site personnel have a basic level of environmental awareness training. If necessary, the environmental management specialist and/or a translator shall be called to the sites to further explain aspects of environmental or social behavior that are unclear. Produce and implement a site health and safety (H&S) plan which include measures as: (i) excluding the public from worksites; (ii) ensuring all workers are provided with and required to use personal protective equipment (reflectorized vests, footwear, gloves, goggles and masks) at all times; (iii) providing (H&S) training13 for all site


Site-specific H&S Plan Equipped first-aid stations Medical insurance coverage for workers Number of accidents Records of supply of uncontaminated water Condition of eating areas of workers Record of H&S orientation trainings Use of personal protective equipment % of moving equipment outfitted with audible back-up alarms Permanent sign boards for hazardous areas




protective equipment; (iii) ergonomics, repetitive motion, and manual handling; (iv) workplace transport; and (v) legislation and responsibilities. Training can provide the foundations of competence but it does not necessarily result in a competent worker. Therefore, it is essential to assess staff competence to ensure that the training provided is relevant and effective. Supervision and monitoring arrangements shall be in place to ensure that training has been effective and the

394




personnel; (iv) documenting procedures to be followed for all site activities; and (v) maintaining accident reports and records. Arrange for readily available first aid unit including an adequate supply of sterilized dressing materials and appliances Maintain necessary living accommodation and ancillary facilities in functional and hygienic manner in work camps. Ensure (i) uncontaminated water for drinking, cooking and washing, (ii) clean eating areas where workers are not exposed to hazardous or noxious substances; and (iii) sanitation facilities are available at all times. Provide medical insurance coverage for workers; Provide H&S orientation training to all new workers to ensure that they are apprised of the basic site rules of work at the site, personal protective protection, and preventing injuring to fellow workers; Provide visitor orientation if visitors to the site can gain access to areas where hazardous conditions

Signages for storage and disposal areas Condition of sanitation facilities for workers

worker is competent at their job. The level of supervision and monitoring required is a management decision that shall be based on the risks associated with the job, the level of competence required, the experience of the individual and whether the worker works as part of a team or is a lone worker.

395




or substances may be present. Ensure also that visitor/s do not enter hazard areas unescorted; Ensure the visibility of workers through their use of high visibility vests when working in or walking through heavy equipment operating areas; Ensure moving equipment is outfitted with audible back-up alarms; Mark and provide sign boards for hazardous areas such as energized electrical devices and lines, service rooms housing high voltage equipment, and areas for storage and disposal. Signage shall be in accordance with international standards and be well known to, and easily understood by workers, visitors, and the general public as appropriate; and Disallow worker exposure to noise level greater than 85 dBA for a duration of more than 8 hours per day without hearing protection. The use of hearing protection shall be enforced actively.


Construction works will be on existing roads and in built-up areas of Naogaon thus risk for chance




Visual inspection by PIU and supervision consultants on monthly basis Frequency and sampling sites to


396




finds is low. Prevent workers or any other persons from removing and damaging any fossils, coins, articles of value of antiquity, structures and other remains of archaeological interest. Stop work immediately to allow further investigation if any finds are suspected.

be finalized during detailed design stage and final location of) subproject components



Appointment of supervisor to ensure EMP implementation Timely submission of monitoring reports including pictures


Availability and competency of appointed supervisor Monthly report

Monthly monitoring report to be submitted by PIU to PMO PMO to submit semi-annual monitoring report to ADB




Remove all spoils wreckage, rubbish, or temporary structures (such as buildings, shelters, and latrines) which are no longer required; and All excavated roads shall be reinstated to original condition. All disrupted utilities restored All affected structures rehabilitated/compensated The area that previously housed the construction camp is to be checked for spills of substances such as oil, paint, etc. and these shall be cleaned up.


PMO report in writing that (i) worksite is restored to original conditions; (ii) camp has been vacated and restored to pre-project conditions; (iii) all construction related structures not relevant to O&M are removed; and (iv) worksite clean-up is satisfactory.



397




All hardened surfaces within the construction camp area shall be ripped, all imported materials removed, and the area shall be topsoiled and regrassed using the guidelines set out in the revegetation specification that forms part of this document. The contractor must arrange the cancellation of all temporary services. Request PMO/CSS to report in writing that worksites and camps have been vacated and restored to pre-project conditions before acceptance of work.




Remove all spoils wreckage, rubbish, or temporary structures (such as buildings, shelters, and latrines) which are no longer required; and All excavated roads shall be reinstated to original condition. All disrupted utilities restored All affected structures rehabilitated/compensated The area that previously housed the construction camp is to be checked for spills of substances such as oil, paint, etc. and these shall


PMO/MDSC report in writing that (i) worksite is restored to original conditions; (ii) camp has been vacated and restored to pre-project conditions; (iii) all construction related structures not relevant to O&M are removed; and (iv) worksite clean-up is satisfactory.



398

be cleaned up. All hardened surfaces within the construction camp area shall be ripped, all imported materials removed, and the area shall be topsoiled and regrassed using the guidelines set out in the revegetation specification that forms part of this document. The contractor must arrange the cancellation of all temporary services. Request PMO/CSS to report in writing that worksites and camps have been vacated and restored to pre-project conditions before acceptance of work.



Monitoring of Mitigation



A. Physical Characteristics Acoustic environment


- Plan activities in consultation with Magura local authority so that activities with the greatest potential to generate noise are conducted during periods of the day which will result in least disturbance. - Identify any buildings at risk from vibration damage and avoiding any use of pneumatic drills or heavy vehicles in the vicinity. Complete

Magura pourashava - No complaints from sensitive receptors

During repair works Included in O&M cost

399


Monitoring of Mitigation



work in these areas quickly.

B. Socioeconomic Characteristics Workers health and safety

Workers need to be mindful of the occupational hazards. Potential impacts are negative and long-term but reversible by mitigation measures.

- Comply with requirements of Government of Bangladesh Labor Law of 2006 and all applicable laws and standards on workers H&S. - Ensure that all site personnel have a basic level of H&S training. - Mark and provide sign boards. Signage shall be in accordance with international standards and be well known to, and easily understood by workers, visitors, and the general public as appropriate.

Magura pourashava - No complaints from sensitive receptors - No complaints from workers related to O&M activities - Zero accident

During repair works Included in O&M cost

400

















(ii) Application for environmental clearances; and

401

(iii) Implementation of EMP, environmental monitoring program and long-term surveys.

108. The infrastructure involved in each scheme is generally straightforward and will take between three and nine months to build. Environmental monitoring during construction will also be straightforward and will involve periodic site observations and interviews with workers and others, plus checks of reports and other documents. This will be conducted by MDSC environmental management specialist assisted by the PMO environment officer. The environmental management specialist will execute the IEE as necessary and perform tasks as specified in the TOR. Therefore no separate budget required for MDSC environment management specialist. 109. The cost of mitigation measures and surveys during construction stage will be incorporated into the contractor’s costs, which will be binding on him for implementation. The surveys will be conducted by the contractors. 110. The operation phase mitigation measures are again of good operating practices, which will be the responsibility of Magura pourashava. All monitoring during the operation and maintenance phase will be conducted by LGED and DPHE, therefore, there are no additional costs. 111. The indicative costs to implement the EMP are shown in Tables 15 and 16(by source of funds).


Number Rate

(Taka) Cost

(Taka) Cost





Per location




Per location



workshop for officials involved in the project implementation on ADB Safeguards Policy Statement, Government of Bangladesh environmental laws and regulations, and environmental assessment process; (ii) induction course contractors, preparing them on EMP implementation and environmental monitoring requirements related to mitigation measures; and taking immediate action to remedy unexpected adverse impacts or ineffective




402


Rate (Taka)

Cost (Taka)

Cost covered by

mitigation measures found during the course of implementation; and (iii) lessons learned information sharing





60 person months








57,600,000



Lump sum




Lump sum





As per requirement


2. GRM implementation Costs involved in resolving complaints (meetings, consultations, communication, and


403


Rate (Taka)

Cost (Taka)

Cost covered by

reporting/information dissemination)








Number Rate (Taka)

Cost (Taka)

Cost covered by


plantation measures


2. Air quality monitoring


Per location




Per location







Lump sum




Subtotal 720,000 US$9,000 B. MDSC 1. Public consultations



As per requirement

Lump sum


2. (i) Orientation workshop for officials involved in the project implementation on ADB Safeguards Policy Statement, Government of Bangladesh environmental laws and regulations, and environmental

Module 1 – immediately upon engagement of the MDSC environmental specialists Module 2 – prior to award of civil works contracts (twice a year for



404


Rate (Taka)

Cost (Taka)

Cost covered by

assessment process; (ii) induction course contractors, preparing them on EMP implementation and environmental monitoring requirements related to mitigation measures; and taking immediate action to remedy unexpected adverse impacts or ineffective mitigation measures found during the course of implementation; and (iii) lessons learned information sharing

4 years) Module 3 – prior to start of Phase 2 and upon completion of the project




60 person months









Subtotal 59,970,000 US$749,625 C. Administrative Cost (Recurring) – PMO 1. Legislation, permits,





Lump sum

1,000,000 PMO cost

Subtotal 1,100,000 US$13,750

405


Rate (Taka)

Cost (Taka)

Cost covered by

Total 61,790,000 US$772,375

IX. MONITORING AND REPORTING 112. PMO will monitor and measure the progress of EMP implementation. The monitoring activities will correspond with the project’s risks and impacts, and will be identified in the EIAs/IEEs for the projects. In addition to recording information on the work and deviation of work components from original scope PMO, PIUs, and MDSC will undertake site inspections and document review to verify compliance with the EMP and progress toward the final outcome. Corrective actions to be taken quickly and reported in monitoring reports. 113. MDSC will submit monthly monitoring and implementation reports to PMO, who will take follow-up actions, if necessary. PMO will submit semi-annual monitoring reports to ADB. The suggested monitoring report format is in Appendix 7. Subproject budgets will reflect the costs of monitoring and reporting requirements. For projects likely to have significant adverse environmental impacts during operation, reporting will continue at the minimum on an annual basis. Monitoring reports will be posted in a location accessible to the public. 114. LGED and DPHE will document monitoring results, identify the necessary corrective actions, reflect them in a corrective action plan, and for each quarter, will study the compliance with the action plan developed in the previous quarter. Compliance with loan covenants will be screened by ADB. 115. ADB will review project performance against the commitments as agreed in the legal documents. The extent of ADB's monitoring and supervision activities will be commensurate with the project’s risks and impacts. Monitoring and supervising of social and environmental safeguards will be integrated into the project performance management system. ADB will monitor projects on an ongoing basis until a project completion report is issued. ADB will carry out the following monitoring actions to supervise project implementation:







116. The process described in this document has assessed the environmental impacts of all elements of Magura kitchen market subproject. All potential impacts were identified in relation to design and location, construction, and operation phases. 117. Planning principles and design considerations have been reviewed and incorporated into the site planning process whenever possible; thus, environmental impacts as being due to the project design or location were not significant.

406

118. Most of the individual elements of the subproject are relatively small and involve straightforward construction and operation, so impacts will be mainly localized and not greatly significant. Most of the predicted impacts are associated with the construction process, and are produced because that process is invasive, involving trenching and other excavation. However, the routine nature of the impacts means that most can be easily mitigated. Mitigation measures have been developed to reduce all negative impacts to acceptable levels. Mitigation will be assured by a program of environmental monitoring to ensure that all measures are implemented, and will determine whether the environment is protected as intended. It will include observations on- and off-site, document checks, and interviews with workers and beneficiaries. Any requirements for corrective action will be reported to the ADB. 119. The stakeholders were involved in developing the IEE through discussions on-site and public consultation, after which views expressed were incorporated into the IEE and in the planning and development of the subproject. The IEE will be made available at public locations in the city and will be disclosed to a wider audience via the ADB and LGED project websites. The consultation process will be continued and expanded during project implementation to ensure that stakeholders are fully engaged in the project and have the opportunity to participate in its development and implementation. A grievance redress mechanism is described within the IEE to ensure any public grievances are addressed quickly. 120. The PMO and MDSC will be responsible for monitoring. The MDSC will submit monthly monitoring reports to PMO, and the PMO will send semi-annual monitoring reports to ADB. ADB will post the environmental monitoring reports on its website. 121. The EMP will assist the PMO, MDSC, and contractors in mitigating the environmental impacts, and guide them in the environmentally sound execution of the proposed project. The EMP will also ensure efficient lines of communication between the implementing agency, project management unit, and contractors. A copy of the EMP shall be kept on-site during the construction period at all times. The EMP shall be made binding on all contractors operating on the site, and will be included in the contractual clauses. Non-compliance with, or any deviation from, the conditions set out in this document shall constitute a failure in compliance. 122. Therefore the proposed subproject is unlikely to cause significant adverse impacts and net environmental benefits to citizens of Magura will be positive. The potential impacts that are associated with design, construction and operation can be mitigated to standard levels without difficulty through proper engineering design and the incorporation or application of recommended mitigation measures and procedures. 123. As per Government of Bangladesh Environment Conservation Act, 1995 (ECA, 1995) and Environment Conservation Rules (ECR, 1997), the subproject is categorized as “red” and Location Clearance Certificate (LCC) and Environmental Clearance Certificate (ECC) must be obtained from the DoE. 124. Based on the findings of the IEE, there are no significant impacts and the classification of the subproject as Category “B” is confirmed. No further special study or detailed environmental impact assessment (EIA) needs to be undertaken to comply with ADB SPS (2009).

407

Appendix 1: Rapid Environmental Assessment Checklist Screening questions Yes No Remarks A. Project siting Is the project area adjacent to or within any of the following environmentally sensitive areas?

Magura pourashava covers an area of 47.30 sq.km with a population density of 2,079 persons/sq.km. The area is predominantly residential.

Cultural heritage site Not applicable Protected area Not applicable Wetland Not applicable Mangrove Not applicable Estuarine Not applicable Buffer zone of protected area Not applicable Special area for protecting biodiversity Not applicable


Impacts on the sustainability of associated sanitation and solid waste disposal systems and their interactions with other urban services.

The kitchen markets will be provided with water supply, sanitation facilities and bins for solid waste management

Deterioration of surrounding environmental conditions due to rapid urban population growth, commercial and industrial activity, and increased waste generation to the point that both manmade and natural systems are overloaded and the capacities to manage these systems are overwhelmed?

Not applicable.

degradation of land and ecosystems (e.g. Loss of wetlands and wild lands, coastal zones, watersheds and forests)?

Not applicable

Dislocation or involuntary resettlement of people? Not applicable. Land acquisition and resettlement are not required for the subproject. RF to guide any resettlement related issues.

Disproportionate impacts on the poor, women and children, Indigenous Peoples or other vulnerable group?

Not applicable.

Degradation of cultural property, and loss of cultural heritage and tourism revenues?

Not applicable.

Occupation of low-lying lands, floodplains and steep hillsides by squatters and low-income groups, and their exposure to increased health hazards and risks due to pollutive industries?

Not applicable.

Water resource problems (e.g. Depletion/degradation of available water supply, deterioration for surface and ground water quality , and pollution of receiving waters?

Not applicable.

Air pollution due to urban emissions? Not applicable. Risks and vulnerabilities related to occupational health and safety due to physical, chemical and biological hazards during project construction and operation?

Not applicable. Construction will not involve use of explosives and chemicals. Excavation will be done manually. Construction contractors will be required to implement health and safety (H&S) plan.

Road blocking and temporary flooding due to land excavation during rainy season?

Road closures are not required. No risk of flooding the existing kitchen markets.

Noise and dust from construction activities? Conducting works at dry season and moving large quantity of materials may create dusts and increase in concentration of vehicle-related pollutants. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible through mitigation measures.

Traffic disturbances due to construction material transport and wastes?

Construction contractors will be required to implement traffic management plan and coordinate with Magura local authority.

Temporary silt runoff due to construction? The construction areas are all flat lands; soil erosion and silt run-off are least expected except during monsoon months. The EMP includes measures to mitigate

408

Screening questions Yes No Remarks impacts. Construction contractors will be required to include silt traps or channelization where required.

Hazards to public health due to ambient, household and occupational pollution, thermal inversion, and smog formation?

Not applicable.

Water depletion and/or degradation? Not applicable. Overpaying of ground water, leading to land subsidence, lowered ground water table, and salinization?

Not applicable.

Contamination of surface and ground waters due to improper waste disposal?

Not anticipated.

Pollution of receiving waters resulting in amenity losses, fisheries and marine resource depletion, and health problems?

Not applicable.







Community safety risks due to both accidental and natural hazards, especially where the structural elements or components of the project are accessible to members of the affected community or where their failure could result in injury to the community throughout project construction, operation and decommissioning?

Work areas will be clearly demarcated with signage and safety barriers, and access will be controlled. Only workers and project concerned members will be allowed to visit the operational sites.


Yes No Remarks


Could changes in temperature, precipitation, or extreme events patterns over the project lifespan affect technical or financial sustainability (e.g., increased erosion or landslides could increase maintenance costs, permafrost melting or increased soil moisture content could affect sub0-grade)?

Low lying areas of Magura are subject to flooding during heavy rainfall in monsoon. Preliminary designs integrate a number of measures, both structural and non-structural, to mainstream climate resilience into the Magura kitchen market subproject, including: (i) structural protection of the kitchen markets from future floods; and (ii) promote 3R (reduce, reuse, recycle) in the kitchen markets to counter potential generation of GHGs during land filling of wastes.




409

Appendix 2: Environmental Standards and Application Fees




Schedule 3







Schedule 10




Schedule 13


Schedule 14

410

411

Appendix 3: Sample Outline Spoils Management Plan


412

Appendix 4: Sample Outline Traffic Management Plan

A. Principles 1. One of the prime objectives of this TMP is to ensure the safety of all the road users along

the work zone, and to address the following issues: (i) the safety of pedestrians, bicyclists, and motorists traveling through the

















413






414













415




416


417


418


419


420

Figure A10 & A11: Lane Closure and Divided Roadway & Half Road Closure On Multi-Lane Roadway

421


422

APPENDIX 5: RECORDS OF PUBLIC CONSULTATIONS AND FGDS

FGD Summaries-Kitchen Market Magura Pourashava SL No.







1. Rehabilitation/ upgradation of kitchen markets

Feb 19, 2014

Nutun Bazar, Magura

M=12 F+0 T=12

Relocation of the shops/selling areas

No major concerns; people are happy of their market improvement as it will benefit them immensely

Completion of the construction works for the markets within shortest possible time; improvement of access roads and drainage condition; Local employment

They will extend their cooperation in the implementation as the rehabilitation/ upgradation of the market will benefit them. The skilled local labors should be engaged in the construction works


March 7, 2014

Vaina Bazar, Magura

M=15 F=0 T=15


No major concerns; people are happy of their market improvement as it will benefit them immensely

Speedy construction works to ensure low impacts on the business; local employment

They will extend their cooperation in the implementation as the market will benefit them. The skilled local labors should be engaged in the construction works


March 7, 2014

Puraton Bazar M=14 F=0 T=14


Relocation of the shops during construction is a major concern

PS should give them temporary site

They will extend their cooperation in the implementation as the market will benefit them. The skilled local labors should be engaged in the construction works

(M=No. of male participants; F= No. of female participants; T=Total participants) PHOTOGRAPH Location: Nutun Bazar, Magura, Date: Feb 19, 2014

Location: Vaina Mour Bazar, Date: March 7, 2014

423

Location: Puraton Bazaar, Date: March 7, 2014

PARTICIPANT LIST Town: Magura Pourashava Location: Nutun Bazar Meeting Place: Market side shop Date: Feb 19, 2014 Time: 11:00am S L Name Sex Address Occupation 1. Mohadev Kumar Shaha Male Nutun Bazar, Cell: 01746955732 Fish trader 2. Sukhban Biswas Male Nutun Bazar, Cell: 0171078477 Fish trader 3. Md. Shakil Ahmed Male Nutun Bazar, Cell: 01758989888 Shopkeeper 4. Kalyan Kumar Ghosh Male Nutun Bazar, Cell: 01728216210 Businessman 5. Muhammad Badshah Alam Male Nutun Bazar, Cell: 01715214373 Businessman 6. Dr. Hazarilal Roy Male Nutun Bazar, Cell: 01715568195 Doctor-Homeopathy 7. Abdul Wahab Male Nutun Bazar, Cell: -- Businessman 8. Ananda Dutta Male Nutun Bazar, Cell: -- Businessman 9. Rosomoy Dutta Male Nutun Bazar, Cell: 01756902175 Businessman 10. Prodeep Kumar Male Nutun Bazar, Cell: 01858126373 Businessman 11. Ashok Kumar Male Nutun Bazar, Cell: 01942426625 Van Driver 12. AlaChnad Sarker Male Nutun Bazar, Cell: 01759058882 Ice mill Labor Town: Magura Pourashava Location: Vaina Mour Meeting Place: Market side shop Date: March 7, 2014 Time: 10:00am Name Profession Address/Cell No. 1. Muhammad Ruhul Amin Retired from service 01715368610 2. Muhammad Alamin Restired from service 01743613425 3. Mongla Choddar Tea stall owner 01936830391 4. Muhammad Anwarul Sheikh Vegetable shop owner 01723304727 5. Muhammad Akhtar Trader 01713863214 6. Muhammad Shahinur Rahman Pourashava Staff 01674395499 7. Muhammad Baharul Businessman 01729722613 8. Muhammad Abdul Alim Vegetable shop owner 01843132021 9. Muhammad Farukh Vegetable shop owner -- 10. Muhammad Osman Sheikh Fish trader 01727013439 11. Muhammad Mizanur Rahman Fish Trader 01764947086 12. Muhammad Khokon Fish Trader -- 13. Dinpod Biswas Fish Trader --

424

Town: Magura Pourashava Location: Puraton Bazar Meeting Place: Market side shop Date: March 7, 2014 Time: 11:30am Name Profession Address/Cell No. 1. Muhammad Babar Ali Biswas Tea stall owner 01738131291 2. MuhammadBodiul Alam Fish Trader 01779169939 3. Aminul Islam Dulal Meat businessman 01961614676 4. Muhammad Hafiz Biswas Meat Businessman 01734186736 5. Muhammad Pintu Biswas Meat Businessman 01917207923 6. Muhammad Mithu Biswas Meat Businessman 01819831189 7. Muhammad Dulal Biswas Meat Businessman 01961614676 8. Muhammad Iqbal Meat Businessman 01722356995 9. Muhammad Zahangir Alam Meat Businessman 01986931535 10. Muhammad Shahidul Islam Fish Trader 01739117227 11. Sumon Biswas Fish Trader 01721476666 12. Apurbo Biswas Fish Trader 01745148014 13. Rishi Kanto Fish Trader -- 14. Uttom Biswas Fish Trader 01734164202

425





* Female Age

Home Address Place Phone no. E-mail Complaint/Suggestion/Comment/Question Please provide the details (who, what, where, and how) of your grievance below: If included as attachment/note/letter, please tick here: How do you want us to reach you for feedback or u te on your comment/grievance?



Yes No


426

Appendix 7: Sample Semi-Annual Reporting Format





List of Works

Progress of Works









(iv) Are there designated areas for concrete works, and re-fuelling? (v) Are there spill kits on site and if there are site procedure for handling

emergencies; (vi) Is there any chemical stored on site and what is the storage condition? (vii) Is there any dewatering activities if yes, where is the water being discharged; (viii) How are the stockpiles being managed; (ix) How is solid and liquid waste being handled on site? (x) Review of the complaint management system;

427


















SO2 µg/m3

NO2 µg/m3

428

Parameters (Monitoring Results)

Site No. Date of Testing Site Location PM10 µg/m3

SO2 µg/m3

NO2 µg/m3



µS/cm BOD mg/L

TSS mg/L

TN mg/L

TP mg/L


µS/cm BOD mg/L

TSS mg/L

TN mg/L

TP mg/L




Draft Initial Environmental Examination

April 2014 BAN: Third Urban Governance and Infrastructure Improvement (Sector) Project – Magura Solid Waste Management Subproject Prepared by the Local Government Engineering Department, Government of Bangladesh for the Asian Development Bank.

430

CURRENCY EQUIVALENTS

(as of December 2013) Currency Unit = Tk

Tk1.00 = $0.0125 $1.00 = Tk80


GLOSSARY OF BANGLADESHI TERMS crore – 10 million (= 100 lakh) ghat – boat landing station hartal – nationwide strike/demonstration called by opposition parties khal – Solid Waste Management ditch/canal khas, khash – belongs to government (e.g. land) katcha – poor quality, poorly built lakh, lac – 100,000 madrasha – Islamic college mahalla – community area mouza – government-recognized land area parashad – authority (pourashava) pourashava – municipality pucca – good quality, well built, solid thana – police station upazila – sub district

431



NOTES

(i) In this report, "$" refers to US dollars. ―(ii) BDT. refers to Bangladeshi Taka


432

CONTENTS

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY .................................................................................................. 433

I. INTRODUCTION................................................................................................... 436

II. POLICY, LEGAL, AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK.................................. 436

A. ADB Policy __________________________________________________ 436

B. National Laws________________________________________________ 437

C. Government of Bangladesh Environmental Assessment Procedures _____ 439

III. DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT ...................................................................... 439

A. The Study Area ______________________________________________ 439

B. Existing Condition and Need for the Project_________________________ 440

C. Proposed Components_________________________________________ 441

D. Implementation Schedule_______________________________________ 448

IV. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT............................................................. 453

A. Methodology Used for the Baseline Study __________________________ 453

B. Physical Characteristics ________________________________________ 454

C. Biological Characteristics _______________________________________ 455

D. Socioeconomic Characteristics __________________________________ 455

E. Historical, Cultural and Archaeological Characteristics ________________ 458

V. ASSESSMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND SAFEGUARDS .................... 458

A. Methodology_________________________________________________ 458

B. Screening out Areas of No Significant Impact _______________________ 459

C. Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – Planning and Design Phase460

D. Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – Construction Phase______ 462

E. Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – Operations and Maintenance (O&M) Phase _____________________________________________________ 469

F. Cumulative Impact Assessment __________________________________ 472

VI. INFORMATION DISCLOSURE, CONSULTATION, AND PARTICIPATION ............... 474

A. Public Consultation Conducted __________________________________ 474

B. Future Consultation and Disclosure _______________________________ 475

VII. GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM ..................................................................... 475

VIII. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN .............................................................. 478

A. Institutional Arrangement _______________________________________ 478

A. Safeguard Implementation Arrangement ___________________________ 478

B. Institutional Capacity Development Program ________________________ 508

C. Staffing Requirement and Budget ___________________________________ 509

X. CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS ............................................................... 514

Appendix 1: Rapid Environmental Assessment Checklist........................................... 516

Appendix 2: Environmental Standards and Application Fees ..................................... 519

Appendix 3: Sample Outline Spoils Management Plan ................................................ 521

Appendix 4: Sample Outline Traffic Management Plan................................................ 522

Appendix 5: Records of Public Consultations and FGDs ............................................ 532

Appendix 6: Sample Grievance Registration Form ...................................................... 537

Appendix 7: Sample Semi-Annual Reporting Format................................................... 538

433

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 1. After the successful implementation of the First and Second Urban Governance and Infrastructure Improvement Projects (UGIIP I and II)1 in 74 selected pourashavas, the Local Government Engineering Department (LGED) within the Ministry of Local Government, Rural Development and Cooperatives (MLGRDC) with the financial assistance of Asian Development Bank (ADB) have planned to implement the third phase of the project titled the Third Urban Governance and Infrastructure Improvement Project (UGIIP-3) in selected 30 pourashavas over a period of 6 years (2014 to 2020). 2. The impact will be improved living environment in project towns. The outcome will be improved municipal service delivery and urban governance in project towns. Project towns are pre-selected 30 towns to be supported in an integrated manner under the project. 3. A sector-lending approach will be used for the project as it has been well established and successfully practiced in the UGIIP I and II. 4. The Local Government Engineering Department (LGED) and the Department of Public Health Engineering (DPHE), both under the Local Government Division (LGD) of the Ministry of Local Government, Rural Development and Cooperatives (MLGRD&C) and having extensive experience in managing urban and water supply projects financed by ADB, will be the executing agencies of the project. 5. Magura solid waste management subject is one of the subprojects proposed under UGIIP-3. ADB requires the consideration of environmental issues in all aspects of the Bank’s operations, and the requirements for environmental assessment are described in ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS, 2009). This is the draft Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) based on the feasibility study and preliminary engineering designs prepared during project preparation. This IEE will be finalized during detailed design stage to reflect any changes and latest subproject designs. 6. Categorization. An environmental assessment using ADB’s Rapid Environmental Assessment (REA) checklist for solid waste management (Appendix 1) was conducted and results of the assessment show that the subproject is unlikely to cause significant adverse impacts. Magura solid waste management subject is classified as Environmental Category B as per the SPS as no significant impacts are envisioned. This initial environmental examination (IEE) has been prepared in accordance with ADB SPS’s requirements for environment category B projects and provides mitigation and monitoring measures to ensure no significant impacts as a result of the subproject. 7. As per Government of Bangladesh Environment Conservation Act, 1995 (ECA, 1995) and Environment Conservation Rules (ECR, 1997), the subproject is categorized as “red” and location clearance certificate (LCC) and environmental clearance certificate (ECC) must be obtained from the DoE.

1 The Government of Bangladesh with the assistance of ADB has introduced a system whereby funds/loans for

development are disbursed in a phased manner based on the successful accomplishment by the recipient pourashavas of a set of performance-criteria in the area of urban governance. UGIIP I and II reflect this approach which aims to incentivize participating pourashavas to become well-managed and maintained towns in a sustainable way through systems of governance ensuring citizen’s participation and inclusion of women, poor and the minority groups in pourashava activities. UGIIP I targeted for 27 and UGIIP II for 47 pourashavas. The subprojects were (i) water supply (ii) sanitation, (iii) solid waste management, (iv) urban drainage, (v) urban transport & communication and (vi) public use facilities.

434

8. Subproject Scope. Investments under this subproject include: (i) development of a pilot scheme to improve source segregation and practice of 3R (reduce, reuse, and recycle) for 1,000 households within the pourashava;2 (ii) improvement of solid wastes collection from the remaining households and disposal to proposed controlled landfill site; (iii) development of a controlled landfill site; and (iv) management of medical wastes. 9. Implementation arrangements. Local Government Engineering Department (LGED) is the executing agency (EA). LGED is responsible for providing support and guidance to pourashavas concerning performance criteria and pourashava development planning. Department of Public Health Engineering (DPHE) will provide support in water supply and sanitation schemes. Implementation activities will be overseen by a Project Management Office (PMO). The participating pourashavas are the implementing agencies,

with a project implementation unit (PIU) within the pourashava structure. Consultant teams3 are responsible for (i) detailed engineering design, contract documents preparation and safeguards facilitation; (ii) project management and administration support; (iii) assistance in supervising construction; (iii) strengthening of local governance, conducting required studies/surveys and (iv) awareness raising on behavioral change in water, sanitation and solid waste management activities. 10. Description of the environment. Subproject components are located in Magura urban area or in its immediate surroundings which were developed into urban land uses. The subproject sites are located in government-owned land. There are no protected areas, wetlands, mangroves, or estuaries in or near the subproject location. There are no forest areas within or near Magura. 11. Environmental management. An environmental management plan (EMP) is included as part of this IEE, which includes (i) mitigation measures for environmental impacts during implementation; (ii) an environmental monitoring program, and the responsible entities for mitigating, monitoring, and reporting; (iii) public consultation and information disclosure; and (iv) a grievance redress mechanism. A number of impacts and their significance were reduced through mitigation measures in the preliminary design stage. The EMP will form part of the civil work bidding and contract documents. 12. Locations and siting of the proposed infrastructures were considered to further reduce impacts. The concepts considered in design of the Magura solid waste management subject are: (i) locating facilities on government-owned land to avoid the need for land acquisition and relocation of people; (ii) prioritizing rehabilitation over new construction, using vacant government lands; (iii) taking all possible measures in design and selection of sites to avoid resettlement impacts; (iv) avoiding where possible locations that will result in destruction/disturbance to historical and cultural places/values; (v) avoiding tree-cutting where possible; (vi) ensuring all planning and design interventions and decisions are made in consultation with local communities and reflecting inputs from public consultation and disclosure for site selection. As a result, some measures have already been included in the subproject designs. This means that the impacts and their significance have already been reduced. 13. During the construction phase, impacts mainly arise from (i) disturbance of residents, businesses, and traffic; (ii) need to manage excess construction materials and spoils; and (iii) community and workers health and safety. These are common impacts of construction in

2 Pilot study includes (i) waste segregation at household level; (ii) collection of segregated organic and inorganic

wastes; (iii) composting of organic wastes; and (iv) recycling of inorganic wastes. 3 Consultant teams are composed of Management Design and Supervision Consultants (MDSC) and


435

urban areas, and there are well developed methods for their mitigation. Measures such as conducting work in lean season and minimizing inconvenience by best construction methods will be employed. In the operational phase, all facilities and infrastructure will operate with routine maintenance, which should not affect the environment. Facilities will need to be repaired from time to time, but environmental impacts will be much less than those of the construction period as the work will be infrequent, affecting small areas only. 14. Mitigation measures have been developed to reduce all negative impacts to acceptable levels. Mitigation will be assured by a program of environmental monitoring to ensure that all measures are implemented, and will determine whether the environment is protected as intended. It will include observations on- and off-site, document checks, and interviews with workers and beneficiaries. Any requirements for corrective action will be reported to the ADB. 15. Consultation, disclosure and grievance redress. The stakeholders were involved in developing the IEE through discussions on-site and public consultation, after which views expressed were incorporated into the IEE and in the planning and development of the subproject. The IEE will be made available at public locations in the pourashava and will be disclosed to a wider audience via the ADB and LGED project websites. The consultation process will be continued and expanded during project implementation to ensure that stakeholders are fully engaged in the project and have the opportunity to participate in its development and implementation. A grievance redress mechanism is described within the IEE to ensure any public grievances are addressed quickly. 16. Monitoring and reporting. The PMO, PIU (Magura pourashava), and Management Design and Supervision Consultants (MDSC) will be responsible for safeguard monitoring. The MDSC will submit monthly monitoring reports to PMO, and the PMO will send semi-annual monitoring reports to ADB. ADB will post the semi-annual environmental monitoring reports on its website as part of its disclosure requirements. 17. Conclusions and Recommendations. The citizens of Magura will be the major beneficiaries of this subproject. With the improved solid waste management services they will enjoy improved over-all cleanliness, livability and better public health in the pourashava. Therefore the proposed subproject is unlikely to cause significant adverse impacts and net environmental benefits to citizens of Magura will be positive. The potential impacts that are associated with design, construction and operation can be mitigated to standard levels without difficulty through proper engineering design and the incorporation or application of recommended mitigation measures and procedures. 18. Based on the findings of the IEE, there are no significant impacts and the classification of the subproject as Category “B” is confirmed. No further special study or detailed environmental impact assessment (EIA) needs to be undertaken to comply with ADB SPS (2009).

436

I. INTRODUCTION

1. After the successful implementation of the First and Second Urban Governance and Infrastructure Improvement Projects (UGIIP I and II)4 in 74 selected pourashavas, the Local Government Engineering Department (LGED) within the Ministry of Local Government, Rural Development and Cooperatives (MLGRDC) with the financial assistance of Asian Development Bank (ADB) have planned to implement the third phase of the project titled the Third Urban Governance and Infrastructure Improvement Project (UGIIP-3) in selected 30 pourashavas over a period of 6 years (2014 to 2020). 2. The impact will be improved living environment in project towns. The outcome will be improved municipal service delivery and urban governance in project towns. Project towns are pre-selected 30 towns to be supported in an integrated manner under the project. 3. A sector-lending approach will be used for the project as it has been well established and successfully practiced in the UGIIP I and II. 4. The Local Government Engineering Department (LGED) and the Department of Public Health Engineering (DPHE), both under the Local Government Division (LGD) of the Ministry of Local Government, Rural Development and Cooperatives (MLGRD&C) and having extensive experience in managing urban and water supply projects financed by ADB, will be the executing agencies of the project. 5. Magura solid waste management subject is one of the subprojects proposed under UGIIP-3. ADB requires the consideration of environmental issues in all aspects of the Bank’s operations, and the requirements for environmental assessment are described in ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS), 2009. 6. Categorization. An environmental assessment using ADB’s Rapid Environmental Assessment (REA) checklist for solid waste management (Appendix 1) was conducted and results of the assessment show that the project is unlikely to cause significant adverse impacts. Magura solid waste management subproject is classified as environmental category B as per ADB SPS, 2009. This initial environmental examination (IEE) has been prepared in accordance with ADB SPS’s requirements for environment category B projects and provides mitigation and monitoring measures to ensure no significant impacts as a result of the subproject.

II. POLICY, LEGAL, AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK A. ADB Policy 7. ADB requires the consideration of environmental issues in all aspects of ADB’s operations, and the requirements for environmental assessment are described in ADB SPS, 2009. This states that ADB requires environmental assessment of all project loans, program

4 The Government of Bangladesh with the assistance of ADB has introduced a system whereby funds/loans for

development are disbursed in a phased manner based on the successful accomplishment by the recipient pourashavas of a set of performance-criteria in the area of urban governance. UGIIP I and II reflect this approach which aims to incentivize participating pourashavas to become well-managed and maintained towns in a sustainable way through systems of governance ensuring citizen’s participation and inclusion of women, poor and the minority groups in pourashava activities. UGIIP I targeted for 27 and UGIIP II for 47 pourashavas. The subprojects were (i) water supply (ii) sanitation, (iii) solid waste management, (iv) urban drainage, (v) urban transport & communication and (vi) public use facilities.

437

loans, sector loans, sector development program loans, loans involving financial intermediaries, and private sector loans. 8. Screening and categorization. The nature of the environmental assessment required for a project depends on the significance of its environmental impacts, which are related to the type and location of the project; the sensitivity, scale, nature, and magnitude of its potential impacts; and the availability of cost-effective mitigation measures. Projects are screened for their expected environmental impacts, and are assigned to one of the following four categories:





9. This draft IEE for the Magura solid waste management subproject is based on the feasibility study and preliminary engineering designs prepared during project preparation. This IEE will be finalized during detailed design stage to reflect any changes and latest subproject designs. 10. Environmental management plan. An EMP, which addresses the potential impacts and risks identified by the environmental assessment, shall be prepared. The level of detail and complexity of the EMP and the priority of the identified measures and actions will be commensurate with the project’s impact and risks. 11. Public disclosure. ADB will post the following safeguard documents on its website so affected people, other stakeholders, and the general public can provide meaningful inputs into the project design and implementation:


(ii) final or updated EIA and/or IEE upon receipt; and (iii) environmental monitoring reports submitted by the project management unit

(PMO) during project implementation upon receipt. B. National Laws 12. Implementation of all subprojects will be governed by the environmental acts, rules, policies, and regulations of the Government of Bangladesh. These regulations impose restrictions on the activities to minimize/mitigate likely impacts on the environment. Many of these are cross-sectoral and several of them are directly related to environmental issues. The most important of these are the Environment Conservation Act, 1995 (ECA, 1995), and the Environment Conservation Rules (ECR, 1997).

438

13. Table 1 presents specific requirements for the Magura kitchen market subproject. Appendix 2 provides the environmental standards for air, surface water, groundwater, drinking water, emissions, noise and vehicular exhaust.


1. Environmental Conservation Act of 1995 and amendments in 2000, 2002 and 2010

5

• Restriction on operation and process, which can be continued or cannot be initiated in the ecologically critical areas

• Regulation on vehicles emitting smoke harmful to the environment

• Remedial measures for injuries to ecosystems

• Standards for quality of air, water, noise and soil for different areas for various purposes and limits for discharging and emitting waste

• Environmental guidelines



• Environmental clearances

• Compliance to environmental quality standards

The subproject is categorized as red and requires locational clearance certificate (LCC) and environmental clearance certificate (ECC). All requisite clearances from DoE shall be obtained prior to commencement of civil works.


• Clearance for any felling, extraction, and transport of forest produce



• Ensure existing assets is put in place to deal with the likely impacts of climate change.

• Enhance the capacity government ministries, civil society and private sector to meet the challenge of climate change



• Compliance to the provisions on employment standards, occupational safety and health, welfare and social protection, labor relations and social dialogue, and enforcement

• Prohibition of employment of children and adolescent


6. Bangladesh Medical Waste Rules, 2008

• Main legal instrument for regulating medical waste management in Bangladesh

• Specify process and operational conditions for collection, transport and




439

Legislation Requirements for the Project Relevance

treatment of medical wastes

C. Government of Bangladesh Environmental Assessment Procedures 14. Under ECA, 1995 and ECR, 1997 industrial units and projects are classified into four categories according to “their site and impact on the environment”, and each category (green, orange-A, orange-B and red) requires a different level of environmental assessment as a prerequisite for the Department of Environment (DoE) in granting the LCC and ECC that allow the project to proceed. 15. As per Schedule 1 of ECA, 1995 Magura solid waste management subproject is likely to be classified as red category (Table 2). Thus ECC is required from the DoE prior to commencement of the subproject.

Table 2: Likely Government of Bangladesh Classification of Magura Solid Waste Management Subproject

Subproject Component Equivalent in Schedule I of ECR 1997

DoE Classification

Community storage bins No similar facility Green (because bins and STS are small and unlikely to have major impacts)

Secondary transfer station No similar facility Green (because bins and STS are small and unlikely to have major impacts)

1. Solid waste management

- Waste disposal (includes sanitary landfill, composting site, or access road) - Medical waste treatment facility

Land-filling by industrial, household and commercial wastes

Red


(i) Completed application for ECC, and the appropriate fee; (ii) Report on the feasibility of the project; (iii) Report on the IEE for the project, and terms of reference (TOR) for the EIA; or EIA report prepared on the basis of TOR previously approved by DoE; (iv) Report on the environmental management plan (EMP); (v) No objection certificate from the local authority; (vi) Emergency plan relating to adverse environmental impact and plan for mitigation of the effect of pollution; and (vii) Outline of the relocation and rehabilitation plan (where applicable).


III. DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT A. The Study Area

440

19. Magura pourashava lies between 23°15´ and 23°41´ north latitudes and between 89°15´and 89°42´ east longitudes. It has a total area of 47.30square kilometers (km2). 20. Subproject components are located in Magura pourashava urban area or in its immediate surroundings which were converted into urban use for many years ago, and there is no natural habitat left at these sites. The subproject sites are located in government-owned land. There are no protected areas, wetlands, mangroves, or estuaries in or near the subproject location. There are no forest areas within or near Magura. The location map is shown as Figure 1. B. Existing Condition and Need for the Project 21. The pourashava generates approximately 34 metric tons (MT) of waste per day with a generation rate of about 0.25 kg/capita/day. At present, there are 40 fixed dustbins located in different parts of the pourashava along with 30 to 40 temporary secondary disposal points. The pourashava has 2 open trucks for waste collection and 10 rickshaw vans. The waste collection rate is 45%.Collected wastes is being disposed in the pourashava’s 3.10 acre (1.25 hectares) dumping site6 or in instances requested by private land owners, dumped in low-lying areas to increase the land levels. Figure 2 shows the current system of solid waste management in Magura pourashava. 22. Households, commercial, institutional wastes and others are piled up in the secondary storage points. The pourashava collects waste from these designated points. Beside this, wastes from markets, institutions etc. are also collected by the pourashava. Informal sector is prominent in recyclable collection and recycling. Rag-pickers and ferrywalas collect recyclable materials from roadside bins or from the households and sell it to buyers. 23. The estimated total medical waste generation in Magura pourashava is around 425

kilograms (kg) per day of which 340 kg is non-hazardous, 60 kg is infectious and 15 kg is sharp waste. Medical wastes are collected separately by two collection vans deployed by the hospital and clinic owners’ association in the pourashava. Open burning of hazardous and infectious wastes is currently being practiced by some hospitals and clinics. The residues from burning are then put into holes dug, usually within their premises, and covered with soil. 24. The pourashava conservancy section has 3 permanent supervisory staff (1 conservancy inspector and 2 conservancy supervisors). They have a good monitoring system (attendance records) to supervise the activities of 138 daily basis cleaner (8 drain cleaners, 8 truck cleaners, 10 van operators and helpers), 101 road sweepers and 2 truck drivers. 25. There is no regular public awareness and public relation activities in the pourashava. Community involvement in waste collection had been started in two wards under DPHE’s 18 District Towns Water Supply and Sanitation Project. However the program was discontinued after the project period. 26. There are two locations in the Ward No. 9 where currently wastes are disposed of and the environment there is very filthy and people around there are very much unhappy of the current environment. The Nagorik committee (civil society) in Ward No. 9 is implementing a community-led solid waste collection system involving 200 households in a para or moholla (a para or moholla is a small community in a ward with common interests

6The existing dumping site located along Dhaka-Jessore-Khulna Highway is adjacent to the national highway. It

is being used by Magura pourashava. The area is low-lying.

441

and vision). Under the scheme a manually-driven vehicle (tricycle with a large metal box behind) has been purchased by the pourashava to collect wastes from the households daily. The waste collector uses a whistle to inform the household for waste pick-up. The household will then come out and hand over the wastes which are usually mixed (not segregated). The mixed wastes are put in the large metal box together with other collected wastes for disposal to the existing dumpsite along Dhaka-Jessore-Khulna Highway(about 2.5 km away from the core urban area of the pourashava).The waste collector maintains a registration book showing households pay 50 BDT per month for the service. The payment goes to the Nagorik committee’s cashier. The Nagorik committee closely monitors the service; and advises and supports the waste collector is his activities. The Nagorik committee pays the waste collector 5,000 BDT per month as salary. The remaining money is used for O&M of the van. C. Proposed Components 27. Overall approach for solid waste management in Magura. The overall approach for solid waste management in Magura Pourashava will initially involve implementation of a pilot scheme based on 3R (reduce, reuse and recycle) approach and lessons-learned in the on-going community-led solid waste management system in selected households within the pourashava; and at the same time solid waste collection system will be improved in the remaining parts of the pourashava. To ensure scientific disposal of collected wastes, the existing dumpsite along Dhaka-Jessore-Khulna Highway will be rehabilitated and upgraded into a controlled landfill. Medical wastes, which currently untreated and end up being disposed in the dumpsite, will also be managed to ensure pathogens and harmful components are eliminated prior to disposal in the controlled landfill. Magura pourashava staff capacity will be improved to enable them to manage the system. The community will be involved in various awareness raising activities to ensure sustainability of the subproject. 28. Investments under this subproject include: (i) development of a pilot scheme for 1,000 households within the pourashava;7 (ii) improvement of solid wastes collection from the remaining households and disposal to proposed controlled landfill site; (iii) development of a controlled landfill site; (iv) management of medical wastes; and (v) capacity building of pourashava staff and community awareness raising activities.

(i) Development of a pilot scheme 82. The proposed pilot scheme is presented in Figure 3. In the development of the proposed pilot scheme the lessons from the on-going community-led solid waste management scheme in Ward No.9 have been drawn. A pilot scheme under UGIIP-3 will be implemented for 2 years:

(i) a memorandum of understanding (MOU) will be made between the Nagorik committee and Magura pourashava; (ii) 1, 000 households in Ward No.9 will be selected, provided with color-coded waste bins and capacitated to practice 3R; (iii) the 2 locations currently being used as dumping grounds in Ward No. 9 will be used as collection points for organic wastes by pourashava waste trucks; (v) Nagorik committee will implement pilot scheme to be closely monitored by Magura pourashava;

7 Pilot study includes (i) waste segregation at household level; (ii) collection of segregated organic and inorganic

wastes; (iii) composting of organic wastes; and (iv) recycling of inorganic wastes.

442

(vi) On year 1 of implementation Magura pourashava, with the assistance of consultant teams,8will evaluate and document the lessons learnt from the scheme. Necessary adjustments to improve implementation will be done during this period; and (vii) Towards the end of the year 2 Magura pourashava, with the assistance of consultant teams,9prepare solid wastes management operation guidelines for replication of the scheme in other areas of the pourashava.

29. Investments under the project to implement the pilot schemes include: (i) procurement of 2,000 waste bins (1,000 for organic and 1,000 for non-biodegradable wastes); (ii) procurement of tricycle 6 tricycle rickshaws to be fitted with 30-liter capacity plastic bins; and (iii) procurement of uniforms, personal protective equipment, and tools for the waste collectors.

(ii) Improvement of pourashava-wide solid wastes collection and disposal 30. Investments under the project to improve current situation include procurement of: (i) collection vehicles (2 trailers, 1 tractor and 1 dump truck); and (ii) uniform, personal protective equipment, and tools for the pourashava waste workers.

(iii) Development of a controlled landfill site 31. The existing dumpsite along Dhaka-Jessore-Khulna Highway (1.2 hectares area owned by Magura pourashava) will be rehabilitated and upgraded to a controlled landfill. Preliminary design includes (i) earthen embankment to isolate it from the surrounding agriculture lands; (ii) extensive plantation of trees on the embankment and its outer side slopes to make the surrounding areas further isolated; (iii) a composting plant capable of composting 5MT of organic wastes per day; (vi) leachate collection, holding pond; and recirculation system; (v) groundwater protection10; (vi) shed for vehicles; and (vii) office and workers room complete with water supply and sanitation facilities. The layout of the compost plant is provided in Figure 4. The layout of the controlled landfill is shown in Figure 5. 32. Wastes will be covered on daily basis by soils to control odor and prevent animals/flies (cats, dogs, rats, etc.) from being attracted to wastes. In case soils are not available then matured wastes will be used for coverage.

33. A one-year service contract is foreseen (and related costs are included) whereby the Contractor building the site will operate the whole landfill site and, in the process, will train and orient the relevant staff.

(iv) Management of medical wastes 34. The schematic model to improve medical waste management in Magura pourashava is shown in Figure 6.Government hospital, private clinics and diagnostic centers in the pourashava will be required to properly manage their hazardous and infectious medical wastes. The non-hazardous medical wastes will be allowed to be disposed with household


Governance Improvement and Capacity Development Consultants (GICDC). 9 MDSC solid waste management specialist

10Two options to be explored during detailed design phase are: (i) if there is an impermeable clayey layer of required depth, there is no requirement for groundwater protection measures; (ii) in absence of such layer, the controlled landfill should be designed with HDPE liners. Soil profile data at the site was not available during preliminary design stage thus use of HDPE liners has been considered to calculate the costs of the subproject.

443

wastes. While hazardous and infectious wastes will require treatment prior to disposal to the controlled landfill. 35. Investment under the project to improve management of medical wastes include: (i) procurement of 200 sets of 3-colored waste bins;11 (ii) procurement of a covered van for collection and transport of infectious and sharp wastes to the medical treatment facility; (iii) procurement of 2 rickshaw vans for collection of non-hazardous medical wastes; and (iv) construction of a medical waste treatment facility. 36. The covered van will be given to the hospital, clinic and diagnostic center association in the pourashava. Table 3 presents 2 potential options considered during the project preparation stage. The factors used in comparing the 2 technologies include technical, operational, regulatory, potential environmental impacts and magnitude of mitigation measures required to reduce the impacts to manageable levels. The information provided in the table is based on similar operating medical waste treatment facilities in Bangladesh, specifically Dhaka City’s incinerators and autoclaves. The incinerators being used in other cities which are locally-produced single chamber similar to brick burning chambers will not be considered in the project.

Table 3: Comparison of Medical Waste Treatment Options for Magura Pourashava Parameter Incinerator Autoclave

Process and control parameter Incinerator is a combustion process which reduces weight and volume of the wastes by 90%-95% producing flue gases and non-combustible residue (ash). Management of flue gases and ash requires careful consideration. Temperature is a controlling parameter of incinerator.

Autoclave is a sterilization process where temperature & pressure, steam penetration in the waste material, contact time are the influencing factors for controlling proper disinfection.

Capital and recurrent costs Incinerator needs high capital and operating costs. For 20 kg/hr capacity double chamber pyrolitic combustion incinerator costs around 40 to 50 lac. taka with air pollution control device dry scrubber 10 lac /wet scrubber 15 lac taka. For Incinerator: i) Cost of Incinerator (20kg/hr) (Pyrolitic two combustion chambers) = Tk. 40,00,000 ii) Cost of Air pollution control unit (Dry scrubber) = Tk. 10,00,000 or Cost of Air pollution control unit (Wet scrubber) = Tk. 15,00,000 iii) Facility construction = Tk.7,50,000 iv) Installation (5% of the capital cost) =Tk. 2,50,000 v) Ash pit = Tk. 1,00,000 vi) Cost for safety gears = Tk.10,000 Recurrent cost: i) Staff wage (2) = Tk. 3,00,000 ii) Fuel cost (Kerosene/diesel) = Tk. 70,000

Relatively low capital and operating costs. The capital cost of 125 liter capacity autoclave is around 25 -30 lac taka including the boiler. For size reduction of autoclaved wastes, it needs additional cost of shredder of about 2 lac taka. For Autoclave: i) Cost of Autoclave (125 liter/hr) including boiler: Tk 30,00,000 ii) Facility construction = Tk. 7,50,000 iii) Cost of Shredder=50,000 iv) Installation (5% of the capital cost) : Tk. 1,50,000 v) Cost for separate disposal cell of disinfected waste = Tk. 1,00,000 vi) Cost for a sharp pit = Tk. 1,00,000 vii) Cost of small ETP = Tk. 50,000 viii) Cost for safety gears = Tk. 10,000 Recurrent cost: i) Staff wage (2)=Tk. 3,00,000

11

One for non-hazardous medical wastes, one for hazardous infectious wastes and the other for hazardous sharp wastes (needles etc.).

444

Parameter Incinerator Autoclave iii) Electricity cost = Tk. 40,000 iv) Maintenance cost = Tk. 1,00,000 v) Training cost = Tk. 15,000 vi) Cost for test prescribed by DOE = Tk. 50,000 vii) Cost test for dioxin, furan ,ash content etc. as per EPA guideline = US$10,000

ii) Fuel cost (kerosene/diesel) for steam boiler = Tk. 70,000 iii) Electricity cost = Tk. 40000-Tk. 50,000 iv) Maintenance cost = Tk. 70,000 v) Water cost = Tk. 5000 vi) Training cost = Tk. 15,000 ix) Cost for routine test and test prescribed by DOE: Tk. 30,000

Potential environmental impacts and their feasibility of mitigation

Potential pollution risks and concerns associated with incineration process (dioxin, furan and their carcinogenicity). No burning of chlorinated plastic, maintaining temperature of around 850

0C, increasing combustion

efficiency and using emission control equipment such as dry scrubber/bag filter or wet scrubber etc. can mitigate potential risks. Air pollution control equipment has to be used to control emission of particulate matter and toxic substances from the flue gases. The ash need to be disposed of in a pit.

Autoclave has a low environmental impact from emission. However, it has inability to change waste appearance, inability to change waste volume and production of pungent odor and uncharacterized air emission. The odor will not create any public nuisance if it will be operated in the landfill in a closed room. The volume and appearance of wastes can be changed by shredding and disposal will be done in a separate cell of landfill.

Standards need to be maintained according to Medical Waste Management Handing Rules 2008

a. Operating Standards: i) Combustion efficiency shall be at-least 99% ii) The temperature of the primary chamber shall be 800±50

0C

iii) The secondary chamber gas residence time shall be at-least 1 second at 1050±50

0C with

minimum 3% oxygen in the stack gas. b. Emission standard s: i) Particulate matter 150 mg/Nm

3, Nitrogen Oxide 450

mg/Nm3, HCL 50 mg/Nm

3

ii) Minimum stack height shall be 30m above ground, iii) Volatile organic compounds in ash shall not be more than 0.01%.

When operating a gravity flow autoclave, medical waste shall be subjected to: (i) A temperature of not less than 121

0C and pressure of 15 psi

for an autoclave residence time of not less than 60 mins; or (ii) A temperature of not less than 135


for an autoclave residence time of not less than 45 mins; or (iii) A temperature of not less than 149


for an autoclave residence time of not less than 30 mins. Hazardous Medical waste shall not be considered properly treated unless the time, temperature and pressure indicators indicate that the required time, temperature, and pressure are reached during the autoclave process.

Air Quality monitoring as per medical waste management rules 2008

In Bangladesh, the operating and emission standards of Incinerator are: i) The combustion efficiency shall be at least 99%. ii) Particulate matter 150 mg/Nm

3, Nitrogen Oxide 450

mg/Nm3, HCL 50 mg/Nm

3

iii) Minimum stack height shall be 30m above ground, iv) Volatile organic compounds in ash shall not be more than 0.01%. Emission from the stake of the incinerator has to be done twice a year or sometimes four times in a year when the facility is installed in

Hazardous medical waste shall not be considered properly treated unless the time, temperature and pressure indicators indicate that the required time, temperature and pressure are reached during the autoclave process. When operating a gravity flow autoclave, medical waste shall be subjected to: (i) A temperature of not less than 121


for an autoclave residence time of not less than 60 mins; or (ii) A temperature of not less than 135


for an autoclave residence time of

445

Parameter Incinerator Autoclave a town. For stake test, it has to pay Tk. 3000 each time. According to EPA guideline for incinerator operation, dioxin, furan, SOx, HCL, NOx etc. has to be tested. Ash has to be tested to find out heavy metal content etc. which is normally not tested in Bangladesh and expensive as well.

not less than 45 mins; or (iii) A temperature of not less than 149


for an autoclave residence time of not less than 30 mins. Each autoclave shall have graphic or computer recording devices, which will automatically and continuously monitor and records dates, time of day, load identification number and operating parameters throughout the entire length of the autoclave cycle. Spore test: Biological indicator for autoclave shall be Bacillus stearothermophilus spores using vials or spore strips with atleast 1×10

4 spores per milliliter.

Routine test: A chemical indicator strip/tape that changes colour when a certain temperature is reached can be used to verify that a specific temperature has been achieved. It may be necessary to use more than one strip over the waste package at different location to ensure that the inner content of the package has been adequately autoclave.

Institutional training and monitoring requirement

With a basic understanding of incinerator technology and air pollution control mechanism is needed. Well trained operator can monitor and control combustion.

Needs a basic training to monitor temperature, pressure and residence time for the sterilization effectively done.

37. Medical waste treatment through autoclave will be the potential option for Magura pourashava. Autoclave needs relatively low capital and operating costs which can easily be managed by the pourashava. The temperature, pressure and the residence time if maintained as stated in the regulatory control, there will be fully disinfection of the infectious wastes. Monitoring test of the disinfected waste is very simple and can be done by vial or spore strip as explained regularly. The following are the recommendations for to be included in the final design of the facility:

(i) Locate the autoclave in the proposed landfill site to meet locational requirements of DOE. (ii) Include in the design size reduction units appropriate for the treated medical wastes (including but not limited to mechanical shredders). (iii) Allocate in the proposed landfill site an enclosed area with minimum size of 20 feet x 30 feet for the autoclave. Additional minimal area may be required for the size reduction units and sorting room, as generally required by DOE in its previous issuances of ECCs in similar facilities. (iv) Provide back-up power source to ensure uninterrupted operations of the autoclave. Include in the proposed landfill site a separate cell for treated medical wastes. (v) Implement strictly segregation at source. The Magura pourashava will need to work closely with the clinic owners association and government hospitals. (vi) Include waste criteria conditions in the O&M manual (to be developed by contractor) and ensure only medical wastes appropriate for treatment are included. (vii) Include workers health and safety measures in the O&M manual.

446

(viii) The steam discharge from the autoclave shall be run through small effluent treatment plant (ETP), therefore the steam which will convert to effluent upon contact with ambient air will be treated prior to discharge. The effluent shall be monitored by DOE as part of the Environmental Management Plan. (ix) Include measures in the O&M manual to control pungent odor and uncharacterized air emission which are commonly observed in operating autoclaves. These measures include, but not limited to, not opening the autoclave door until such time it is deemed to be opened safely and the odor has been dissipated. This procedure will also ensure workers protection from exposure to extreme temperature and scalding from steam. The specific time and conditions shall be set by the contractor during the commissioning of the autoclave and reflected in the O&M manual to be turned over to Magura pourashava and operators. (x) In the preliminary design, the autoclave will be commissioned by the contractor for 1 year. The contractor shall operate and maintain it for that period which will be specified in the service contract. The Contractor will provide training to identified Magura pourashava staff and/or operators. After this period, the operation and maintenance will be taken over by the Magura pourashava staff. The cost of this service contract has been added to Phase 2 costs for SWM. The Magura Phase SWM cost is limited to preparatory works. (xi) Ensure sustainability of operations by considering various options as practiced in Bangladesh such as considering, but not limited to public-private partnerships, NGO-led operation, or tie-up with operators of landfill site.

(xii) The supplier of the Autoclave will provide 2 weeks of training to the concerned operating staff.

(v) Capacity building and community awareness campaign

38. The subproject will involve training waste workers (drivers, collectors, landfill operators, etc.) and Nagorik committees. Awareness raising campaigns will be done by Magura pourashava with assistance of the consultant teams to promote the 3R. 39. Under the SWM subproject, a medical waste management association will be formed involving the owners of the private clinics and diagnostic centers, and the government hospital authority. The association will need to have the capacity in operation and maintenance of the designed service. The workers involved in the medical waste collection, transfer and disposal also need the relevant training. A technical person needs to be appointed to operate the incinerator and he/she needs to be trained in the whole process of incinerating hazardous and infectious wastes (what, when and how). 37. Preliminary designs have been made considering the above factors. The inventory and proposed interventions are listed in Table 4.

Table 4: Components of Magura Solid Waste Management Subproject Components Materials/goods Unit Units Area Required and

Location

A. Primary waste collection

i. Waste collection plastic bins for 1,000 households

- color coded (green for organic, blue for inorganic), - 10 liter (L) capacity, covered

Numbers (Nos.)

2,000 None. To be located within premises of households.

Tricycle Nos. 6 Not applicable.(NA) ii. Tricycle rickshaws – each tricycle to be fitted with 6 30-L capacity plastic bins. One tricycle rickshaw will collect inorganic wastes from 200 households

Large size plastic bins Nos. 36 NA

iii. Uniforms and personal protective Uniform and PPE Sets 12 NA

447

Components Materials/goods Unit Units Area Required and Location

equipment (PPE) for use by the household waste workers/collectors

B. Secondary waste collection NA i. 2 Trailers with 1 tractor for waste

handling Trailers Tractors

Nos. 2 1

NA

ii. Dump truck (3 ton capacity) for waste transportation

Dump truck Nos. 1 NA

iii. Uniforms and personal protective equipment (PPE) for use by the waste workers at the transfer station and MRFs

Uniform and PPE Sets 10 NA

C. Composting plant

Construction of composting plant (semi-mechanized with aerobic composting) with shredders, aerators, turning and sieving equipment, bagging, quality control equipment, etc.

5 tons capacity No. 1 Area = 360 m2

at landfill site

Uniforms and personal protective equipment (PPE) for use by the waste workers at the composting plant

Uniform and PPE Sets 10 NA

D. Medical Waste collection and Treatment

Supply color coded bins (three types) for source-segregation of different types of medical waste, covered vans for waste collection, treatment by auto- incinerator

Three types of color coded bins

No. 200 NA

Covered van No. 1 NA

Tricycle rickshaws No. 2 NA Autoclave No. 1 Within the landfill site

hazardous waste storage sorting room and staging area

No 1 Within the landfill site

Back-up power generator

No 1 Within the landfill site

E. Controlled landfill

Construction of embankment and tree plantation

m 320 Around the landfill site

Construction of impermeable layer at the base of the site and inner side slope of the embankment for groundwater protection, in case no underneath impermeable soil layer there (subject to the detailed geological investigation during detailed design)

m2 13750 Base area and area

of inner side slope of the embankment

Construction of leachate collection pond m2 30

Leachate collection pipe m 2000

Leachate circulation systems-- hose pipe, pump, sprinklers, etc.

set 1 Within the landfill site

Worker shed CC floor with tin roof supported over iron truss

m2 20 At the front side of

the landfill site

Heavy equipment shed RCC floor with tin roof supported by iron truss

m2 40 At the front side of

the landfill site

Compost plant/area Office, worker shed, bagging area, screen shed, curing shed, windrow platform,

m2 360 Within the landfill site

Water supply and sanitation At all required locations

Storm water drainage m 350 Along the embankment

Wheel loader Wheel loader No. 1 To be parked at the heavy equipment

448

Components Materials/goods Unit Units Area Required and Location

shed

Uniforms and personal protective equipment (PPE) for use by the waste workers at the controlled disposal site.

Uniform and PPE Sets 20 Not applicable.

F. Awareness campaigning, capacity building training

Awareness campaigning Advertisement on newspapers,

No 24 NA

Posters No 5000 NA

discussion meetings, etc.

No 12 NA

Capacity building training Pilot scheme-van drivers and waste pickers (20 participants)

No. 2 NA

Medical waste management- private clinics, diagnostic centers, government hospital (50 participants)

No. 2 NA

Waste collector/van drivers (10 participants)

No. 1 NA

Incinerator operation Technician (2 technicians)

No. 1 NA

Pourashava personnel (10 participants)

No. 2 NA

Landfill workers (10 participants)

No. 2

Composting technicians and workers (10)

No. 2 NA

D. Implementation Schedule 38. Implementation of UGIIP-3 is split up into 3 phases: (i) 1st phase = 18 months or 1.5 years; (ii) 2nd phase = 30 months or 2.5 years; and (iii) 3rd phase = 24 months or 2 years 39. The subproject will be implemented under Phase 1. Preliminary design has been done by the PPTA team and will be finalized during detailed design stage. It is estimated that construction period will cover 18 months. 40. The final detailed implementation schedule will be provided in the updated IEE once the detailed design phase is completed.

449

Figure 1: Location Map of UGIIP-3 Pourashavas

450

Figure 2: Existing solid waste management in

Magura

Color code

Combined waste Organic waste

Inorganic/recyclable wastes

Waste segregation at household—1000 households in Ward No.9

Collection of wastes from 1000 households

• Organic wastes daily by six tricycle vans

• Inorganic wastes weekly by one tricycle van

Loading of collected organic wastes into a waste dump trucks directly

Transporting of organic wastes to the composting plant at the designated landfill site

Composting of the organic wastes in the compost plant Quality ensuring, bagging and marketing

Application of the composts to agriculture field, vegetable gardens, etc. for enriching organic content of soils

Storage of collected recyclable inorganic wastes in a room (15 ft. x 20 ft.) located within Ward No. 9

Manual sorting of recyclable inorganic wastes into different categories (paper, plastic, metal cans, etc.)

Selling the sorted recyclables to waste vendors and making money

451

Figure 3: Schematic Diagram of Solid Waste Management Scheme Pilot Scheme in Magura Pourashava

Figure 4: Layout of Composting Plant Within the Landfill as per Preliminary Design

Figure 5: Layout of Controlled Landfill as per Preliminary Design

Color code

Combined wastes

Non-hazardous wastes

Hazardous wastes

Figure 6: Schematic Model for Management of Medical Wastes in Magura Pourashava

IV. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT A. Methodology Used for the Baseline Study 41. Data collection and stakeholder consultations. Data for this study has been primarily collected through comprehensive literature survey, discussion with stakeholder agencies, and field visits to the proposed subproject sites. The literature survey broadly covered the following:

(i) subproject details, reports, maps, and other documents available with the ADB and PPTA consultants, LGED, and Magura pourashava;



42. Several visits to the subproject sites were made during the project preparation stages to assess the existing environment (physical, biological, and socioeconomic) and gather information with regard to the proposed sites and scale of the proposed subproject. A

Waste segregation at government hospital, clinics and diagnostic centers

Collection of wastes from government hospital, private clinics and diagnostic centers

• Non-hazardous wastes (organic and others)

• Infectious hazardous wastes

• Hazardous sharp wastes

Collection of non-hazardous wastes by two tricycle vans

Transportation and disposal of non-hazardous wastes to nearby secondary collection points

Collection of wastes from secondary points by municipal waste dump trucks and transportation to the landfill site for ultimate disposal

• Collection of hazardous infectious wastes and sharp wastes in two separate bags by a covered van

• Separate storage of infectious and sharp wastes in a room at a suitable location in a clinic premise.

• Incineration of infectious wastes

• Disinfecting the sharp wastes and cutting the needles for disposal into a concrete box and plastic part for recycling

454

separate socioeconomic study was conducted to determine the demographic information, archeological and religious places, densely populated pockets, and settlements. 43. Data analysis and interpretation. The data collected was analyzed and interpretations made to assess the physical, biological, and socioeconomic features of the project area. The relevant information is presented in the succeeding paragraphs. 44. Updating during detailed design phase. The IEE including specific description of the environment and corridor of impact will be updated as necessary based on the final design and locations. B. Physical Characteristics 45. Topography. Magura topography is naturally plain. The elevation is 3 to 8 feet (ft.) above mean sea level. The core area is high and generally not flooded during monsoon season. 46. Climatic conditions. The climate in the pourashava area sultry during extended summer season, which covers from March to June. The mean maximum temperature is about 38 deg C, which is recorded in April with the maximum temperature varying from 32.2 to 42.2 deg C. During the cold season the lowest monthly temperature is varying from 4.4 to 21.1 deg C with the lowest temperature recorded as 3.5 deg C in the month of February. The annual mean rainfall of the pourashava is about 1,840 mm which is less than the national average of 2,286 mm. Rains occur from May and continues up to September during monsoon. In this period more than 70% of the rainfall is observed. The winter is more or less dry with few or rainfall. 47. Surface water and other bodies of water. The Nabaganga River enters the pourashava from the north-eastern corner and flowing for about for ten kilometers (km) through the pourashava area and exits through the eastern boundary of the pourashava. Another river the Muchikhali River, a tributary of the Nabaganga River entering from the west and flowing for about eight kmand again meets the Nabaganga River inside the pourashava. 48. There are large number of ponds, ditches, low lying agricultural lands as low pockets in Magura which act as retention basin to delay the maximum floods in the monsoon. However the PPTA study identified there are no existing natural or man-made bodies of water adjacent to the subproject sites. Any water bodies to be identified during detailed design phase will be assessed and reported in the updated IEE. 49. Air quality. As there are no major industries in Magura the main sources of air pollution are vehicles and non-point sources such as open burning. There are currently no air quality monitoring stations are in operation within the pourashava limit. The baseline air quality will be measured by the subproject contractors prior to commencement of work. The results will be provided in the updated IEE and all other measurements during implementation will be reported as part of EMP implementation. 50. Acoustic environment. Subproject components are in the built-up part of Magura, with residential, commercial, and institutional establishments. The volume of traffic that passes through these sections is not significant and traffic jams are not frequent. However vehicular movement can be considered as major cause of noise pollution. The baseline noise level will be measured by the subproject contractors prior to commencement of work. The results will be provided in the updated IEE and all other measurements during implementation will be reported as part of EMP implementation.

455

C. Biological Characteristics 51. Flora and fauna. Subproject components are located in Magura urban area or in its immediate surroundings which were converted into urban use for years ago, and there is no natural habitat left at these sites. Animals and plants in the subproject area are those commonly found in urban and built-up areas. No endangered/protected species of either flora or fauna are found in the pourashava or its immediate surroundings.

52. Protected areas. There are no protected forests, wetlands, mangroves, or estuaries in or near the subproject area. D. Socioeconomic Characteristics 53. Area and population. Magura pourashava occupies an area of 47.30 km2 with population of 98,355 as per Bangladesh Bureau of Statistics (BBS) Census 2011. It is divided into 9 wards. The information about total number of households with average size and population of the pourashava is presented in Table 4.

Table 4: Population of Magura Pourashava Administrative Unit Area

(km2)

Households (nos.)

Total Population

Average Household Size

Density (per km

2)

Magura Pourashava

47.30 22,105 98,355 4.45 2,079

Ward No - 01 9.62 2,628 11,711 4.45 1,217

Ward No - 02 3.65 2,465 10,913 4.42 2,990 Ward No - 03 5.40 2,439 10,794 4.42 1,999

Ward No - 04 3.64 2,676 11,224 4.19 3,084

Ward No - 05 4.20 1,606 7,181 4.47 1,710 Ward No - 06 2.38 1,846 8,352 4.52 3,509

Ward No - 07 11.14 3,054 13,559 4.44 1,217 Ward No - 08 5.06 3,125 14,524 4.65 2,870

Ward No - 09 2.21 2,266 10,095 4.45 4,568

Source: BBS Community Report, Zilla: Magura, 2011 54. Land use. The study of the land use pattern is based on extensive physical survey which was accomplished through GPS system. Through the survey it has been accomplished that major land use goes under agricultural category which is about 60.01 % of the total land. The second major land use is residential and homesteads and occupying about 27.74% of the area. Beside these, water bodies occupy the third major about 5.36% of the total land. The presence of the two rivers and innumerable ponds and ditches present in the Pourashava area is the reason of high proportion of water bodies.

55. Existing provisions for pedestrians and other forms of transport. Magura has an aggregate 257 km road network. Observably, most of these roads have uneven-rough surface, damaged topping and pavement sides owing to lack of maintenance, mostly narrow in width, hence incapable of accommodating generated traffic, and exhaustively without road-side footpath. While visiting different roads, the team observed that the surfaces are worn out partly and in some cases entirely. Justifiably, they call for intervention varying from normal significant maintenance to large improvement/reconstruction. The overall road condition of Magura pourashava is presented in Table 5. There are no street light facilities in the pourashava.

Table 5: Conditions of Roads in Magura Pourashava Sl. Road type Length in km Overall condition 1 Paved Road 122.35 35% in good condition

2 Brick-soled Road 50.0 50% good condition

3 HBB 35.45 60% in good condition

456

4 Earthen 49.45 60% in good condition Total 257.25

Source: PPTA consultants.

56. Being on the Dhaka-Jessore-Khulna Highway, a huge number of buses and trucks move both ways, through Magura. The pourashava has a fairly large bus terminal. But over the years, there appears to have been very little attention paid to its repair, maintenance and management. This state has left the once-beautiful bus terminal in a dreadful state. There is no government-owned truck terminal in Magura. Currently, trucks are promiscuously parked for loading and unloading at different points of the pourashava, disrupting urban life. 57. Drainage. The Nabaganga River and the silted up Muchikhali, flowing through Magura pourashava, are the most important natural drainage system for the pourashava area. An aggregate 32.05 km of drains of different type and size means that the pourashava has about 0.72 km of drain per km2. The present drainage system is concentrated in the core area only, not good and sufficient enough to release the drainage congestion and the water logging in the area. The present development of the town area including its drainage system has developed without any meticulous planning. Moreover the capacity of the present drains is not considered adequate in section to drain out generated runoff following intense rainfalls which is the obvious cause of water-logging in the pourashava. 58. The PPTA team has visited a large section of the pourashava core area after a rainfall and found many water-logged area. Drainage system in these areas were inadequate, hence could not properly ease such congestion. In some areas drains were found without any outfall and congestion caused by solid waste dumping and earth filling led to the virtual closure of the drains. The pourashava as well as the general people agreed that some of the drains were built without any outfall and improper gradient and proper checking of construction-time invert levels. 59. Water supply. Magura pourashava has a water supply system of 65.22 km long distribution networks using uPVC pipes of diameter between 50-200 mm12, 10 production tube wells (PTWs)13. There is no water storage facility (overhead tank) and water is directly injected into the distribution systems. PPTA study reported that the eight PTWs on the average produce about 80-90 cubic meters (m3) per day with a total average daily production of 5,650 m3. PTWs are operated twice daily (6 to 10 AM and 12 to 6 PM) for an average of 10 hours. The depth of PTWs varies from 90 to 267 m. There are a total of 4,015 house connections, out of which 3,508 are active and 507 are disconnected. Of the total 3,508 active connections 3,424 are domestic/residential and 84 are commercial/non-residential. None of the service connections has water meter. 60. The Pourashava Water Supply Section (PWSS) does not have any water quality data and no water quality sampling or testing is done. The water quality of PTWs in Magura pourashava was analyzed under the 37 District Towns Water Supply Project (DTWSP) being implemented by DPHE. The results are provided in Table 6.

12

Under DPHE 37 DTWSP, 7 km of existing pipes (diameter 50 mm) will be replaced with 100 mm. 13

There are altogether 10 PTWs in Magura pourashava which were installed over a long period of time. DPHE installed 3 PTWs (01, 02 and 03) during the period 1982 to 1987 and other 4 PTWs (06, 07, 08, and 09) in 2006 to 2010. Additional 2 PTWs (04 and 05) were installed in 1999 by the Dutch-funded 18 District Towns Water Supply Project (DTWSP) implemented by DPHE. Recently, after the initiation of the 37 DTWSP, a new PTW (10) is under progress of installation. The construction of well has been completed; the pump-motor set and other accessories are in the process of installation.

457

Table 6: Water Quality Data (Samples Tested by 37DTWSP) Sl

No. PTW Location pH Fe (mg/l) As (mg/l) Manganese

(mg/l)

1 01 Near Judge Court 7.3 5.42 0.001 0.045 2 02 Near PWD Office 7.3 1.09 0.030 0.000

3 03 Adarsha College Attached 7.5 1.03 0.020 0.000 4 04 Vaina Mor Poura Park 7.4 3.15 0.001 0.045

5 11 Parnandualy High School Attached 7.4 2.58 0.020 0.000

Bangladesh Standard-1997 6.5~8.5 0.3~1.0 0.05 0.10

Source: 37 DTWSP Feasibility Report, Magura, DPHE

61. Solid waste management. The pourashava generates approximately 34 tons of waste per day with a generation rate of about 0.25 kg/cap/day. There are 40 fixed dustbins located in different parts of the town along with 30/40 temporary secondary disposal points. At present, the pourashava has 2 open trucks for waste collection and 10 rickshaw vans. Collected wastes is being disposed in the pourashava’s 3.10 acre (1.25 hectares) dumping site or in instances requested by private land owners, dumped in low-lying areas to increase the land levels. The pourashava conservancy section has 3 permanent supervisory staff (1 conservancy inspector and 2 conservancy supervisors). They have a good monitoring system (attendance records) to supervise the activities of 138 daily basis cleaner (8 drain cleaners, 8 truck cleaners, 10 van operators and helpers), 101 road sweepers and 2 truck drivers. The waste collection rate is 45%. 62. Households, commercial, institutional wastes and others are piled up in the secondary storage points. The pourashava collects waste from these designated points. Beside this, wastes from markets, institutions etc. are also collected by the pourashava. Informal sector is prominent in recyclable collection and recycling. Rag-pickers and ferrywalas collect recyclable materials from roadside bins or from the households and sell it to buyers. 63. Hospital wastes are collected separately by two collection vans deployed by the Clinic Owners’ Association. The infectious wastes are burnt in the clinic premises; and the other wastes are collected and disposed into municipal bins for collection by the pourashava. 64. There is no regular public awareness and public relation activities in the pourashava. Community involvement in waste collection had been started in two wards under DPHE’s 18 District Water Supply and Sanitation Project. However the program was discontinued after the project period. 65. Sanitation. The sanitary condition in Magura pourashava is relatively poor. As per BBS 2011 (Population and Housing Census, Khulna Division - Urban), about 52.4% of the latrines are sanitary water sealed, 29.8% latrines are sanitary non-water sealed, 17.3% latrines are non-sanitary and 0.5% have no toilets. No disposal and treatment facility are available inside the pourashava. No sewerage system is available. 66. Field visits during the project preparation revealed septic tanks or the pits are occasionally emptied manually by sweepers when those are full or become non-operational to some extent. The collection and disposal practice of fecal sludge is very unhygienic due to disposal of sludge in low lands or in drains near the neighborhood which is unhealthy and source of pollution of the nearby environment including the water bodies.

458

Figure 8: Existing Sanitation (Public Toilets) in Magura 67. Other existing amenities for community welfare. The pourashava appears to grow with an unplanned development. Major installations, commercial and residential areas grow along the main highway and roads in the pourashava. The town has a literacy rate of 51%. It has educational institutions: 30 primary schools, 12 high schools, 4 colleges and 1 vocational training institute; health facilities: 1 100-bed government hospital, 21 private clinics, 1 TB clinic, 1 eye hospital, and 1 pediatric hospital; entertainment and recreational facilities: 1 stadium, 1 park and 1 cinema hall. 68. Despite having a sizeable population of nearly 100,000, Magura does not have its own auditorium/community center. Going with the common societal practices, community halls these days play a significant role in conducting social events like wedding, different parties, conferences and musical soiree. 69. There are no slaughterhouses in Magura pourashava. Therefore, animals are slaughtered in different places. 70. There are a total of 6 kitchen markets of different sizes in Magura pourashava. It was evident from the visits during project preparation that that most of the structure were very temporary, do not provide shelter from sun and shower and mostly do not have drains for disposal of market-stemmed wastewater. The roofs are in damaged conditions with exposed reinforcement in rusted condition, displaying apparent loss of structural strength. It was also observed that the kitchen market areas, where more sellers and buyers convene on specific haat days, cleanliness is not observed at all. The markets also lack in adequate number of dustbins for solid waste and has no arrangement for daily solid waste collection. E. Historical, Cultural and Archaeological Characteristics 71. Important historical and cultural sites in Magura pourashava includes ghat of Nader Chand, tomb of Pir Mokerram Ali, tomb of Garib Shah, remnants of the Rajbari of Raja Sitaram Roy, Rajbari of Raja Satrujit Roy, fortification of Debal Raja, remnants of the Rajbari of Birat Raja at Sreepur, Mosque at village Gopal (Mughal period), Siddheshwari Math at Athara Khada and Ashram of Nangta Baba (Satdoha Ashram). 72. The proposed controlled disposal site are not within nor adjacent to these sites.

V. ASSESSMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND SAFEGUARDS A. Methodology

459

73. Issues for consideration have been raised by the following means: (i) input from interested and affected parties; (ii) desktop research of information relevant to the proposed subproject; (iii) site visits; and (iv) evaluation of proposed design scope as per PPTA study and potential impacts. 74. The area of impacts considered are: (i) existing dumpsite adjacent to Magura-Jessore Highway some 3km away from the pourashava; (iii) site of the composting plant at the landfill site, and (iv) immediate surroundings of the landfill site facilities (30 m circumference). Categorization of the subproject and formulation of mitigation measures have been guided by ADB’s REA Checklist for solid waste management (Appendix 1) and ADB SPS, 2009. B. Screening out Areas of No Significant Impact 75. From the preliminary design and results of the rapid environmental assessment, it is clear that implementation of Magura solid waste management subject will not have major negative impacts because activities will be localized/site-specific and short in duration. Moreover, the area of impact of the subproject will be on existing sites, vacant lands, and immediate surroundings, and construction will be conducted within a relatively small area. Because of these there are several aspects of the environment that are not expected to be affected by the subproject (Table 6) and thus can be screened out of the assessment at this stage but will be assessed again during detailed design stage and before implementation. Table 7: Fields in Which the Subproject Is Not expected to have Significant Impacts

Field Rationale A. Physical Characteristics




B. Biological Characteristics

Biodiversity Activities being located in the built-up area of Magura pourashava will not cause direct impact on biodiversity values. The construction activities do not anticipate any cutting of trees.

C. Socioeconomic Characteristics

Land use No alteration on land use. Rehabilitation of existing Solid Waste Management is prioritized over new construction, using vacant government land and right of way (ROW).

Type of community spread No alteration on type of community spread.


Road closure is not anticipated. Hauling of construction materials and operation of equipment on-site can cause traffic problems. However, the proposed subproject will follow existing ROW alignment and impact is short-term, site-specific and within a relatively small area. There are well developed methods for mitigation.

Socio-economic status Subproject components will be located in government land and existing ROWs thus there is no requirement for land acquisition or any resettlements. Manpower will be required during the 18-month construction stage. This can result in generation of contractual employment and increase in local revenue. Thus potential impact is positive and long-term.


Although construction of subproject components involves quite simple techniques of civil work, the invasive nature of excavation and the subproject sites being in built-up areas of Magurapourashava where there are a variety of human activities, will result in impacts to the sensitive receptors such as residents, businesses, and the community in general. These anticipated

460

Field Rationale impacts are temporary and for short duration.

D. Historical, Cultural, and Archaeological Characteristics Physical and cultural heritage There are no scheduled or unscheduled historical, archaeological,

pale-ontological, or architectural sites of heritage significance listed by local and/or national authority and/or internationally (UNESCO) within or adjacent to subproject sites.

C. Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – Planning and Design Phase 19. Subproject selection criteria. The project environmental assessment and review framework specifies environmental criteria to avoid or minimize adverse impacts during the identification and finalization of drainage subprojects. Table 8 summarizes site and design considerations as per preliminary design.





- Not present in Lalmonirhat pourashava




- No trees in the site


-- All consultations during project preparation are documented and concerns expressed by public addressed in the IEE.



-Not applicable

i. Ensure small (secondary) transfer stations are not located within 30 m of residences, schools, places of worship (such as churches, temples or mosques), and historical and cultural places.

Not included in the subproject

ii. Ensure all new landfills and secondary transfer stations are not constructed in areas where the groundwater table is less than 2 meters below ground level.

Not applicable. Subproject will involve rehabilitation and upgrade of existing dumpsite.

Solid waste management

iii. Locate all new landfills at least 250 m from habitation, sensitive receptors, shops, or any other premises used by people, thus establishing a buffer zone to reduce the effects of noise and dust and

Subproject will involve rehabilitation and upgrade of existing dumpsite. The site is 3.0 km from the core urban area. There are no habitation, sensitive receptors, and/or shops within or adjacent to the site.

461

Components Environmental Selection Guidelines Remarks the visual appearance of the site.

iv. Locate all new facilities/buildings at sites where there is low risk of flooding or other hazards that might impair functioning of, or present a risk of damage to the facilities, or their environs.

Flood statistics data of the project area will be reviewed during detailed design phase. Flood protection measures will be incorporated in the design.

v. Ensure no new landfills are constructed within or near water supply wells, and at least 500 m of any groundwater wells.

There are no sources of water supply (tube wells) within 50 meters of the landfill site.

vi. Ensure a buffer zone is provided around the landfill with the distance agreed upon with the regulatory agencies

Included in the subproject design.

vii. Ensure designs and operations of new landfills are done as per norms of modern sanitary facilities and to include all essential elements necessary to prevent environmental pollution and to ensure safe handling of waste during construction and operation.

Preliminary design of the controlled landfill includes liner system to prevent leachate, leachate collection system and control facility, gas collection system, final cover system, surface water drainage system, environmental monitoring system for air, water, soil, odour, and gas. Operations and maintenance manual (O&M) will include closure and post-closure plan.

viii. For medical waste treatment facilities comply with Medical Waste Rules, 2008

Design considerations included requirements of Medical Waste Rules, 2008

ix. Locate new medical waste treatment facility at least 50 m away from nearest habitation.

Not applicable.

x. Ensure a separate receiving and sorting area for medical wastes

Included in the preliminary design.

xi. Provide back-up power source for medical treatment facility to ensure uninterrupted operations

Included in the preliminary design.

20. Land acquisition and resettlement. The existing dumping site is owned by Magura pourashava. Any land acquisition and involuntary resettlement impacts will be addressed in the RPs prepared as per requirements of ADB SPS and Government of Bangladesh rules and regulations. 21. Cutting of trees will not be required as per preliminary design. This will be reassessed during detailed design stage and if cutting of trees will be required, compensatory plantation for trees lost at a rate of 2 trees for every tree cut will be implemented by the contractor, who will also maintain the saplings for the duration of his contract. 76. Planning principles and design considerations have been reviewed and incorporated into the site planning process whenever possible. Locations and siting of the proposed infrastructures were considered to further reduce impacts. The subproject will be in properties held by the pourashava and access to the subproject sites is through public ROW and existing roads hence, land acquisition and encroachment on private property will not occur. 77. The concepts considered in design of the Magura solid waste management subject are: (i) locating facilities on lands owned by the government/Pourashava to avoid the need for land acquisition and relocation of people;(ii) taking all possible measures in design and selection of site to avoid resettlement impacts; (iii) avoiding where possible locations that will result in destruction/disturbance to historical and cultural places/values; (iv) avoiding tree-cutting where possible; (v) ensuring all planning and design interventions and decisions are

462

made in consultation with local communities and reflecting inputs from public consultation and disclosure for site selection. 78. Preliminary designs integrate a number of measures, both structural and non-structural into the Magura solid waste management subject, including: (i) design life of 10 years; and (ii) base level of 1st floor raised by 200 mm to avoid water-logging and inundation during monsoon season. The landfill site facilities and other solid waste management components will be designed in accordance with the relevant national and international policy/rules/regulations for solid waste management and environmental health enhancements. 40. The following design considerations are included in the preliminary design of the autoclave for medical waste treatment.

(i) Single-chamber incinerators (locally-produced burning units similar to brick kilns) will not be considered as alternative technology. (ii) Locate the autoclave in the proposed landfill site to meet locational requirements of DOE. (iii) Include in the design size reduction units appropriate for the treated medical wastes (including but not limited to mechanical shredders). (iv) Allocate in the proposed landfill site an enclosed area with minimum size of 20 feet x 30 feet for the autoclave. Additional minimal area may be required for the size reduction units and sorting room, as generally required by DOE in its previous issuances of ECCs in similar facilities. (v) Provide back-up power source to ensure uninterrupted operations of the autoclave. Include in the proposed landfill site a separate cell for treated medical wastes. (vi) Implement strictly segregation at source. The Magura pourashava will need to work closely with the clinic owners association and government hospitals. (vii) Include waste criteria conditions in the O&M manual (to be developed by contractor) and ensure only medical wastes appropriate for treatment are included. (viii) Include workers health and safety measures in the O&M manual. (ix) The steam discharge from the autoclave shall be run through small effluent treatment plant (ETP), therefore the steam which will convert to effluent upon contact with ambient air will be treated prior to discharge. The effluent shall be monitored by DOE as part of the Environmental Management Plan. (x) Include measures in the O&M manual to control pungent odor and uncharacterized air emission which are commonly observed in operating autoclaves. These measures include, but not limited to, not opening the autoclave door until such time it is deemed to be opened safely and the odor has been dissipated. This procedure will also ensure workers protection from exposure to extreme temperature and scalding from steam. The specific time and conditions shall be set by the contractor during the commissioning of the autoclave and reflected in the O&M manual to be turned over to Magura pourashava and operators. (xi) The autoclave shall be commissioned by the contractor for at least 2 years or as specified in his contract under the project. During this period the contractor shall provide training to identified Magura pourashava staff and/or operators. (xii) Ensure sustainability of operations by considering various options as practiced in Bangladesh such as considering, but not limited to public-private partnerships, NGO-led operation, or tie-up with operators of landfill site.

D. Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – Construction Phase 79. In the case of this subproject (i) most of the individual elements are relatively small and involve straightforward construction, so impacts will be mainly localized and not greatly

463

significant; (ii) most of the predicted impacts are associated with the construction process, and are produced because that process is invasive, involving excavation and earth movements; and (iii) being located in the built-up area of the pourashavas, will not cause direct impact on biodiversity values. 80. Construction method. Trenches will be dug by backhoe digger, supplemented by manual digging where necessary. Excavated soil will be placed nearby, and the materials (brought to site on trucks and stored on unused land nearby) will be placed in the trench by crane or using a small rig. The infrastructures will be constructed manually according to design specifications. Any excavated road will be reinstated. 81. Under the SWM subproject the civil construction works are for controlled landfill site development including controlled building, worker shed, heavy equipment shed, compost facility, leachate treatment pond, waste unloading area, leachate collection pond and embankment around the landfill site. The controlled building, worker shed, and heavy equipment shed all will be of tin-shed supported by iron/wooden truss, brick walls and brick/RCC foundation. Other than the heavy equipment shed all will have CC (Cement Concrete) floor and brick/RCC foundation. The heavy equipment shed will be of RCC (Reinforced Cement Concrete) floor. These structures will be built on the existing waste dumping site and the foundation and base construction works involve removal of the existing decomposed wastes to a required depth, filling it with construction debris and soils, compacting layer-by-layer to make the base of the rooms strong enough to support loads. For the waste unloading area and down-ramp there will be RCC works of top surface and the underneath is sand filling with side slope protection works. Except the front side, which is the highway, three sides of the area will be enclosed with an earthen embankment. The soils required for the construction of the embankment will be imported from other areas. Alternatively, the soils can be taken by making borrow pits in the area inside the embankment subject to the soil investigation; this will increase the waste loading capacity and so the lifespan of the landfill site. The compost plant area will be of CC floor and tin-shed without any surrounding wall to encourage free flow of air/oxygen for promotion of aerobic digestion of composting. The area of the plant will be formed with earth-filling along with side slope protection works for the earth filling works. The leachate pond will be constructed of digging earth subject to the geological investigation of the area (in case there is a natural impermeable soil layer for groundwater protection and groundwater depth is much high). For artificial liner at the base and groundwater depth is low, the pond will be made of RCC works and in this regard a special type of high density concrete will be required to use. 82. Also there will be two rooms (one for recyclable material storage and sorting, and the other for hazardous medical waste storage and putting an incinerator). These two rooms will have tin-sheds, CC floor, brick walls, and brick/RCC foundation. 83. There is sufficient space for a staging area, construction equipment, and stockpiling of materials. However, the contractor will need to remove all construction and demolition wastes on a daily basis. 84. Although construction of these project components involves quite simple techniques of civil work, the invasive nature of excavation and the project sites in built-up areas of Magura where there are a variety of human activities, will result in impacts to the environment and sensitive receptors such as residents, businesses, and the community in general. These anticipated impacts are short-term, site-specific and within a relatively small area. There are no impacts that are significant or complex in nature, or that need an in-depth study to assess the impact. Thus, Magura solid waste management subject is unlikely to cause significant adverse impacts. The potential adverse impacts that are associated with

464

construction activities can be mitigated to acceptable levels with the following mitigation measures (Table 8).

Table 8: Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – Construction Phase Field Impacts Mitigation Measures

A. Physical Characteristics


On a cumulative effect of all types of subprojects in the Pourashava, a significant amount of gravel, sand, and cement will be required for this subproject. Extraction of construction materials may cause localized changes in topography and landforms. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

• Utilize readily available sources of materials. If contractor procures materials from existing burrow pits and quarries, ensure these conform to all relevant regulatory requirements.

• Borrow areas and quarries (If these are being opened up exclusively for the subproject) must comply with environmental requirements, as applicable. No activity will be allowed until formal agreement is signed between PIU, landowner and contractor.


• Prepare and implement a spoils management plan (Appendix 3).

• Prioritize re-use of excess spoils and materials in construction activities. If spoils will be disposed, consult with Magura local authority on designated disposal areas.

• All earthworks must be conducted during dry season to maximum extent possible to avoid the difficult working conditions that prevail during monsoon season such as problems from runoff.

• Location for stockyards for construction materials shall be identified at least 300m away from watercourses. Place storage areas for fuels and lubricants away from any Solid Waste Management leading to water bodies.

• Take all precautions to minimize the wastage of water in the construction activities.

• Take all precautions to prevent entering of wastewater into streams, watercourses, or irrigation system. Install temporary silt traps or sedimentation basins along the Solid Waste Management leading to the water bodies.

• Ensure diverting storm water flow during construction shall not lead to inundation and other nuisances in low lying areas.

• While working across or close to any water body, the flow of water must not be obstructed. Ensure no construction materials like earth, stone, or appendage are disposed of in a manner that may block the flow of water of any watercourse and cross Solid Waste Management channels.

• Monitor water quality according to the environmental management plan.

Air quality Conducting works at dry season and moving large quantity of materials may create dusts and increase in concentration of vehicle-related pollutants (such as carbon monoxide, sulfur oxides, particulate matter, nitrous oxides, and hydrocarbons) which will affect people who live and work near the sites. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and

• Damp down exposed soil and any sand stockpiled on site by spraying with water when necessary during dry weather;

• Use tarpaulins to cover soils, sand and other loose material when transported by trucks.

• Unpaved surfaces used for haulage of materials within settlements shall be maintained dust-free.

• Arrangements to control dust through provision of windscreens, water sprinklers, and dust extraction systems shall be provided at all hot-mix plants, batching plants and crushers (if these establishments are being set up exclusively for the subproject).

• Monitor air quality.

465

Field Impacts Mitigation Measures reversible by mitigation measures.


Temporary increase in noise level and vibrations may be caused by excavation equipment, and the transportation of equipment, materials, and people. However, the proposed subproject will follow existing ROW alignment and impact is short-term, site-specific and within a relatively small area. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

• Involve the community in planning the work program so that any particularly noisy or otherwise invasive activities can be scheduled to avoid sensitive times.

• Plan activities in consultation with Magura local authority so that activities with the greatest potential to generate noise are conducted during periods of the day which will result in least disturbance.

• Use of high noise generating equipment shall be stopped during night time.

• Horns should not be used unless it is necessary to warn other road users or animals of the vehicle’s approach;

• Utilize modern vehicles and machinery with the requisite adaptations to limit noise and exhaust emissions, and ensure that these are maintained to manufacturers’ specifications at all times.

• All vehicles and equipment used in construction shall be fitted with exhaust silencers. Use silent-type generators (if required).

• Monitor noise levels. Maintain maximum noise levels not exceeding 80 decibels (dBA) when measured at a distance of 10 m or more from the vehicle/s.

• If it is not practicable to reduce noise levels to or below noise exposure limits, the contractor must post warning signs in the noise hazard areas. Workers in a posted noise hazard area must wear hearing protection.

• Identify any buildings at risk from vibration damage and avoiding any use of pneumatic drills or heavy vehicles in the vicinity. Complete work in these areas quickly.


• Prepare the Debris Disposal Plan

• Remove all construction and demolition wastes on a daily basis.

• Coordinate with Magura local authority for beneficial uses of excess excavated soils or immediately dispose to designated areas Avoid stockpiling of any excess spoils

• Suitably dispose of collected materials from Solid Waste Managements, unutilized materials and debris either through filling up of pits/wasteland or at pre-designated disposal locations.

• All vehicles delivering fine materials to the site and carrying waste debris for disposal shall be covered to avoid spillage of materials. All existing roads used by vehicles of the contractor, shall be kept clear of all dust/mud or other extraneous materials dropped by such vehicles.

• Lighting on construction sites shall be pointed downwards and away from oncoming traffic and nearby houses.

• In areas where the visual environment is particularly important or privacy concerns for surrounding buildings exist, the site may require screening. This could be in the form of shade cloth, temporary walls, or other suitable materials prior to the beginning of construction.

• The site must be kept clean to minimize the visual impact of the site. Manage solid waste according to the following preference hierarchy: reuse, recycling and disposal to designated areas;


Biodiversity Activities being located in the built-up area of Magura pourashava. There are no protected areas in or around

• Check if tree-cutting will be required during detailed design stage. No trees, shrubs, or groundcover may be removed or vegetation stripped without the prior permission of the environment management specialist.

466

Field Impacts Mitigation Measures subproject sites, and no known areas of ecological interest. There are no trees at the site that need to be removed.

• All efforts shall be made to preserve trees by evaluation of minor design adjustments/ alternatives (as applicable) to save trees.

• Special attention shall be given for protecting giant trees and locally-important trees (with religious importance) during implementation.

• Prevent workers or any other person from removing and damaging any flora (plant/vegetation) and fauna (animal) including fishing in any water body in the subproject vicinity.

• Prohibit employees from poaching wildlife and cutting of trees for firewood.



• Prepare and implement a Traffic Management Plan (Appendix 4)

• Plan transportation routes so that heavy vehicles do not use narrow local roads, except in the immediate vicinity of delivery sites.

• Maintain safe passage for vehicles and pedestrians throughout the construction period.

• Schedule truck deliveries of construction materials during periods of low traffic volume.

• Erect and maintain barricades, including signs, markings, flags and flagmen informing diversions and alternative routes when required.

• Notify affected sensitive receptors by providing sign boards informing nature and duration of construction activities and contact numbers for concerns/complaints.

• Leave spaces for access between mounds of soil.

• Provide walkways and metal sheets where required to maintain access across for people and vehicles.

• Increase workforce in front of critical areas such as institutions, place of worship, business establishment, hospitals, and schools.

• Consult businesses and institutions regarding operating hours and factoring this in work schedules. Ensure there is provision of alternate access to businesses and institutions during construction activities, so that there is no closure of these shops or any loss of clientage.

• Ensure any damage to properties and utilities will be restored or compensated to pre-work conditions.



• Employ at least 50% of labor force from communities in the vicinity of the site. This will have the added benefit of avoiding social problems that sometimes occur when workers are imported into host communities, and avoiding environmental and social problems from workers housed in poorly serviced camp accommodation.

• Secure construction materials from local market.


Although construction of subproject components involves quite simple techniques of civil work, the invasive nature of excavation and the subproject sites being in built-up areas of Magura pourashava where there are a variety of human activities, will result to impacts to the sensitive receptors such as

• Provide safety signage at all sites visible to public

• Provide safety barriers near any trenches, and cover trenches with planks during non-work hours.

• Obtain details from pourashava nature and location of all existing infrastructure, and plan excavation carefully to avoid any such sites to maximum extent possible;

• Integrate construction of the various infrastructure subprojects to be conducted in Magura (roads, water supply, etc.) so that different infrastructure is located on opposite sides of the road where feasible and roads and inhabitants

467

Field Impacts Mitigation Measures residents, businesses, and the community in general. Excavation may also damage existing infrastructure (such as water distribution pipes, electricity pylons, etc.) located alongside the roads. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

are not subjected to repeated disturbance by construction in the same area at different times for different purposes.

• Consult with local community to inform them of the nature, duration and likely effects of the construction work, and to identify any local concerns so that these can be addressed.

• Existing infrastructure (such as water distribution pipes, electricity pylons, etc.) shall be relocated before construction starts at the subproject sites.

• Prior permission shall be obtained from respective local authority for use of water for construction. Use of water for construction works shall not disturb local water users.

• If construction work is expected to disrupt users of community water bodies, notice to the affected community shall be served 7 days in advance and again 1 day prior to start of construction.






• Contractor’s activities and movement of staff will be restricted to designated construction areas.

• Locations of hot-mix plants, batching plants and crushers (if these establishments are being set up exclusively for the subproject) shall be shall be located at least 100 m away from the nearest dwelling preferably in the downwind direction.

• Consult with Lalmonirhat local authority on the designated areas for stockpiling of, soils, gravel, and other construction materials.

• If the contractor chooses to locate the work camp/storage area on private land, he must get prior permission from the environment management specialist and landowner.

• Use small mechanical excavators to attain faster trenching progress. For rock and concrete breaking, use non-explosive blasting chemicals, silent rock cracking chemicals, and concrete breaking chemicals.

14

• Under no circumstances may open areas or the surrounding bushes be used as a toilet facility.

• Recycling and the provision of separate waste receptacles for different types of waste shall be encouraged.

• A general regard for the social and ecological well-being of the site and adjacent areas is expected of the site staff. Workers need to be made aware of the following general rules: (i) no alcohol/drugs on site; (ii) prevent excessive noise; (iii) construction staff are to make use of the facilities provided for them, as opposed to ad hoc alternatives (e.g. fires for cooking, the use of surrounding bushes as a toilet facility); (iv) no fires permitted on site except if needed for the construction works; (v) trespassing on private/commercial properties adjoining the site is forbidden; (vi) other than pre-approved security staff, no workers shall be permitted to live on the construction site; and (vii) no worker may be forced to do work that is potentially dangerous or that he/she is not trained to do.

14

These products come in powder forms, and once mixed with water (being the catalyst) simply expand, and crack the rock from hole to hole. This product is environmentally friendly and can be washed away after it has been used.

468

Field Impacts Mitigation Measures

• Interested and affected parties need to be made aware of the existence of the complaints book and the methods of communication available to them. The contractor must address queries and complaints by: (i) documenting details of such communications; (ii) submitting these for inclusion in complaints register; (iii) bringing issues to the environment management specialist’s attention immediately; and (iv) taking remedial action as per environment management specialist’s instruction.

• The contractor shall immediately take the necessary remedial action on any complaint/grievance received by him and forward the details of the grievance along with the action taken to the environment management specialist within 48 hours of receipt of such complaint/grievance.



• Comply with requirements of Government of Bangladesh Labor Law of 2006 and all applicable laws and standards on workers H&S.

• Ensure that all site personnel have a basic level of environmental awareness training. If necessary, the environmental management specialist and/or a translator shall be called to the sites to further explain aspects of environmental or social behavior that are unclear.

• Produce and implement a site health and safety (H&S) plan which include measures as: (i) excluding the public from worksites; (ii) ensuring all workers are provided with and required to use personal protective equipment (reflectorized vests, footwear, gloves, goggles and masks) at all times; (iii) providing (H&S) training

15 for all site personnel; (iv) documenting

procedures to be followed for all site activities; and (v) maintaining accident reports and records.

• Arrange for readily available first aid unit including an adequate supply of sterilized dressing materials and appliances

• Maintain necessary living accommodation and ancillary facilities in functional and hygienic manner in work camps. Ensure (i) uncontaminated water for drinking, cooking and washing, (ii) clean eating areas where workers are not exposed to hazardous or noxious substances; and (iii) sanitation facilities are available at all times.

• Provide medical insurance coverage for workers;

• Provide H&S orientation training to all new workers to ensure that they are apprised of the basic site rules of work at the site, personal protective protection, and preventing injuring to fellow workers;

• Provide visitor orientation if visitors to the site can gain access to areas where hazardous conditions or substances may be present. Ensure also that visitor/s do not enter hazard areas unescorted;

• Ensure the visibility of workers through their use of high

15

Some of the key areas that may be covered during training as they relate to the primary causes of accidents include (i) slips, trips and falls; (ii) personal protective equipment; (iii) ergonomics, repetitive motion, and manual handling; (iv) workplace transport; and (v) legislation and responsibilities. Training can provide the foundations of competence but it does not necessarily result in a competent worker. Therefore, it is essential to assess staff competence to ensure that the training provided is relevant and effective. Supervision and monitoring arrangements shall be in place to ensure that training has been effective and the worker is competent at their job. The level of supervision and monitoring required is a management decision that shall be based on the risks associated with the job, the level of competence required, the experience of the individual and whether the worker works as part of a team or is a lone worker.

469

Field Impacts Mitigation Measures visibility vests when working in or walking through heavy equipment operating areas;

• Ensure moving equipment is outfitted with audible back-up alarms;

• Mark and provide sign boards for hazardous areas such as energized electrical devices and lines, service rooms housing high voltage equipment, and areas for storage and disposal. Signage shall be in accordance with international standards and be well known to, and easily understood by workers, visitors, and the general public as appropriate; and

• Disallow worker exposure to noise level greater than 85 dBA for a duration of more than 8 hours per day without hearing protection. The use of hearing protection shall be enforced actively.

D. Historical, Cultural, and Archaeological Characteristics

Physical and cultural heritage

Construction works will be on built-up areas of Magura thus risk for chance finds is low.

• All fossils, coins, articles of value of antiquity, structures and other remains of archaeological interest discovered on the site shall be the property of the government.

• Prevent workers or any other persons from removing and damaging any fossils, coins, articles of value of antiquity, structures and other remains of archaeological interest.

• Stop work immediately to allow further investigation if any finds are suspected.

E. Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – Operations and Maintenance (O&M) Phase 85. For the first 2 years of operations of the pilot scheme, the Nagorik committee will manage the solid waste management in the pilot area. The committee, as supervised by Magura pourashava and assisted by the consultant teams will develop a community-based operations manual to be used in expanding the pilot scheme. 86. The contractor will manage for 2 years the operations and maintenance (O&M)16 of the composting plant and controlled disposal site, or through a sub-contractor. The contractor, in consultation with Magura pourashava, will also develop an O&M manual for the regular and preventive maintenance of the facilities. 87. Land contamination. The composting plant, autoclave room, sorting room/staging area, and controlled disposal site will not contaminate the lands the way other industrial operations can. The main reason for this is that all facilities will have cemented flooring while the controlled disposal site will have special impermeable layers underneath (in case such protection is not naturally there artificial impermeable layer will be constructed.) 88. Generation of waste materials and by-products. In general, pollutants generated from the facilities include: wastewater from toilet and cleaning of premises, improper storage of delivered wastes and end-products, and leachate from the solid waste. The contractor will be required to keep the ancillary sites of the transfer composting plants, and controlled disposal site clean, tidy and orderly condition free of litter, waste material (whether solid or liquid) and debris. The contractor will also be responsible for the maintenance of the approach road (Magura-Jessore Highway)in consultation with RHD to the controlled landfill (if damaged by his/her works) and to keep it free from litter.

16

Maintenance activities will include replacement of equipment and consumables, and also horticultural maintenance and repairs to equipment, pavements and other civil works which are part of the CLF.

470

89. Generation of wastewater and water contamination. The liquid wastes from the facilities are high in biological oxygen demand. The quantity of leachate may also be huge during especially in the rainy seasons. The wastes from the facilities can end up in water bodies, polluting water resources. Although the contaminants are non-toxic in nature, they can introduce bacterial contamination and increase nitrates, phosphates and sulfates concentration in water, leading to health problems. Special drains will be constructed to allow wastewater from the transfer stations and composting plants to be diverted away from water wells and adjacent properties. Leachate generated from the controlled landfill will be channeled to a leachate collection pond and will be allowed to evaporate. Remaining leachate will be re-circulated as part of daily maintenance of waste covers. 90. Odor. The facilities will always give a particular stink due to decomposition of wastes. Excessive odor is a nuisance to locals and attracts pests and vermin. 91. Noise. Major sources of noise are the chaos created by the laborers working in the facilities and heavy vehicular movement to during collection and transport of wastes. 92. Health, hygiene, and safety. Spread of diseases to workers and their families may occur due to inadequate provision of safety equipment and lack of practice of safety rules and precautions. Sufficient, safe, potable and constant supply of fresh water will be made available at adequate pressure throughout the premises of the composting plant and controlled landfill. Suitable facilities for washing of hands and nail brushes should be there, soap or detergent will be provided for the workers. All sanitary facilities will be equipped with suitable flushing appliance. 93. When the controlled landfill begins to function, it is expected to provide a modern sanitary facility for the workers and staff as well as systematic handling, transportation and disposal of solid waste without causing environmental pollution. Providing this occurs there should be few negative environmental impacts and there are several fields that should be unaffected. These are identified in Table 4 below, with an explanation of the reasoning in each case. These factors are thus screened out of the impact assessment and will not be mentioned further. 94. The potential adverse impacts that are associated with O&M activities can be mitigated to acceptable levels with the following mitigation measures (Table 9).

Table 9: Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – O&M Phase Field Impacts Mitigation Measures A. Physical Characteristics

Water quality Run-off from stockpiled wastes and end-products of composting which may cause siltation and reduction in the quality of adjacent bodies of water. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

• Take all precautions to prevent entering of run-off into streams, watercourses, or irrigation system. Install temporary silt traps or sedimentation basins along the channels leading to the water bodies.

• Remove all wastes, by-, and end-products immediately.

• Monitor discharge of leachate including review of ECC conditions. Parameters to be monitored include suspended solids, dissolved solids (inorganic), pH, ammoniac nitrogen (as N), total nitrogen (as N), biochemical and chemical oxygen demand, arsenic mercury, lead, cadmium, total chromium, copper, zinc, nickel, cyanide, chloride, fluoride, phonemic compounds and others as per ECR, 1997.

• Monitor compost quality. Visual inspection to ensure that glass, plastic and other physical inerts and fragments are absent in compost and it has no offensive smell. Also testing of compost to meet standards for arsenic, cadmium, chromium, copper,

471

Field Impacts Mitigation Measures lead, mercury, nickel, zinc, pH and other parameters as prescribed by the relevant National policy of the Government.

• Monitor treated wastes quality as per Medical Wastes Rules and conditions of the ECC. Tests at the minimum includes measurement of temperature, pressure, contact time, spore tests, and other routine tests (visual).

Air quality Moving wastes, by- and end-products (such as composts) may create dusts during dry season. Landfill gas generation. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

• Use bin covers and/or tarpaulins during transport of wastes, by-, and end products (compost)

• Use tarpaulin to cover soils, sand and other loose material that will be used in the controlled landfill.

• Green belt will be developed around the facilities to act as a barrier for dust pollution.

• Only inert waste will be sent to controlled landfill so that landfill gas formation is minimum.


Increase in noise level due to presence of workers and movement of vehicles. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

• Plan activities in consultation with Magura pourashava so that activities with the greatest potential to generate noise are conducted during periods of the day which will result in least disturbance.


Magura pourashava. There are no protected areas in or around subproject sites, and no known areas of ecological interest.

• No trees, shrubs, or groundcover may be removed or vegetation stripped without the prior permission.

• Prevent workers or any other person from removing and damaging any flora (plant/vegetation) and fauna (animal).

• Monitor survival rate of vegetation (plants and trees) in the green belt of the facilities.



Increase in traffic in the pourashava during collection, loading and unloading of wastes. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

• Early hour collection will be enforced before the peak traffic hours.

• Maintain safe passage for vehicles and pedestrians.


• Notify affected sensitive receptors by providing sign boards and contact numbers for concerns/complaints.


• Consult businesses and institutions regarding operating hours and factoring this in work schedules.



Workers need to be mindful of the occupational hazards working in waste management facilities. Potential impacts are negative and long-term but reversible by mitigation measures.


• Ensure that all site personnel have a basic level of H&S training.

• Produce and implement a O&M health and safety (H&S) plan which include measures as: (i) excluding the public from worksites; (ii) ensuring all workers are provided with and required to use personal protective equipment (reflectorized vests, footwear, gloves,

472

Field Impacts Mitigation Measures goggles and masks) at all times; (iii) providing (H&S) training

17 for all site personnel; (iv) documenting

procedures to be followed for all site activities; and (v) maintaining accident reports and records.



• Ensure the visibility of workers through their use of high visibility vests when working in or walking through heavy equipment operating areas;

• Mark and provide sign boards. Signage shall be in accordance with international standards and be well known to, and easily understood by workers, visitors, and the general public as appropriate.



Possible accumulation of waste causing health problems for community. Pests and vermin. Potential impacts are negative and long-term but reversible by mitigation measures.

• Wet/biodegradable wastes will be emptied directly from the bins to primary collection vehicles daily and dry/non-biodegradable wastes once in a week. The number and type of bins and vehicles to be procured under the project is sufficient to ensure no accumulation of wastes in the community.

• Wastes will be collected regularly to prevent pests and vermin.






17


473

96. The project has identified the valued components as water quality, air quality, acoustic environment, socioeconomic and socio-community components, and human health and safety. There are no foreseeable projects that will overlap with the subproject. The spatial boundary of the subproject are the areas where the facilities (transfer stations, composting plant, and controlled landfill) is located. The temporal boundary can be considered as the whole Magura pourashava. 97. The infrastructures will be (i) designed to the current best practice standard and in line with the current LGED guidelines18 for a 10-year design period; (ii) built that the floods do not damage them; and (iii) drains of the facilities are to be kept free from wastes and siltation. 98. Water quality. Due to nature of the subproject there is risk of contaminating groundwater and nearby bodies of water during O&M phase. However the infrastructures have been designed ensuring impermeability of surfaces by having concrete surfaces for the transfer stations and composting plant while HDPE/clay liners for the controlled landfill. Drains within the facilities will also ensure wastewater generated during operations will be diverted away from any channel leading to agricultural lands, water bodies, and water sources/tube wells. Short-term negative impacts are possible but can be mitigated through design and implementation of EMP. Potential residual effects is considered to be negligible. 99. Air quality. Emissions of common air contaminants and fugitive dust may be elevated in proximity to active work sites during construction and O&M phases; these impacts will be short-term and localized to the immediate vicinity of controlled landfill site. Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions may increase as a result of the subproject activities (i.e., vehicle and equipment operation, concrete production, disposal of excavated material, land-filling of residual wastes). Given the subproject’s relatively minor contribution to common air contaminants and GHG emissions during construction, the overall significance rating of both these potential residual effects is considered to be negligible. 100. Acoustic environment. Noise levels during construction and O&M activities in immediate proximity of work sites are expected to increase. The duration of exposure will be relatively brief and imperceptible. The exposure represents a temporary, localized, adverse residual effect of low significance for affected receptors. While building damage due to ground vibrations is unlikely, there may be annoyance to spatially located receptors during construction and O&M activities. The overall significance rating of potential residual effects is considered to be negligible. 101. Socioeconomic and socio-community. Concerns on existing provisions for pedestrians, other forms of transport, and over-all impact on livability particularly nearby the transfer stations and composting plant will occur spatially during construction and O&M activities. Traffic movement will be improved once the construction activities are completed. Since the subproject involves small-scale facilities, it will not conflict with existing or planned land use. O&M manuals for the facilities, comprehensive capacity building, and community involvement to be provided under UGIIP-3 will ensure efficient operation of the facilities and acceptability by the stakeholders. However, following improvement in infrastructures and services, added residential developments, commercial, and business facilities and increased densities are expected to develop and enhance Magura pourashava. This can be considered a long-term cumulative benefit of the subproject. 102. Given the scale of the project it is likely that a number of local people will obtain at least temporary socio-economic benefits, by gaining employment in the construction

18

Urban Solid Waste Management Manual, May 1998

474

workforce, and thus raising their levels of income. In addition, a significant amount of employments will be generated associated with the O&M of the facilities to be developed under the subprojects. These benefits can bring wider social gains if they are directed at vulnerable19 groups. 103. Community and workers health and safety. No adverse residual effects to human health will occur as a result of construction or O&M activities, and mitigation measures are in place to ensure public and worker safety, and will be closely monitored. While exposure to elevated noise levels, fugitive dust and common air pollutants will occur in proximity to work sites, due to their short-term and localized nature, these effects are expected to be minor and insignificant with no measurable effects on human health. 104. Upon completion of the subproject, the socio-community will be the major beneficiaries of this subproject. With the improved solid waste management facilities, additional vehicles and workers PPE, they will be provided with reliable and climate-resilient municipal services. In addition to improved environmental conditions, the subproject will reduce occurrence of diseases and people would spend less on healthcare and lose fewer working days due to illness, so their economic status should also improve, as well as their overall health. These are considered a long-term cumulative benefit. 105. Therefore the project will benefit the general public by contributing to the long-term improvement of municipal services and community livability in Magura pourashava.

VI. INFORMATION DISCLOSURE, CONSULTATION, AND PARTICIPATION A. Public Consultation Conducted 106. The public participation process included (i) identifying interested and affected parties (stakeholders); (ii) informing and providing the stakeholders with sufficient background and technical information regarding the proposed development; (iii) creating opportunities and mechanisms whereby they can participate and raise their viewpoints (issues, comments, and concerns) with regard to the proposed development; (iv) giving the stakeholders feedback on process findings and recommendations; and (v) ensuring compliance to process requirements with regards to the environmental and related legislation. 107. Public consultations and focus group discussions (FGDs) were conducted by PPTA team on 19th February, 7th and 8th March 2014. The objective of the meetings was to appraise the stakeholders about environmental and social impacts of the proposed subproject and safeguards to mitigate the same. Key respondents included project-affected persons, who may suffer temporary access disruptions during construction activities, shopkeepers/businessmen from the subproject area, and daily commuters consulted randomly. Issues discussed and feedback received along with details of date, time, location, and list of participants are given in Appendix-5. The environmental concerns and suggestions made by the participants were listed, and discussed, and suggestions accordingly incorporated in the EMP. These include speedy construction works to ensure low impacts to community. Participants also considered the project will provide local employment. 108. Consultation with the Nagorik committee and selected households indicate that they will cooperate in the initiative for it will improve their environment in the community. They

19

Vulnerable groups as those without legal title to land and other assets; households headed by single earner females, the elderly or disabled; indigenous peoples (based on ADB OM); and households with incomes that are below the poverty line.

475

(households) will take part in the waste segregation at household into organic and inorganic wastes when the subproject will provide them two types of plastic bins: one for organic wastes and the other for inorganic wastes. They are also encouraged of the approach of waste segregation and appreciate that the recycling of both organic and inorganic waste will generate income for the poor waste/rag pickers. They will pay for the service as they are paying now. At present they are paying BDT50 per month per household for the service. B. Future Consultation and Disclosure 109. This IEE and other relevant documents will be made available at public locations in the pourashava and posted on the websites of executing agencies and ADB. The consultation process will be continued and expanded during the project implementation to ensure stakeholders participate fully in project execution, as well as to implement comprehensive information, education, and communication plan. 110. The public consultation and disclosure program with all interested and affected partied will remain a continuous process throughout the project implementation, and shall include the following:



111. For the benefit of the community, relevant information from the IEE will be translated in the local language and made available at (i) offices of executing and implementing agencies, (ii) area offices, (iii) consultant teams’ offices; and (iv) contractor’s campsites. It will be ensured that the hard copies of IEE are kept at places which are conveniently accessible to people, as a means to disclose the document and at the same time creating wider public awareness. An electronic version of the IEE will be placed in the official website of executing and implementing agencies and the ADB website after approval of the IEE by ADB.

VII. GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM 112. A project-specific grievance redress mechanism (GRM) will be established to receive, evaluate, and facilitate the resolution of AP’s concerns, complaints, and grievances about the social and environmental performance at the level of the project. The GRM will aim to provide a time-bound and transparent mechanism to voice and resolve social and environmental concerns linked to the project. 113. Common GRM. A common GRM will be in place for social, environmental, or any other grievances related to the project; the resettlement plans (RPs) and IEEs will follow the GRM described below, which is developed in consultation with key stakeholders. The GRM

476

will provide an accessible and trusted platform for receiving and facilitating resolution of affected persons’ grievances related to the project. The multi-tier GRM for the project is outlined below, each tier having time-bound schedules and with responsible persons identified to address grievances and seek appropriate persons’ advice at each stage, as required. 114. Pourashava-wide public awareness campaigns will ensure that awareness on grievance redress procedures is generated through the campaign. The project implementation unit (PIU) designated safeguard focal person and governance improvement and capacity development consultants (GICDC) will conduct pourashava-wide awareness campaigns to ensure that poor and vulnerable households are made aware of grievance redress procedures and entitlements, and will work with the PMO and management, design and supervision consultants (MDSC) to help ensure that their grievances are addressed. 22. Affected persons (APs) will have the flexibility of conveying grievances/suggestions by dropping grievance redress/suggestion forms in complaints/suggestion boxes that have already been installed by project pourashavas or through telephone hotlines at accessible locations, by e-mail, by post, or by writing in a complaints register in pourashava offices. Appendix 7 has the sample grievance registration form. Careful documentation of the name of the complainant, date of receipt of the complaint, address/contact details of the person, location of the problem area, and how the problem was resolved will be undertaken. The project management office (PMO) safeguard officer will have the overall responsibility for timely grievance redressal on environmental and social safeguards issues and for registration of grievances, related disclosure, and communication with the aggrieved party through the PIU designated safeguard focal person. 23. Grievance redress process. In case of grievances that are immediate and urgent in the perception of the complainant, the contractor and MDSC on-site personnel will provide the most easily accessible or first level of contact for quick resolution of grievances. Contact phone numbers and names of the concerned PIU safeguard focal person and contractors, will be posted at all construction sites at visible locations.


b. 2nd Level Grievance. All grievances that cannot be redressed within 7 days at field/ward level will be reviewed by the grievance redress cell (GRC) headed by Panel Mayor of the pourashava with support from PIU designated safeguard focal person and MDSC regional environment and resettlement specialists. GRC will attempt to resolve them within 15 days.20 The PIU designated safeguard focal person will be responsible to see through the process of redressal of each grievance.


20

Grievance redress committees (GRC) will have been formed at Pourashava-level. For example in Lalmonirhat pourashava, the GRC comprises Panel Mayor as Chairperson, and 1 councilor, the pourashava Executive Engineer, Secretary pourashava and pourashava administrative officer, as members. All pourashava-level GRCs shall have at least one-woman member/chairperson and AP representative or independent NGO as committee member. In addition, for project-related grievances, representatives of APs, community-based organizations (CBOs), and eminent citizens must be invited as observers in GRC meetings.

477





Affected person

1st Level

Grievance

3rd

Level Grievance

2nd

Level Grievance

No

Yes

within 7 days Grievance redressed and record keeping



Yes within 15 days

Yes within 30 days

No


478


VIII. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 115. The purpose of the environmental management plan (EMP) is to ensure that the activities are undertaken in a responsible, non-detrimental manner with the objectives of: (i) providing a proactive, feasible, and practical working tool to enable the measurement and monitoring of environmental performance on-site; (ii) guiding and controlling the implementation of findings and recommendations of the environmental assessment conducted for the project; (iii) detailing specific actions deemed necessary to assist in mitigating the environmental impact of the project; and (iv) ensuring that safety recommendations are complied with.

116. A copy of the EMP must be kept on work sites at all times. This EMP will be included in the bid documents and will be further reviewed and updated during implementation. The EMP will be made binding on all contractors operating on the site and will be included in the contractual clauses. Non-compliance with, or any deviation from, the conditions set out in this document constitutes a failure in compliance.

117. For civil works, the contractor will be required to (i) establish an operational system for managing environmental impacts (ii) carry out all of the monitoring and mitigation measures set forth in the EMP; and (iii) implement any corrective or preventative actions set out in safeguards monitoring reports that the employer will prepare from time to time to monitor implementation of this IEE and EMP. The contractor shall allocate a budget for compliance with these EMP measures, requirements and actions. A. Institutional Arrangement 29. Executing and implementing agencies. The Local Government Engineering Department (LGED) and the Department of Public Health Engineering (DPHE), both under the Local Government Division (LGD) of the Ministry of Local Government, Rural Development and Cooperatives (MLGRD&C) and having extensive experience in managing urban and water supply projects financed by ADB, will be the executing agencies of the project. The participating pourashavas will be the implementing agencies. A. Safeguard Implementation Arrangement 30. Project management office. A PMO will be established for the overall management of the project. The PMO will be headed by Project Director (PD) supported by officials including three project managers in charge of (i) municipal infrastructure (excluding water supply and sanitation), (ii) water supply and sanitation, and (iii) governance improvement and capacity development, respectively. The PMO will receive support from national environmental specialist and national resettlement specialist on the MDSC team. Key tasks and responsibilities of the PMO safeguard (environment) officer are as follows:

(i) confirm existing IEEs/EMPs are updated based on detailed designs, and that new IEEs/EMPs are prepared in accordance with the EARF and subproject selection criteria related to safeguards; (ii) confirm whether IEEs/EMPs are included in bidding documents and civil works contracts; (iii) provide oversight on environmental management aspects of subprojects and ensure EMPs are implemented by project implementation unit (PIU) and contractors; (iv) establish a system to monitor environmental safeguards of the project, including monitoring the indicators set out in the monitoring plan of the EMP;

479

(v) facilitate and confirm overall compliance with all government rules and regulations regarding site and environmental clearances, as well as any other environmental requirements (e.g., location clearance certificates, environmental clearance certificates, etc.), as relevant; (vi) supervise and provide guidance to the PIUs to properly carry out the environmental monitoring and assessments as per the EARF; (vii) review, monitor, and evaluate the effectiveness with which the EMPs are implemented, and recommend necessary corrective actions to be taken as necessary; (viii) consolidate monthly environmental monitoring reports from PIUs and submit semi-annual monitoring reports to ADB; (ix) ensure timely disclosure of final IEEs/EMPs in locations and form accessible to the public; and (x) address any grievances brought about through the grievance redress mechanism in a timely manner.

118. Project implementation unit. The participating pourashavas will establish a PIU within the pourashava structure. The PIUs will (i) be responsible for land acquisition; (ii) take necessary action for obtaining rights of way; (iii) plan, implement and monitor public relations activities, gender mainstreaming initiatives and community participation activities at pourashava level; (iv) disseminate information related to the project to the public and media; (v) ensure compliance with loan covenants concerning safeguards measures; and (vi) facilitate implementation of safeguards plans. The PIUs will each designate a safeguard focal person21 and will receive assistance from the assigned MDSC regional environmental specialist to:

(i) update IEEs/EMPs during detailed design stage and prepare new IEEs/EMPs in accordance with the EARF;

(ii) conduct environmental compliance audit of existing facilities as per Item F, Appendix 6 of ADB SPS, 2009;

(iii) include IEEs/EMPs in bidding documents and civil works contracts; (iv) comply with all government rules and regulations; (v) take necessary action for obtaining rights of way; (vi) oversee implementation of EMPs including environmental monitoring by contractors; (vii) take corrective actions when necessary to ensure no environmental impacts; (viii) submit monthly environmental monitoring reports to PMO, (ix) conduct continuous public consultation and awareness; (x) address any grievances brought about through the Grievance Redress

Mechanism in a timely manner as per the IEEs; and (xi) organize an induction course for the training of contractors preparing them on


119. Project Management, Design and Supervision Consultants (MDSC). MDSC will be engaged to work closely with and advise the PMO, to be involved in project supervision including monitoring during construction phase. The MDSC will have one national environmental specialist and three regional environmental specialist as well as one national

21

It is recommended that existing pourashava health officer or executive engineer will also work as safeguard officer in addition to his/her regular responsibilities within the pourashava.

480

resettlement specialist and three regional resettlement specialist. The MDSC national environmental specialist will, but not limited to:

(i) work under the general supervision of the team leader and the deputy team leader;

(ii) review the environmental guidelines and requirement of the government of Bangladesh and ADB SPS, 2009, environmental subproject selection guidelines and EARF;

(iii) Guide the implementation of future subprojects; (iv) provide technical support to the PMO and PIUs including review and update


(v) assist and guide the MDSC regional environmental specialists to provide support to environmental management functions including updating subproject IEEs in respect to EMP;

(vi) assist in preparing IEEs and in monitoring impact and mitigation measures associated with subprojects;

(vii) assist PIUs and MDSC regional environmental specialists working in the steps for preparing the EIA/IEE, capacity building and training, preparation of guidelines and procedure and subproject specific guidance;

(viii) provide support and guidance to PIUs in undertaking environmental monitoring

(ix) support PMU in submitting semi-annual environmental monitoring reports to ADB;

(x) facilitate in grievance redress and corrective actions; (xi) train PIU officials regarding environmental requirement and issues; and (xii) perform any other task assigned by the team leader, deputy team leader and


(i) work under the supervision and guidance of the team leader, deputy team leader and MDSC national environmental specialist; (ii) assist PIUs in preparing and updating IEEs including EMPs in accordance with the EARF, and assist in monitoring impact and mitigation measures associated with subprojects including implementation of EMPs by contractors; (iii) assist in preparation of IEEs and in the environmental review of subproject consisting of screening at pourashava level by PIU through a committee formed with municipal mayor as chairman and representatives from DOE, LGED and other relevant district office as members; (iv) assist PIUs in the steps for preparing EIA/IEE, capacity building and training, preparation of guidelines and procedure and subproject specific guidance; (v) support PIU in environmental monitoring and submit monitoring reports to PMU as inputs into the semi-annual monitoring report submitted to ADB; (vi) undertake mitigation measures and other specific measures in the construction contract; (vii) facilitate in grievance redress and corrective actions; (viii) follow subproject selection guidelines and EARF to ensure compliance with the environmental guidelines and requirement of the Government of Bangladesh and ADB SPS, 2009; (ix) support PMO and MDSC national environment specialist by providing data, information and all other requested assistance; (x) train PIU officials regarding environmental issues (xi) perform any other task assigned by MDSC national environment specialist, team leader, deputy team leader and the project director.

481

121. Civil works contracts and contractors. EMPs are to be included in bidding and contract documents and verified by the PIUs and PMO. The contractor will be required to designate an environmental supervisor to (i) coordinate with MDSC on updating the IEE/EMP based on detailed designs, and (ii) ensure implementation of EMP during civil works. Contractors are to carry out all environmental mitigation and monitoring measures outlined in their contract.

122. Governance Improvement and Capacity Development Consultants (GICDC). The PMO and PIUs will require support on a range of activities related to governance improvement and capacity development of pourashavas. The GICDC will support PMO and PIUs in implementing urban government improvement action plan (UGIAP) by providing capacity development, community mobilization and other facilitation services. There will be 4 GICDC regional offices consisting of 4 regional coordinators at each regional office. There will be 2 community mobilizers in each project pourashava. The regional coordinators will assist pourashavas and the community mobilizers in the activities related to community participation and inclusive development. The community mobilizers will be posted at the pourashava and will (i) have to work maintaining close liaison with the mayor, councilors, pourashava staffs and communities, (ii) provide assistance and support to PIU regarding planning and implementation of citizen awareness and participation activities, urban planning, equity and inclusiveness of women and urban poor. The GICDC will also have a training specialist who will be responsible for identifying and coordinating capacity building activities at pourashava level.


PMOSafeguard (Environment) Officer

PIU (each pourashava) Designated Safeguard

Focal Person




(each pourashava)


Implementation Monitoring Indicator Frequency of

Monitoring Cost and Source of Funds


Failure to obtain necessary consents, permits, NOCs, etc. can result to design revisions and/or stoppage of works

• Obtain all necessary consents, permits, clearance, NOCs, etc. prior to start of civil works.

• Acknowledge in writing and provide report on compliance all obtained consents, permits, clearance, NOCs, etc.

• Include in detailed design drawings and documents all conditions and provisions if necessary

Project management office (PMO), project implementing unit (PIU), Management Design Supervision Consultants (MDSC)

• Incorporated in final design and communicated to contractors.

• Prior to award of contract

• No cost required. Cost of obtaining all consents, permits, clearance, NOCs, etc. prior to start of civil works responsibility of PMO and PIU.

• Mitigation measures are included as part of TOR of PMO, PIU and MDSC.



• Update IEE and EMP based on detailed design

• Ensure updated EMP is provided to contractors

• Relevant information disclosed

PMO • Updated IEE and EMP reviewed, approved and disclosed

• Upon completion of detailed design

• No additional cost required


• Identify and include locations and operators of these utilities in the detailed design documents to prevent unnecessary disruption of services during construction activities

• Require construction contractors to prepare a contingency plan to include actions to be done in case of unintentional interruption of services.

• Require contractors to prepare spoils management plan

PMO, PIU, and MDSC • List of affected utilities and operators;

• Bid document to include requirement for a contingency plan for service interruptions (example provision of water if disruption is more than 24 hours), spoil management plan (Appendix 3), and traffic management plan (Appendix4)


• Review of spoils management plan: Twice (once after first draft and once before final approval)

• No cost required.

• Mitigation measures are included as part of TOR of PMO, PIU, and MDSC.

483




(Appendix 4) and traffic management plan (Appendix 5)



• Determine locations prior to award of construction contracts.

PMO, PIU, and MDSC • List of selected sites for construction work camps, hot mix plants, stockpile areas, storage areas, and disposal areas.

• Written consent of landowner/s (not lessee/s) for reuse of excess spoils to agricultural land

• During detailed design phase




Extraction of materials can disrupt natural land contours and vegetation resulting in accelerated erosion, disturbance in natural Solid Waste Management patterns, ponding and water logging, and water pollution.

• Prepare list of approved quarry sites and sources of materials

PMO, PIU, and MDSC

• List of approved quarry sites and sources of materials;

• Bid document to include requirement for verification of suitability of sources and permit for additional quarry sites if necessary.

• During detailed design phase, as necessary with discussion with detailed design engineers and PIUs





• Project manager and all key workers will be required to undergo EMP implementation including spoils management, Standard operating procedures (SOP) for construction works; health and safety (H&S), core labor laws, applicable


• Proof of completion (Safeguards Compliance Orientation)

• Posting of proof of completion at worksites

• Posting of EMP at worksites

• During detailed design phase prior to mobilization of workers to site

• Cost of EMP Implementation Orientation Training to contractor is responsibility of PMO and PIU.

• Other costs responsibility of contractor.

484




environmental laws, etc.

2. During Construction Activities A. Physical Characteristics



• Utilize readily available sources of materials. If contractor procures materials from existing burrow pits and quarries, ensure these conform to all relevant regulatory requirements.

• Borrow areas and quarries (If these are being opened up exclusively for the subproject) must comply with environmental requirements, as applicable. No activity will be allowed until formal agreement is signed between PIU, landowner and contractor.


• Records of sources of materials

• Monthly by PIU

• Cost for implementation of mitigation measures responsibility of contractor.

Water quality Trenching and excavation, run-off from stockpiled materials, and chemical contamination from fuels and lubricants may result to silt-laden runoff during rainfall which may cause siltation and reduction in the quality of adjacent bodies of water. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively

• Prepare and implement a spoils management plan (Appendix 4).

• Prioritize re-use of excess spoils and materials in construction activities. If spoils will be disposed, consult with Magura local authority on designated disposal areas.

• All earthworks must to be conducted during dry season to maximum extent possible to avoid the difficult working conditions that prevail during monsoon season such as problems


• Areas for stockpiles, storage of fuels and lubricants and waste materials;

• Number of silt traps installed along trenches leading to water bodies;

• Records of surface water quality inspection;

• Effectiveness of water management measures;

• No visible degradation to nearby Solid Waste

• Visual inspection by PIU and supervision consultants on monthly basis

• Frequency and sampling sites to be finalized during detailed design stage and final location of subproject components


485




small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

from runoff.

• Location for stockyards for construction materials shall be identified at least 300m away from watercourses. Place storage areas for fuels and lubricants away from any Solid Waste Management leading to water bodies.

• Take all precautions to minimize the wastage of water in the construction activities.

• Take all precautions to prevent entering of wastewater into streams, watercourses, or irrigation system. Install temporary silt traps or sedimentation basins along the Solid Waste Management leading to the water bodies.

• Ensure diverting storm water flow during construction shall not lead to inundation and other nuisances in low lying areas.

• While working across or close to any water body, the flow of water must not be obstructed. Ensure no construction materials like earth, stone, or appendage are disposed of in a manner that may block the flow of water of any watercourse and cross Solid Waste Management channels.

Managements, khals or water bodies due to construction activities

486




• Monitor water quality according to the environmental management plan.


• Damp down exposed soil and any sand stockpiled on site by spraying with water when necessary during dry weather;

• Use tarpaulins to cover soils, sand and other loose material when transported by trucks.

• Unpaved surfaces used for haulage of materials within settlements shall be maintained dust-free.

• Arrangements to control dust through provision of windscreens, water sprinklers, and dust extraction systems shall be provided at all hot-mix plants, batching plants and crushers (if these establishments are being set up exclusively for the subproject).

• Monitor air quality.


• Location of stockpiles;

• Number of complaints from sensitive receptors;

• Heavy equipment and machinery with air pollution control devices;

• Certification that vehicles are compliant with air quality standards.





Construction activities will be on settlements, along and near schools, and areas with small-scale businesses. Temporary increase in noise level and vibrations

• Involve the community in planning the work program so that any particularly noisy or otherwise invasive activities can be scheduled to avoid sensitive times.

• Plan activities in consultation with Magura



• Use of silencers in noise-producing equipment and sound barriers;

• Equivalent day and night time


• Frequency and sampling sites to be finalized during


487




may be caused by excavation equipment, and the transportation of equipment, materials, and people. However, the proposed subproject will follow existing ROW alignment and impact is short-term, site-specific and within a relatively small area. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

local authority so that activities with the greatest potential to generate noise are conducted during periods of the day which will result in least disturbance.

• Use of high noise generating equipment shall be stopped during night time.

• Horns should not be used unless it is necessary to warn other road users or animals of the vehicle’s approach;

• Utilize modern vehicles and machinery with the requisite adaptations to limit noise and exhaust emissions, and ensure that these are maintained to manufacturers’ specifications at all times.

• All vehicles and equipment used in construction shall be fitted with exhaust silencers. Use silent-type generators (if required).

• Monitor noise levels. Maintain maximum sound levels not exceeding 80 decibels (dBA) when measured at a distance of 10 m or more from the vehicle/s.

• If it is not practicable to reduce noise levels to or below noise exposure limits, the contractor must post

noise levels detailed design stage and final location of subproject components

488




warning signs in the noise hazard areas. Workers in a posted noise hazard area must wear hearing protection.

• Identify any buildings at risk from vibration damage and avoiding any use of pneumatic drills or heavy vehicles in the vicinity. Complete work in these areas quickly.


• Prepare the Debris Disposal Plan

• Remove all construction and demolition wastes on a daily basis.

• Coordinate with Magura local authority for beneficial uses of excess excavated soils or immediately dispose to designated areas Avoid stockpiling of any excess spoils

• Suitably dispose of collected materials from Solid Waste Managements, unutilized materials and debris either through filling up of pits/wasteland or at pre-designated disposal locations.

• All vehicles delivering fine materials to the site and carrying waste debris for disposal shall be covered to avoid spillage of materials. All existing roads used by vehicles of the



• Worksite clear of hazardous wastes such as oil/fuel

• Worksite clear of any wastes, collected materials from Solid Waste Managements, unutilized materials and debris

• Transport route and worksite cleared of any dust/mud




489




contractor, shall be kept clear of all dust/mud or other extraneous materials dropped by such vehicles.

• Lighting on construction sites shall be pointed downwards and away from oncoming traffic and nearby houses.

• In areas where the visual environment is particularly important or privacy concerns for surrounding buildings exist, the site may require screening. This could be in the form of shade cloth, temporary walls, or other suitable materials prior to the beginning of construction.

• The site must be kept clean to minimize the visual impact of the site. Manage solid waste according to the following preference hierarchy: reuse, recycling and disposal to designated areas;


located in the built-up area of Magura pourashava. There are no protected areas in or around subproject sites, and no known areas of ecological interest. There are no trees at the site

• Check if tree-cutting will be required during detailed design stage. No trees, shrubs, or groundcover may be removed or vegetation stripped without the prior permission of the environment management specialist.

• All efforts shall be


• PMO and PIU to report in writing the number of trees cut and planted if tree-cutting will be required (to be determined during detailed design stage)

• Number of complaints from sensitive receptors on


• Frequency and sampling sites to be finalized during detailed design stage and final location of)


490




that need to be removed.

made to preserve trees by evaluation of minor design adjustments/ alternatives (as applicable) to save trees.

• Special attention shall be given for protecting giant trees and locally-important trees (with religious importance) during implementation.

• Prevent workers or any other person from removing and damaging any flora (plant/vegetation) and fauna (animal) including fishing in any water body in the subproject vicinity.

• Prohibit employees from poaching wildlife and cutting of trees for firewood.

disturbance of vegetation, poaching, fishing, etc.




Road closure is not anticipated. Hauling of construction materials and operation of equipment on-site can cause traffic problems. However, the proposed subproject will follow existing ROW alignment. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by

• Prepare and implement a Traffic Management Plan (Appendix 5)

• Plan transportation routes so that heavy vehicles do not use narrow local roads, except in the immediate vicinity of delivery sites.

• Maintain safe passage for vehicles and pedestrians throughout the construction period.

• Schedule truck deliveries of construction materials during periods of low traffic volume.

• Erect and maintain


• Traffic route during construction works including number of permanent signage, barricades and flagmen on worksite as per Traffic Management Plan (Appendix 4);


• Number of signage placed at project location

• Number of walkways, signage, and metal sheets placed at project


• Frequency and sampling sites to be finalized during detailed design stage and final location of) subproject components


491




mitigation measures.

barricades, including signs, markings, flags and flagmen informing diversions and alternative routes when required.

• Notify affected sensitive receptors by providing sign boards informing nature and duration of construction activities and contact numbers for concerns/complaints.

• Leave spaces for access between mounds of soil.

• Provide walkways and metal sheets where required to maintain access across for people and vehicles.


• Consult businesses and institutions regarding operating hours and factoring this in work schedules. Ensure there is provision of alternate access to businesses and institutions during construction activities, so that there is no closure of these shops or any loss of clientage.

• Ensure any damage to properties and

location

492




utilities will be restored or compensated to pre-work conditions.


Subproject components will be located in government land and existing ROWs thus there is no requirement for land acquisition or any resettlements. Manpower will be required during the 18-months construction stage. This can result to generation of contractual employment and increase in local revenue. Thus potential impact is positive and long-term.

• Employ at least 50% of labor force from communities in the vicinity of the site. This will have the added benefit of avoiding social problems that sometimes occur when workers are imported into host communities, and avoiding environmental and social problems from workers housed in poorly serviced camp accommodation.

• Secure construction materials from local market.


• Employment records;

• Records of sources of materials

• Records of compliance to Bangladesh Labor Law of 2006 and other applicable standards





Although construction of subproject components involves quite simple techniques of civil work, the invasive nature of excavation and the subproject sites being in built-up areas of Magura pourashava where there are a variety of human activities, will result to



• Obtain details from pourashava nature and location of all existing infrastructure, and plan excavation carefully to avoid any such sites to maximum extent possible;

• Integrate


• Utilities Contingency Plan

• Number of complaints from sensitive receptors




493




impacts to the sensitive receptors such as residents, businesses, and the community in general. Excavation may also damage existing infrastructure (such as water distribution pipes, electricity pylons, etc.) located alongside the roads. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

construction of the various infrastructure subprojects to be conducted in Magura (roads, water supply, etc.) so that different infrastructure is located on opposite sides of the road where feasible and roads and inhabitants are not subjected to repeated disturbance by construction in the same area at different times for different purposes.

• Consult with local community to inform them of the nature, duration and likely effects of the construction work, and to identify any local concerns so that these can be addressed.

• Existing infrastructure (such as water distribution pipes, electricity pylons, etc.) shall be relocated before construction starts at the subproject sites.

• Prior permission shall be obtained from respective local authority for use of water for construction. Use of water for construction works shall not disturb local water users.

• If construction work is expected to disrupt users of community water bodies, notice to the affected community shall be served 7 days in advance and again 1

494




day prior to start of construction.






• Contractor’s activities and movement of staff will be restricted to designated construction areas.

• Locations of hot-mix plants, batching plants and crushers (if these establishments are being set up exclusively for the subproject) shall be shall be located at least 100 m away from the nearest dwelling preferably in the downwind direction.

• Consult with Lalmonirhat local authority on the designated areas for stockpiling of, soils, gravel, and other construction materials.


• Number of permanent signage, barricades and flagmen on worksite as per Traffic Management Plan (Appendix 4);


• Number of walkways, signage, and metal sheets placed at project location

• Agreement between landowner and contractors in case of using private lands as work camps, storage areas, etc.




22

These products come in powder forms, and once mixed with water (being the catalyst) simply expand, and crack the rock from hole to hole. This product is environmentally friendly and can be washed away after it has been used.

495




• If the contractor chooses to locate the work camp/storage area on private land, he must get prior permission from the environment management specialist and landowner.

• Use small mechanical excavators to attain faster trenching progress. For rock and concrete breaking, use non-explosive blasting chemicals, silent rock cracking chemicals, and concrete breaking chemicals.22

• Under no circumstances may open areas or the surrounding bushes be used as a toilet facility.

• Recycling and the provision of separate waste receptacles for different types of waste shall be encouraged.

• A general regard for the social and ecological well-being of the site and adjacent areas is expected of the site staff. Workers need to be made aware of the following general rules: (i) no alcohol/drugs on site; (ii) prevent excessive noise; (iii) construction staff are to make use of the facilities provided for them, as opposed to ad hoc alternatives (e.g. fires for

496




cooking, the use of surrounding bushes as a toilet facility); (iv) no fires permitted on site except if needed for the construction works; (v) trespassing on private/commercial properties adjoining the site is forbidden; (vi) other than pre-approved security staff, no workers shall be permitted to live on the construction site; and (vii) no worker may be forced to do work that is potentially dangerous or that he/she is not trained to do.

• Interested and affected parties need to be made aware of the existence of the complaints book and the methods of communication available to them. The contractor must address queries and complaints by: (i) documenting details of such communications; (ii) submitting these for inclusion in complaints register; (iii) bringing issues to the environment management specialist’s attention immediately; and (iv) taking remedial action as per environment management specialist’s instruction.

• The contractor shall immediately take the necessary remedial action

497




on any complaint/grievance received by him and forward the details of the grievance along with the action taken to the environment management specialist within 48 hours of receipt of such complaint/grievance.




• Ensure that all site personnel have a basic level of environmental awareness training. If necessary, the environmental management specialist and/or a translator shall be called to the sites to further explain aspects of environmental or social behavior that are unclear.

• Produce and implement a site health and safety (H&S) plan which include measures as: (i) excluding the public from worksites; (ii) ensuring all workers are provided with and required to use personal protective equipment (reflectorized vests, footwear, gloves, goggles


• Site-specific H&S Plan

• Equipped first-aid stations

• Medical insurance coverage for workers

• Number of accidents

• Records of supply of uncontaminated water

• Condition of eating areas of workers

• Record of H&S orientation trainings

• Use of personal protective equipment

• % of moving equipment outfitted with audible back-up alarms

• Permanent sign boards for




498




and masks) at all times; (iii) providing (H&S) training

23

for all site personnel; (iv) documenting procedures to be followed for all site activities; and (v) maintaining accident reports and records.


• Maintain necessary living accommodation and ancillary facilities in functional and hygienic manner in work camps. Ensure (i) uncontaminated water for drinking, cooking and washing, (ii) clean eating areas where workers are not exposed to hazardous or noxious substances; and (iii) sanitation facilities are available at all times.

• Provide medical insurance coverage for workers;

• Provide H&S orientation training to all new

hazardous areas

• Signage for storage and disposal areas

• Condition of sanitation facilities for workers

23


499




workers to ensure that they are apprised of the basic site rules of work at the site, personal protective protection, and preventing injuring to fellow workers;

• Provide visitor orientation if visitors to the site can gain access to areas where hazardous conditions or substances may be present. Ensure also that visitor/s do not enter hazard areas unescorted;


• Ensure moving equipment is outfitted with audible back-up alarms;

• Mark and provide sign boards for hazardous areas such as energized electrical devices and lines, service rooms housing high voltage equipment, and areas for storage and disposal. Signage shall be in accordance with international standards and be well known to, and easily understood by workers, visitors, and the general public as appropriate; and

• - Disallow worker exposure to noise level greater than 85 dBA for a duration of more than 8

500




hours per day without hearing protection. The use of hearing protection shall be enforced actively.

D. Historical, Cultural, and Archaeological Characteristics

Physical and cultural heritage

Construction works will be on built-up areas of Magura thus risk for chance finds is low.

• All fossils, coins, articles of value of antiquity, structures and other remains of archaeological interest discovered on the site shall be the property of the government.

• Prevent workers or any other persons from removing and damaging any fossils, coins, articles of value of antiquity, structures and other remains of archaeological interest.

• Stop work immediately to allow further investigation if any finds are suspected.


• Records of chance finds




E. Others

Submission of EMP implementation report


• Appointment of supervisor to ensure EMP implementation

• Timely submission of monitoring reports including pictures


• Availability and competency of appointed supervisor

• Monthly report

• Monthly monitoring report to be submitted by PIU to PMO

• PMO to submit semi-annual monitoring report to ADB




• Remove all spoils wreckage, rubbish, or temporary structures (such as buildings, shelters, and latrines) which are no longer required; and

• All excavated roads


• PMO/MDSC report in writing that (i) worksite is restored to original conditions; (ii) camp has been vacated and restored to pre-project

• Prior to turn-over of completed works to pourashava


501




shall be reinstated to original condition.

• All disrupted utilities restored

• All affected structures rehabilitated/compensated

• The area that previously housed the construction camp is to be checked for spills of substances such as oil, paint, etc. and these shall be cleaned up.

• All hardened surfaces within the construction camp area shall be ripped, all imported materials removed, and the area shall be top soiled and regrassed using the guidelines set out in the revegetation specification that forms part of this document.

• The contractor must arrange the cancellation of all temporary services.

• Request PMO/CSS to report in writing that worksites and camps have been vacated and restored to pre-project conditions before acceptance of work.

conditions; (iii) all construction related structures not relevant to O&M are removed; and (iv) worksite clean-up is satisfactory.





502





stockpiled wastes and end-products of composting which may cause siltation and reduction in the quality of adjacent bodies of water. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

• Take all precautions to prevent entering of run-off into streams, watercourses, or irrigation system. Install temporary silt traps or sedimentation basins along the channels leading to the water bodies.

• Remove all wastes, by-, and end-products immediately.

• Monitor discharge of leachate including review of ECC conditions.

• Monitor compost quality.

• Monitor treated wastes quality.

• Magura pourashava

• No visible degradation to nearby khals and water bodies

• Leachate/discharge quality and ECC conditions. Parameters to be monitored include suspended solids, dissolved solids (inorganic), pH, ammoniac nitrogen (as N), total nitrogen (as N), biochemical and chemical oxygen demand, arsenic mercury, lead, cadmium, total chromium, copper, zinc, nickel, cyanide, chloride, fluoride, phenol compounds and others as per ECR, 1997.

• Compost quality to meet standards for arsenic, cadmium, chromium, copper, lead, mercury, nickel, zinc, pH and other parameters as prescribed by the government.

• Autoclave operations as per manufacturers specification, Medical Wastes Rules and conditions of the ECC

• Treated medical wastes to meet standards for spore tests, and other routine tests (visual).

• Everyday visual inspection for khals, drains, and water bodies within 30 m circumference of the facilities

• Monthly monitoring of leachate and/or as prescribe by ECR, 1997

• Prior to packaging of compost visual inspection to ensure that glass, plastic and other physical inerts and fragments are absent in compost and it has no offensive smell.

• Monthly monitoring of compost and/or as prescribed by the government.

• Daily monitoring of autoclave operations

• Monthly monitoring of spore and routine tests and/or as prescribed by the government.

• Included in O&M cost

Air quality Moving wastes, by- and end-products (such as composts) may create dusts during dry season.

• Use bin covers and/or tarpaulins during transport of wastes, by-, and end products (compost)


• No complaints from sensitive receptors

• During collection of wastes

• During transport of wastes,


503




Landfill gas generation. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

• Use tarpaulin to cover soils, sand and other loose material that will be used in the controlled landfill.

• Green belt will be developed around the facilities to act as a barrier for dust pollution.

• Only inert waste will be sent to controlled landfill so that landfill gas formation is minimum.

by-, and end-products to the facilities

• During transport of cover materials


Increase in noise level due to presence of workers and movement of vehicles. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

• Plan activities in consultation with Magura pourashava so that activities with the greatest potential to generate noise are conducted during periods of the day which will result in least disturbance.



• During O&M phase



Biodiversity Activities in the built-up area of Magura pourashava. There are no protected areas in or around subproject sites, and no known areas of ecological interest.

• No trees, shrubs, or groundcover may be removed or vegetation stripped without the prior permission.

• Prevent workers or any other person from removing and damaging any flora (plant/vegetation) and fauna (animal).

• Monitor survival rate of vegetation (plants and trees) in the green belt of the facilities.



• Survival rate of vegetation/green belt


• Vegetation monitoring to be implemented until trees are 2 m high


504





Increase in traffic in the pourashava during collection, loading and unloading of wastes. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible by mitigation measures.

• Early hour collection will be enforced before the peak traffic hours.

• Maintain safe passage for vehicles and pedestrians.


• Notify affected sensitive receptors by providing sign boards and contact numbers for concerns/complaints.


• Consult businesses and institutions regarding operating hours and factoring this in work schedules.







Workers need to be mindful of the

• Comply with requirements of



• Duration of repair works


505




occupational hazards working in waste management facilities. Potential impacts are negative and long-term but reversible by mitigation measures.

Government of Bangladesh Labor Law of 2006 and all applicable laws and standards on workers H&S.

• Ensure that all site personnel have a basic level of H&S training.

• Produce and implement a O&M health and safety (H&S) plan which include measures as: (i) excluding the public from worksites; (ii) ensuring all workers are provided with and required to use personal protective equipment (reflectorized vests, footwear, gloves, goggles and masks) at all times; (iii) providing (H&S) training

24 for all site

personnel; (iv) documenting procedures to be followed for all site activities; and (v) maintaining accident reports and records.


• No complaints from workers related to O&M activities

• Zero accident

24


506






• Mark and provide sign boards. Signage shall be in accordance with international standards and be well known to, and easily understood by workers, visitors, and the general public as appropriate.



Possibleaccumulation of waste causing health problems for community. Pests and vermin. Potential impacts are negative and long-term but reversible by mitigation measures.

• Wet/biodegradable wastes will be emptied directly from the bins to primary collection vehicles daily and dry/non-biodegradable wastes once in a week. The number and type of bins and vehicles to be





507




procured under the project is sufficient to ensure no accumulation of wastes in the community.

• Wastes will be collected regularly to prevent pests and vermin.

B. Institutional Capacity Development Program 123. The MDSC national and regional environmental specialists will be responsible for trainings on environmental awareness and management in accordance with both ADB and government requirements. Specific modules customized for the available skill set will be devised after assessing the capabilities of the target participants and the requirements of the project. Typical modules would be as follows: (i) sensitization; (ii) introduction to environment and environmental considerations in water supply and wastewater projects; (iii) review of IEEs and integration into the project detailed design; (iv) improved coordination within nodal departments; and (v) monitoring and reporting system. The contractors will be required to conduct environmental awareness and orientation of workers prior to deployment to work sites. The proposed training project along with the frequency of sessions is presented in Table 12. 124. In addition, the supplier of the autoclave will provide 2-week onsite training to the concerned Pourashava staff demonstrating its operation and maintenance. 125. Further, the contractor for controlled landfill site development will operate the landfill site as a part of the service contract and will train the relevant staffs of the Pourashava in the O&M of the site.







Contents Module 1: Orientation

• ADB Safeguards Policy Statement

• Government of Bangladesh Environmental Laws and Regulations Module 2: Environmental Assessment Process

• ADB environmental process, identification of impacts and mitigation measures, formulation of an environmental management plan (EMP), implementation, and monitoring requirements

• Review of environmental assessment report to comply with ADB requirements

• Incorporation of EMP into the project design and contracts

• Roles and responsibilities of officials/contractors/consultants towards protection of environment

• Environmental issues during construction

• Implementation of EMP

• Monitoring of EMP implementation

• Reporting requirements






509

C. Staffing Requirement and Budget

126. Costs required for implementing the EMP will cover the following activities:



surveys. 127. The infrastructure involved in each scheme is generally straightforward and will take between three and nine months to build. Environmental monitoring during construction will also be straightforward and will involve periodic site observations and interviews with workers and others, plus checks of reports and other documents. This will be conducted by MDSC environmental management specialist assisted by the PMO environment officer. The environmental management specialist will update the IEE as necessary and perform tasks as specified in the TOR. Therefore no separate budget required for MDSC environment management specialist. 128. The cost of mitigation measures and surveys during construction stage will be incorporated into the contractor’s costs, which will be binding on him for implementation. The surveys will be conducted by the contractors. 129. The operation phase mitigation measures are again of good operating practices, which will be the responsibility of Magura pourashava. All monitoring during the operation and maintenance phase will be conducted by LGED and Magura pourashava, therefore, there are no additional costs. 130. The indicative costs of EMP implementation are shown in Tables 13 and 14 (by source of funds).


Number Rate

(Taka) Cost

(Taka) Cost

covered by

A. Mitigation Measures 1. Compensatory


contract

B. Monitoring Measures 1. Air quality monitoring - Pre-


Per location




Per location


3. Leachate monitoring - O&M lump sum per year (to be updated during detailed design stage as per ECC and O&M manual)

100,000 100,000 Pourashava

4. Compost quality monitoring

- O&M lump sum per year (to be

10,000 10,000 Pourashava

510


Rate (Taka)

Cost (Taka)

Cost covered by

updated during detailed design stage as per ECC and O&M manual)

5. Spore and routine test - O&M lump sum per year (to be updated during detailed design stage as per ECC and O&M manual)

10,000 10,000 Pourashava

C Capacity Building

1. (i) Orientation workshop for officials involved in the project implementation on ADB Safeguards Policy Statement, Government of Bangladesh environmental laws and regulations, and environmental assessment process; (ii) induction course contractors, preparing them on EMP implementation and environmental monitoring requirements related to mitigation measures; and taking immediate action to remedy unexpected adverse impacts or ineffective mitigation measures found during the course of implementation; and (iii) lessons learned information sharing




D. Consultants Costs




60 person months





person months (spread over entire



57,600,000

Remuneration and budget for travel covered in the MDSC

511


Rate (Taka)

Cost (Taka)

Cost covered by

project implementation period)

contract

E. Administrative Costs


Lump sum




Lump sum


F. Other Costs

1. Public consultations and information disclosure


As per requirement










Funding


Rate (Taka)

Cost (Taka)

Cost covered by

A. Contractors

1. Compensatory plantation measures


512


Rate (Taka)

Cost (Taka)

Cost covered by

2. Air quality monitoring - Pre-construction - Construction

Per location




Per location




Lump sum







Subtotal 720,000

B. MDSC

1. Public consultations and information disclosure


As per requirement


2. (i) Orientation workshop for officials involved in the project implementation on ADB Safeguards Policy Statement, Government of Bangladesh environmental laws and regulations, and environmental assessment process; (ii) induction course contractors, preparing them on EMP implementation and environmental monitoring requirements related to mitigation measures; and taking immediate action to remedy unexpected adverse impacts or ineffective mitigation measures found during the course of implementation; and (iii) lessons learned




513


Rate (Taka)

Cost (Taka)

Cost covered by

information sharing




60 person months








57,600,000


Subtotal 59,970,000

C. Administrative Cost (Recurring) - PMO



Lump sum




Subtotal 1,100,000

D. Administrative Cost (Recurring) –PIU (Magura Pourashava)

1. Leachate monitoring - O&M lump sum per year (to be updated during detailed design stage as per ECC and O&M manual)

100,000 100,000 Pourashava

2. Compost quality monitoring

- O&M lump sum per year (to be updated during detailed

100,000 100,000 Pourashava

514


Rate (Taka)

Cost (Taka)

Cost covered by

design stage as per ECC and O&M manual)

Subtotal (per year) 200,000

X. CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS 131. The process described in this document has assessed the environmental impacts of all elements of Magura solid waste management subject. All potential impacts were identified in relation to design and location, construction, and operation phases. 132. Planning principles and design considerations have been reviewed and incorporated into the site planning process whenever possible; thus, environmental impacts as being due to the project design or location were not significant. 133. Most of the individual elements of the subproject are relatively small and involve straightforward construction and operation, so impacts will be mainly localized and not greatly significant. Most of the predicted impacts are associated with the construction process, and are produced because that process is invasive, involving trenching and other excavation. However, the routine nature of the impacts means that most can be easily mitigated. Mitigation measures have been developed to reduce all negative impacts to acceptable levels. Mitigation will be assured by a program of environmental monitoring to ensure that all measures are implemented, and will determine whether the environment is protected as intended. It will include observations on- and off-site, document checks, and interviews with workers and beneficiaries. Any requirements for corrective action will be reported to the ADB. 134. The stakeholders were involved in developing the IEE through discussions on-site and public consultation, after which views expressed were incorporated into the IEE and in the planning and development of the subproject. The IEE will be made available at public locations in the city and will be disclosed to a wider audience via the ADB and LGED websites. The consultation process will be continued and expanded during project implementation to ensure that stakeholders are fully engaged in the project and have the opportunity to participate in its development and implementation. A grievance redress mechanism is described within the IEE to ensure any public grievances are addressed quickly. 135. The PMO and MDSC will be responsible for monitoring. The MDSC will submit monthly monitoring reports to PMO, and the PMO will send semi-annual monitoring reports to ADB. ADB will post the environmental monitoring reports on its website. 136. The EMP will assist the PMO, MDSC, and contractors in mitigating the environmental impacts, and guide them in the environmentally sound execution of the proposed project. The EMP will also ensure efficient lines of communication between the implementing agency, project management unit, and contractors. A copy of the EMP shall be kept on-site during the construction period at all times. The EMP shall be made binding on all contractors operating on the site, and will be included in the contractual clauses. Non-compliance with, or any deviation from, the conditions set out in this document shall constitute a failure in compliance.

515

137. Therefore the proposed subproject is unlikely to cause significant adverse impacts and net environmental benefits to citizens of Magura will be positive. The potential impacts that are associated with design, construction and operation can be mitigated to standard levels without difficulty through proper engineering design and the incorporation or application of recommended mitigation measures and procedures. 138. As per Government of Bangladesh ECA, 1995 and ECR, 1997, the subproject is categorized as “red”; and LCC and ECC must be obtained from DoE. 139. Based on the findings of the IEE, there are no significant impacts and the classification of the subproject as Category “B” is confirmed. No further special study or detailed EIA needs to be undertaken to comply with ADB SPS, 2009.

516

APPENDIX 1: RAPID ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT CHECKLIST Screening Questions Yes No Remarks

A. Project Siting Is the project area adjacent to or within any of the following environmentally sensitive areas?

Magura pourashava covers an area of 47.30 sq.km with a population density of 2,079 persons/sq.km. The area is predominantly residential. The location of the proposed controlled disposal site is 2.5 km from the core urban area.

Cultural heritage site � Not applicable

Protected area � Not applicable Wetland � Not applicable

Mangrove � Not applicable

Estuarine � Not applicable

Buffer zone of protected area � Not applicable

Special area for protecting biodiversity � Not applicable

B. Potential Environmental Impacts Will the Project cause…

Impacts associated with transport of wastes to the disposal site or treatment facility

� Subproject will improve current collection and transport of wastes.


� Not applicable

Degradation of aesthetic and property value loss? � Subproject will improve the existing dumping site adjacent to the highway.

Nuisance to neighboring areas due to foul odor and influx of insects, rodents, etc.?

� Subproject will improve the current situation. During construction problem may increase. O&M Manual to be developed under the project will include odor and pest control.

Dislocation or involuntary resettlement of people? � Not applicable

Disproportionate impacts on the poor, women and children, Indigenous Peoples or other vulnerable groups?

� Not applicable. Rag pickers/scavengers are not present in the existing dumpsite.

Risks and vulnerabilities related occupational health and safety due to physical, chemical, biological, and radiological hazards during project construction and operation?

� Anticipated during construction activities. However, impacts are temporary and short in duration. The EMP includes measures to mitigate impacts.

Public health hazards from odor, smoke from fire, and diseases transmitted by flies, insects, birds and rats?

� O&M Manual to be developed under the project will include fire, odor and appropriate pest control.

Deterioration of water quality as a result of contamination of receiving waters by leacheate from land disposal system?

� Leachate management measures have been incorporated in the preliminary design

Contamination of ground and/or surface water by leachate from land disposal system?

� Preliminary design includes construction of impermeable layer at the base of the site and inner side slope of the embankment for groundwater protection (subject to detailed geological investigation during detailed design)

Land use conflicts? � Not applicable. No change in land use.

Pollution of surface and ground water from leachate coming form sanitary landfill sites or methane gas produced from decomposition of solid wastes in the absence of air, which could enter the aquifer or escape through soil fissures at places far from the landfill site?

� Leachate and landfill gas management measures have been incorporated in the preliminary design.

Inadequate buffer zone around landfill site to alleviate nuisances?

� Buffer zone and greenbelt around facilities included in preliminary designs.

Road blocking and/or increased traffic during construction of facilities?

� Road closures are not required. Construction contractors will be required to implement traffic management plan and coordinate with Magura local authority.

Noise and dust from construction activities? � Conducting works at dry season and moving large quantity of materials may create dusts and increase in concentration of vehicle-related pollutants. The impacts

517

Screening Questions Yes No Remarks

are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible through mitigation measures.

Temporary silt runoff due to construction? � Due to excavation, run-off from stockpiled materials, and chemical contamination from fuels and lubricants. The impacts are negative but short-term, site-specific within a relatively small area and reversible through mitigation measures.

Hazards to public health due to inadequate management of landfill site caused by inadequate institutional and financial capabilities for the management of the landfill operation?

� Appropriate institutional development and capacity building for Magura pourashava included in the project

Emission of potentially toxic volatile organics from land disposal site?

� Not anticipated.

Surface and ground water pollution from leachate and methane gas migration?

� Leachate and landfill gas management measures have been incorporated in the preliminary design.

Loss of deep-rooted vegetation (e.g. tress) from landfill gas?

� Not anticipated. Deep-rooted vegetation no present in existing dumpsite

Explosion of toxic response from accumulated landfill gas in buildings?

� Not anticipated. Expected GHG generation is insignificant. Preliminary design includes gas vents.

Contamination of air quality from incineration? � Not applicable.

Health and safety hazards to workers from toxic gases and hazardous materials in the site?

� Personal protective equipment will be provided to workers. Regular training will also be conducted to ensure that workers are aware of construction hazards and risks of chemicals during O&M.


� Improved solid waste management systems through capacity building and institutional development will ensure reduced burden on services and infrastructure.


� Priority in employment will be given to local residents.


� Not applicable. Construction will not involve use of explosives and chemicals.

Community safety risks due to both accidental and natural hazards, especially where the structural elements or components (e.g., landfill or incinerator) of the project are accessible to members of the affected community or where their failure could result in injury to the community throughout project construction, operation and decommissioning?

� Operational area will be clearly demarcated and access will be controlled. Only worker and project concerned members will be allowed to visit the operational sites.


� Is the project area subject to hazards such as earthquakes, floods, landslides, tropical cyclone winds, storm surges, tsunami or volcanic eruptions and climate changes?

�

� Could changes in temperature, precipitation, or extreme events patterns over the project lifespan affect technical or financial sustainability (eg., increased erosion or landslides could increase maintenance costs, permafrost melting or increased soil moisture content could affect sub-grade)?

�

Low lying areas of Magura are subject to flooding during heavy rainfall in monsoon. Preliminary designs integrate a number of measures, both structural and non-structural, to mainstream climate resilience into the Magura solid waste management subproject, including: (i) structural protection of facilities from future floods; and (ii) promote 3R (reduce, reuse, recycle) to counter potential generation of GHGs during land-filling of wastes.

� Are there any demographic or socio-economic aspects of the Project area that are already

� Proposed project will not impact any marginalized population, rural-urban

518

Screening Questions Yes No Remarks

vulnerable (eg., high incidence of marginalized populations, rural-urban migrants, illegal settlements, ethnic minorities, women or children)?

migrants, illegal settlement, etc.

� Could the Project potentially increase the climate or disaster vulnerability of the surrounding area (e.g., by encouraging settlement in areas that will be more affected by floods in the future, or encouraging settlement in earthquake zones)?

�

519

APPENDIX 2: ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS AND APPLICATION FEES



1. Air Schedule 2

Inland surface water 2.

Drinking water

Schedule 3

3. Sound Schedule 4

4. Sound Originating from Motor Vehicles or Mechanized Vessels

Schedule 5

5. Emission from Motor Vehicles Schedule 6

7. Odor Schedule 8

The standard limits of discharge of liquid waste and gaseous emissions applicable to the project shall be determined in accordance with the standards specified in Schedule 9 and 10


1. Sewage Discharge Schedule 9

2. Waste from Industrial Units or Projects Waste (see discharge to inland surface water and irrigated land)

Schedule 10




Schedule 13


Schedule 14

520

521

APPENDIX 3: SAMPLE OUTLINE SPOILS MANAGEMENT PLAN


522

APPENDIX 4: SAMPLE OUTLINE TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PLAN

A. Principles 1. One of the prime objectives of this TMP is to ensure the safety of all the road users along

the work zone, and to address the following issues: (i) the safety of pedestrians, bicyclists, and motorists travelling through the













(ii) consultation with businesses, community members, traffic police, PWD, etc., regarding the mitigation measures necessary at the detours where the road is diverted during the construction;




523





D. Public awareness and notifications 5a. As per discussions in the previous sections, there will be travel delays during the constructions, as is the case with most construction projects, albeit on a reduced scale if utilities and traffic management are properly coordinated. There are additional grounds for travel delays in the area, as most of the streets lack sufficient capacity to accommodate additional traffic from diverted traffic as a result of street closures to accommodate the works. 6. The awareness campaign and the prior notification for the public will be a continuous activity which the project will carry out to compensate for the above delays and minimize public claims as result of these problems. These activities will take place sufficiently in advance of the time when the roadblocks or traffic diversions take place at the particular streets. The reason for this is to allow sufficient time for the public and residents to understand the changes to their travel plans. The project will notify the public about the

524

roadblocks and traffic diversion through public notices, ward level meetings and city level meeting with the elected representatives. 7. The PIU will also conduct an awareness campaign to educate the public about the following issues:










• Signs

• Pavement Markings

• Channelizing Devices

• Arrow Panels

• Warning Lights 11. Procedures for installing traffic control devices at any work zone vary, depending on road configuration, location of the work, construction activity, duration, traffic speed and volume, and pedestrian traffic. Work will take place along major roads, and the minor internal roads. As such, the traffic volume and road geometry vary. The main roads carry considerable traffic; internal roads in the new city areas are wide but in old city roads very narrow and carry considerable traffic. However, regardless of where the construction takes

525

place, all the work zones should be cordoned off, and traffic shifted away at least with traffic cones, barricades, and temporary signs (temporary “STOP” and “GO”). 12. Figure A2 to Figure A12 illustrates a typical set-up for installing traffic control devices at the work zone of the area, depending on the location of work on the road way, and road geometrics:

• Work on shoulder or parking lane

• Shoulder or parking lane closed on divided road

• Work in Travel lane

• Lane closure on road with low volume

• Lane closure on a two-line road with low volume (with yield sign)

• Lane closure on a two-line road with low volume (one flagger operation)

• Lane closure on a two lane road (two flagger operation)

• Lane closure on a four lane undivided Road

• Lane closure on divided roadway

• Half road closure on multi-lane roadway

• Street closure with detour 13. The work zone should take into consideration the space required for a buffer zone between the workers and the traffic (lateral and longitudinal) and the transition space required for delineation, as applicable. For the works, a 30 cm clearance between the traffic and the temporary STOP and GO signs should be provided. In addition, at least 60 cm is necessary to install the temporary traffic signs and cones. 14. Traffic police should regulate traffic away from the work zone and enforce the traffic diversion result from full street closure in certain areas during construction. Flaggers/ personnel should be equipped with reflective jackets at all times and have traffic control batons (preferably the LED type) for regulating the traffic during night time. 16. In addition to the delineation devices, all the construction workers should wear fluorescent safety vests and helmets in order to be visible to the motorists at all times. There should be provision for lighting beacons and illumination for night constructions.

526


527


528


529


530


531


532

APPENDIX 5: RECORDS OF PUBLIC CONSULTATIONS AND FGDS

FGD Summaries- Solid Waste Management, Magura Pourashava SL No.







1. Landfill site development

Feb 19, 2014, 2:30 pm

Near to the existing waste dumping site in Magura

M=12 F=1 T=13

Odor, dusts, aesthetic view, land value due to waste dumping site

Severe problem associated with odor particularly when wind blows, dust generation during windy weather, uncomforting environment in the village nearby waste dumpsite

People suggest for closing the dumpsite and bringing the area to its original shape/land. Alternatively undertake mitigation measures to solve the existing environmental problems due to waste dumping in the area.

People will extend their cooperation and supports to implement mitigation measures for environmental protection and solving the existing nuisance problems out of waste dumping in the area.

2. Transfer Station-1 March 7, 2014 11:30 am

Dal Mill, ZT Road, Ward #9, Magura

M=12 F=0 T=12

Odor, unhygienic environment around, aesthetic view of the area. It would be better if the site is located away from the present location as the area is surrounded by shops/houses/ markets. Alternatively, the wastes can directly be loaded into a waste truck.

Existing waste dumping at the site is very problematic to the people around

People want a quality and acceptable solution to improve the environment of the area; instead of dumping wastes here, the collected wastes can be loaded into a waste dump truck for disposal into landfill site. This will improve the environment here and thus existing filthy environment and odor problem will disappear.

The local people will not have any complain to the loading of waste directly into a waste truck on this location subject to the fact that wastes will not fall on the ground. And they will cooperate in the activities by close monitoring.

3. Transfer station-2:

March 7, 2014 12:30am

In front of Sadar Hospital and other side of , Dhaka Road, Magura

M=7 F=0 T=7

Odor, unhygienic environment around, aesthetic view of the area.

Existing waste dumping at the site is very problematic to the people around

People want a quality and acceptable solution to improve the environment of the area; instead of dumping wastes here, the collected wastes can be loaded into a waste dump truck for disposal into landfill site. This will improve the environment here and thus

The local people will not have any complain to the loading of waste directly into a waste truck on this location subject to the fact that wastes will not fall on the ground. And they will cooperate in the activities by close monitoring.

533

SL No.







existing filthy environment and odor problem will disappear.

4. Medical waste management facilities—waste collection vehicles and incinerator/autoclave

March 8, 2014 7:00pm

Sadar hospital , Magura

M=7 F=0 T=7

Existing medical waste management and proposed medical waste management

O&M cost of the facilities; and their management; location of the facilities to be provided under the subproject

O&M cost must be within their affordability; the proposed facilities to be built relatively at a central location of the hospital, clinics and diagnostic centers.

They will extend their cooperation in the implementation by providing space for storage of medical wastes and putting incinerator in a room

5. Household waste segregation, collection, waste segregation

March 8, 2014 10:00am

College para, Magura

M=9 F=2 T=11

Source segregation, willingness to participate by waste segregation and payment for waste collection

If they are to pay more than now (50BDT/month) for the service taking

The service charge to be within their affordability and decided by Nagorik Committee in consultation with them

They will extend their cooperation by waste segregation at household level and will also pay for the service.

(M=No. of male participants; F= No. of female participants; T=Total participants) PHOTOGRAPH

Location: near to the existing waste dumping site in Magura, Date: February 19, 2014

Location: near to Dal Factory, ZT Road, Ward #9, Magura, Date: March 7, 2014

Location: in front of Sadar Hospital and other side of , Dhaka Road, Magura, Date: March 7, 2014

534

Location: households, Ward No. 9, Magura, Date: March 8, 2014

Focus Group Discussion—Landfill site development under Solid Waste Management Magura Town: Magura Pourashava Location: Near to the existing waste dumpsite adjacent to the Highway, Magura Meeting Place: Open space on a rural road meeting the highway Date: Feb 19, 2014 Time:2:30pm List of participants S L Name Sex Address/Cell Phone Occupation

1. Muhammad Abdul Alam Male -- Tricycle van driver

2. Zomi Mollah Male 01743533899 Student

3. Muhammad Sajib Hossain Male 01745782496 Student

4. Muhammad Halal Sheikh Male -- Tube-well mechanic

5. Muhammad Tajuddin Sheikh Male -- Businessman

6. Mrs. Rahima Female -- Housewife 7. Muhammad Abdur Rouf Male 01748108409 Cloth maker

8. Muhammad Abul Kalam Azad Male 01728994020 Village doctor

9. Muhammad Masum Billah Male 01715268906 Service-holder

10. Muhammad Abdus Somajder Male 01746491305 Service-holder

11. Muhammad Rezaul Islam Male 01843071250 Cycle mechanic

12. Muhammad Ashraful Islam Male 01833665192 Businessman

13. Muhammad Abdul Khalek Male 01739490511 Farmer Focus Group Discussion—Transfer Sation-1 under Solid Waste Management Magura Pourashava: Magura Pourashava Location: : near to Dal Factory, ZT Road, Ward #9, Magura Meeting Place: Open space on the road adjacent to the waste dumping site Date: March7, 2014 Time:11:30am List of participants

Name Profession Address/Cell No.

1. Khokon Sheikh Sweet shop owner 01712141407 2. Nuruzzaman Police constable 01912200925

3. Muhammad Iftekharul Islam Labor, Dal Factory --

4. Muhammad Tayeeb Ali Sheikh Labor, Dal Factory --

5. Muhammad Masum Billah Businessman 01982680781

6. Muhammad Rafiqul Islam Businessman 01711944869

7. Muhammad Rasedul Islam Student --

535

8. Muhammad Rabiul Islam Student --

9. Muhammad Fateh Ali Tipu Businessman 01917760067

10. Muhammad Nahidul Islam Ujjol Shop owner 01942226479

11. Onik Rahman Student 01927620521

12. Akhtarujjaman Businessman 01711152136 Focus Group Discussion—Transfer Sation-2 under Solid Waste Management Magura Pourashava: Magura Pourashava Location: in front of Sadar Hospital and other side of Dhaka Road, Magura Meeting Place: Roadside tea stall Date: March7, 2014 Time:12:30am List of participants


1. Jhontu Sikder Tea shop owner 019645591393 2. Muhammad Motahar Hossain Tea shop owner 01821644942

3. Makhon Sweeper, Sadar Hospital 01769152436

4. Touhid Drain Contractor 01710820802

5. Nurul Islam Agriculture farmer --

6. Muhammad Reazul Islam Tea Stall owner --

7. Osman Goni Medical technologist, Sadar Hospital

01911966243

Focus Group Discussion with Clinic Owners’ Association—Medical waste management under Solid Waste Management Magura Pourashava: Magura Pourashava Location: Magura Pourashava Office Meeting Place: Mayor’s room Date: March8, 2014 Time:7:00pm


1. Muhammad Robiul Islam Owner of Ibne Sina Clinic and cashier of the association 01716050350

2. Md Babor Ali Owner of Sunmoon Clinic and Vice-president of the Association

01711805375

3. Md. Tarek Hossain Owner of New Arafat Clinic and member of the Association

4. Advocate Hasanuzzaman Owner of Saleh Clinic and President of the Association 01718654234

5. Muhammad Nazmul Hoque

EXEN, Pourashava Magura

6. Muhammad Iqbal Akhtar Khan

Mayor, Magura 01716022599

7. Muhammad Abdul Momin Khondaker

Environmental safeguard Specialist 01672305588

Focus Group Discussion with household head—existing waste management systems under Solid Waste Management Magura Pourashava: Magura Pourashava Location: Ward #9, Magura Meeting Place: at a household Date: March 8, 2014 Time:10:00am List of Participants Name Profession/beneficiaries Holding number/address

1. Muhammad Enayet Karim Service beneficiary H5296, Zilla Para, Ward#9

2. Bithi Kabir Service beneficiary H41, Zilla Para, Ward#9 3. Maya Rani Service beneficiary H41, Zilla Para, Ward#9

4. AKM Bodiul Karim Service beneficiary H38, Zilla Para, Ward#9

5. Muhammad Salauddin Service beneficiary H38, Zilla Para, Ward#9

6. Mukti Biswas Service beneficiary H38, Zilla Para, Ward#9 7. Muhammad Masudul Hoque Service beneficiary H38, Zilla Para, Ward#9

8. Kazi Sahabuddin Service beneficiary H14, College Para, Ward#9

9. Oliullah Zoarder Service beneficiary H160, College Para, Ward#9

10. Muhammad Ashraf Hossain Service beneficiary H160, College Para, Ward#9

536

11. Muhammad Oliar Rahman Service beneficiary H160, College Para, Ward#9

12. Sadhon Waste collection van driver

537

APPENDIX 6: SAMPLE GRIEVANCE REGISTRATION FORM



Contact Information/Personal Details

Name Gender * Male * Female

Age

Home Address

Place Phone no.

E-mail

Complaint/Suggestion/Comment/Question Please provide the details (who, what, where, and how) of your grievance below: If included as attachment/note/letter, please tick here: How do you want us to reach you for feedback or use on your comment/grievance?


Registered by: (Name of Official Registering Grievance)

Mode of Communication: Note/Letter E-mail Verbal/Telephonic Reviewed by: (Names/Positions of Officials Reviewing Grievance)

Action Taken:

Whether Action Taken Disclosed:

Yes No


538

APPENDIX 7: SAMPLE SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTING FORMAT


Status of Sub-Project No.

Sub-Project Name

Design Pre-Construction


List of Works

Progress of Works

� � � �

� � � � � � � �









(iv) Are there designated areas for concrete works, and refueling? (v) Are there spill kits on site and if there are site procedure for handling

emergencies; (vi) Is there any chemical stored on site and what is the storage condition? (vii) Is there any dewatering activities if yes, where is the water being discharged; (viii) How are the stockpiles being managed; (ix) How is solid and liquid waste being handled on site? (x) Review of the complaint management system;

539









Design Phase

Pre-Construction Phase

Construction Phase

Operational Phase

Overall Compliance with CEMP/ EMP No. Sub-Project








Parameters (Government Standards)

Site No. Date of Testing Site Location PM10 µg/m3

SO2 µg/m3

NO2 µg/m3


Site No. Date of Testing Site Location PM10 SO2 NO2

540

µg/m3 µg/m3 µg/m3



µS/cm BOD mg/L

TSS mg/L

TN mg/L

TP mg/L


Site No. Date of Sampling Site Location pH Conductivity µS/cm

BOD mg/L

TSS mg/L

TN mg/L

TP mg/L


LAeq (dBA) (Government Standard) Site No. Date of Testing Site Location

Day Time Night Time

LAeq (dBA) (Monitoring Results)

Site No. Date of Testing Site Location Day Time Night Time

IV. SUMMARY OF KEY ISSUES AND REMEDIAL ACTIONS Summary of follow up time-bound actions to be taken within a set timeframe. V. APPENDIXES Photos Summary of consultations Copies of environmental clearances and permits Sample of environmental site inspection report Others

Date post:	11-Feb-2017
Category:	Documents
Upload:	dinhcong
View:	239 times
Download:	5 times